HARPER’S
NEW MONTHLY MAGAZINE.
VOLUME II.
DECEMBER, 1850, TO MAY, 1851.
NEW YORK:
HARPER & BROTHERS, PUBLISHERS,
329 & 331 PEARL STREET,
FRANKLIN SQUARE.
1851.
ADVERTISEMENT.
In bringing the Second Volume of the New Monthly Magazine to a close, the
Publishers would avail themselves of the occasion, to express their profound appreciation
of the favor with which it has been received, and their earnest wish to render
it still more deserving of the enlightened patronage of the American community.
They commenced the publication with the firm conviction that it could be made the
medium of valuable information and mental enjoyment to the great mass of readers,
and that it would accordingly be sustained by their generous and cordial support.
Nor have they been deceived in their anticipations. The Magazine has found a
wider circulation with every monthly issue. The encomiums with which it has
been welcomed by the universal voice of the press, and the verdict of intelligent
readers, are a gratifying proof that the Publishers have succeeded in their endeavor to
adapt it to the wants of the public mind. Encouraged by the experience of the first
year of this extensive literary enterprise, they are determined to spare no effort to
insure the succeeding volumes of the Magazine a still wider and more favorable
reception among all classes of readers. They intend it to be a strictly national
work. Devoted to no local interests, pledged to no religious sect or political party,
connected with no favorite movement of the day, except the diffusion of intelligence,
virtue, and patriotism, it will continue to be conducted with the impartiality and
good faith, which it is equally the duty, the inclination, and the interest of the Publishers
to maintain. In addition to the choicest productions of the English press, the
Magazine will be enriched with such original matter as in their opinion will enhance
its utility and attractiveness. The embellishments will be furnished by distinguished
artists, and selected no less for their permanent value as vehicles of agreeable instruction
than for the gratification of an æsthetic taste. With the ample literary, artistic,
and mechanical resources which the Publishers have enlisted in the New Monthly
Magazine, and their ambition to give it a character of genuine, substantial, reliable
excellence in every department, they may assure its wide circle of patrons that its
subsequent issues will more than justify the distinguished reputation which it has
attained at this early period of its existence.
CONTENTS OF VOLUME II.
| Actors and their Salaries | 403 |
| A Death-Bed. By James Aldrich | 84 |
| A Dream and the Interpretation Thereof | 816 |
| Address to Gray Hair | 699 |
| An Agreeable Surprise | 84 |
| A little Stimulant | 361 |
| Anecdote of a Dog | 97 |
| Anecdote of a Hawk | 490 |
| Anecdotes of Napoleon | 231 |
| Anecdotes of Serpents | 663 |
| Anecdotes of Wordsworth | 319 |
| An Empty House | 103 |
| An Excellent Match | 315 |
| Apology for Burns | 334 |
| Bachelor’s Christmas | 399 |
| Beauties of the Law | 543 |
| Births:—Mrs. Meek of a Son | 672 |
| Birth of Crime | 614 |
| Bona Lombardi Brunoro | 155 |
| Carol for the New Year | 396 |
| Chapter on Bears | 546 |
| Chapter on Dreams | 768 |
| Chapter on Shawls | 39 |
| Chapter on Wolves | 787 |
| Charles Wolfe | 734 |
| Cheerful Views of Human Nature | 242 |
| Child Commodore | 641 |
| Climate of Canada | 358 |
| Colds and Cold Water | 110 |
| Conflict of Love | 63 |
| Courtesy of Americans | 846 |
| Crazed | 401 |
| Crisis in the Affairs of Mr. John Bull | 235 |
| Crocodile Battery | 768 |
| Crystal Palace | 584 |
| Curiosities of Railway Traveling | 194 |
| Curran, the Irish Orator | 497 |
| Dangers of Doing Wrong | 226 |
| Darling Dorel | 843 |
| Death of a Goblin | 478 |
| Death of Howard | 298 |
| Death of John Randolph | 80 |
| Dog and Deer of the Army | 407 |
| Domestic Life of Alexander, Emperor of Russia | 99 |
| Edible Birds’-Nests of China | 397 |
| Efforts of a Gentleman in search of Despair | 521 |
| Encounter with an Iceberg | 406 |
| England in 1850. By Lamartine | 46 |
| Escape of Queen Mary from Lochleven Castle | 22 |
| Fair in Munich | 774 |
| Fashions for December | 143 |
| Fashions for Early Winter | 287 |
| Fashions for Later Winter | 431 |
| Fashions for Early Spring | 575 |
| Fashions for Spring | 719 |
| Fashions for May | 863 |
| Fate of a German Reformer | 76 |
| Five Minutes too Late | 647 |
| Fidgety People | 662 |
| Flowers in the Sick Room | 52 |
| Freaks of Nature | 356 |
| French Revolutionists, Marat, Robespierre, and Danton | 27 |
| Gabrielle; or, The Sisters | 801 |
| Gamblers of the Rhine | 61 |
| General Rosas and the Argentine Republic | 484 |
| German Picture of the Scotch | 25 |
| Ghost-Stories of Chapelizod | 499 |
| Give Wisely! An Anecdote | 121 |
| Gunpowder and Chalk | 18 |
| Habits and Amusements of the London Costermongers | 644 |
| Haunts of Genius—Gray, Burke, Milton, Dryden, and Pope | 49 |
| Heart of John Middleton | 449 |
| History and Mystery of the Glass-House | 308 |
| Horrors of War | 658 |
| Household of Sir Thomas More | 616, 818 |
| How to be Idolized | 640 |
| Incident in the First French Revolution | 622 |
| Invitation to the Zoological Gardens | 297 |
| Jane Eccles; or, Confessions of an Attorney | 677 |
| Judge Not | 626 |
| Lamartine on the Religion of Revolutionary Men | 598 |
| Land, Ho!—A Sketch of Australia | 357 |
| Leaves from Punch | |
| |
| Letters and Letter Writing | 35 |
| Literary Notices. | |
| |
| Lively Turtle | 52 |
| Lucy Cawthorne | 633 |
| Lunatic Asylum in Palermo | 183 |
| Madame Campan | 153 |
| Mathematical Hermit | 627 |
| Metal Founder of Munich | 516 |
| Maurice Tiernay, the Soldier of Fortune. By Charles Lever | 173, 364, 468, 737 |
| Michelet, the French Historian | 353 |
| Milton and Wordsworth | 201 |
| Mistakes in Personal Identity | 69 |
| Modern Mummies | 321 |
| Monthly Record of Current Events. | |
| UNITED STATES. | |
| |
| MEXICO AND SOUTH AMERICA. | |
| |
| GREAT BRITAIN. | |
| |
| FRANCE. | |
| |
| GERMANY, ETC. | |
| |
| SPAIN, ITALY, AND PORTUGAL. | |
| |
| THE EAST. | |
| |
| LITERARY, SCIENTIFIC, AND PERSONAL. | |
| |
| OBITUARIES. | |
| |
| Morning with Moritz Retzsch | 509 |
| My Novel; or, Varieties in English Life. By Sir Edward Bulwer Lytton | 85, 251, 382, 524, 682, 825 |
| Mysteries of a Tea-Kettle | 246 |
| New Phase of Bee-Life | 488 |
| Napoleon and the Pope | 791 |
| Night of Terror in a Polish Inn | 41 |
| Night with an Earthquake | 810 |
| Not all Alone | 554 |
| Notes on the Nile | 491 |
| Novelty Iron Works; with Description of Marine Steam Engines, and their construction. By Jacob Abbott | 721 |
| Passion for collecting Books | 397 |
| Personal Appearance and Habits of Robert Southey | 145 |
| Phantoms and Realities | 457, 601, 753 |
| Pilchard Fishery on the Coast of Cornwall | 630 |
| Plate Glass | 668 |
| Plea for British Reptiles | 813 |
| Prison Anecdote | 628 |
| Procrastination | 155 |
| Public Opinion and the Press | 192 |
| Punch on Birds, Balloons, and Boluses | 396 |
| Rattlin the Reefer’s Dream | 31 |
| Rats and Rat-Killers | 202 |
| Recollections of Chantrey | 322 |
| Recollections of Sir Robert Peel | 328 |
| Reminiscence of the French Revolution | 480 |
| Robber Outwitted | 544 |
| Robber’s Revenge | 195 |
| Sailing in the Air | 168, 323 |
| Saturday in a London-Market | 656 |
| Sketches from Life | 372 |
| Sketch of a Miser | 620 |
| Sketch of my Childhood. By De Quincey | 156, 302 |
| Sloped for Texas | 187 |
| Spring. By James Thomson | 433 |
| Story of Fine-Ear | 482 |
| Story of Giovanni Belzoni | 947 |
| Story of Silver-Voice and her Sister Zoë | 762 |
| Street Music in London | 67 |
| Tale of Shipwreck | 335 |
| Talleyrand | 215 |
| The Broken Heart; or, the Well of Pen-Morfa | 205 |
| The Champion.—An Incident in Spanish History | 781 |
| The Deserted Village. By Goldsmith | 1 |
| The Dumb Child | 194 |
| Factory Boy | 660 |
| The Fairy Queen | 517 |
| The Farm Laborer.—The Father | 674 |
| The Farm Laborer.—The Son | 784 |
| The Fugitive King at Boscobel | 10 |
| The Ghost that appeared to Mrs. Wharton | 72 |
| The Gipsy in the Thorn-Bush | 338 |
| The Golden Age | 120 |
| The Kaffir Trader | 341 |
| The Marriage Settlement | 330 |
| The Queen’s Tobacco-Pipe | 513 |
| The Stolen Fruit.—A Story of Napoleon’s Childhood | 822 |
| The Talisman.—A Fairy Tale | 348 |
| The Traveler. By Goldsmith | 289 |
| The Unlawful Gift | 55 |
| The Unnamed Shell | 747 |
| The Watcher | 665 |
| The Wife’s Stratagem | 778 |
| The Woodstream | 346 |
| Thomas Harlowe | 599 |
| Uncle John; or, The Rough Road to Riches | 840 |
| Victims of Science | 698 |
| Visit to a Colliery | 340 |
| Visit to a Copper Mine | 652 |
| Visit to an English Dairy | 165 |
| Volcano Girl | 188 |
| Voyage in Search of Sir John Franklin | 588 |
| Waiting for the Post | 238 |
| Washington Irving | 577 |
| Waste of War | 810 |
| What becomes of all the pins? | 597 |
| Wilberforce and Chalmers | 824 |
| William Cullen Bryant | 581 |
| William Penn’s Conversion to Quakerism | 613 |
| Winter Vision | 359 |
| Wordsworth and Carlyle | 201 |
| Young Man’s Counselor | 213 |
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.
| page | |
| 1. Portrait of Goldsmith | 1 |
| 2. The hawthorn bush | 1 |
| 3. To spurn imploring famine from the gate | 2 |
| 4. Beside the bed where parting life was laid | 3 |
| 5. The village master taught his little school | 4 |
| 6. The village ale-house | 5 |
| 7. The coy maid half willing to be press’d | 5 |
| 8. As some fair female unadorned and plain | 6 |
| 9. Here, while the courtier glitters in brocade | 7 |
| 10. The poor, houseless, shivering female lies | 7 |
| 11. Her fond husband strove to lend relief | 8 |
| 12. As rocks resist the billows and the sky | 9 |
| 13. Sketch of John Randolph of Roanoke | 80 |
| 14. Visiting and Ball Costumes for December | 143 |
| 15. Evening Costume | 144 |
| 16. Coiffure for Ball | 144 |
| 17. Portrait of Southey | 145 |
| 18. Vale of Watenlath | 148 |
| 19. Southey’s Tomb | 152 |
| 20. Portrait of Madame Campan | 153 |
| 21. Portrait of Bona Lombardi Brunoro | 155 |
| 22. Portrait of De Quincey | 156 |
| 23. Preparatory School for Young Ladies | 285 |
| 24. Costumes for Winter | 287 |
| 25. Head-Dress and Corsage | 288 |
| 26. Bonnet | 288 |
| 27. Or where Campania’s plain forsaken lies | 289 |
| 28. As some lone miser visiting his store | 290 |
| 29. The sports of children satisfy the child | 291 |
| 30. The Swiss their stormy mansions tread | 291 |
| 31. Breasts the air, and carols as he goes | 292 |
| 32. Where snow-tracks mark the way | 292 |
| 33. And dance, forgetful of the noontide hour | 293 |
| 34. Embosom’d in the deep where Holland lies | 294 |
| 35. Brighter streams than famed Hydaspes | 294 |
| 36. Talent sinks, and merit weeps unknown | 295 |
| 37. From their homes, a melancholy train | 296 |
| 38. Riding the Elephant | 297 |
| 39. Poking Fun at the Bear | 297 |
| 40. The Pelican at Feed | 297 |
| 41. Fellows of the Zoological Society | 298 |
| 42. A false Apple-ation | 429 |
| 43. A Tête-à-Tête | 429 |
| 44. Expected out soon | 429 |
| 45. Going down to a Watering-place | 429 |
| 46. Attraction | 429 |
| 47. Nineteenth Cent’ry | 429 |
| 48. Putting the Cart before the Horse | 430 |
| 49. A Narrow Escape | 430 |
| 50. Division of Labor | 430 |
| 51. Animal Economy | 430 |
| 52. A Holiday at the Public Offices | 430 |
| 53. Costumes for Later Winter | 431 |
| 54. Ball Costume | 432 |
| 55. Bonnets | 432 |
| 56. Head-Dress | 432 |
| 57. Come gentle Spring | 433 |
| 58. Lend their shoulder, and begin their toil | 434 |
| 59. Wafts all the pomp of life into your ports | 434 |
| 60. The deer rustle through the brake | 435 |
| 61. Blazing straw before his orchard burns | 435 |
| 62. The shower is scarce to patter heard | 436 |
| 63. While yet man lived in innocence | 437 |
| 64. The song went round, and dance | 437 |
| 65. Throw nice judging the delusive fly | 439 |
| 66. You gayly drag your unresisting prize | 439 |
| 67. Together let us tread the morning dews | 440 |
| 68. Gather fresh flowers to grace thy hair | 440 |
| 69. A gentle pair, by fortune sunk | 442 |
| 70. They weeping eye their infant train | 442 |
| 71. Hazel pendent o’er the plaintive stream | 443 |
| 72. On the aerial summit takes the gale | 444 |
| 73. Through Hagley Park, thy British Tempè | 445 |
| 74. On the bank thrown amid drooping lilies | 446 |
| 75. In soft anguish he consumes the day | 446 |
| 76. Woos the bird of eve to mingle woes | 446 |
| 77. Still interrupted by distracted dreams | 446 |
| 78. The garden to the view its vistas open | 447 |
| 79. By degrees the human blossom blows | 448 |
| 80. Delightful task! to rear the tender thought | 448 |
| 81. The Parcels Conveyance Company | 569 |
| 82. Oscillation illustrated | 569 |
| 83. Legendary G | 569 |
| 84. Historical H | 569 |
| 85. Selfish Ends | 570 |
| 86. Pneumatical K | 570 |
| 87. A Stilted Subject | 570 |
| 88. Pisces | 570 |
| 89. How doth the little busy Bee | 570 |
| 90. Cock Robin | 570 |
| 91. Assisting a pupil up the Gamut | 571 |
| 92. Yawning | 571 |
| 93. A startling Fact | 574 |
| 94. Costumes for Early Spring | 575 |
| 95. Morning Costume | 576 |
| 96. Velvet Bonnet | 576 |
| 97. Ribbon Bonnet | 576 |
| 98. White Silk Bonnet | 576 |
| 99. Portrait of Irving | 577 |
| 100. Irving’s Residence | 580 |
| 101. Portrait of Bryant | 581 |
| 102. Bryant’s Residence | 583 |
| 103. The Great Exhibition Building | 585 |
| 104. Installing the Crow’s Nest | 588 |
| 105. Surrounded by Icebergs | 591 |
| 106. The Prince Albert in Danger | 593 |
| 107. The Arctic Discovery Ships at Midnight | 594 |
| 108. Please, Sir, shall I hold your Horse | 713 |
| 109. Bachelor’s Bedroom | 714 |
| 110. Married Couple’s Bedroom | 714 |
| 111. Elderly Servant | 715 |
| 112. Youthful Attendant | 715 |
| 113. A Juvenile Party | 717 |
| 114. Reward of Merit | 718 |
| 115. Costumes for Spring | 719 |
| 116. Coiffure | 720 |
| 117. Satin Bonnet | 720 |
| 118. Miss’s Straw Bonnet | 720 |
| 119. View of the Novelty Works | 721 |
| 120. Entrance to the Novelty Works | 722 |
| 121. Plan of the Novelty Works | 723 |
| 122. View of a Marine Steam-Engine | 725 |
| 123. Cutting Engine | 726 |
| 124. Bending and Punching Engines | 726 |
| 125. Boring Engine | 727 |
| 126. Riveting the Boilers | 727 |
| 127. Filling the Ladles | 728 |
| 128. Casting a Cylinder | 728 |
| 129. The Explosion | 729 |
| 130. Digging out the Cylinder | 729 |
| 131. The Forges | 730 |
| 132. Heating a Shaft | 731 |
| 133. Forging a Shaft | 731 |
| 134. The Lathes | 732 |
| 135. Finishing | 732 |
| 136. Departure of the Steamer Pacific | 733 |
| 137. Encouragement to Book-Lenders | 859 |
| 138. Supper at a Juvenile Party | 860 |
| 139. A Juvenile after the Party | 861 |
| 140. A Little Bit of Humbug | 862 |
| 141. Promenade Costumes for May | 863 |
| 142. Evening Costume | 864 |
| 143. Morning Promenade Costume | 864 |
| 144. Head-Dresses | 864 |
HARPER’S
NEW MONTHLY MAGAZINE.
No. VII.—DECEMBER, 1850.—Vol. II.
THE DESERTED VILLAGE.
BY OLIVER GOLDSMITH.

Oliver Goldsmith
Where health and plenty cheer’d the laboring swain,
Where smiling spring its earliest visit paid,
And parting summer’s lingering blooms delay’d—
Dear lovely bowers of innocence and ease,
Seats of my youth, when every sport could please—
How often have I loiter’d o’er thy green,
Where humble happiness endear’d each scene;
How often have I paus’d on every charm—
The sheltered cot, the cultivated farm,
The never failing brook, the busy mill,
The decent church that topp’d the neighboring hill,
The hawthorn bush with seats beneath the shade
For talking age and whispering lovers made;
How often have I bless’d the coming day
When toil remitting lent its turn to play,
And all the village train from labor free,
Led up their sports beneath the spreading tree—
While many a pastime circled in the shade,
The young contending as the old survey’d,
And many a gambol frolick’d o’er the ground,
And sleights of art and feats of strength went round:
And still, as each repeated pleasure tir’d,
Succeeding sports the mirthful band inspir’d—
The dancing pair that simply sought renown
By holding out to tire each other down,
The swain mistrustless of his smutted face
[Pg 2]
While secret laughter titter’d round the place,
The bashful virgin’s sidelong looks of love,
The matron’s glance that would those looks reprove.
These were thy charms, sweet village! sports like these,
With sweet succession, taught even toil to please;
These round thy bowers their cheerful influence shed;
These were thy charms—but all these charms are fled.

Thy sports are fled, and all thy charms withdrawn;
Amid thy bowers the tyrant’s hand is seen,
And desolation saddens all thy green:
One only master grasps the whole domain,
And half a tillage stints thy smiling plain.
No more thy glassy brook reflects the day,
But chok’d with sedges works its weedy way;
Along thy glades, a solitary guest,
The hollow-sounding bittern guards its nest;
Amid thy desert-walks the lapwing flies,
And tires their echoes with unvaried cries;
Sunk are thy bowers in shapeless ruin all,
And the long grass o’ertops the mouldering wall;
And, trembling, shrinking from the spoiler’s hand,
Far, far away thy children leave the land.
Ill fares the land, to hastening ills a prey,
Where wealth accumulates and men decay;
Princes and lords may flourish, or may fade—
A breath can make them, as a breath has made;
But a bold peasantry, their country’s pride,
When once destroy’d, can never be supplied.
A time there was, ere England’s griefs began,
When every rood of ground maintain’d its man:
For him light labor spread her wholesome store,
Just gave what life requir’d, but gave no more;
His best companions, innocence and health,
And his best riches, ignorance of wealth.
But times are altered; trade’s unfeeling train
Usurp the land, and dispossess the swain:
Along the lawn, where scatter’d hamlets rose,
Unwieldy wealth and cumbrous pomp repose:
And every want to opulence allied,
And every pang that folly pays to pride.
These gentle hours that plenty bade to bloom,
Those calm desires that ask’d but little room,
Those healthful sports that grac’d the peaceful scene,
Liv’d in each look and brighten’d all the green—
These, far departing, seek a kinder shore,
And rural mirth and manners are no more.
Sweet Auburn! parent of the blissful hour,
Thy glades forlorn confess the tyrant’s power.
Here, as I take my solitary rounds
Amid thy tangling walks and ruin’d grounds,
And, many a year elaps’d, return to view
Where once the cottage stood, the hawthorn grew—
Remembrance wakes with all her busy train,
Swells at my breast, and turns the past to pain.
In all my wanderings round this world of care,
In all my griefs—and God has given my share—
I still had hopes, my latest hours to crown,
Amid these humble bowers to lay me down;
To husband out life’s taper at the close,
And keep the flame from wasting by repose.
I still had hopes, for pride attends us still,
Amid the swains to show my book-learn’d skill—
Around my fire an evening group to draw,
And tell of all I felt, and all I saw;
And as an hare, whom hounds and horns pursue,
Pants to the place from whence at first she flew,
I still had hopes, my long vexations pass’d,
Here to return—and die at home at last.
O bless’d retirement, friend to life’s decline,
Retreats from care, that never must be mine!
How happy he who crowns, in shades like these,
A youth of labor with an age of ease;
Who quits a world where strong temptations try—
And, since ’tis hard to combat, learns to fly.
For him no wretches, born to work and weep,
Explore the mine, or tempt the dangerous deep,
No surly porter stands, in guilty state,
[Pg 3]
To spurn imploring famine from the gate;
But on he moves, to meet his latter end,
Angels around befriending virtue’s friend—
Bends to the grave with unperceiv’d decay,
While resignation gently slopes the way—
And, all his prospects brightening to the last,
His heaven commences ere the world be pass’d.

Up yonder hill the village murmur rose.
There as I pass’d, with careless steps and slow,
The mingling notes came soften’d from below:
The swain responsive as the milkmaid sung,
The sober herd that low’d to meet their young,
The noisy geese that gabbled o’er the pool,
The playful children just let loose from school,
The watch-dog’s voice that bay’d the whispering wind,
And the loud laugh that spoke the vacant mind—
These all in sweet confusion sought the shade
And fill’d each pause the nightingale had made.
But now the sounds of population fail,
No cheerful murmurs fluctuate in the gale,
No busy steps the grass-grown footway tread,
For all the bloomy flush of life is fled—
All but yon widow’d, solitary thing,
That feebly bends beside the plashy spring,
She, wretched matron—forced in age, for bread,
To strip the brook with mantling cresses spread,
To pick her wintry faggot from the thorn,
To seek her nightly shed, and weep till morn—
She only left of all the harmless train,
The sad historian of the pensive plain!
Near yonder copse, where once the garden smil’d,
And still where many a garden-flower grows wild—
There, where a few torn shrubs the place disclose,
The village preacher’s modest mansion rose.
A man he was to all the country dear;
And passing rich with forty pounds a year.
Remote from towns he ran his godly race,
Nor e’er had chang’d, nor wish’d to change, his place;
Unpractic’d he to fawn, or seek for power
By doctrines fashion’d to the varying hour.
Far other aims his heart had learn’d to prize—
More skill’d to raise the wretched than to rise.
His house was known to all the vagrant train,
He chid their wanderings, but reliev’d their pain:
The long remember’d beggar was his guest,
Whose beard descending swept his aged breast;
The ruin’d spendthrift, now no longer proud,
Claim’d kindred there, and had his claims allow’d.
The broken soldier, kindly bade to stay,
Sat by his fire, and talk’d the night away—
Wept o’er his wounds, or, tales of sorrow done,
Shoulder’d his crutch and show’d how fields were won.
Pleas’d with his guests, the good man learn’d to glow,
And quite forgot their vices in their woe;
Careless their merits or their faults to scan,
His pity gave ere charity began.
Thus to relieve the wretched was his pride,
And even his failings lean’d to virtue’s side—
But in his duty, prompt at every call,
He watch’d and wept, he pray’d and felt for all:
And, as a bird each fond endearment tries
To tempt its new-fledg’d offspring to the skies,
He tried each art, reprov’d each dull delay,
Allur’d to brighter worlds, and led the way.
Beside the bed where parting life was laid,
[Pg 4]
And sorrow, guilt, and pain by turns dismay’d,
The reverend champion stood: at his control
Despair and anguish fled the struggling soul;
Comfort came down the trembling wretch to raise,
And his last faltering accents whisper’d praise.

His looks adorn’d the venerable place;
Truth from his lips prevail’d with double sway,
And fools who came to scoff remain’d to pray.
The service pass’d, around the pious man,
With steady zeal, each honest rustic ran;
Even children follow’d, with endearing wile,
And pluck’d his gown, to share the good man’s smile:
His ready smile a parent’s warmth express’d,
Their welfare pleas’d him, and their cares distress’d.
To them his heart, his love, his griefs were given,
But all his serious thoughts had rest in heaven:
As some tall cliff, that lifts its awful form,
Swells from the vale, and midway leaves the storm
Though round its breast the rolling clouds are spread
Eternal sunshine settles on its head.

Beside yon straggling fence that skirts the way,
With blossom’d furze unprofitably gay—
There, in his noisy mansion, skill’d to rule,
The village master taught his little school.
A man severe he was, and stern to view;
I knew him well, and every truant knew:
Well had the boding tremblers learn’d to trace
The day’s disasters in his morning face;
Full well they laugh’d with counterfeited glee
At all his jokes, for many a joke had he;
Full well the busy whisper, circling round,
Convey’d the dismal tidings when he frown’d—
Yet he was kind, or if severe in aught,
The love he bore to learning was in fault.
The village all declar’d how much he knew;
‘Twas certain he could write, and cipher too,
Lands he could measure, terms and tides presage—
And even the story ran that he could gauge.
In arguing too, the parson own’d his skill,
For even though vanquish’d he could argue still;
While words of learned length and thundering sound
Amaz’d the gazing rustics rang’d around—
And still they gaz’d, and still the wonder grew
That one small head could carry all he knew.
But pass’d is all his fame: the very spot,
Where many a time he triumph’d, is forgot.
Near yonder thorn, that lifts its head on high,
Where once the sign-post caught the passing eye,
Low lies that house where nut-brown draughts inspir’d.
Where gray-beard mirth and smiling toil retir’d,
Where village statesmen talk’d with looks profound.
And news much older than their ale went round.
Imagination fondly stoops to trace
The parlor splendors of that festive place:
The whitewash’d wall, the nicely sanded floor,
[Pg 5]

The varnish’d clock that click’d behind the door—
The chest contriv’d a double debt to pay,
A bed by night, a chest of drawers by day—
The pictures plac’d for ornament and use,
The twelve good rules, the royal game of goose—
The hearth, except when winter chill’d the day,
With aspen bows, and flowers, and fennel gay—
While broken tea-cups, wisely kept for show,
Rang’d o’er the chimney, glistened in a row.
Vain, transitory splendors! could not all
Reprieve the tottering mansion from its fall?
Obscure it sinks; nor shall it more impart
[Pg 6]
An hour’s importance to the poor man’s heart:
Thither no more the peasant shall repair
To sweet oblivion of his daily care;
No more the farmer’s news, the barber’s tale,
No more the woodman’s ballad shall prevail;
No more the smith his dusky brow shall clear,
Relax his ponderous strength, and lean to hear;
The host himself no longer shall be found
Careful to see the mantling bliss go round;

Nor the coy maid, half willing to be press’d,
Shall kiss the cup to pass it to the rest.
Yes! let the rich deride, the proud disdain,
These simple blessings of the lowly train—
To me more dear, congenial to my heart,
One native charm, than all the gloss of art.
Spontaneous joys, where nature has its play,
The soul adopts, and owns their first-born sway—
Lightly they frolic o’er the vacant mind,
Unenvied, unmolested, unconfin’d;
But the long pomp, the midnight masquerade,
With all the freaks of wanton wealth array’d,
In these, ere triflers half their wish obtain,
The toiling pleasure sickens into pain—
And, even while fashion’s brightest arts decoy,
The heart distrusting asks, if this be joy.
Ye friends to truth, ye statesmen who survey
The rich man’s joys increase, the poor’s decay—
‘Tis yours to judge how wide the limits stand
Between a splendid and an happy land
Proud swells the tide with loads of freighted ore,
And shouting folly hails them from her shore;
Hoards even beyond the miser’s wish abound,
And rich men flock from all the world around;
Yet count our gains: this wealth is but a name
That leaves our useful product still the same.
Not so the loss. The man of wealth and pride
Takes up a space that many poor supplied—
Space for his lake, his park’s extended bounds,
Space for his horses, equipage, and hounds;
The robe that wraps his limbs in silken sloth
Has robbed the neighboring fields of half their growth;
His seat where solitary sports are seen,
Indignant spurns the cottage from the green;
Around the world each needful product flies,
For all the luxuries the world supplies;
While thus the land adorn’d for pleasure—all
In barren splendor feebly waits the fall.
As some fair female unadorn’d and plain,
Secure to please while youth confirms her reign
Slights every borrow’d charm that dress supplies,
Nor shares with art the triumph of her eyes—
But when those charms are pass’d, for charms are frail,
When time advances, and when lovers fail—
She then shines forth, solicitous to bless,
In all the glaring impotence of dress.
Thus fares the land, by luxury betray’d:
In nature’s simplest charms at first array’d—
But verging to decline, its splendors rise,
Its vistas strike, its palaces surprise;
While, scourg’d by famine, from the smiling land
The mournful peasant leads his humble band—
And while he sinks, without one arm to save,
The country blooms—a garden and a grave.

To ‘scape the pressure of contiguous pride?
If to some common’s fenceless limits stray’d
He drives his flock to pick the scanty blade,
Those fenceless fields the sons of wealth divide,
And even the bare-worn common is denied.

To see profusion that he must not share;
To see ten thousand baneful arts combin’d
To pamper luxury, and thin mankind;
To see those joys the sons of pleasure know,
Extorted from his fellow-creatures’ woe:
Here, while the courtier glitters in brocade,
[Pg 7]
There the pale artist plies the sickly trade;
Here, while the proud their long-drawn pomps display,
There the black gibbet glooms beside the way.
The dome where pleasure holds her midnight reign,
Here, richly deck’d, admits the gorgeous train—
Tumultuous grandeur crowds the blazing square,
The rattling chariots clash, the torches glare.
Sure scenes like these no troubles e’er annoy:
Sure these denote one universal joy!
Are these thy serious thoughts?—ah! turn thine eyes
[Pg 8]
Where the poor houseless shivering female lies.
She once, perhaps, in village plenty bless’d,
Has wept at tales of innocence distress’d—
Her modest looks the cottage might adorn,
Sweet as the primrose peeps beneath the thorn;
Now lost to all—her friends, her virtue fled,
Near her betrayer’s door she lays her head—
And, pinch’d with cold, and shrinking from the shower,
With heavy heart deplores that luckless hour
When idly first, ambitious of the town,
She left her wheel, and robes of country brown.

Do thy fair tribes participate her pain?
Even now, perhaps, by cold and hunger led,
At proud men’s doors they ask a little bread.
Ah, no! To distant climes, a dreary scene,
Where half the convex world intrudes between,
Through torrid tracts with fainting steps they go,
Where wild Altama murmurs to their woe.
Far different there from all that charm’d before,
The various terrors of that horrid shore;
Those blazing suns that dart a downward ray,
And fiercely shed intolerable day—
Those matted woods where birds forget to sing
But silent bats in drowsy clusters cling—
Those poisonous fields with rank luxuriance crown’d
Where the dark scorpion gathers death around—
Where at each step the stranger fears to wake
The rattling terrors of the vengeful snake—
Where crouching tigers wait their hapless prey,
And savage men more murderous still than they—
While oft in whirls the mad tornado flies,
Mingling the ravag’d landscape with the skies.
Far different these from every former scene;
The cooling brook, the grassy-vested green,
The breezy covert of the warbling grove,
That only shelter’d thefts of harmless love.
Good Heaven! what sorrows gloom’d that parting day,
That call’d them from their native walks away,
When the poor exiles, every pleasure pass’d,
Hung round their bowers, and fondly look’d their last,
And took a long farewell, and wish’d in vain
For seats like these beyond the western main—
And shuddering still to face the distant deep,
Return’d and wept, and still return’d to weep.
The good old sire, the first, prepar’d to go
To new-found worlds, and wept for others’ woe—
But for himself, in conscious virtue brave,
He only wish’d for worlds beyond the grave;
His lovely daughter, lovelier in her tears,
The fond companion of his helpless years,
Silent went next, neglectful of her charms,
And left a lover’s for a father’s arms;
With louder plaints the mother spoke her woes,
And bless’d the cot where every pleasure rose,
And kiss’d her thoughtless babes with many a tear,
And clasp’d them close, in sorrow doubly dear—
While her fond husband strove to lend relief
In all the silent manliness of grief.

How ill exchang’d are things like these for thee;
How do thy potions, with insidious joy,
[Pg 9]
Diffuse their pleasures only to destroy!
Kingdoms by thee, to sickly greatness grown,
Boast of a florid vigor not their own;
At every draught more large and large they grow,
A bloated mass of rank, unwieldy woe—
Till sapp’d their strength, and every part unsound,
Down, down they sink, and spread a ruin round.
Even now the devastation is begun,
And half the business of destruction done;
Even now, methinks, as pondering here I stand,
I see the rural virtues leave the land;
Down, where yon anchoring vessel spreads the sail,
That idly waiting flaps with every gale,
Downward they move—a melancholy band—
Pass from the shore, and darken all the strand,
Contented Toil and hospitable Care,
And kind connubial Tenderness, are there—
And Piety with wishes plac’d above,
And steady Loyalty, and faithful Love.
And thou, sweet Poetry! thou loveliest maid,
Still first to fly where sensual joys invade,
Unfit in these degenerate times of shame
To catch the heart, or strike for honest fame—
Dear, charming nymph, neglected and decried,
My shame in crowds, my solitary pride—
Thou source of all my bliss, and all my woe,
That found’st me poor at first, and keep’st me so—
Thou guide by which the nobler arts excel,
Thou nurse of every virtue—fare thee well.
Farewell! and oh! where’er thy voice be tried,
On Tornea’s cliffs or Pambamarca’s side,
Whether where equinoctial fervors glow,
Or winter wraps the polar world in snow,
Still let thy voice, prevailing over time,
Redress the rigors of the inclement clime.
Aid slighted Truth: with thy persuasive strain
Teach erring man to spurn the rage of gain;
Teach him, that states of native strength possess’d,
Though very poor, may still be very bless’d;
That trade’s proud empire hastes to swift decay,
As ocean sweeps the labor’d mole away—
While self-dependent power can time defy,
As rocks resist the billows and the sky.

THE FUGITIVE KING AT BOSCOBEL; ADVENTURES OF THE MERRY MONARCH.
BY AGNES STRICKLAND.
Boscobel House, which has obtained so
much historical celebrity, in connection
with the romantic adventures of Charles II.,
after his defeat at Worcester, is situated in
Shropshire, on the borders of Staffordshire, lying
between Tong Castle and Brewood. It was
built in the reign of James I., by John Giffard,
Esq., a Roman Catholic gentleman, who, when
it was completed, having invited his neighbors
to a house-warming feast, requested his friend,
Sir Basil Brook, to give his new-built mansion
a name. Sir Basil called it “Boscobel,” from
the Italian word, boscobella, because it was
seated in the midst of many fair woods. The
founder of the house had caused various places
of concealment to be constructed, for the purpose
of affording shelter to proscribed persons
of his own religion, whom the severity of the
penal laws often compelled to play at hide and
seek, in queer corners.
The first fugitive of note who sought refuge,
in his distress, at Boscobel House, was the unfortunate
Earl of Derby, whose defeat at Bolton-le-Moors,
near Wigan, was the precursor to
that of the young king at Worcester, eight days
later. The Earl of Derby, having escaped from
his lost battle, with Colonel Roscarrock and two
servants, got into the confines of Shropshire and
Staffordshire, where he had the good luck to
encounter an old friend, Mr. Richard Snead, an
honest gentleman of that country, to whom he
told the news of his own overthrow, and inquired
if he knew of any private house, near at
hand, where he might repose himself and his
company in safety, till he could find an opportunity
of joining the king. Mr. Snead, like a
good Samaritan, conducted his noble friend to
Boscobel House, where they arrived on Friday,
August 29th, but found no one at home, except
William Penderel, the housekeeper, and his wife,
who, on their own responsibility, ventured to
receive the noble cavalier, his companion, and
servants, and kindly entertained them till the
Sunday; and then, according to the earl’s desire,
conveyed them safely to Gataker Park,
nine miles on their way to Worcester, where he
arrived in time to take his part in that engagement
which was emphatically styled by Stapylton,
the roundhead, “the setting of the young
king’s glory.”
The Earl of Derby and Colonel Roscarrock
were in close attendance on Charles’s person
during the retreat from Worcester. They all
made a stand on Kinner Heath, on the road to
Kidderminster, as the night set in, to hold a
consultation, when his majesty, being very tired,
inquired of them and Lord Wilmot, “If they
thought there was any place where he might
venture to take a few hours’ rest?” The Earl
of Derby told him, “how, in his flight from
Wigan to Worcester, he had met with that rara
avis, a perfectly honest man, and a great convenience
of concealment at Boscobel House;
which, nevertheless, he thought it his duty to
inform his majesty, was the abode of a recusant.”
At another time, some of the party might have
objected to the young sovereign going to such
quarters, but the danger being so imminent,
now it was suggested, “that these people being
accustomed to persecutions and searches, were
most likely to possess the most ingenious contrivances
to conceal him.” At all events, the
king made up his mind to proceed thither.
When this decision was made known to Lord
Talbot, he called for a young kinsman of the
recusant master of Boscobel, Mr. Charles Giffard,
who was fortunately among the sixty
cavaliers who still shared the fortunes of their
fugitive king. Lord Talbot inquired of this
gentleman, if he could conduct his majesty to
Boscobel. Charles Giffard cheerfully undertook
to do so, having with him a servant of the
name of Yates, who understood the country
perfectly.
At a house about a mile beyond Stourbridge,
the king drank a little water, and ate a crust
of bread, the house affording no better provision.
After this scanty refection, his majesty rode on,
discoursing apart with Colonel Roscarrock about
Boscobel House, and the security which he and
the Earl of Derby had enjoyed at that place.
Another privy-council was held, in the course
of the journey, between the king and his most
trusty friends, at which it was agreed, that the
secret of his destination was too important to
be confided to more than a select few of his
followers; and Charles Giffard was asked if it
were not possible to conduct him, in the first
instance, to some other house in the neighborhood,
the better to mask his design of concealing
himself at Boscobel. The young cavalier replied,
“Yes, there was another seat of the Giffards,
about half a mile from Boscobel—Whiteladies;
so called from its having been formerly
a monastery of Cistercian nuns, whose habit
was white.” On which the king, and about
forty of the party, separating themselves from
the others, proceeded thither, under his faithful
guidance. They arrived at break of day; and
Giffard, alighting from his horse, told the king
“that he trusted they were now out of immediate
danger of pursuit.” George Penderel,
who had the charge of the house, opened the
doors, and admitted the king and his noble attendants;
after which, the king’s horse was
brought into the hall, and they all entered into
an earnest consultation how to escape the fury
of their foes; but their greatest solicitude was
for the preservation of the king, who was, for
his part, both tired and hungry with his forced
march. Col. Roscarrock immediately dispatched
a boy, of the name of Bartholomew Martin,
to Boscobel, for William Penderel: Mr. Charles
Giffard sent for another of these trusty brethren,
Richard Penderel, who lived at Hobbal Grange,
hard by. Both speedily obeyed the summons,
and were brought into the parlor, where they[Pg 11]
found their old acquaintance, the Earl of Derby,
who introduced them into the inner parlor,
which formed then the presence chamber of
their throneless sovereign: the earl, reversing
the order of courtly etiquette on this occasion,
instead of presenting these two noble men, of
low degree, to their royal master, he presented
him to them; addressing himself in particular
to William Penderel, and pointing at his majesty,
he said, “This is the king; thou must
have a care of him, and preserve him, as thou
didst me.”
William, in the sincerity of an honest heart,
promised that he would do so, while Charles
Giffard was at the same time exhorting Richard
Penderel to have an especial care of his charge.
The loyal associates next endeavored to effect
a transformation in the personal appearance of
their royal master, by subjecting him to a process
very similar to that technically styled by
gipsies, “cutting a horse out of his feathers.”
In the first place, Richard Penderel trimmed off
his majesty’s flowing black ringlets in a very
blunt and irreverent fashion, using his woodman’s
bill, which he happened to have in his
girdle, instead of scissors, none being at hand,
and time being too precious to stand on ceremony.
His majesty was then advised to rub
his hands on the back of the chimney, and
with them to besmear his face, to darken his
peculiar Italian-like complexion with a more
swarthy tint. This done, he divested himself
of his blue ribbon and jeweled badge of the
Garter, and other princely decorations, his laced
ruff and buff coat, and put on a noggen coarse
shirt belonging to Edward Martin, a domestic
living in the house, and Richard Penderel’s
green suit and leathern doublet, but had not
time to be so exactly disguised as he was afterward,
for both William and Richard Penderel
warned the company to use dispatch, because
there was a troop of rebels, commanded by Col.
Ashenhurst, quartered at Cotsal, but three miles
distant, some of which troop arrived within
half an hour after the noble company was dispersed.
Richard Penderel conducted the king out
through a back door, unknown to any of his
followers, except a trusted few of the lords, who
followed him into the back premises, and as far
as an adjacent wood, belonging to the domain
of Boscobel, called Spring Coppice, about half a
mile from Whiteladies, where they took a sorrowful
farewell of him, leaving him under the
watchful care of three of the trusty Penderel
brethren—William, Humphrey, and George.
The Earl of Derby and the other gentlemen
then returned to their comrades at Whiteladies,
where, mounting in hot haste, with the intrepid
Charles Giffard for their conductor, they scoured
off on the north road; but a little beyond Newport
they were surrounded by the rebels, and
after some resistance, were made prisoners.
Charles Giffard contrived to effect his escape
from the inn at Banbury, where they halted,
but the loyal Earl of Derby, who had sacrificed
his own personal safety by resigning to his
sovereign the little city of refuge at Boscobel,
instead of occupying it himself, was subjected
to the mockery of a pretended trial by the rebels,
and beheaded, although he had only surrendered
on a solemn promise of receiving quarter—promises
which were never regarded by Cromwell
and his associates. The cool-blooded malignity
with which, in his dispatch, announcing
his triumph at Worcester, Cromwell points out
the noble captives, whom the fortunes of war
had placed in his magnanimous hands, to his
merciless tools as “objects of their justice,”
what was it but signing their death-warrants
by anticipation, before the mock trials took
place of the fore-doomed victims? and how revolting,
after that death-whoop, appears the
Pharisaical cant of his concluding sentences:
“The dimensions of this mercy are above my
thoughts—it is, for aught I know, a crowning
mercy. I am bold humbly to beg that the fatness
of these continued mercies may not occasion
pride and wantonness, as formerly the like
hath done to a chosen people.”
If Cromwell had understood the true meaning
of the Saviour’s words, “I will have mercy, and
not sacrifice,” he would probably have acted
more like a Christian and written less like a
Jew.
“But to return,” saith the quaint chronicler
of Boscobel, “to the duty of my attendance on
his majesty in Spring Coppice. By that time
Richard Penderel had conveyed him to the obscurest
part of it, it was about sun-rising on
Thursday morning, and the heavens wept bitterly
at these calamities, insomuch that the
thickest tree in the wood was not able to keep
his majesty dry, nor was there any thing for
him to sit on; wherefore Richard went to
Francis Yates’s house, a trusty neighbor, who
had married his wife’s sister, where he borrowed
a blanket, which he folded and laid on the
ground for his majesty to sit on.” A three-legged
stool would have been a luxury, at that
comfortless period, to the throneless monarch,
who claimed three realms as his rightful inheritance.
Richard Penderel, when he borrowed the
blanket of his sister-in-law, the good-wife Yates,
considerately begged her to provide a comfortable
breakfast and bring it to him, at a place
which he appointed in the wood. She presently
made ready a mess of milk, and brought it,
with bread, butter, and eggs, to the cold, wet,
and half-famished king. Charles was, at first,
a little startled at her appearance, but, perceiving
she came on a kindly errand, he frankly
appealed to her feminine compassion in these
words:
“Good woman, can you be faithful to a distressed
cavalier?”
“Yes, sir,” she replied; “I will die rather
than discover you!”
The king, well satisfied with the honest plainness
of her answer, was able to eat with a
hearty relish the simple fare she had brought[Pg 12]
him. In the course of that day, he made up
his mind to leave his woodland retreat, and
endeavor to get into Wales. Richard Penderel,
having consented to attend him in the capacity
of a guide, conducted him first to his own house,
Hobbal Grange, “where the old good-wife Penderel
had not only the honor to see his majesty,”
pursues our authority, “but to see him attended
by her son.” A greater honor far, it was for
her to feel that she was the mother of five sons,
whom all the wealth of England would not
have bribed, nor all the terrors of a death of
torture intimidated, to betray their fugitive
sovereign to those who thirsted for his blood.
Cornelia, the mother of the Gracchi, had less
reason to feel proud of her filial jewels, than
this rustic English matron of her brave Shropshire
lads. She had lost a sixth son, who had
been slain fighting in the cause of King Charles I.
Hobbal Grange was the paternal farm where
these six brethren, William, John, Richard,
Humphrey, Thomas, and George, were born.
Thomas, George, and John, had all enlisted in
the service of the late king, and fought for him
as long as he had an army in the field; William
was the house steward at Boscobel; Humphrey
was the miller at Whiteladies; and Richard
rented a part of his mother’s farm and house,
Hobbal Grange; he also pursued the business
of a woodman. At Hobbal Grange, the king’s
disguise was completed, and he was furnished
with a woodman’s bill, to enable him the better
to act the part of Richard Penderel’s man, and
it was agreed that he should assume the name
of Will Jones. When all these arrangements
had been made, and his homely supper ended,
his majesty set out at nine o’clock, with intent
to walk that night to Madely, in Shropshire,
about five miles from Whiteladies, within a
mile of the river Severn, which he would have
to cross, in order to get into Wales.
Charles found his clouted shoes so uneasy to
his feet on this pedestrian journey, that more
than once he was fain to walk without, as less
painful. About two miles from Madely, in
passing Evelin Mill, the king and his trusty
guide got an alarm; for Richard unwittingly
permitting the gate to clap, the miller came out
and challenged them, by asking, gruffly, “Who
was there?” Richard, to avoid him, hastily
drew the king out of the usual track, and led
him through a brook, which they were compelled
to ford, and the king’s shoes getting full of
water increased the uneasiness of his galled and
blistered feet. His majesty was afterward
wont, in recounting this adventure, to say, that
“here he was in great danger of losing his guide,
but the rustling of Richard’s calf-skin breeches
was the best direction he had to follow him in
that dark night.”
Charles was unconscious at the time how
near he was to a party of his own friends, who
had just taken refuge in Evelin Mill, and that
the honest miller who had caused him so much
alarm and distress by his challenge, was only
doing his duty by the fugitive cavaliers in keeping
guard to prevent a surprise from skulking
foes or spies.
His majesty arrived at Madely about midnight,
in weary plight; Richard conducted his
royal master to the house of a loyal gentleman
there, of the name of Woolf, on whose integrity
he knew he could rely. The family had retired
to rest, but Richard took the liberty of knocking
till Mr. Woolf’s daughter came to the door and
inquired, “Who that late comer was?” he replied,
“The king.” An announcement that
would, doubtless, have put any young lady into
a flutter at a period less disastrous to royalty
but such was the tragic romance of the epoch,
that persons of all classes were familiarized to
the most startling events and changes; the
only source of surprise to honest gentlefolks was,
the circumstance of finding their heads safe on
their own shoulders in the midst of the horrors
of military executions, which nearly decimated
that neighborhood. Miss Woolf neither questioned
the fact, nor hesitated to imperil herself
and family by receiving the proscribed fugitive
within her doors. She knew the integrity of
Richard Penderel, and appreciated the tribute
he paid to her courage and her truth, by confiding
such a trust to her. The king refreshed
and reposed himself beneath this hospitable roof
for awhile, but as the rebels kept guard upon
the passage of the Severn, and it was apprehended
that a party of them, who were expected
to pass through the town, might quarter themselves,
which frequently happened, in that house,
it was judged safer for the royal stranger to
sleep in the adjacent barn. His majesty accordingly
retired thither, attended by his trusty
guide and life-guardsman, Richard Penderel, and
remained concealed in that humble shelter the
whole of the next day.
The intelligence which Mr. Woolf procured,
meantime, was such as to convince him that it
would be too hazardous for the king to attempt
to prosecute his journey into Wales, and that
the best thing he could do would be to return
to Boscobel House, as affording facilities for his
concealment till a safer opening for his retreat
could be found. The king being of the same
opinion, it was resolved that he should retrace
his steps the next night, and meantime, his
hands not being considered sufficiently embrowned
for the character he personated, Mrs.
Woolf brought some walnut-leaves and stained
them. At eleven o’clock, he and the faithful
Richard Penderel resumed their march, but
midway between Madely and Boscobel, Charles
was so completely overcome with grief, fatigue,
and the pain he endured from his blistered feet,
in his attempts to walk in the stiff shoes, that
at last he flung himself on the ground, “declaring
life was not worth the struggle of preserving,
and that he would rather die than
endure the misery he suffered.” Richard gave
him such comfort as his kindly nature suggested,
and bidding him be of good cheer, and wait
God’s time for better fortunes, at last persuaded
him to make a successful effort to reach Boscobel.[Pg 13]
They arrived in the immediate vicinity
about three o’clock on the Sunday morning;
Richard left his majesty in the wood, while he
went to reconnoitre, not knowing whether a
party of Cromwell’s soldiers might not have
occupied the house in their absence. Fortunately,
he found no one there but William Penderel,
his wife, and the brave cavalier, Colonel
Carlis, who had been the last man to retreat
from Worcester, and, having succeeded in making
his escape, had been for some time concealed in
Boscobel Wood, and had come to ask relief of
William Penderel, his old acquaintance. Richard
informed him and William Penderel that
the king was in the wood, and they all three
went to pay their devoir, and found his majesty
sitting, like melancholy Jacques, on the root of
a tree. He was very glad to see the colonel,
and proceeded with him and the Penderels to
Boscobel House, and there did eat bread and
cheese heartily, and, as an extraordinary treat,
William’s wife, whom his majesty was pleased
to address merrily by the title of “My dame
Joan,” made a posset for him of thin milk and
small beer—no “very dainty dish,” one would
think, “to set before a king;” but doubtless, in
his present condition, more acceptable than the
most exquisite plate of dilligrout that was ever
served up by the lord of the Manor of Bardolf,
cum privilegio, at the coronation banquet of any
of his royal predecessors.
“My dame Joan” also performed another
charitable service for her luckless liege lord, by
bringing some warm water to bathe his galled
and travel-soiled feet. Colonel Carlis pulled
off his majesty’s shoes, which were full of
gravel, and his wet stockings, and there being
no other shoes that would fit the royal fugitive,
the good wife rendered these still more stiff and
uncomfortable, in her zeal to dry them, by putting
hot embers in them while the colonel was
washing his master’s feet.
When his majesty was thus refreshed, they
all united in persuading him to go back into
the wood, having great reason to apprehend
that the roundhead troopers, who were then
hunting the country round with blood-hounds,
on a keen scent for their prey, would come and
search Boscobel House. Humphrey Penderel,
the miller, had been to Shefnal the day before,
to pay some military imposts to the roundhead
Captain Broadwaye, at whose house he encountered
one of Cromwell’s colonels, who had
just been dispatched from Worcester in quest
of the king. This man, having learned that
the king had been at Whiteladies, and that
Humphrey dwelt in that immediate neighborhood,
examined him strictly, and laid before
him both the penalty of concealing the royal
fugitive “which,” he said, “was death without
mercy, and the reward for discovering him,
which should be a thousand pounds ready
money.”
Neither threats nor bribes could overcome the
loyal integrity of the stout-hearted miller, who
pleaded ignorance so successfully that he was
dismissed, and hastening, to Boscobel, brought
the alarming tidings of the vicinity of the soldiers,
and the price that had been set on his
majesty’s head.
The danger of his remaining in Boscobel
House being considered imminent, it was determined
by the faithful brothers to conceal the
king and Colonel Carlis, whose life was in no
less danger than that of his master, in a thick
spreading oak. Having made choice of one
which appeared to afford the greatest facility
for concealment, they assisted the king and
Colonel Carlis to ascend it, brought them such
provisions as they could get, and a cushion for
the king to sit on. In this unsuspected retreat
they passed the day. The king having gone
through much fatigue, and taken little or no
rest for several nights, was so completely worn
out, that having placed himself in a reclining
position, with his head resting on Colonel Carlis’s
knee, he fell asleep, and slumbered away
some hours—the colonel being careful to preserve
him from falling.
Pope’s popular, but long suppressed line,
always makes me think that he must have been
familiar with the following incident which my
father’s mother, Elizabeth Cotterel, who was
the grand-daughter of a cadet of the old loyal
family of that name, in Staffordshire, and maternally
descended from one of the honest Penderel
brothers, was accustomed to relate as a
fact, derived from family tradition, connected
with the perils and hair-breadth escapes of
Charles II., at Boscobel.
“The roundhead troopers,” she said, “having
tracked the king, first to Whiteladies, and then
to Boscobel Forest, were led, by the keen scent
of their bloodhounds, just at the twilight hour,
to the very tree in which he and Colonel Carlis
were hidden. The traitors, a sergeant and five
others of the same company, made a halt under
the Royal Oak, and began to reconnoiter it,
while their dogs came baying and barking round
about the trunk. Suddenly the leaves began to
rustle, and one of the villains cried out,
“‘Hallo! some one is surely hidden here!—look
how the branches shake.’
“‘It will be worth a thousand pounds to us
if it be the young king,’ said another.
“Then the sergeant asked ‘who would volunteer
to ascend the tree, and earn a larger
share of the reward by taking the supposed
prize alive;’ but, as no one appeared willing to
risk the chance of encountering a clapperclawing
from the royal lion, dealt from a vantage height,
he was just giving the word for them to fire a
volley into the tree, ‘when, by the grace of
God,'” the old lady would add, with impressive
solemnity, “a white owl flew out from the
thickest covert of the branches and screeched
‘fie upon them!’ as well she might; whereupon
the false traitors hooted out a curse as bitter as
that of Meroz on the poor bird, and growled to
each other ‘that it was she that had misled[Pg 14]
their dogs, and had stirred the leaves withal,
to mock themselves; howsomever, they would
have a shot at her, to teach her better manners
than to screech at the soldiers of the Lord.’
But though five of the sorry knaves banged off
their musketoons at the harmless bird, not one
of them was marksman enough to hit a feather
of her. Lastly, the sergeant took out a printed
copy of the proclamation, promising ‘the reward
of a thousand pounds for the apprehension
of the young man, Charles Stuart, eldest son of
the late King Charles,’ and fastened it on the
trunk of the royal oak where his majesty was
sitting in the branches above them, hearing all
they said, and an eye-witness of their treason.”
The breathless interest which this oral chronicle
was wont to excite among juvenile loyalists
of the third generation may be imagined, but
the old lady had another tradition, of yet more
thrilling import, engraven on the tablets of her
memory, “derived, like the first,” as she declared,
“from those who could well vouch for
its authenticity.” As it forms a curious sequel
to the other, and is really too good to be lost, I
take leave to relate it, without expecting my
readers to put the same degree of faith in my
grandmother’s traditionary lore as I have always
been dutifully accustomed to do.
“The roundhead sergeant and his comrades,
after they had retired from the vicinity of the
royal oak, proceeded to Hobbal Grange, to refresh
themselves at the expense of Richard Penderel,
where, finding his wife alone, rocking the
cradle of her infant boy, who was not well and
very fractious, they, after she had brought out
the best perry and mead the house afforded
began to cross-question her about the king’s
previous appearance at Whiteladies, and, as
they had done by her brother-in-law, Humphrey
Penderel, to ply her with alternate threats and
temptations, in order to induce her to discover
any thing she might have learned on the subject.
The amount of the reward for the apprehension
of the royal fugitive had hitherto been
concealed by Richard from his wife, probably
from the painful consciousness of her weak
point. At any rate, she heard it now with
astonished ears, and the sergeant, in confirmation
of his statement, displayed one of the
printed copies of the proclamation to that effect.
‘A thousand pounds!—a sum beyond her powers
of calculation! The price of blood!—what
then? Some one would earn it, why should
not she?’ She held parley with her besetting
sin, and her desire of ‘the accursed thing’ grew
stronger. At that moment her husband appeared,
followed by the disguised king, who,
cramped and exhausted with sitting so many
hours in the tree, was coming to her hearth to
warm and refresh himself, unconscious what
unwelcome guests were already in possession
of the Grange. The young wife hastened to
Richard Penderel, showed him the paper, and
whispered—
“‘What is the king to us? A thousand
pounds would make our fortunes.’
“‘I’ll cleave thy skull next moment, woman,
an’ thou dost,’ was Richard Penderel’s stern
rejoinder, grasping his wood-ax with a significant
gesture.
“He spoke in a tone which, though so low
as to be audible to no other ear than hers,
thrilled every vein in her body with terror.
She knew he was a man who never broke his
word, and she trembled lest the suspicions of
the sergeant and his gang should have been excited
by the emotions betrayed by her husband
and herself during their brief passionate conference.
She glanced at them, and saw they were
watching her husband and scrutinizing the disguised
king, who, yielding to the force of habit,
had forgot his assumed character of Richard’s
serving-man so far as to seat himself uninvited
on the only unoccupied stool in the room.
Luckily, the cross baby, offended at the presence
of so many strangers, set up his pipes, and began
to scream and cry most lustily; at which
Mistress Richard Penderel, affecting to be in a
violent passion, snatched him out of the cradle,
and thrusting him into the arms of the astonished
king, on whom she bestowed a sound box
on the ear at the same time, exclaimed, ‘Thou
lazy, good-for-naught fellow, wilt thou not so
much as put out thy hand to rock the cradle?
Take the boy to thee, and quiet him; he makes
such a brawling, thy betters can’t hear themselves
speak.’
“The baby, finding himself in the hands of
an unpracticed male nurse, continued to scream,
and the mother to scold, till the sergeant rose
up, with a peevish execration, implying that he
would rather hear the roar of all the cannon
that were fired at Worcester, than a chorus like
that; and giving the word to his company,
marched off in the full persuasion that Charles
was the awkwardest lout in Shropshire, and his
mistress the bitterest shrew he had seen for
many a day.”
After this alarm, it was judged better for the
king to return to Boscobel House, and betake
himself to the secret place of concealment, where
the Earl of Derby had been safely hidden before
the battle of Worcester. Dame Joan had provided
some chickens that night, and cooked
them in her best style for supper, for her royal
guest—a dainty to which he had been unaccustomed
for some time. She also put a little
pallet in the secret recess for his majesty’s use,
who was persuaded to let William Penderel
shave him, and cut his hair close with a pair
of scissors, according to the country fashion.
Colonel Carlis told the king, “Will was but a
mean barber;” his majesty replied, “That he had
never been shaved by any barber before,” and
bade William burn the hair he cut off. William,
however, carefully preserved the royal locks, as
precious memorials of this adventure, which
were afterward in great request among the noble
families of the neighborhood, who were eager
to obtain the smallest portion of those relics.
After supper, Colonel Carlis asked the king,
“What meat he would like for his Sunday’s[Pg 15]
dinner?” his majesty said, “Mutton, if it might
be had.” Now, there was none in the house,
and it was considered dangerous for William to
go to any place to purchase it; so Colonel Carlis
repaired to Mr. William Staunton’s fold,
chose the fattest sheep there, stuck it with his
dagger, and sent Will Penderel to bring it
home.[1]
On Sunday morning, Charles, finding his
dormitory none of the best, rose early, and
entering the gallery near it, was observed to
spend some time in prayer. After the fulfillment
of this duty, which was doubtless performed
with unwonted fervency, “his majesty,
coming down into the parlor, his nose fell a
bleeding, which put his poor faithful servants
in a fright,” till he reassured them, by saying
it was a circumstance of frequent occurrence.
He was very cheerful that day, and merrily assisted
in cooking some mutton-collops from the
stolen sheep provided by Colonel Carlis, on
which subject he was afterward fond of joking
with that devoted companion of his perils. The
Penderel brothers, keeping watch and ward, in
readiness to give the alarm, if any soldiers approached
the mansion, the king felt himself in a
state of security, “and spent some part of this
Lord’s-day in a pretty arbor in Boscobel Garden,
situated on a mount, with a stone table and seats
within. In this place, he passed some time in
reading, and commended it for its retiredness.”
John Penderel having, meantime, brought the
welcome intelligence that Lord Wilmot, to
whom he had acted as guide when he left
Whiteladies, had found a safe asylum at the
house of Mr. Whitgreave, of Mosely, the king
sent him back to inform those gentlemen “that
he would join them there at twelve that night.”
The distance being about five miles, John returned
to tell his majesty they would be in
readiness to meet him there.
The king not being yet recovered from the
effect of his walk to Madely and back, it was
agreed that he should ride on Humphrey’s mill-horse,
which was forthwith fetched home from
grass, and accoutred with a pitiful old saddle
and worse bridle. Before mounting, the king
bade farewell to Colonel Carlis, who could not
safely attend him, being too well known in that
neighborhood.
The night was dark and rainy, dismal as the
fortunes of the fugitive king, who, mounting
Humphrey’s mare, rode toward Mosely, attended
by an especial body-guard of the five
Penderels and their brother-in-law, Francis
Yates; each of these was armed with a bill
and pikestaff, having pistols in their pockets.
Two marched before, one on each side their
royal charge, and two came behind, a little in
the rear—all resolutely determined, in case of
danger, to have shown their valor in defending
as well as they had done their fidelity in concealing
their distressed sovereign. After some
experience of the horse’s paces, the king declared,
“It was the heaviest, dull jade he ever
bestrode.” Humphrey, who was the owner of
the beast, wittily replied—
“My liege, can you blame the mare for going
heavily when she bears the weight of three
kingdoms on her back?”
When they arrived at Penford Mill, within
two miles of Mr. Whitgreave’s house, his majesty
was recommended by his guides to dismount,
and proceed the rest of the way on foot,
being a more private path, and nearer withal.
At last, they arrived at the place appointed,
which was a little grove of trees, in a close
near Mr. Whitgreave’s house, called Lea Soughes.
There, Mr. Whitgreave and Mr. John Huddleston,
the priest, met his majesty, in order to
conduct him, by a private way, to the mansion,
Richard and John Penderel, and Francis Yates
continuing their attendance, but William,
Humphrey, and George returned to Boscobel
with the horse. Charles, not quite aware of
this arrangement, was going on without bidding
them farewell, but turning back, he apologized
to them in these words:
“My troubles make me forget myself: I thank
you all.”
And so, giving them his hand to kiss, took a
gracious leave of those true liegemen.
Mr. Whitgreave conducted the king into the
secret chamber occupied by Lord Wilmot, who
was expecting his return with great impatience,
fearing lest the king should have missed his
way, or been taken. As soon as Wilmot saw
his royal master, he knelt and embraced his
knees, and Charles, deeply moved, kissed him
on the cheek, and asked, with much solicitude:
“What has become of Buckingham, Cleveland,
and the others?”
Wilmot could only answer, doubtfully, “I
hope they are safe.” Then turning to Mr.
Whitgreave and Huddleston, to whom he had
not then confided the quality of the fugitive
cavalier for whom he had requested this asylum,
he said:
“Though I have concealed my friend’s name
all this while, I must now tell you this is my
master, your master, and the master of us all.”
Charles gave his hand to Whitgreave and
Huddleston for them to kiss, and after commending
their loyalty, and thanking them for
their fidelity to his friend, which, he assured
them, he never should forget, desired to see the
place of concealment he was to occupy. Having
seen it, and expressed his satisfaction, he returned
to Lord Wilmot’s chamber, where, his
nose beginning to bleed again, he seated himself
on the bedside, and drew forth such a
pocket-handkerchief as was never seen in royal
hands before, but it accorded with the rest of
his array. Charles was dressed, at that time,
in an old leathern doublet, a pair of green
breeches, and a peasant’s upper garment, known[Pg 16]
in this country by the name of a “jump coat,”
of the same color; a pair of his own stockings,
with the tops cut off, because they were embroidered,
a pair of stirrup stockings over them,
which had been lent him at Madely; a pair of
clouted shoes, cut and slashed, to give ease to
the royal feet, an old gray, greasy hat, without
a lining, and a noggen shirt, of the coarsest
manufacture. Mr. Huddleston, observing that
the roughness of this shirt irritated the king’s
skin so much as to deprive him of rest, brought
one of his own, made of smooth flaxen linen, to
Lord Wilmot, and asked, “If his majesty would
condescend to make use of it?” which Charles
gladly did. Mr. Huddleston then pulled off his
majesty’s wet, uncomfortable shoes and stockings,
and dried his feet, when he found that
some white paper, which had been injudiciously
put between his stockings and his skin, having
got rucked and rolled up, had served to increase,
instead of alleviating the inflammation.
Mr. Whitgreave brought up some biscuits
and a bottle of sack, for the refreshment of his
royal guest, who, after he had partaken of them,
exclaimed, with some vivacity,
“I am now ready for another march; and
if it shall please God to place me once more at
the head of eight or ten thousand good men,
of one mind, and resolved to fight, I should not
despair of driving the rogues out of my kingdom.”
Day broke, and the king, feeling in need of
repose, was conducted to the artfully concealed
hiding-place, where a pallet was placed for his
accommodation, for his host durst not put him
into a bed in one of the chambers.
After some rest taken in the hole, which was
unfortunately too close and hot to allow of
comfortable repose, Charles rose, and seeing
Mr. Whitgreave’s mother, was pleased to greet
her with great courtesy, and to honor her with
a salute. His place, during the day, was a
closet over the porch, where he could see, unseen,
every one who came up to the house.
That afternoon, a party of the roundhead
soldiers arrived, with intent to arrest Mr. Whitgreave,
having had information that he had been
at Worcester fight.
“If,” said Lord Wilmot to him, “they carry
you off, and put you to the torture, to force you
to confession, I charge you to give me up without
hesitation, which may, perhaps, satisfy them,
and save the king.”
Charles was then lying on Mr. Huddleston’s
bed, but his generous host, instead of caring for
his own danger, hurried him away into the
secret hiding place; then, setting all the chamber
doors open, went boldly down to the soldiers,
and assured them that the report of his
having been in the battle of Worcester was untrue,
for he had not been from his own home
for upward of a fortnight; to which all his
neighbors bearing witness, the soldiers not only
left him at liberty, but departed without searching
the house.
The same day, only a few hours after his
majesty had left Boscobel, two parties of the
rebels came thither in quest of him. The first,
being a company of the county militia, searched
the house with some civility, but the others,
who were Captain Broadwaye’s men, behaved in
a very ruffianly manner, searched the house
with jealous scrutiny, plundered it of every
thing portable, and after devouring all the little
stock of provisions, presented a pistol at William
Penderel, to intimidate him into giving
them some information, and much frightened
“my dame Joan,” but failed to extort any
confessions touching the royal guest who had
so recently departed. They also paid a second
visit to Whiteladies, and not only searched
every corner in it, but broke down much of the
wainscot, and finished by beating a prisoner
severely who had been frightened into informing
them that he came in company with the
king from Worcester to that place, and had left
him concealed there.
On the Tuesday, old Mrs. Whitgreave, who
did her best to amuse her royal guest, by telling
him all the news she could collect, informed
him that a countryman, who had been up to
the house that morning, had said “that he
heard that the king, on his retreat, had rallied
and beaten his enemies at Warrington Bridge,
and that three kings had come in to his assistance.”
“Surely,” rejoined Charles, with a smile,
“they must be the three kings of Cologne come
down from heaven, for I can imagine none
else.”
Looking out of his closet window, that day,
Charles saw two soldiers pass the gate, and told
Mr. Huddleston, “he knew one of them to be a
Highlander of his own regiment, who little
thought his king and colonel were so near.”
Mr. Huddleston had three young gentlemen
under his care for education, staying in the
same house—young Sir John Preston, Mr.
Thomas Patyn, and Mr. Francis Reynolds.
These he stationed at several garret windows
that commanded the road, to watch and give
notice if they saw any soldiers approaching,
pretending to be himself in danger of arrest.
The youths performed this service with diligent
care all day, and when they sat down to supper,
Sir John said merrily to his two companions,
“Come, lads, let us eat heartily, for we
have been upon the life-guard to-day.”
Lord Wilmot’s friend, Colonel Lane, of Bentley,
had, previously to the king’s arrival, offered
to pass him on to Bristol, as the escort of
his sister, Mrs. Jane Lane, who had fortunately
obtained from one of the commanders, a passport
for herself and her groom to go to Bristol,
to see her sister, who was near her confinement.
This offer Lord Wilmot had actually
accepted, when John Penderel, bringing him
word that the king was coming to Mosely, he
generously transferred that chance for escape to
his royal master. Lord Wilmot, having apprised
the colonel and fair mistress Jane of the
king’s intention to personate her groom, Colonel[Pg 17]
Lane came, by appointment, on Tuesday
night, between twelve and one, to the corner of
Mr. Whitgreave’s orchard, to meet and convey
his majesty to Bentley. The night was dark,
and cold enough to render the loan of a cloak,
which Mr. Huddleston humbly offered for his
sovereign’s use, extremely acceptable. Charles
took his leave courteously of old Mrs. Whitgreave,
whom he kissed, and gave many thanks
for his entertainment, and used warm expressions
of gratitude to her son and Mr. Huddleston,
telling them, “that he was very sensible
of the danger with which their concealing him
might be attended to themselves,” and considerately
gave them the address of a merchant
in London, who should have orders to supply
them with money, and the means of crossing
the sea, if they desired to do so, and promised,
“if ever God were pleased to restore him
to his dominions, not to be unmindful of their
services to him.” They knelt and kissed his
hand, and prayed Almighty God to bless and
preserve him, then reverentially attended him
to the orchard, where Mr. Whitgreave told
Colonel Lane “he delivered his great charge
into his hands, and besought him to take care
of his majesty.”
Charles proceeded safely to Bentley with
Colonel Lane, where, as he was to perform the
part of a menial, he was under the necessity of
taking a seat by the kitchen fire, next morning,
to prevent suspicion.
The cook, observing that he appeared an idle
hand, ordered him to “have a care that the
roast meat did not burn”—a command that
must have reminded the incognito majesty of
England of the adventure of his illustrious
ancestor, Alfred, in the herdsman’s cottage,
when he got into disgrace with the good wife
by not paying a proper degree of attention to
the baking of the cakes.
The same morning, we are told, a person
suspected of being a spy and informer, coming
into Colonel Lane’s kitchen, and casting a
scrutinizing eye on the king, observed that he
was a stranger, and began to ask a leading
question or two, when one of the servants, who
knew his royal master, and feared he would
commit himself, gave him two or three blows
with the basting ladle, and bade him “mind
his own business, which was to keep the spit
going, and not turn round to prate, or he
would get basted by the cook.”
Charles only staid at Bentley, till some
articles of Colonel Lane’s livery could be prepared
for his use, before he escorted Mrs. Jane
Lane to Bristol, she riding on a pillion behind
him, and Lord Wilmot following at a little distance.
Mistress Jane conducted herself with
great prudence and discretion to the royal
bachelor during the journey, treating him as
her master when alone, and as her servant before
strangers. When they arrived at the
house of her sister, Mrs. Norton, in Bristol, the
first person the king saw was one of his own
chaplains sitting at the door, amusing himself
with looking at some people playing at bowls.
His majesty, after performing his duty as Colonel
Lane’s servant, by taking proper care of
the horse which had carried him and his fair
charge from Bentley, left the stable, and came
into the house, feigning himself sick of the
ague, Mrs. Jane having suggested that device
as an excuse for keeping his room, which she
had caused to be prepared for him. The butler,
who had been a royalist soldier in the service
of Charles I., entering the room to bring the
sick stranger some refreshment, as soon as he
looked in his pale woe-worn face, recognized
the features of his young king, and falling on
his knees, while the tears overflowed his cheeks,
exclaimed,
“I am rejoiced to see your majesty.”
“Keep the secret from every one, even from
your master,” was the reply, and the faithful
creature rendered implicit obedience. He, and
Mrs. Jane Lane, constituted Charles’s Privy
Council at Bristol. No ship being likely to
sail from that port for a month to come, the
king considered it dangerous to remain there so
long. He therefore repaired to the residence of
Colonel Wyndham, in Dorsetshire, where he
was affectionately welcomed by that loyal cavalier
and his lady, who had been his nurse.
The venerable mother of the colonel, though
she had lost three sons and one grandchild in
his service, considered herself only too happy
to have the honor of receiving him as her
guest.
Finally, after adventures too numerous to be
recorded here, the fugitive king succeeded in
securing a passage toward the end of October,
in a little bark from Shoreham to Dieppe,
where he landed in safety, more than forty
persons, some of them in very humble circumstances,
having been instrumental to his escape,
not one of whom could be induced by the
large reward offered by the Parliament for his
apprehension, to betray him.
A certain eloquent Scotch essayist, who endeavors
to apologize for the conduct of Algernon
Sidney, and other worthies of his party, in
accepting the bribes of France by impugning
the integrity of the English character, and goes
so far as to express a doubt whether there were
an honest man to be met with at that epoch,
save Andrew Marvel, appears to have forgotten
the glorious instances of stainless honesty and
virtue afforded by the Penderel brothers, and
other noble men of all degrees, who proved
themselves superior to all temptations that
could be offered.
When England had, by general acclamation,
called home her banished king, the five Shropshire
brothers were summoned to attend him at
Whitehall, on Wednesday, the 13th of June,
1661, when his majesty was pleased to acknowledge
their faithful services, and signified
his intention of notifying his gratitude by a
suitable reward, inquiring if they had any particular
favor to ask. They only asked an exemption
from the penal laws, with liberty for[Pg 18]
themselves and their descendants to enjoy the
free exercise of their religion, being members of
the Romish church. This request was granted,
and their names, together with those of their
kinswoman Mrs. Yates, Mr. Huddleston, and Mr.
Whitgreave, were especially exempted in the statute
from the pains and penalties of recusancy.
King Charles granted a moderate pension to
them and their descendants for ever.
“The Oak,” says a contemporary, whose
pleasant little chronicle of Boscobel was published
in 1660, the year of the restoration,
“is now properly called ‘The Royal Oake of
Boscobel,’ nor will it lose that name while it
continues a tree: and since his majesty’s happy
restoration that those mysteries have been revealed,
hundreds of people for many miles
round, have flocked to see the famous Boscobel,
which, as you have heard, had once the honor
to be the palace of his sacred majesty, but
chiefly to behold the Royal Oake, which has
been deprived of all its young boughs by the
visitors of it, who keep them in memory of his
majesty’s happy preservation.”
Charles himself subsequently made a pilgrimage
to the scene of his past troubles: when
he visited the Royal Oak, he was observed to
gather a handful of the acorns. Some of these
he planted with his own hand in Saint James’s
Park. A promising young tree, which sprang
from one of these acorns, which Charles had
planted in the queen’s pleasure garden, within
sight of his bed-chamber, in Saint James’s Palace,
and was accustomed to water and tend
with great pleasure, was called the King’s
Royal Oak, and had become an object of interest
to the people as a relic of that popular sovereign;
but was destroyed by Sarah, Duchess of
Marlborough, as soon as her husband obtained
the grant of the ground on which it stood, for
the site of Marlborough House. This was regarded
as an outrage on popular feeling.
Of all our national commemorations, that of
the restoration of monarchy, on the 29th of
May, held the strongest hold on the affections
of the people; the firmness with which they
continued to observe that anniversary for a
century after the expulsion of the royal line of
Stuart, affords a remarkable proof of the constitutional
attachment of this country to the
cause of legitimacy. As long as that feeling
lasted, the grave of William Penderel, in St.
Giles’s church-yard, was duly decked with oaken
garlands by nameless loyalists of low degree, as
often as the 29th of May came round; and
men, women, and children wore oak leaves and
acorns in memory of the fact,
Hid the king of the isle in the king of the wood.”
[From Dickens’s Household Words]
GUNPOWDER AND CHALK.
Sir Valentine Saltear was a worthy
gentleman, who had made a large fortune
by constantly exporting Irish linens and lawns
to France (from whence they came over to England
as fine French goods), for which service
to the trade of the three countries a discerning
minister had obtained him the honor of knighthood.
This fortune he had in part expended
in building for himself a great mansion on the
sea-coast of Kent, commanding a fine view of
the country from the back windows, and the
great ocean from the front. Every room on the
first and second floors was furnished with a
brass telescope, that could be screwed on to the
window-sash, or by means of a pedestal, into
the window-sill.
In the front of his house was a great field, in
which he and his visitors used to play at cricket.
It was bounded by the high, white chalk cliffs,
which descended precipitously to the sea.
The cliffs, however, were unfortunately much
undermined by natural caverns; so that every
year, and, in fact, every time there was a storm
at sea, a large portion of the chalk-rock fell
down, and in the course of six or seven years
he was obliged to rail off as “dangerous” a part
of the already reduced field in front of his house.
He could now only play at trap-ball, or battle-dore
and shuttle-cock.
Still the sea continued its encroachments,
and in a few years more the trap-ball was all
over—it was too perilous, even if they had not
continually lost the ball—and he and his sons
were reduced to a game at long-taw, and hop-scotch.
Clearly perceiving that in the course of a few
years more his field-sports would be limited to
spinning a tee-totum before his front-door, he
engaged the services of an eminent architect
and civil engineer to build him a sea-wall to
prevent the further encroachments of the enemy.
The estimate of expense was five thousand
pounds, and, as a matter of course, the
work, by the time it was finished, cost ten
thousand. This was nearly as much as Sir
Valentine Saltear had paid for the building of
his house.
But the worst part of the business was, that
the very next storm which occurred at sea, and
only a few weeks after, the waves dashed down,
and fairly carried away the whole of this protective
wall. In the morning it was clean
gone, as though no such structure had been
there, and a great additional gap was made in
the cliff, plainly showing that the watery monster
was quite bent on swallowing up Sir Valentine’s
house. He brought an action for the
recovery of the money he had paid for his wall;
but while this was pending, he saw his house
being undermined from day to day, and in sheer
despair felt himself obliged to apply to a still
more eminent civil engineer. The estimate this
gentleman made for the construction of a sea-wall—one
that would stand—was ten thousand
pounds. It might be a few pounds more or
less—probably less. But the recent experience
of Sir Valentine making him fear that it would
probably be double that amount, he hesitated
as to engaging the services of this gentleman.[Pg 19]
He even thought of sending over to Ireland for
fifty bricklayers, carpenters, and masons, and
superintending the work himself. He was sure
he could do it for six thousand pounds. It
never once occurred to him to pull down his
house, and rebuild it on high ground a quarter
of a mile farther off.
In this dangerous yet undecided state of affairs,
Sir Valentine one morning, breakfasting
at his club in Waterloo Place, read in a newspaper
a notice of the grand mining operation
and explosion that was to take place at Seaford,
the object of which was to throw down an immense
mass of chalk cliff, the broken fragments
whereof would, at a comparatively small cost,
form a sea-wall, at an elevation of about one-fifth
the height of the parent rock. Why, here
was Sir Valentine’s own case! His house was
upon a very high chalk rock, and a sea-wall of
one-fifth the height would answer every purpose.
The only difficulty was his present proximity
to the edge of the cliff. Still, he thought
he could spare thirty feet or so, without losing
his door-steps, and this width being exploded
down to the base of the cliff, would constitute,
by its fall, a very capital mound of protection
which might last for a century or more. He
therefore determined to see the explosion at
Seaford, and if it proved successful, to adopt
the very same plan.
Sir Valentine, accordingly, on the nineteenth
of September, swallowed an early cup of chocolate,
and hurried off to the Brighton railway
terminus, and took his place in the Express
train for Newhaven. It was a return-ticket,
first class, for which he paid the sum of one
pound four shillings. An Excursion train had
started at nine o’clock, the return-ticket first
class, being only eleven shillings; but Sir Valentine
fearing that it would stop at every station
on the way, and might not be in time for the
great event, had prudently chosen the Express
at Express price; namely, one pound four per
ticket. There was some confusion in the arrangements
of the terminus, apparently attributable
to extensive additions and alterations in
the buildings; but there was no difficulty in
receiving the money.
The train started; its speed, though an Express,
being nothing particular. When it arrived
at Lewes, the passengers all had to alight,
and wait for another train which was to take
them on. At last a train arrived. It was declared
to be full!
“Full!” cried Sir Valentine, “why, I have
paid for the Express!—first-class—one pound
four.”
Full, however, this long train was. Presently
a guard shouted that there was room for
three in a second-class carriage.
“I secure one!” shouted Sir Valentine, holding
up his fore-finger in a threatening manner
to the guard, and jumped in. In due time, and
by no means in a hurry, the “Express” train
arrived.
Out leaped Sir Valentine, and demanded of
the first person he met how far it was to Seaford?
The man said he didn’t know! to the
utter astonishment and contempt of the excited
knight. He asked the next person; who replied
that he hadn’t the very least idea, but they
could tell him at the “tap.” Sir Valentine
looked on all sides to see if there were any cabs,
flies, or vehicles of any kind, and descrying
several in a group at some little distance, made
toward them at long running strides—a boy who
had overheard his question as to the distance,
following at his heels, and bawling—”Two
miles as a crow flies!—four miles by the road!—two
miles as a cro-o-o-o!—four by the
ro-o-o-o!”
Arrived amidst the vehicles, the knight found
nearly all of them either engaged, or full, and
it was only as a matter of favor that he was
admitted as “one over the number,” to the
inside of a small van without springs; where,
beside the heat and crushing, he had to endure
a thorough draught and three short pipes, all
the way.
The road wound round the base of a series
of hills and other rising ground, and a line of
vehicles might be seen all along this serpentine
road, for two or three miles’ distance; while a
long unbroken line of pedestrians were descried
winding along the pathway across the fields.
After a very jolting and rumbling drive, Sir
Valentine found himself “shot out” with the
rest of the company, in front of a small “public”
knocked up for the occasion, with a load
or two of bricks and some boards, and crowded
to excess. Private carriages, flies, cabs, carts,
wagons, vans, were standing around, together
with booths and wheelbarrows, set out with
apples, nuts, bread and cheese, and ginger-beer
of a peculiarly thin stream. Sir Valentine
having breakfasted early, hastily, and lightly,
was by this time—a quarter to two—extremely
sharp set; he endeavored, therefore, to make
his way into the house to get a bottle of stout
and some ham or cold beef for luncheon. But
after ten minutes’ continuous efforts, he found
he was still between the door-posts, and the
noisy, choked-up window of the “bar,” as far
from his hopes as ever. He abandoned the attempt
in disgust—but not without addressing
himself to a seafaring man who was standing
with his hands in his pockets, looking on:
“Is this sense?” said the knight. “Do you
call this common sense? Do you think you
are acting with any more reason than a dog
possesses, to treat the public in this way?
Then, your own interest—look at it!” (pointing
to the crowd struggling in the door-way).
“If you had any foresight, or a head for the
commonest arrangements, would you not have
a barrel of ale on wheels outside here?”
The seafaring man swung round on his heel
with a smile, and Sir Valentine, having made
his way into the field, obtained six pennyworth
of gingerbread and a dozen of small apples,
with which provender he in some sort revived
his exhausted frame. He now bustled on toward[Pg 20]
the foot of a broken embankment leading
up to a lofty rising ground, the summit being
the cliffs, a large portion of which was shortly
to be detached, and thrown down by the explosion
of a mine. The part to be blown off
was marked out by broad belts of white, where
the chalk had been thrown up, which made
an imposing appearance even on the distant
heights.
The sun shone brightly. All over the fields
and fallow ground that lay between the halting-place
just described, and the foot of the
steep mount, the visitors were scattered—pedestrians,
with here and there a horseman;
sight-seers—the old and the young—men of
science from various parts of the world—infantry
soldiers, sappers and miners, ladies and
gentlemen, sailors, marines, country people,
railway laborers, policemen, boys and girls,
and—far in the rear of all, with disapproving
looks—two or three old women in spectacles.
Renovated by his gingerbread and apples, Sir
Valentine made his way manfully up the steep
grassy ascent of the hill, chalk mountain it
might be more properly termed, and, in the
course of a quarter of an hour, he found himself
at the spot where the explosion was to take
place.
It was a tolerably level surface, of some
hundred yards in diameter. Transverse belts
of excavated chalk, with several trenches and
pits half filled up, marked out the huge fragment
of the solid mass which was to be separated.
The boundary was further indicated by
small flagstaffs, and also by sentinels, who prevented
any of the visitors from trespassing on
the dangerous ground, whereon, of course, they
all had a half-delightful tingling wish to perambulate,
and to feel themselves liable to be blown
to atoms by a premature explosion.
Beneath the part marked off by the flagstaffs
and sentinels, at a great depth in the chalk
rock, were buried many thousand (the Brighton
Herald said twenty-seven thousand!) pounds
of gunpowder, distributed in different chambers
and galleries, one communicating with another
by means of a platina wire. This wire was
carried up through the rock into a little wooden
house, in which certain chemical mysteries were
being secretly carried on by engineer officers.
There was a little window in front, out of which
the mysterious officer now and then half thrust
his head, looked out, with profound gravity,
upon the belts of chalk on the space before him,
and, without appearing to see any of the crowding
visitors, withdrew from the window. Presently
another officer came, and did the same.
“Come like shadows,” muttered Sir Valentine,
“so depart!”
But wishing that they might “show his eyes”
the mysterious operations in the little wooden
house, however grievous it might be to his feelings,
our anxious knight hurried round to the
back, where, he took it for granted, there was
some means of entrance, as he had seen no
officer get in at the window. He was right.
There was a small narrow door of planks, with
a sentry standing before it, who wore a forbidding
face of much importance. And now a
gentleman in blue spectacles approached, and
nodded to the sentinel, who tapped at the door.
The door was unlocked, and the favored man of
science entered. Through the closing door, Sir
Valentine caught sight of a sort of long, shapeless
table, covered with chemical instruments
and utensils, in short, an apparatus exciting
great curiosity. The door closed, just as Sir
Valentine handed up his card to the sentinel.
The door was opened again—his card given in;
somebody took it, and it seemed to fly over a
row of small white porcelain painters’ pallets,
standing mid-deep in water, and then disappeared,
as the door was suddenly closed again.
A voice within was heard to say, impatiently,
“I really am afraid we can’t be disturbed!”
“Can’t you!” exclaimed Sir Valentine, addressing
himself to a servant girl, with a child
in her arms, who was trying to get a peep in
at the door: “can’t you, indeed! What treatment
do you call this? Do you think gentlemen
would take the trouble to come down here,
such a distance, and up here such a height, if
they did not expect to see all that could possibly
be seen? Is this your duty to the public
who pays you? Why should you conceal any
thing from me? Am I not a person of sufficient
wealth and respectability to be allowed to
know of all your doings up here! What brings
you here but the public service? Who is your
master? tell me that!”
“Edward Smith, of Seaford,” answered the
girl, with an angry face; “but I don’t know
as it’s any business of yours!”
Sir Valentine brushed past the girl with a
“Pooh, pshaw!” Observing it was announced,
by a placard on one side of the little wooden
house, that the explosion would take place at
three o’clock, he took out his watch and found
that it was already half-past two. It became
important to decide on the most advantageous
place to take up a position, in order to have
the best view of the grand explosion. Some
of the visitors—in fact, a considerable number—had
ascended to the very highest part of the
rock, which swept upward, with its green coating
of grass to a distance of a hundred and fifty
or two hundred yards beyond the dangerous spot.
Another crowd took their posts at about the
same distance below the fatal spot, each crowd
being widely scattered, the boldest in each being
nearest, the most timid the furthest off. Another
crowd—and this was the largest by far—had
descended to the beach, to see, from below,
the fall of the great mass of lofty rock. Many
had taken boats, and rowed, or sailed out, to
behold it from a more directly opposite, yet
safer position.
Now, Sir Valentine Saltear, being an enthusiast
in sight-seeing, had not the least doubt
but the way really to enjoy the thing, would be
to stand upon the portion of the cliff that was
to be thrown down; and, leaping from crack[Pg 21]
to crack, and from mass to mass, as it majestically
descended, reach by this means the sea,
into which a good dive forward would render
your escape from danger comparatively safe and
easy. On second thoughts, however, he saw
that it was precarious, because if the charge of
powder were in excess of the weight to be separated,
a great mass of fragments might fly
upward into the air, and who could say but
one of these might be the very place on which
he himself was standing? He, therefore, contented
himself with advancing to the extreme
edge of the cliff, and peering over upon the
beach below. The height was prodigious; the
crowds walking about below were of pigmy
size. The boats that were hovering about on
the sea looked no bigger than mussel shells.
Sir Valentine once thought of going out in a
boat, but immediately recollecting that by doing
so he should lose the fine effect of the trembling
of the earth, he at once abandoned the idea.
If he mounted above the scene of action he
should lose the grandeur of the descent of the
mass; if he stood on the mount at some distance
below it, he could not see the surface
crack and gape, though he might be exposed to
flying fragments. He, therefore, decided forthwith
on going down to the beach, and accordingly
he hurried along the grassy slope, and then
made his way down a precipitous zig-zag fissure
in the sand hill below, till he found his feet rattling
and limping over the stones of the beach.
Here he was amid six or seven thousand
people—many more than he had seen from
above—some walking about, some sitting in
long rows or in groups, on the damp shingles,
some standing in knots—all speculating as to
how soon it would now be before the great
explosion. A few flagstaffs were planted,
with several sentinels, to mark the line which
no one was allowed to pass; and this line was
very strongly marked besides by a dark crowd
of the most fearless of the visitors. According
to their several degrees of apprehension, the
crowds were scattered over the beach at various
distances, some of them being at least a
mile and a half off.
Sir Valentine, after an examination of all
the bearings of the case, elected to have a
place in the front row, close to the flagstaff;
but, taking into consideration the possibility
that the explosion might send up a great mass
of fragments, which might come flying over
that way, and crush numbers by their fall, he
looked round to try and secure a retreat the
instant he should see a black cloud of fragments
in the air. The front line would not be
able to retreat in time, because, being crowded,
they would, in the panic of the moment, stumble
over each other, and falling pell-mell, become
an easy prey to the descending chalk.
Sir Valentine, therefore, being not only an
enthusiast, but also a man of foresight, took
his post to the extreme right of the line, so that
he could, if he saw need, retreat into the sea;
to make sure of which, and, at the same time,
to have an unimpeded view, he now stood half
up to his knees in water.
It was three o’clock—the hour of doom for
the chalk in its contest with gunpowder. A
bugle sounded, and a movement of the sentries
on the top of the rock was discerned by the
thousands of eyes looking up from the beach.
Many, also, who were above, suddenly thought
they could better their positions by moving
further off. Below, on the beach, there was a
hush of voices; not a murmur was heard.
Every body stood in his favorite attitude of
expectation. All eyes were bent upon the
lofty projecting cliff; and nearly every mouth
was open, as if in momentary anticipation of
being filled with an avalanche of chalk. Again
a bugle sounded—and all was silence. Not a
shingle moved.
Presently there was a low, subterranean
murmur, accompanied by a trembling of the
whole sea-beach—sea and all; no burst of
explosion; but the stupendous cliff was seen to
crack, heave outward, and separate in many
places half way down; the upper part then
bowed itself forward, and almost at the same
instant, the cliff seemed to bend out and break
at one-third of the way from the base, till, like
an old giant falling upon his knees, down it
sank, pitching at the same time head foremost
upon the beach with a tremendous, dull, echoless
roar. A dense cloud of white dust and
smoke instantly rose, and obscured the whole
from sight.
Every body kept his place a moment in
silence—the front line then made a rush onward—then
abruptly stopped, bringing up all
those behind them with a jerk. Who knows
but more cliff may be coming down? In the
course of half a minute the cloud of dust had
sufficiently dispersed itself to render the fallen
mass visible. It formed a sort of double hill,
about one-fifth of the height of the rocks above,
the outer hill nearest the sea (which had been
the head and shoulders of the fallen giant)
being by far the largest. It was made up of
fragments of all sizes, from small morsels, and
lumps, up to huge blocks of chalk, many of
which were two or three feet in thickness, intermixed
with masses of the upper crust, having
grass upon the upper surface.
Toward this larger hill of broken masses of
chalk, the front rank of the cloud below, on
the beach, now rushed. But after a few yards,
they again stopped abruptly, bringing every
body behind them bump up against their backs.
Again, they moved on waveringly, when suddenly
a small piece of cracked rock detached
itself from above, and came rolling down.
Back rushed the front line—a panic took place,
and thousands retreated, till they found the
cliff was not coming after them, when they
gradually drew up, faced about, and returned to
the onset. At length it became a complete
charge: the front rank made directly for the
large broken mound, in the face of clouds of
drifting chalk-dust, and fairly carried it by[Pg 22]
assault—mounting over blocks, or picking their
way round about blocks, or between several
blocks, and through soft masses of chalk, and
so upward to the top—two soldiers, three sailors,
a boy, and Sir Valentine, being the first
who reached it. Thereupon, they set up a
shout of victory, which was echoed by thousands
from below. Fifty or sixty more were
soon up after them; and one enthusiast, who
had a very clever little brown horse, actually
contrived to lead him up to the top, and then
mounted him, amid the plaudits of the delighted
heroes who surrounded him. Every
body, horse and all, was covered with the continual
rain of chalk-dust. The heroes were all
as white as millers.
It was almost as difficult to descend as it
had been to get up. However, Sir Valentine
managed to effect this with considerable alacrity,
and made his way hastily across the field
to the little “public,” with intent to secure a
fly, or other conveyance, before they were all
occupied by the numbers he had left behind him
on the beach. Nothing could be had: all were
engaged. He walked onward hastily, and was
fortunate enough to overtake a large pleasure-cart,
into which he got, and, after suffering the
vexation of seeing every vehicle pass them, he at
length arrived at the Newhaven railway station.
THE ESCAPE OF QUEEN MARY FROM LOCHLEVEN CASTLE.
BY AGNES STRICKLAND.
The escape of Mary Queen of Scots, from
Lochleven Castle, is one of the most striking
passages in the history of female royalty.
The time, the place, the beauty and exalted
rank of the illustrious heroine, her wrongs, and
her distress, the chivalry and courage of the
gallant spirits who had undertaken to effect her
deliverance, the peril of the enterprise, and its
success, combine all the elements of a romance.
Yet the adventure creates a more powerful impression
related in the graphic simplicity of
truth, as it really befell, than when worked up
with imaginary circumstances into a tale of
fiction, even by the magic pen of Scott in the
pages of “The Abbot.”
The fatal concatenation of events, which had
the effect of entangling the royal victim in the
toils of her guileful foes, can not be developed
here. The broad outline of the outward and
visible facts is familiar to almost every reader,
but to expose the undercurrent to view by documentary
evidences, and to make manifest the
hidden workings of iniquity, requires a wider
field than these brief pages can afford. I must,
therefore, refer the public to my long-promised
“Life of Mary Stuart,” which will shortly appear
in my new series of royal female biographies,[2]
based on documentary sources, for particulars
which can scarcely fail of removing the
obloquy with which mercenary writers, the ready
tools of self-interested calumniators, have endeavored
to blacken the name of this hapless
lady.
The confederate lords into whose hands Mary,
confiding in their solemn promises to treat her
with all honor and reverence as their sovereign,
rashly surrendered herself, at Carberry-hill, not
only shamelessly violated their pact, but after
exposing her to the most cruel insults from the
very abjects of the people, incarcerated her in
the gloomy fortress of Lochleven, under the
jailorship of the mother of her illegitimate
brother, the Earl of Murray, and the wardership
of the sons that person had had by her late
husband Sir Robert Douglas, of Lochleven, for
the Lady of Lochleven was a married woman
when the Earl of Murray was born.[3]
It is scarcely possible to imagine a more
doleful abiding place for the fallen queen, in her
affliction, than that which had been thus injuriously
and by a refinement of malice, selected
for her by her perfidious foes. The castle, which
is of extreme antiquity, said indeed to have been
founded by Congal, a Pictish king, is of rude
architecture, consisting of a square donjon keep,
flanked with turrets, and encompassed with a
rampart; it is built on a small island, almost
in the centre of the wild expanse of the deep,
and oft-times stormy, waters of the loch, which
is fifteen miles in circumference. The castle
island consists of five acres, now overgrown with
trees and brushwood. In the midst of this desolation
tradition points out one ancient stem,
of fantastic growth, said to have been planted
by the royal captive as a memorial of her compulsory
residence in the castle. The boughs of
this tree, which is called “Queen Mary’s Thorn,”
are constantly broken and carried away as relics
by the visitors, whom the interest attached to
the memory of that unhappy princess attracts
to the spot, which her sufferings have rendered
an historic site of melancholy celebrity.
The events of the long dreary months which
Mary wore away in this wave-encircled prison-house,
bereft of regal state, deprived of exercise
and recreation, and secluded from every friend
save her two faithful ladies, and a little maiden
of ten years old, the voluntary companions of
her durance, as well as the occupations wherewith
she endeavored to beguile her sorrowful
hours, will be found very fully detailed in my
biography of that unfortunate queen, with many
recently-discovered facts.
Toward the end of March, George Douglas,
the youngest son of the Lady of Lochleven,
whose manly heart had been touched with generous
sympathy, or, as some assert, with a deep
and enduring passion for his fair ill-fated sovereign,
made a bold and almost successful attempt
to convey her out of the castle, in the disguise
of a laundress. The queen, however, being
identified by the whiteness and delicacy of her
hands, which she had raised to repel one of the[Pg 23]
rude boatmen, who endeavored to remove her
hood and muffler to get a sight of her face, she
was brought back, and George Douglas was
expelled from the Castle with disgrace. But
though banished from his house, he lurked concealed
in the adjacent village, where he had
friends and confederates, and, doubtless inspired
many an honest burgher and peasant with sympathy
for the wrongs of their captive sovereign,
by his description of the harsh restraint to which
she was subjected within the grim fortress of
Lochleven. At Kinross he was joined by the
faithful John Beton, and other devoted servants
of the queen, who were associated for the emancipation
of their royal mistress, and had long
been lurking, in various disguises, among the
western Lomonds, to watch for a favorable opportunity
of effecting their object.
Douglas had left, withal, an able coadjutor
within the castle, a boy of tender years, of
mysterious parentage, and humble vocation,
who was destined to act the part of the mouse
in Æsop’s beautiful fable. This unsuspected
confederate was a youth of fifteen, who waited
on the Lady of Lochleven in the capacity of
page. He is known in history by the names
of Willie Douglas, and the Little Douglas; in
the castle he was called the Lad Willie, the
Orphan Willie, and the Foundling Willie,[4] for
he was found, when a babe, at the castle gates.
Home, of Godscroft, says, “He was the natural
brother of George Douglas,”[5] a statement perfectly
reconcileable with the story of his first
introduction into the family of the late Laird
of Lochleven. Such incidents are not of unfrequent
occurrence in the daily romance of life,
and often has it happened that the appeal made
to the parental feelings of a profligate seducer,
in behalf of a guiltless child of sin and sorrow,
has awakened feelings of feminine compassion
in the bosom of the injured wife, and the forlorn
stranger has received a home and nurture through
her charity. This appears to have been the case
with regard to Little Willie and the Lady of
Lochleven; for, whether she suspected his connection
with the laird her husband or not, he
was taken in, and brought up under her auspices,
and as attendant on her person. Frail as she
had been in her youth, and cruel and vindictive
in her treatment of the lawful daughter of her
royal seducer, whom it irked her pride to consider
as her sovereign, it is nevertheless pleasant
to trace out the evidence of some good in the
harsh Lady of Lochleven.
The Foundling Willie remained in the castle,
after the death of the old laird, an orphan dependent
in the family, but his subsequent actions
prove that he had received the education
of a gentleman; for not only could he read and
write, but he understood enough of French and
other languages to be sent on secret missions to
foreign princes. To these acquirements Willie
added courage, firmness, and address, seldom
paralleled in one of his tender years.
There is not any circumstance in the course of
Mary Stuart’s career more striking than the fact
that, in this dark epoch of her life, when deprived
of all the attributes of royalty, oppressed,
calumniated, and imprisoned, two friends like
George and Willie Douglas should have been
raised up for her in the family of her deadliest
foes. The regent and his confederates, men
whose hands had been soiled with English
gold, had not calculated on the existence of the
chivalric feelings which animated those young
warm hearts with the determination of effecting
the liberation of their captive queen.
“Mary being deprived of pen and ink at this
time,” says her French biographer, Caussin,
“wrote her instructions with a piece of charcoal,
on her handkerchief, which she employed
the boy Willie Douglas to dispatch to the Lord
Seton.” John Beton, who still lay, perdue,
among the hills, was the ready bearer of this
missive, and arranged every thing for the reception
and safe conduct of his royal mistress,
in case she should be fortunate enough to reach
the shore in safety. For many nights he, with
Lord Seton, George Douglas, and others, kept
watch and ward on the promontory which commanded
a view of the castle and the lake, in
expectation of being apprised, by signal, that
the project was about to be carried into effect.
On Sunday, the second evening in May, all
things being in readiness, and the family at
supper, Willie Douglas, who was waiting on
the Lady of Lochleven, contrived, while changing
her plate, to drop a napkin over the keys
of the castle (which were always placed beside
her during meals), and having thus enveloped
them, succeeded in carrying them off unobserved.
Hastening with them to the queen, he conducted
her, by a private stair, to the postern, and so to
the water-gate of the castle, which he took care
to lock after him; and when the boat had gained
convenient distance from the shore, flung the
keys into the water. These mute memorials
of the adventure were found covered with rust
when the loch was drained, early in the present
century. They are now in the possession of
the Earl of Morton, at Dalmahoy House, where
I saw them and the rude iron chain which
formerly linked them together, but which, being
rusted through, fell to pieces when taken out of
the water. The Lochleven keys are five in
number, large and small, of antique workmanship,
and are all carefully enshrined in a casket
lined with velvet, and preserved as precious
relics by the noble representatives of the chivalric
George Douglas.
The boat which Willie the Orphan had adroitly
secured for the service of his captive sovereign,
was that belonging to the castle, and the only
medium of communication for the castellan and
his meiné with the shore. Immediate pursuit
was, therefore, almost impossible. The companions
of Queen Mary’s flight were, her faithful
attendant, Mary Seton, ever near her in the hour[Pg 24]
of peril, and a little girl of ten years old, of whose
safety her majesty appeared tenderly careful, as
she led her by the hand. The other damsel, a
French lady of the name of Quenede, gave a remarkable
proof of her personal courage and devotion
to her royal mistress; for, not being quick
enough to reach the castle gate till it was locked
behind the retreating party, she fearlessly leaped
out of the window of the queen’s apartment into
the loch, and swam after the boat till she was
received within that little ark in her dripping
garments.
Meantime, Lord Seton and his gallant associates,
who were anxiously reconnoitring from
their eyrie the progress of the little bark and its
precious freight across the lake, remained in a
state of the greatest excitement, not daring to
believe that so feeble an instrument as the orphan
Willie had succeeded in achieving an exploit
which the bravest peers in Scotland might
have been proud of having performed, and her
own royal kinsmen, the allied princes of France
and Spain, had not ventured to attempt. But
all doubts and fears were dispelled when they
recognized the stately figure of their queen,
distinguished from the other females by her
superior height, rising in the boat and giving
the telegraphic signal of her safety, as previously
agreed, by waving her vail, which was white
with a crimson border, the royal colors of Scotland.
The moment that auspicious ensign was
displayed, fifty horsemen, who had lain concealed
behind the hill, sprang to their saddles,
and, with Lord Seton at their head, galloped
down to the shore, where George Douglas and
Beton, with another party of devoted friends,
were already waiting to receive and welcome
their enfranchised sovereign, as she sprang to
the land. The fleetest palfreys that Scotland
could supply had long been provided, and concealed
by George Douglas’s trusty confederates
in the village, in anticipation of the success of
this enterprise, and were now ready caparisoned
for the queen and her ladies. Mary mounted
without delay, and, attended by the faithful
companions of her perils and escape, scoured
across the country at fiery speed, without halting,
till she reached North Queen’s Ferry, about
twenty miles from Lochleven. Embarking in
the common ferry-boat at that port, she and
her company crossed the rough waters of the
Firth, and landed, tradition says, at the ancient
wooden pier, which formerly jutted out into the
sea, just above the town of South Queen’s Ferry.
There she was met and welcomed by Lord
Claud Hamilton, and fifty cavaliers and other
loyal gentlemen, eager to renew their homage,
and burning to avenge her wrongs.
Lord Seton conducted his royal mistress to
his own castle at West Niddry, distant seven
miles from South Queen’s Ferry, where she
partook of his hospitality, and enjoyed the repose
of a few hours, after her moonlight flitting.
West Niddry now forms part of the fair domain
of the Earl of Hopeton. The roofless shell of
the stately castle, which afforded the first safe
resting-place to the fugitive sovereign is still
in existence. The changes of the last few years
have conducted the railroad line between Edinburgh
and Glasgow in close proximity to the
ruins of the feudal fortress, which gave rest and
shelter to the royal fugitive, after her escape
from Lochleven. The gray mouldering pile, in
its lonely desolation, arrests for a moment the
attention of the musing moralist or antiquarian
among the passengers in the trains that thunder
onward to their appointed goal through
solitudes that recall high and chivalric visions
of the past. But Niddry Castle should be visited
in a quiet hour by the historical pilgrim,
who would retrace in fancy the last bright
scene of Mary Stuart’s life, when, notwithstanding
the forced abdication which had transferred
the regal diadem of Scotland to the unconscious
brow of her baby-boy, she stood a
queen once more among the only true nobles
of her realm, those whom English gold had not
corrupted, nor successful traitors daunted.
One window in Niddry Castle was, within the
memory of many persons in the neighborhood,
surmounted with the royal arms of Scotland,
together with a stone entablature, which, though
broken, is still in existence, in the orchard of
the adjacent grange, inscribed in ancient letters
with the day of the month and the date of the
year, and even the age of George Lord of Seton,
at the memorable epoch of his life when the
beauteous majesty of Scotland, whom he had
so honorable a share in emancipating from her
cruel bondage, slept beneath his roof in safety.
Lord Seton had been an old and faithful servant
of his queen. He was the master of the
royal household, and had been present at her
nuptials with the beloved husband of her youth,
King Francis II., of France. On her return to
Scotland, after the death of that sovereign,
Mary offered to advance Seton to the dignity
of an earldom, but being the premier baron in
parliament, he refused to be the puisne earl,
giving humble thanks to her majesty for her
proffered grace at the same time. Mary then
wrote the following extempore distich in Latin
and also in French:
Setoni dominum sit satis mihi;”
which, in plain English, may be rendered thus:
Yet Seton’s noble lord sufficeth me.”
“After that unfortunate battle of Langside,
the said Lord George Seton was forced to fly to
Flanders, and was there in exile two years, and
drove a wagon with four horses for his subsistence.
His picture in that condition,” adds the
quaint, kindred biographer of the noble family
of Seton, “I have seen drawn, and lively painted,
at the north end of the long gallery in Seton,
now overlaid with timber. From Flanders, the
said Lord George went to Holland, and there
endeavored to seduce the two Scots regiments
to the Spanish service, upon a design thereby
to serve his sovereign the queen, the king of
Spain being very much her friend. Which plot[Pg 25]
of his being revealed, the states of Holland did
imprison and condemn him to ride the cannon;
but by the friendship and respect the Scotch officers
had to him, he was by them set at liberty,
notwithstanding this decision of the States.”[6]
Lord Seton outlived these troubles, he was
preserved to enjoy the reward of his integrity
after those who pursued his life had been successively
summoned to render up an account
of the manner in which they had acquired and
acquitted themselves of their usurped authority,
till all were clean swept away. It is a remarkable
fact that the most relentless of the persecutors
of their hapless sovereign, Mary Stuart,
especially those who for a brief period were the
most successful in their ambitious projects,
Murray, Lennox, Marr, Lethington, and Morton,
all by violent or untimely deaths preceded
their royal victim to the tomb.
James VI. testified a grateful sense of the
services Lord Seton had rendered to queen
Mary, by preferring him and his sons to the
most honorable offices in his gift.
Mary herself rewarded George Douglas to the
utmost of her power, in various ways, but above
all by facilitating his marriage with a young
and beautiful French heiress of high rank, to
whom he had formed an attachment, and as
his poverty was the only obstacle to this alliance,
she generously enabled him to make a
suitable settlement on his bride out of a portion
of her French estates, which she assigned to
him for this purpose by deed of gift. “Services
like his,” as she wrote to her uncle,
“ought never to be forgotten.”
A simple black marble tablet in the chancel
of Edensor Church, to the left of the altar,
marks the grave of John Beton, on which a
Latin inscription records the fact, “that he died
at Chatsworth, in his thirty-fourth year, worn
out with the fatigues and hardships he had encountered
in the service of his royal mistress,”
adding as his best and proudest epitaph, “that
he had assisted in delivering that illustrious
princess from her doleful prison in the Laga
Laguina.” (Lochleven.)
Poetry is the handmaid as well as the inspiration
of chivalry, and if ever the deeds of brave
and loyal gentlemen deserved to live in song,
surely the achievement of the loyal associates
who rescued their oppressed queen from her
cruel captivity in Lochleven Castle, ought to
be thus commemorated, and their names had in
remembrance long after “the marble that enshrines
their mortal remains has perished, and
its imagery mouldered away.”
[From Dickens’s Household Words.]
A GERMAN PICTURE OF THE SCOTCH.
A new play was recently produced at the
principal theatre of Vienna, which illustrates
the notions of Scotchmen which obtain
currency and credence among the Germans.
The scene is laid in St. Petersburgh; the real
hero is a little animal, known to dog-fanciers
as a Scotch terrier; but the nominal chief character
is a banker from Glasgow, named Sutherland.
He had failed in his native place, but in
Russia he became a great man, for he was the
favorite money-dealer of the Empress Catherine.
We all know the strength of a Scotch constitution,
but we also know the severity of a St.
Petersburgh winter: yet Mr. Sutherland presents
himself to his audience, amidst the frozen scenery
of that ice-bound city, in what is believed
abroad to be the regular everyday costume of a
citizen of Glasgow; namely, a kilt, jack-boots,
and a cocked hat, with a small grove of fine
real feathers. Mr. Sutherland, despite his scanty
nether costume, appears to be in excellent health
and spirits. He has thriven so well in the world
that, in accordance with a tolerably correct estimate
of the Caledonian national character, his
relations at home begin to pay court to him,
and to send him presents. One indulges him
with the hero of the piece: the small, ugly,
irate, snuffy quadruped before mentioned. The
banker takes it with a good-humored “Pish!”
little dreaming of the important part the little
wretch is destined to play. He had scarcely
received the gift when the Empress passes by,
sees the dog, and desires to possess it, while
the grateful Sutherland is too glad to be able to
gratify a royal caprice at so light a cost.
She, in the fervency of her gratitude, named
the dog after the donor—a great compliment.
Alas! one day, the dog, who had eaten too
plentifully of zoobrême (chicken stewed with
truffles), was seized with apoplexy and died;
though not without suspicion of having been
poisoned by the prime minister, a piece of whose
leg he had digested the day before. The Empress
sighed far more over the loss of her dog,
than she would have done for that of the minister.
The one might have been easily replaced:
she knew at least twenty waiting open-mouthed
for the vacancy. But who could replace her
four-footed friend!—she mourns him as a loss
utterly irreparable. She orders the greatest
mark of affectionate respect it is possible to
show to be performed on the dead terrier.
The scene changes; it is night. The fortunate
banker is seated at dessert, after an excellent
dinner of “mutton rosbif,” and “hot-a-meale
pour-ridges, and patatas,” indispensable
to a North Briton; his legs are crossed, his feet
rest upon a monstrous fender, which he takes care
to inform us he has received from England, as
he sits sipping his “sherri port bier,” and soliloquizing
pleasantly over the various chances of
his life. He is just about to finish his evening
with some “croc,” the English name for the
pleasant invention of Admiral Grogram; his
servant enters, to announce that the chief executioner
with a file of soldiers have just dropped
in, to say a word on a matter of business
from the Empress.
The awful functionary, on stalking into the
room, exclaimed, “I am come—”
“Well, I see you are,” replied the banker,
trying to be facetious, but feeling like a man
with a sudden attack of ague.
“By command of the Empress!”
“Long may she live!” ejaculates Sutherland,
heartily.
“It is really a very delicate affair,” says the
executioner; who, like the French Samson, is
a humane man; “and I do not know how to
break it to you.”
“Oh, pray, don’t hesitate. What would you
like to take?” asked the banker, spilling the
grog he tried to hand to the horrid functionary,
from sheer fright.
The Envoy shakes his head grimly. “It is
what we must all come to some day,” he adds,
after a short pause.
“What is? In Heaven’s name do not keep
me longer in suspense!” cries the banker, his
very visible knees knocking together with agonizing
rapidity.
“I have been sent,” answers the awful messenger;
again he stops—looks compassionately
at his destined victim.
“Well!”
“By the Empress—”
“I know!”
“To have you—”
“What?”
“Stuffed!” said the Executioner mournfully.
The banker shrieked.
“Stuffed!” repeats the man, laconically,
pointing to a bird in a glass case, to prevent
there being any mistake in Sutherland’s mind
as to the nature of the operation he is to be
called upon to undergo.
The Executioner now lays his hand significantly
on poor Sutherland’s collar, and looks
into his face, as if to inquire if he had any
particular or peculiar fancy as to the mode in
which he would like to go through the preparatory
operation of being killed.
“I have brought the straw,” he says, “and
two assistants are without. The Empress can
not wait; and we have not got your measure
for the glass case yet.”
The banker looks the very picture of abject
misery; but Britons, in foreign comedies, are
always ready to buy every thing, and the banker
had lived long enough in Russia to know the
value of a bribe. He therefore offers one so
considerable, that his grim visitor is touched,
and endeavors to lull his sense of duty to sleep
by a sophistry.
“I was told, indeed, to have you stuffed,”
he reasons, “and got ready for the Empress;
but nothing was said about time; so I don’t
mind giving you half an hour if you can satisfy
these gentlemen”—and he turns to his associates.
It is briefly done. The banker pays like a
man whose life depends on his liberality—we
suppose several millions—for the Executioner
remarks that he can not forget that a groom in
England frequently receives several thousands
sterling a year; this is a very prevalent idea
among the Frankish and Teutonic nations of
the Continent. We once heard a Spanish general
assert, in a large assembly, that the usual
pay of an English ensign was five hundred
pounds a month, an idea doubtless derived from
some Iberian dramatist; and therefore a public
functionary like the Executioner must be remunerated
proportionably higher. The enormous
pecuniary sacrifice gets for Sutherland
some half-hour’s respite; which he wisely uses
by flying to the British embassador, Sir Bifstik,
and awaits the result with great anguish.
Sir Bifstik goes to the Empress. He is admitted.
He asks if Her Majesty be aware of
the position of a British subject named Sutherland?
“Excellent man,” says Her Majesty, “No!
What is it?”
Sir Bifstik bows low at the tones of the Imperial
voice, and now begins to explain himself
with something more than diplomatic haste;
thinking, perhaps, that already the fatal straw
may be filling the banker’s members.
Imperial Catherine does not, of course, consider
the putting to death of a mere Scotch
banker, and making him in reality what some
of his brethren are sometimes called figuratively—a
man of straw—worth this fuss; and sets
the embassador down in her mind as a person
of wild republican ideas, who ought to be recalled
as soon as possible by his government,
and placed under proper surveillance; but, nevertheless,
she causes some inquiries to be made,
and learns that it is in consequence of her having
ordered “Sutherland” to be stuffed that he
is probably then undergoing that operation.
Sir Bifstik expresses such horror and consternation
at this intelligence, that the Empress
believes his mind to be disordered.
“What possible consequence can the accidental
stuffing of a Scotch banker be to you,
milor?” she saith.
“The ac-ci-den-t-al stuff-ings of a Scotcher
Bankers!” in a German idiom not generally
used by our nobility, gasps Sir Bifstik, mechanically,
with pale lips and bristling hair.
“Take him away! He is mad!” screams
the Empress, thinking that no sane person
could be concerned about such a trifling affair,
and in another moment the most sacred of international
laws would have been violated (on
the stage), and Great Britain insulted by profane
hands being laid on the person of her embassador,
when all at once a light breaks over
the mind of Her Majesty—the recalling of
something forgotten. She exclaims, with a
Russian nonchalance quite cheering to behold,
“Oh, I remember; now it is easily explained.
My poor little dog (I had forgotten him too)
died yesterday, and I wished his body to be
preserved. Cher chien! His name was the
same as that of the banker, I think. Alas
that cruel Death should take my dog!”
“But Mr. Sutherland has, perhaps, already
been murdered!” gasps the embassador. “I[Pg 27]
pray that your Majesty will lose no time in
having him released, should he be still alive!”
“Ah, true! I never thought of that,” returns
the Empress.
The order is finally issued, and Sutherland
rescued, just as the Executioner, grown angry
at his unreasonable remonstrances, resolves to
delay no longer in executing the Imperial commands.
To put the coup-de-grace on the comic
agony of the poor banker, his immense red crop
of hair has, in that half hour of frightful uncertainty,
turned white as snow!
[From Hogg’s Instructor.]
THE FRENCH REVOLUTIONISTS, MARAT, ROBESPIERRE, AND DANTON.
BY GEORGE GILFILLAN.
One obvious effect of the upheavings of a
revolution is to develop latent power, and
to deliver into light and influence cast down
and crushed giants, such as Danton. But another
result is the undue prominence given by
convulsion and anarchy to essentially small and
meagre spirits, who, like little men lifted up
from their feet, in the pressure of a crowd, are
surprised into sudden exaltation, to be trodden
down whenever their precarious propping gives
way. Revolution is a genuine leveler: “small
and great” meet on equal terms in its wide
grave; and persons, whose names would otherwise
have never met in any other document
than a directory, are coupled together continually,
divide influence, have their respective partisans,
and require the stern alembic of death
to separate them, and to settle their true positions
in the general history of the nation and
the world.
Nothing, indeed, has tended to deceive and
mystify the public mind more than the arbitrary
conjunction of names. The yoking together
of men in this manner has produced often a
lamentable confusion as to their respective intellects
and characteristics. Sometimes a mediocrist
and a man of genius are thus coupled
together; and what is lost by the one is gained
by the other, while the credit of the whole firm
is essentially impaired. Sometimes men of
equal, though most dissimilar intellect, are, in
defiance of criticism, clashed into as awkward
a pair as ever stood up together on the floor of
a country dancing-school. Sometimes, for purposes
of moral or critical condemnation, two of
quite different degrees of criminality are tied
neck and heels together, as in the dread undistinguishing
“marriages of the Loire.” Sometimes
the conjunction of unequal names is owing
to the artifice of friends, who, by perpetually
naming one favorite author along with another
of established fame, hope to convince the unwary
public that they are on a level. Sometimes
they are produced by the pride or ambition, or
by the carelessness or caprice, of the men or
authors themselves. Sometimes they are the
deliberate result of a shallow, though pretentious
criticism, which sees and specifies resemblances,
where, in reality, there are none. Sometimes
they spring from the purest accidents of common
circumstances, common cause, or common abode,
as if a crow and a thrush must be kindred because
seated on one hedge. From these, and
similar causes, have arisen such combinations
as Dryden and Pope, Voltaire and Rousseau,
Cromwell and Napoleon, Southey and Coleridge,
Rogers and Campbell, Hunt and Hazlitt, Hall
and Foster, Paine and Cobbett, Byron and
Shelley, or Robespierre and Danton.
In the first histories of the French Revolution,
the names of Marat, Robespierre, and Danton
occur continually together as a triumvirate of
terror, and the impression is left that the three
were of one order, each a curious compound of
the maniac and the monster. They walk on,
linked in chains, to common execution, although
it were as fair to tie up John Ings, Judge Jeffreys,
and Hercules Furens. A somewhat severer discrimination
has of late unloosed Marat from the
other two, and permitted Robespierre and Danton
to walk in couples, simply for the purpose
of pointing more strongly the contrast between
the strait-laced demonism of the one, and the
fierce and infuriated manhood of the other. At
least, it is for this purpose that we have ranked
their names together.
Of Marat, too, however, we are tempted to
say a single word—”Marah,” might he better
have been called, for he was a water of bitterness.
He reminds us of one of those small,
narrow, inky pools we have seen in the wilderness,
which seem fitted to the size of a suicide,
and waiting in gloomy expectation of his advent.
John Foster remarked, of some small “malignant”
or other, that he had never seen so much
of the “essence of devil in so little a compass.”
Marat was a still more compact concentration
of that essence. He was the prussic acid among
the family of poisons. His unclean face, his
tiny figure, his gibbering form, his acute but
narrow soul, were all possessed by an infernal
unity and clearness of purpose. On the great
clock of the Revolution—while Danton struck
the reverberating hours—while Robespierre crept
cautiously but surely, like the minute-hand, to
his object—Marat was the everlasting “tick-tick”
of the smaller hand, counting, like a death-watch,
the quick seconds of murder. He never
rested; he never slumbered, or walked through
his part; he fed but to refresh himself for revolutionary
action; he slept but to breathe himself
for fresh displays of revolutionary fury.
Milder mood, or lucid interval, there was none
in him. The wild beast, when full, sleeps; but
Marat was never full—the cry from the “worm
that dieth not,” within him being still, “Give,
give,” and the flame in his bosom coming from
that fire which is “never to be quenched.”
If, as Carlyle seems sometimes to insinuate,
earnestness be in itself a divine quality, then
should Marat have a high place in the gallery
of heroes; for if an earnest angel be admirable,
chiefly for his earnestness, should not an earnest
imp be admirable, too? If a tiger be respectable[Pg 28]
from his unflinching oneness of object, should
not a toad, whose sole purpose is to spit sincere
venom, crawl amid general consideration, too?
If a conflagration of infernal fire be on the whole
a useful and splendid spectacle, why not honor
one of its bluest and most lurid flames, licking,
with peculiar pertinacity, at some proud city
“sham?” But we suspect, that over Carlyle’s
imagination the quality of greatness exerts more
power than that of earnestness. A great regal-seeming
ruffian fascinates him, while the petty
scoundrel is trampled on. His soul rises to
mate with the tiger in his power, but his foot
kicks the toad before it, as it is lazily dragging
its loathsomeness through the wet garden-beds.
The devils, much admired as they stood on the
burning marl, lose caste with him when, entering
the palace of Pandemonium, they shrink into
miniatures of their former selves. Mirabeau,
with Carlyle, is a cracked angel; Marat, a lame
and limping fiend.
Some one has remarked how singular it is
that all the heroes of the French Revolution
were ugly. It seems as curious to us that they
were either very large or very little persons.
Danton was a Titan; Mirabeau, though not so
tall, was large, and carried a huge head on his
shoulders; whereas Marat and Napoleon were
both small men. But the French found their
characteristic love of extremes gratified in all
of them. Even vice and cruelty they will not
admire, unless sauced by some piquant oddity,
and served up in some extraordinary dish. A
little, lean corporal, like Napoleon, conquering
the Brobdingnagian marshals and emperors of
Europe, and issuing from his nut-like fist the
laws of nations; a grinning death’s head, like
Voltaire, frightening Christendom from its propriety,
were stimulating to intoxication. But
their talent was gigantic, though their persons
were not; whereas, Marat’s mind was as mean,
and his habits as low, as his stature was small,
and his looks disgustful. Here, then, was the
requisite French ragout in all its putrid perfection.
A scarecrow, suddenly fleshed, but with
the heart omitted—his rags fluttering, and his
arms vibrating, in a furious wind, with inflamed
noddle, and small, keen, bloodshot eyes—became,
for a season, the idol of the most refined and
enlightened capital in Europe.
Had we traced, as with a lover’s eye, the
path of some beautiful flash of lightning, passing,
in its terrible loveliness, over the still landscape,
and seen it omitting the church spire,
which seemed proudly pointing to it as it passed—sparing
the old oak, which was bending his
sacrificial head before its coming—touching not
the tall pine into a column of torch-like flame,
but darting its arrow of wrath upon the scarecrow,
in the midst of a bean-field, and, by the
one glare of grandeur, revealing its “looped and
ragged” similitude to a man, its aspiring beggary,
and contorted weakness—it would have presented
us with a fit though faint image of the beautiful
avenger, the holy homicide, the daughter
of Nemesis by Apollo—Charlotte Corday—smiting
the miserable Marat. Shaft from heaven’s
inmost quiver, why wert thou spent upon such
a work? Beautiful, broad-winged bird of Jove,
why didst thou light on such a quarry? Why
not have ranged over Europe, in search of more
potent and pernicious tyrants, or, at least, have
run thy beak into the dark heart of Robespierre?
Why did a steel, as sharp and bright as that of
Brutus, when he rose “refulgent from the stroke,”
pierce only a vile insect on the hem of a mantle,
and not at once a mantle and a man? Such
questions are vain; for not by chance, but by
decree, it came about that a death from a hand
by which a demi-god would have desired to die,
befell a demi-man, and that now this strange
birth of nature shines on us forever, in the light
of Charlotte Corday’s dagger and last triumphant
smile.
Yet, even to Marat, let us be merciful, if we
must also be just. A monster he was not, nor
even a madman; but a mannikin, of some energy
and acuteness, soured and crazed to a preternatural
degree, and whose fury was aggravated
by pure fright. He was such a man as the
apothecary in “Romeo and Juliet” would have
become in a revolution; but he, instead of dealing
out small doses of death to love-sick tailors
and world-wearied seamstresses, rose by the
force of desperation to the summit of revolutionary
power, cried out for 80,000 heads, and
died of the assaults of a lovely patriotic maiden,
as of a sun-stroke. And yet Shakspeare has a
decided penchant for the caitiff wretch he so
graphically paints, and has advertised his shop
to the ends of the earth. So let us pity the
poor vial of prussic acid dashed down so suddenly,
and by so noble a hand, whom mortals
call Marat. Nature refuses not to appropriate
to her bosom her spilt poisons, any more than
her shed blooms—appropriates, however, only
to mix them with kindlier elements, and to turn
them to nobler account. So let us, in humble
imitation, collect, and use medicinally, the scattered
drops of poor acrid Marat.
Marat was essentially of the canaille—a bad
and exaggerated specimen of the class, whom
his imperfect education only contributed to harden
and spoil. Robespierre and Danton belong,
by birth and training, by feelings and habits, to
the middle rank—Robespierre sinking, in the
end, below it, through his fanaticism, and Danton
rising above it, through his genius and power.
Both were “limbs of the law,” though the one
might be called a great toe, and the other a
huge Briarean arm; and, without specifying
other resemblances, while Marat lost his temper
and almost his reason in the mêlée of the Revolution,
both Robespierre and Danton preserved
to the last their self-possession, their courage,
and the full command of their intellectual faculties,
amidst the reelings of the wildest of revolutionary
earthquakes, and the thick darkness
of the deepest canopy of revolutionary night.
Robespierre reminds us much of one of the
old Covenanters. Let not our readers startle at
this seemingly strange assertion. We mean[Pg 29]
the worst species of the old Covenanter—a
specimen of whom is faithfully drawn by Sir
Walter in Burley, and in our illustrious clansman—the
“gifted Gilfillan.” Such beings there
did exist, and probably exist still, who united
a firm belief in certain religious dogmas to the
most woeful want of moral principle and human
feeling, and were ready to fight what they deemed
God’s cause with the weapons of the devil.
Their cruelties were cool and systematic; they
asked a blessing on their assassinations, as
though savages were to begin and end their
cannibal meals with prayer. Such men were
hopelessly steeled against every sentiment of
humanity. Mercy to their enemies seemed to
them treason against God. No adversary could
escape from them. A tiger may feed to repletion,
or be disarmed by drowsiness; but who
could hope to appease the ghost of a tiger, did
such walk? Ghosts of tigers, never slumbering,
never sleeping, cold in their eternal hunger,
pursuing relentlessly their devouring way, were
the religious fanatics—the Dalziels and Claverhouses,
as well as the Burleys and Mucklewraths,
of the seventeenth century.
To the same order of men belonged Robespierre,
modified, of course, in character and
belief, by the influences of his period. The miscalled
creed of the philosophers of France in the
eighteenth century, which, with many of themselves,
was a mere divertisement to their intellects,
or a painted screen for their vices, sunk
deep into the heart of Robespierre, and became
a conviction and a reality with him. So far it
was well; but, alas! the creed was heartless
and immoral, as well as false. Laying down
a wide object, it permitted every license of vice
or cruelty in the paths through which it was to
be gained. Robespierre became, accordingly,
the worst of all sinners—a sinner upon system—a
political Antinomian, glorying in his
shame, to whom blood itself became at last
an abstraction and a shadow; the guillotine
only a tremendous shuttle, weaving a well-ordered
political web; and the tidings of the fall
of a thousand heads agreeably indifferent, as to
the farmer the news of a cleared hay or harvest
field.
That Robespierre had at the first any appetite
for blood, is not now asserted by his bitterest
foe. That he ever even acquired such a monstrous
thirst, seems to us very unlikely. His
only thought would be, at the tidings of another
death, “Another sacrifice to my idea; another
obstacle lifted out of its way.” Nero’s wish
that his enemies had but “one neck” was, we
think, comparatively a humane wish. It showed
that he had no delight in the disgusting details,
but only in the secure result of their destruction.
He is the unnatural monster who protracts the
fierce luxury—who sips his deep cup of blood
lingeringly, that he may know the separate
flavor of every separate drop, and who, like the
Cyclops in the cave, leaves some select victim
to the last, as a bonne bouche to his sated appetite—”Noman
shall be the last to be devoured.”
Robespierre, no more than Nero, was up to such
delicately infernal cruelty.
Carlyle frequently admits Robespierre’s sincerity,
and yet rates him as little other than a
sham. We account for this as we did in the
case of Marat. He is regarded as a small sincerity;
and the sincerity of a small man contracts,
to Carlyle’s eye, something of the ludicrous
air in which a Lilliputian warrior, shouldering
his straw-sized musket, and firing his lead-drop
bullets, seemed to Gulliver. “Bravo, my little
hero!” shouts the Titan, with a loud laugh, as
he sees him, with “sky-blue breeches,” patronizing
the houseless idea of a divine being, “prop
away at the tottering heavens, with that new
nine-pin of thine; but why is there not rather
a little nice doll of an image in those showy
inexpressibles, to draw out, and complete the
conversion of thy people? and why not say,
‘These be thy gods, O toy and toad-worshiping
France!'” To bring him to respect, while he
admits, the sincerity, we would need to disprove
the smallness, of our Arras advocate. Now,
compared to truly great men, such as Cromwell—or
to extraordinary men, such as Napoleon,
Mirabeau, and Danton—Robespierre was small
enough. But surely it was no pigmy, whose
voice—calm, dispassioned, and articulate—ruled
lunatic France; who preserved an icy coolness
amid a land of lava; who mastered, though it
was only for a moment, a steed like the Revolution;
and who threw from his pedestal, though
it was by assailing in an unguarded hour, a
statue so colossal as Danton’s. Rigid, Roman-like
purpose—keen, if uninspired, vision—the
thousand eyes of an Argus, if not the head of a
Jove, or the fist of a Hercules—perseverance,
honesty, and first-rate business qualities—we
must allow to Robespierre, unless we account
for his influence by Satanic possession, and say—either
no dunce aut Diabolus. Carlyle attributes
his defeat and downfall to his pertinacious
pursuit of a shallow logic to its utmost consequences.
Probably he thus expresses, in his
own way, the view we have already sought to
indicate. Robespierre was the sincere, consistent,
unclean apostle of an unclean system—a
system of deism in theology—of libertinism in
morals—of mobocracy in politics—of a “gospel
according to Jean-Jacques”—a gospel of “liberty,
equality, fraternity”—a liberty ending in
general bondage, an equality terminating in the
despotism of unprincipled talent, a fraternity
dipping its ties in blood. With faithful, unfaltering
footstep, through good report and bad
report, he followed the genius of revolution in
all her devious, dark, dangerous, or triumphant
paths, till she at last turned round in anger,
like a dogged fiend, and rent him in pieces.
In dealing with Robespierre, we feel, more
than with Marat, that we are in contact with
an intelligent human being, not an oddity, and
mere splinter of a man. His idea led, and at
last dragged him, but did not devour nor possess
him. His cruelty was more a policy, and
less a raging passion; and his great moral error[Pg 30]
lay in permitting a theory, opposed to his original
nature, to overbear his moral sense, to drain
him of humanity, and to precipitate him to his
doom. If he had resisted the devil, he would
have fled from him.
In rising from Robespierre to Danton, we
feel like one coming up from the lower plains
of Sicily into its western coast—the country
of the Cyclopes, with their one eye and gigantic
stature; their courage, toil, ferocity, impiety,
and power. Danton did tower Titanically
above his fellows, and, with little of the divine,
was the strongest of the earth-born. He had
an “eye,” like a shield of sight, broad, piercing,
and looking straight forward. His intellect
was clear, intuitive, commanding, incapable of
the theoretical, and abhorrent of the visionary.
He was practical in mind, although passionate
in temperament, and figurative in speech. His
creed was atheism, not apparently wrought out
by personal investigation, or even sought for
as an opiate to conscience, but carelessly accepted,
as the one he found fashionable at the
time. His conduct, too, was merely the common
licentiousness of his country, taking a
larger shape from his larger constitution and
stronger passions. His political faith was less
definite and strict, but more progressive and
practical, and more accommodated to circumstances
than Robespierre’s. His patriotism was
as sincere as Robespierre’s, but hung about him
in more voluminous folds. It was a toga, not
a tunic. A sort of lazy greatness, which seemed,
at a distance, criminal indifference, characterized
him when in repose. His cupidity was
as Cyclopean as his capacity. Nothing less
than a large bribe could fill such a hand. No
common goblet could satisfy such a maw.
Greedy of money, for money’s sake, he was
not. He merely wished to live, and all Paris
knew what he meant by living. And with all
the royal sops to Cerberus, he remained Cerberus
still. Never had he made the pretensions of a
Lord Russell, or Algernon Sidney, and we know
how they were subsidized. His “poverty, but
not his will consented.” Had he lived in our
days, a public subscription—a “Danton testimonial,
all subscriptions to be handed in to the
—- office of Camille Desmoulins,” would have
saved this vast needy patriot—this “giant
worm of fire,” from the disgrace of taking supplies
from Louis, and then laughing a wild
laughter at his provider, as he gnawed on at
the foundations of his throne.
In fact, careless greatness, without principle,
was the key to Danton’s merits and faults—his
power and weakness. Well did Madame
Roland call him “Sardanapalus.” When he
found a clover field, he rolled in it. When he
had nothing to do, he did nothing; when he
saw the necessity of doing something immediately,
he could condense ages of action into a
few hours. He was like some terrible tocsin,
never rung till danger was imminent, but then
arousing cities and nations as one man. And
thus it was that he saved his country and lost
himself, repulsed Brunswick, and sunk before
Robespierre.
It had been otherwise, if his impulses had
been under the watchful direction of high religious,
or moral, or even political principle.
This would have secured unity among his passions
and powers, and led to steady and cumulative
efforts. From this conscious greatness,
and superiority to the men around him, there
sprung a fatal security and a fatal contempt.
He sat on the Mountain smiling, while his enemies
were undermining his roots; and while
he said, “He dares not imprison me,” Robespierre
was calmly muttering “I will.”
It seemed as if even revolution were not a
sufficient stimulus to, or a sufficient element
for Danton’s mighty powers. It was only
when war had reached the neighborhood of
Paris, and added its hoarse voice to the roar
of panic from within, that he found a truly
Titanic task waiting for him. And he did it
manfully. His words became “half battles.”
His actions corresponded with, and exceeded
his words. He was as calm, too, as if he had
created the chaos around him. That the city
was roused, yet concentrated—furious as Gehenna,
but firm as fate, at that awful crisis, was
all Danton’s doing. Paris seemed at the time
but a projectile in his massive hand, ready to
be hurled at the invading foe. His alleged
cruelty was the result, in a great measure, of
this habitual carelessness. Too lazy to superintend
with sufficient watchfulness the administration
of justice, it grew into the Reign of
Terror. He was, nevertheless, deeply to blame.
He ought to have cried out to the mob, “The
way to the prisoners in the Abbaye lies over
Danton’s dead body;” and not one of them
had passed on. He repented, afterward, of his
conduct, and was, in fact, the first martyr to a
milder regime. Not one of his personal enemies
perished in that massacre: hence the name
“butcher” applied to him is not correct. He
did not dabble in blood. He made but one
fierce and rapid irruption into the neighborhood
of the “red sea,” and returned sick and shuddering
therefrom.
His person and his eloquence were in keeping
with his mind and character. We figure him
always after the pattern of Bethlehem Gabor,
as Godwin describes him: his stature gigantic,
his hair a dead black, a face in which sagacity
and fury struggle for the mastery—a voice of
thunder. His mere figure might have saved
the utterance of his watchword, “We must put
our enemies in fear.” His face was itself a
“Reign of Terror.” His eloquence was not of
the intellectual, nor of the rhetorical cast. It
was not labored with care, nor moulded by art.
It was the full, gushing utterance of a mind
seeing the real merits of the case in a glare of
vision, and announcing them in a tone of absolute
assurance. He did not indulge in long
arguments or elaborate declamations. His
speeches were Cyclopean cries, at the sight of
the truth breaking, like the sun, on his mind.[Pg 31]
Each speech was a peroration. His imagination
was fertile, rugged, and grand. Terrible
truth was sheathed in terrible figure. Each
thought was twin-born with poetry—poetry of
a peculiar and most revolutionary stamp. It
leaped into light, like Minerva, armed with
bristling imagery. Danton was a true poet,
and some of his sentences are the strangest
and most characteristic utterances amid all the
wild eloquence the Revolution produced. His
curses are of the streets, not of Paris, but of
Pandemonium; his blasphemies were sublime
as those heard in the trance of Sicilian seer,
belched up from fallen giants through the smoke
of Etna, or like those which made the “burning
marl” and the “fiery gulf” quake and
recoil in fear.
Such an extraordinary being was Danton,
resembling rather the Mammoths and Megatheriums
of geology than modern productions of
nature. There was no beauty about him why
he should be desired, but there was the power
and the terrible brilliance, the rapid rise and
rapid subsidence of an Oriental tempest. Peace—the
peace of a pyramid, calm-sitting and
colossal, amid long desolations, and kindred
forms of vast and coarse sublimity—be to his
ashes!
It is lamentable to contemplate the fate of
such a man. Newly married, sobered into
strength and wisdom, in the prime of life, and
with mildness settling down upon his character,
like moonlight on the rugged features of
the Sphinx, he was snatched away. “One
feels,” says Scott of him, “as if the eagle had
been brought down by a ‘mousing owl.'”
More melancholy still to find him dying “game,”
as it is commonly called—that is, without hope
and without God in the world—caracolling and
exulting, as he plunged into the waters of what
he deemed the bottomless and the endless night;
as if a spirit so strong as his could die—as if a
spirit so stained as his could escape the judgment—the
judgment of a God as just as he is
merciful; but also—blessed be his name!—as
merciful as he is just.
[From Bentley’s Miscellany.]
RATTLIN THE REEFER’S DREAM. A TOUGH BUT TRUE YARN.
BY ONE OF RATTLIN’S OLD SHIPMATES.
It was about the middle of August, 18—,
that the Old Lucifer was cruising in the
Monar Passage, a strait about forty miles wide,
which separates the eastern end of St. Domingo
from the island of Porto Rico. I was “middy”
of the morning watch: it had been dead
calm all night, but the gentle trade-wind was
rising with the rising sun, and morning was
glorious with the magic gilding of a tropical
sky. Some time after eight bells,[7] when Ned
Rattlin, who was never very punctual or methodical
in any of his movements, came on deck
to relieve me, and I was about to hurry down
to my breakfast of warm skilligalee, or, as our
old French negro, who served as midshipmen’s
steward and maid-of-all-work, with true French
tact for murdering the king’s English, called
it, “giggeragee,” Ralph seized me by the collar
of my jacket, crying,
“Avast! Careless, my boy; you really must
not make sail for the cockpit till you have
heard the horrid dream which I had last night
or this morning, for I dreamt it twice over, and
can not get it out of my head. I must tell it
to some one, and you are the only one that I
dare tell it to; I should be so confoundedly
laughed at by the servum pocus of the cockpit;
but you and I know each other, and have some
pursuits and feelings in common. We have
our day-dreams and our night-dreams, and we
know that there are more things in heaven and
earth than are dreamt of in the philosophy of a
midshipman’s berth.”
Now, had not Ralph seized hold of me by
the lappel of my jacket, as before said, I should
certainly have cut and run; for a reefer of sixteen,
who is just relieved from the morning-watch,
which he has kept for four hours, from
four o’clock in the morning, and who has taken
a cold bath in the wash-deck tub, is not likely
to be in a humor to let his breakfast of cocoa
or skilligalee grow cold. But, with the powerful
grip of Ralph’s shoulder-of-mutton fist on
my collar, there was no chance of escape without
tearing my jacket from clue to earring,
which I felt that I could not afford to do; for,
as I have before remarked, Ralph Rattlin was
my senior by two years at least, and overtopped
me in height by a foot, or something near it.
I therefore made a virtue of necessity, and said,
“Well, Jemmy, if you’ll promise not to keep
me long, and allow me, first, to run down
below and tell old Dom to keep my burgoo[8]
warm, I’ll return and hear your wonderful dream,
though I fancy it’s all gammon, and only manufactured
to try the capacity of my swallow;
because you know that, like yourself, I have
a bit of hankering after the marvelous, and, as
the negro Methodist said of the prophet Jonah,
am ‘a tellible fellow for fish,’ though I doubt
whether, like him, I could quite swallow a
whale.”
“Well, then, make sail, you little flibbertigibbet,
and make haste back, that’s a good
fellow.”
The above elegant soubriquet he generally
favored me with, when, in Yankee parlance, I
had “riled” him and got his “dander up,” as
was always the case when he was called Jemmy
Caster; he being but too conscious that his[Pg 32]
long loose figure and shambling gait bore, at
that time, no small resemblance to those of a
waister of that name, though he afterward became
a remarkably fine, handsome man, bearing
a striking resemblance, not without sufficient
reason, to King George the Fourth.
In a few minutes I had made arrangements
with old Dominique for the safe custody of my
breakfast, and was again pacing the lee side of
the quarter-deck, by the side of my gigantic
messmate.
“And now, my dear Careless,” said he,
with unusual gravity, “if you can be serious
for a few minutes, I will relate to you this infernal
dream, which so preys upon my spirits
that I do not feel like myself this morning,
and must unburden my mind. I dreamt, then,
that I was on the second dog-watch, as you
know I shall be this evening; it was between
seven and eight bells, the night pitch-dark, with
the wind blowing fresh from the northeast, the
ship under double-reefed topsails, and foresail
close hauled on the starboard tack, running at
the rate of five knots as I had found upon heaving
the log. Suddenly the sea became like one
sheet of flame; its appearance was awfully
grand; the head of every wave, as it curled
over and broke, diffused itself in broad streaks
and flashes of blue and white flame; and I
involuntarily repeated to myself the two lines
of that singular, soul-freezing rhapsody, the
‘Ancient Mariner,’ which, though descriptive
of a very different state of the ocean from that
now presented to my imagination, I felt to be
most applicable to what I saw before me—
Burnt green, and blue, and white;
and then, referring to the two preceding lines
of the stanzas—
The death-fires danced at night.
For that strangely wild and beautiful poem had
taken a powerful hold on my sleeping fancy.
I asked myself, with a shudder, can there be
‘death-fires?’ And it seemed that the question
uttered half aloud, had no sooner passed
my lips, than it received its answer in a most
strange and fearful manner; for a voice, like
no human voice that I ever yet heard, shrieked
out, in a tone of horror and distress, that made
my blood run cold, ‘Ship a-hoy—ship a-hoy!’
I turned toward the lee quarter, whence the
voice came; and, jumping on a carronade-slide,
I saw the body of a man appearing out of
the sea, from the waist upward, of gigantic size,
and of most forbidding—and at the same time
woeful—countenance. His body appeared covered
with scales, like that of a fish, which reflected
the ghastly phosphoric light of the waters
in radiating hues of green and gold, and purple
and violet. His ample jaws, which opened
from ear to ear, and which were furnished with
a triple row of saw-shaped teeth, like those of
a shark, were fringed with a thick curled beard
and mustache, of pale sea-green, which fell in
wavy masses, mingling with long elf-locks of
the same sickly hue, over his broad breast and
shoulders; his deep sunk eyes flashed out with
a strange unearthly light from beneath thick,
overhanging eyebrows of that self-same sea-green
hue, and his head was surrounded and surmounted
with a waving diadem of ‘green, and
blue and white’ flames, flashing upward, and
radiating sideways, and curling over their waving
tops, so as to ape the exact form of ostrich
feathers. Awful as the figure was, and though
it made my flesh creep, yet dreaming as I was,
I felt conscious that there was something of the
ridiculous attached to the bizarrerie of its appearance.
You know my vein, Careless, and
will give me credit for a true exposition of my
feelings, when I tell you that, though in a most
awful funk, I could not help adopting the words
of Trinculo, and asking myself, half aloud,
I had not, till that moment, noticed the quarter-master
of the watch, a fine old weather-beaten
seaman, who stood close to my side,
and was, like myself, attentively watching the
movements of the strange demon-like merman,
who continued to follow the ship within a few
fathoms of the lee quarter-gallery, with a continual
bowing or nodding motion of the head,
which caused his plumes of livid flame to flash
and corruscate, so that, to my eyes, they appeared
to assume various forms of terror, as of
‘fiery flying serpents,’ entwining his temples and
thence shooting upward, hissing and protruding
their forked tongues, and lashing the air with
their wings and tails of flame; and then, again,
they subsided as before into the form of gracefully-curling
ostrich plumes; meanwhile he kept
opening his terrific jaws, from which issued a
thin blue luminous vapor, as if in act to speak,
but uttered no audible sound, except that every
now and then he would wring his huge hands,
which appeared to be webbed to the second
joint of the fingers, like the feet of a water
fowl, and furnished with long, crooked nails
like an eagle’s claws, and utter a wailing shriek
so like the cry of a drowning man, that it nearly
drove me mad to hear it, and seemed to
freeze my very blood in my veins. Whether
old Bitts, the quarter-master, had really heard
me quote the words of Trinculo, or whether, as
all things seem to work by supernatural influences
in dreams, he had divined my question
by intuition, I know not, but he answered me
at once.
“‘No, sir; believe an old sailor, that ‘ere
critter is neither man nor fish; it is somebody
far more terrible-like, and one that few living
sailors have ever set eyes on, though, mayhap,
I may have seen him before; mayhap, d’ye see,
I can’t tell when nor where, nor whether it
were sleeping or waking; howsomedever, be
that as it will, I knows him well enough, for
sure that ‘ere’s old Davy himself—old Davy
Jones—he’s come for some poor fellow’s soul
on board this here ship; and if you wants to[Pg 33]
get rid of him, you’d better go down at once,
and call the captain up, that he may tell him
to take what he wants and be off; for, till
that’s done, he’ll keep alongside the ship, and
if he’s kept too long waiting, there’s no saying
but he may send a hurricane which may sweep
the Old Lucifer and all her officers and crew,
away down into his locker.’
“This hint was no sooner given, than I
thought I went down into the captain’s cabin,
where I found Captain Dure seated at the cabin-table,
just under the swinging lamp, as pale as
death, and trembling from head to foot like an
aspen-leaf.
“‘Please, sir,’ I said, touching my hat, as in
duty bound, ‘Davy Jones has come alongside,
and is waiting for somebody’s soul; will you
please to come on deck, and tell him to take
what he wants?’
“‘I know it,’ said the captain, who seemed
utterly unnerved with terror, while the presence
of the unearthly visitant seemed to
Make his two eyes, like stars, start from their spheres;
His knotted and combined locks to part,
And each particular hair to stand on end
Like quills upon the fretful porcupine.
“‘I had a glimpse of him,’ continued he,
‘out of the quarter-gallery window, and that’s
enough for me. Let the officer of the watch,
or the first lieutenant, tell him to take what he
wants, and get rid of him.’
“Now, it seemed to me in my dream that I
was dreadfully annoyed at the conduct of the
captain in shrinking in such a dastardly manner
from his duty; for, from the moment that Bitts
had informed me who the stranger was and
what he required, I had gone down and reported
his advent to the skipper, with as much
coolness and unconcern as I should have done
the coming alongside of the admiral or any
other great personage, and all my terror seemed,
for the time, to have vanished as soon as the
strange vision became connected with matters
of routine or ship’s duty. I, therefore, addressed
the captain again, as it seemed to me, in a tone
more authoritative than respectful: ‘But, sir,
you must come on deck; for old Bill Bitts says
that Davy Jones will hearken to nobody but
the captain or commander of the ship for the
time being, and he knows Davy of old; and
says, that if you don’t come up on deck soon and
let him go, the old fellow will send a hurricane
that will blow the Old Lucifer out of the water,
and that we shall find ourselves all, men and
officers, down in Davy Jones’s locker before you
can say Jack Robinson. And I can tell you,
sir, that the sky looks very ugly to windward.’
“‘Well, Ralph, my boy!’ said the captain,
apparently quite convinced by my eloquent
speech, which seemed to go down capitally in
my dream, though I guess I should soon be
looking out for squalls at the main-top-gallant-mast
head, if I were to venture to address such
a cavalier harangue to the skipper in waking
earnest. ‘Well, Ralph, my boy! give me your
arm, and we’ll go on deck, and give old Davy
his due, since it must be so.’ And with my
assistance the captain mounted the companion-ladder,
still trembling in every limb.
“As soon as we came on deck, I led him
over to the lee side of the quarter-deck, and
begged him to mount the carronade slide, and
give his unwelcome visitor the congé d’élire, for
which he seemed waiting, still bowing his head,
waving his fiery plumes, and mopping and
mowing, and showing his treble row of teeth,
as before. At the sight of the frightful demon,
the captain seemed more dead than alive, and
ready to fall from the gun-carriage, on which
I was obliged to support him; he, however,
plucked up courage to shriek out, in a voice
that trembled with agitation, ‘Whoever, or
whatever you are, take what you want, and
begone;’ and having said so, he sank powerless
into my arms; upon which the creature uttered
one of its strange, thrilling shrieks as of a
drowning man, but which seemed mingled with
a sort of shrill, demoniac laughter, and disappeared
below the waves—the waving plumes
of his singular head-gear flashing up half-mast
high as he sank out of sight. At the same
moment, my eyes were somehow mysteriously
directed from it, and I saw Jacob Fell, the
forecastle-man, fall dead into the arms of one
of his watch-mates, he, whom we call Cadaverous
Jack, and whom you christened the Ancient
Mariner, because you said he went about
his duty looking so miserable, holding his head
down on one side, as if he always felt the
weight of the murdered albatross hanging about
his neck. Immediately a heavy squall threw
the ship on her beam-ends, and I awoke”—which
was the singular dream related to me
by my quondam friend and shipmate, with a
gravity quite unusual with him, except when
he wanted to play upon the credulity of some
of us youngsters, when he used to assume the
gravest possible countenance, though I could
always, in these cases, discern the lurking devil
in his eyes. In this case, however, I could discover
no such appearance of fun and frolic; his
looks were, on the contrary, perfectly serious,
and even allied to sadness, in spite of the bravado
with which he had assumed his usual
careless levity of manner in certain parts of
his narration. I determined, however, not to
let him have the laugh against me, and therefore
said, “Come, come, Jemmy, you should
tell that dream to the marines; the sailors
can’t bolt it; it’s rather too tough. We all of us
know that you are always dreaming, but you
can’t catch old birds with such chaff. I am
too old a sea-dog, and have sailed over too
many leagues of blue water to bite at such
gammon.” I prided myself much on being
Ralph’s senior in the service by a couple of
years or so, and felt indignant that he should
think of treating me as a youngster, because he
had about the same advantage of me in age.
He, however, affirmed, in the most solemn manner,
that it was an actual bonâ-fide dream, and[Pg 34]
that it had been reiterated on his falling asleep
again, though in broken and disjointed patches,
sometimes one part, sometimes another, of the
previous vision being presented to his sleepy
fancy; but there was always this horrible merman,
with his shark’s jaws and his flaming
tiara, and poor Jacob Fell lying dead in his
messmate’s arms. But methinks I hear some
nautical reader exclaim, “All stuff!” who ever
heard of two reefers telling their dreams, and
chattering on the sacred precincts of the quarter-deck
of one of her Majesty’s frigates, like a
guinea-pig and an embryo cadet on the quarter-deck
of a Bengal trader? Pardon, my noble
sea-hossifer, but you must remember that the
Old Lucifer was not the crack frigate—not the
Eos, six-and-thirty, but only a small frigate;
and that, although she was blessed with a real
martinet of a first-lieutenant, yet, in point of
discipline, she was like most jackass frigates
and sloops of war, et hoc genus omne, little better
than a privateer; besides, our Portuguese
supernumerary lieutenant was the officer of
the watch, and Ralph had completely got the
weather-gage of him, and could do what he
liked with the “pavior.” However, the dream
was told me by Ralph nearly in the very words
in which I have given it, though, perhaps, not
all on deck, for the subject was renewed over
our allowance of grog in the midshipmen’s
berth after dinner, for nothing could drive it
out of Rattlin’s head, and he was all that day
singularly silent and distrait on all other subjects.
That evening I had the first dog-watch;
and when Rattlin came on deck at six o’clock
to relieve me, the sun was setting in a red and
angry-looking sky, and there was every symptom
of a squally night.
“Well, Percy,” he said, “this sunset reminds
me of my dream. I really think old
Davy will be among us before my watch is
out.”
“Very well, Jemmy, I’ll come on deck at
seven bells and see,” I replied, as I ran down
the companion for an hour’s snooze, for, as my
nautical readers will be aware, I had the middle
watch. Mindful of my promise, as soon as I
heard seven bells struck, I roused myself from
the locker on which I had stretched myself, and
went on deck, and I was immediately struck
with the perfect coincidence of the weather, and
all the accessories to those described by Rattlin
in his dream. The ship had just been put
about, and was now close hauled on the starboard
tack; the night pitch dark, the breeze
freshening from the northeast, and the sea
beginning to assume that luminous appearance
so frequently observable under a dark sky and
with a fresh breeze, but which, though generally
attributed to myriads of luminous animalculæ,
has never yet been fully and satisfactorily accounted
for. I joined my friend Rattlin, and
said to him, in a low tone, “This looks, indeed,
like your dream.”
“Yes,” he answered, looking very pale and
nervous; “it does, indeed. I don’t know what
to make of it. Davy Jones will certainly lay
hold of some of us to-night.”
At this moment the first-lieutenant came on
deck, followed by the captain, whose sallow
countenance, as he stood abaft the binnacle,
and the light fell on his face, looked rather
more ghastly than usual.
“I think, Mr. Silva,” said the former, addressing
the officer of the watch, “we had better
take another reef in the topsails; it looks
very squally to windward; it’s drawing near to
eight bells, so we’ll turn the hands up at once.”
“Mr. Rattlin,” said Silva, “all hands reef
topsails.”
“Boatswain’s-mate,” bawled out Rattlin,
going forward on to the weather gangway,
“turn the hands up to reef topsails.”
“Ay, ay, sir;” and immediately his silver
call was between his lips, and after blowing a
shrill prelude, his hoarse voice was heard proclaiming,
“All hands reef topsails, ahoy,”
which was re-echoed from the main-deck by the
call and voice of the boatswain’s-mate of the
watch below, and, finally, by those of the boatswain
himself, as the men came tumbling up
the fore and main hatchways, and were soon
seen scampering up the rigging, or making the
best of their way to their various stations. In
less than five minutes the topsails were double-reefed,
and the ship again dashing the spray
from her bows. It being now so near the time
for relieving the watch, the crew, with the exception
of the idlers, all remained on deck, and
the topmen scattered in groups about the gangways
and forecastle.
All at once the sky grew blacker than before,
the breeze freshened, and the surface of the sea
became like one sheet of pale blue and white
flame.
“Now, Careless,” whispered Rattlin, actually
trembling with excitement, “my dream to the
life!”
The words had scarcely passed his lips,
when such a shriek as I never heard before or
since, seemed to come out of the very depths of
the ocean, close under the ship’s counter on the
lee quarter. Every one rushed to the lee gangway,
or jumped on the quarter-deck guns, to
look in the direction from whence the sound
came; but nothing could be seen. Once more
that doleful cry arose, and it seemed now
rather more distant from the ship, and then it
ceased forever.
“A man overboard!” cried the first lieutenant,
who seemed the first to recover his
senses, seizing a grating of the companion-hatchway,
and flinging it over the lee bulwark,
while the lieutenant of the watch did the
same with its fellow. “Down with helm, and
heave her all aback—let go the lee braces—lay
the main-topsail to the mast—square away the
after-yards, my boys—lower the jolly-boat—jump
into her, some of ye, and cast off her fastenings.”
This latter command had, however, been
obeyed ere it was issued, for the captain of the[Pg 35]
mizen-top and myself had jumped into the
boat, where we were soon joined by three other
mizen-top-men, and had her all clear for lowering.
Two other seamen stood with the boat’s
tackle-falls in their hands.
“Lower away,” cried I; and down we went.
During her descent, I had shipped the rudder,
and we were soon pulling away to leeward.
In vain we pulled about for more than an hour
in the short, tumbling sea, which scintillated as
it broke around us, and shed a ghastly hue on
our anxious countenances, while the
Fell off in hoary flakes
from the blades of our oars at every dip as
they rose again from the water. At length
the stentorian voice of the first-lieutenant
hailed us to come on board, and we gave
up our hopeless search, bringing with us nothing
but one of the gratings and the life-buoy,
which had been thrown overboard to support
the drowning man, had he been fortunate
enough to lay hold on one or the other of them.
Upon passing the word forward to inquire
whether any of the ship’s company were missing,
it was found that Jacob Fell, the forecastle-man,
had not been seen since he had laid
out with one of his watch-mates to stow the
jib, which was hauled down when the topsails
were reefed; the other man had left him out on
the jib-boom, whence he must have fallen overboard;
and it was supposed, from his thrilling
and unearthly shriek, that he had been seized
by a shark, as that part of the Carribean Sea is
peculiarly infested by those voracious creatures;
and thus was most singularly accomplished my
shipmate Rattlin’s dream.
[From Chambers’s Edinburgh Journal.]
LETTERS AND LETTER WRITING.
Neither history nor tradition tells us aught
of the first letter—who was its writer, and
on what occasion; how it was transmitted, or
in what manner answered. The Chinese, the
Hindoo, and the Scandinavian mythologies had
each tales regarding the inventors of writing,
and the rest of those that by pre-eminence may be
called human arts; but concerning the beginner
of mankind’s epistolary correspondence, neither
they nor the classic poets—who by the way,
volunteered many an ingenious story on subjects
far less important—have given us the least account.
Pope says:
Some banished lover, or some captive maid.”
The poet evidently refers to the letter-writing
art, and it may be so, for aught we can tell;
but with all submission to his superior knowledge,
banished lovers and captive maids have
rarely been the transmitters of such useful inventions.
Certainly, whoever first commenced
letter-writing, the world has been long his debtor.
It is long since the Samaritans wrote a letter
against the builders of Jerusalem to Artaxerxes,
and it may be observed that the said letter is
the earliest epistle mentioned in any history.
Older communications appear to have been
always verbal, by means of heralds and messengers.
Homer, in his account of all the news
received and sent between the Greeks and Trojans,
never refers to a single letter. The scribe’s
occupation was not altogether unknown in those
days, but it must have been brought to considerable
perfection before efforts in the epistolary
style were made. That ancient language of
picture and symbol, in which Egypt expressed
her wisdom, was undoubtedly the earliest mode
of writing; but, however, calculated to preserve
the memory of great historical events amid the
daily life, and toil, and changes of nations, it
was but poorly fitted for the purpose of correspondence.
How could compliments or insinuations
be conveyed by such an autograph? Letters
must have been brief and scanty in the
hieroglyphic times; yet doubtless not without
some representations, for the unalphabeted of
mankind have combined to hold mutual intelligence
by many a sign and emblem, especially
in those affairs designated of the heart, as they
above all others contribute to ingenuity. Hence
came the Eastern language of flowers, which,
with Oriental literature and mythology, is now
partially known over the civilized world. In
its native clime this natural alphabet is said to
be so distinctly understood, that the most minute
intimations are expressed by it; but the more
frank and practical courtship of Europe has
always preferred the pen as its channel of communication,
which, besides its greater power of
enlargement, prevents those mistakes into which
the imperfectly-initiated are apt to fall with
flowers. For instance, there is a story of a
British officer in Andalusia who, having made
a deep impression on the heart of a certain alcaide’s
daughter, in one of the small old towns
of that half-Moorish province, and receiving
from her one morning a bouquet, the significance
of which was—”My mother is in the way now,
but come to visit me in the twilight,” supposed
in his ignorance, and perhaps presumption, that
he was invited to an immediate appointment:
whereupon he hurried to the house, just in time
to meet the venerable signora, when the lady of
his heart boxed his ears with her own fair hands,
and vowed she would never again send flowers
to a stupid Englishman.
In fine contrast to this sample of misunderstanding
stands forth the dexterity with which
an Irish serving-maid contrived to signify, by
symbols of her own invention, her pleasure, on
a still more trying occasion. Poor Kitty, though
a belle in her class, could neither read nor write;
but her mistress’s grown-up daughter undertook,
as a labor of love, to carry on a correspondence
between her and a certain hedge schoolmaster
in the neighborhood, who laid siege to Kitty’s
heart and hand on account of a small deposit
in the savings’ bank, and that proverbial attraction
which learned men are said to find in
rather illiterate ladies. The schoolmaster was,[Pg 36]
however, providently desirous of fixing on the
mind of his future partner an impression of his
own superiority sufficient to outlast the wear
and tear of married life, and therefore wooed
chiefly by long and learned letters, to which
Kitty responded in her best style, leaving to
her volunteer secretary what she called “the
grammar” of her replies; besides declaring, with
many hardly-complimentary observations on the
schoolmaster’s person and manners, that she
had not the slightest interest in the affair, but
only, in her own words, “to keep up the
craythur’s heart.” Thus the courtship had
proceeded prosperously through all the usual
stages, when at length the question, par excellence,
was popped (of course on paper). Kitty
heard that epistle read with wonted disdain;
but, alas, for human confidence! there was
something in her answer with which she could
not trust the writer of so many; for after all
her scorn, Kitty intended to say, “Yes,” and
her mode of doing so merits commemoration.
In solitude that evening, beside the kitchen
hearth, she sketched on a sheet of white paper,
with the help of a burned stick, a rude representation
of a human eye, and inclosing a small
quantity of wool, dispatched it next morning to
the impatient swain by the hand of his head
scholar—those primitive tokens expressing to
Kitty’s mind the important words, “I will,”
which the teacher, strange to say, understood
in the same sense; and their wedding took place,
to the unqualified amazement of Kitty’s amanuensis.
Epistolary forms and fashions have had
their mutations like all other human things.
The old Eastern mode of securing letters was
by folding them in the shape of a roll, and
winding round them a thin cord, generally of
silk, as the luxury of letters was known only
to the rich. In the case of billets-doux—for
Eastern lovers did not always speak by flowers
when the pen was at their command—enthusiastic
ladies sometimes substituted those long
silken strings which, from time immemorial, the
Oriental women have worn in their hair—a proceeding
which was understood to indicate the
deepest shade of devotedness.
The mythic importance attached to these
hair-strings must, indeed, have been great, as
history records that a certain prince, whose
dominions were threatened by Mithridates, the
great king of Pontus—like other great men, a
troublesome neighbor in his day—sent the latter
a submissive epistle, offering homage and tribute,
and bound with the hair-strings of his nineteen
wives, to signify that he and his were entirely
at the monarch’s service. The custom
of securing letters by cords came through the
Greek empire into Europe in the middle ages;
but the use of the seal seems still earlier, as it
is mentioned in Old Testament history. Ancient
writers speak of it as an Egyptian Invention,
together with the signet-ring, so indispensable
throughout the classic world, and regarded
as the special appendage of sovereignty in the
feudal times.
Of all the letters the Egyptians wrote on their
papyrus, no specimens now remain, except perhaps
those scrolls in the hands of mummies,
referred to by early Christian authors as epistles
sent to deceased friends by those unreturning
messengers; and they, it may be presumed,
were at the best but formal letters, since no
reply was ever expected. The classic formula
for correspondence, “Augustus to Julius, greeting,”
is now preserved only in letters-patent, or
similar documents. That brief and unvarying
style has long been superseded in every language
of Europe by a graduated series of endearing
terms, rising with the temperature of attachment,
from “Dear Sir,” or “Madam,” to a limit scarcely
assignable, but it lies somewhere near “Adored
Thomas” or “Margery.”
Masters of the fine arts as they were, those
ancient nations came far short of the moderns
in that of letter-writing. The few specimens of
their correspondence that have reached us are
either on matters of public business, or dry and
dignified epistles from one great man to another,
with little life and less gossip in them. It is
probable that their practice was somewhat
limited, as the facilities of the post-office were
unknown to Greece and Rome—the entire
agency of modern communication being to the
classic world represented only by the post or
courier, who formed part of the retinue of every
wealthy family. The method of writing in the
third person, so suitable for heavy business or
ceremony, is evidently a classical bequest. It
does not appear to have been practiced in England
till about the beginning of the eighteenth
century, though it was early in use among the
continental nations. Louis XIV. used to say,
it was the only style in which a prince should
permit himself to write; and in the far East,
where it had been in still older repute, the
Chinese informed his missionaries that ever
since they had been taught manners by the
Emperor Tae Sing, no inferior would presume
to address a man of rank in any other form,
especially as a law of the said emperor had appointed
twenty blows of the bamboo for that
infraction of plebeian duty.
Of all human writings, letters have been preserved
in the smallest proportion. How few of
those which the best-informed actors in great
events or revolutions must have written, have
been copied by elder historians or biographers!
Such documents are, by their nature, at once
the least accessible and the most liable to destruction;
private interests, feelings, and fears,
keep watch against their publication; but even
when these were taken out of the way, it is to
be feared that the narrow-minded habit of overlooking
all their wisdom deemed minute, which
has made the chronicles of nations so scanty,
and many a life in two volumes such dull reading,
also induced learned compilers to neglect,
as beneath their search, the old letters bundled
up in dusty chest or corner, till they served a
succeeding generation for waste paper. Such
mistakes have occasioned heavy losses to literature.[Pg 37]
Time leaves no witnesses in the matters
of history and character equal to these. How
many a disputed tale, on which party controversy
has raged, and laborious volumes have
been written, would the preservation of one
authentic note have set at rest forever?
The practical learning of our times, in its
search after confirmation and detail, amply
recognizes the importance of old letters; and
good service has been done to both history and
moral philosophy by those who have given them
to the press from state-paper office and family
bureau. In such collections one sees the world’s
talked-of-and-storied people as they were in
private business, in social relations, and in
what might be justly designated the status of
their souls. In spite of the proverbial truisms,
that paper never refuses ink, and falsehood can
be written as well as spoken, the correspondence
of every man contains an actual portrait of the
writer’s mind, visible through a thousand disguises,
and bearing the same relation to the inward
man that a correct picture bears to the
living face; without change or motion, indeed,
but telling the beholder of both, and indicating
what direction they are likely to take.
The sayings of wits and the doing of oddities
long survive them in the memory of their generation—the
actions of public men live in history,
and the genius of authors in their works;
but in every case the individual, him or herself,
lives in letters. One who carried this idea still
farther, once called letter-writing the Daguerreotype
of mind—ever leaving on the paper its
true likeness, according to the light in which it
stands for the time; and he added, like the sun’s
painting, apt to be most correct in the less
pleasant lines and lineaments. Unluckily this
mental portraiture, after the fashion of other
matters, seems less perceptible to the most interested
parties. Many an unconcerned reader
can at this day trace in Swift’s epistles the self-care
and worship which neither Stella nor Vanessa
could have seen without a change in their
histories.
Cardinal Mazarin, however, used to say that
an ordinary gentleman might deceive in a series
of interviews, but only a complete tactician in
one of letters; “that is,” observed his eminence,
“if people don’t deceive themselves.”
The cardinal’s statement strikingly recalls, if it
does not explain, a contemporary remark, that
the most successful courtships, in the fullest
sense of that word, were carried on with the
help of secret proxies in the corresponding department.
The Count de Lauson, whose days,
even to a good old age, were equally divided
between the Bastile and the above-mentioned
pursuit, in which he must have been rather at
home—for though a poor gentleman, with little
pretensions to family, still less to fortune, and
no talents that the world gave him credit for,
he contrived in his youth to marry a princess
of the blood-royal of France, who had refused
half the kings of Europe, and been an Amazon
in the war of the Frondé; and in his age a
wealthy court belle—this Count de Lauson declared
that he could never have succeeded in
his endeavors after high matches but for a certain
professional letter-writer of Versailles, on
whose death he is said to have poured forth unfeigned
lamentations in the presence of his last
lady. Letters always appear to have been peculiarly
powerful in the count’s country. Madame
de Genlis, whose “Tales of the Castle,”
and “Knights of the Swan” delighted at least
the juveniles of a now-departing generation,
was believed to have made a complete conquest,
even before first sight, of the nobleman whose
name she bears, by a single letter, addressed to
a lady at whose house he was an admiring
visitor, when she unadvisedly showed him the
epistle. An anxiously-sought introduction and
a speedy marriage followed; but the scandal-mongers
of the period averred that their separation,
which took place some years after, was
owing, among other circumstances, to an anonymous
letter received by the baron himself.
Frederick the Great used to call the French
the first letter-writers of Europe, and it is probable
that their national turn for clever gossip
gives to their epistles a sort of general interest,
for in no other country have letters formed so
large a portion of published literature. This
was particularly true in Frederick’s own age.
Never did a death or a quarrel take place—and
the latter was not rare among the savants of
that period—but comfort or satisfaction was
sought in the immediate publication of every
scrap of correspondence, to the manifold increase
of disputes and heartburnings. Some of
the most amusing volumes extant were thus
given to the world; and Madame Dunoyer’s,
though scarcely of that description, must not be
forgotten from the tale of its origin. When
Voltaire was a young attaché to the French
embassy at the Hague, with no reputation but
that of being rather unmanageable by his family
and confessor, he was on billet-doux terms, it
seems, with madame’s daughter; but madame
found out that he was poor, or something like
it, for in no other respect was the lady scrupulous.
Her veto was therefore laid on the correspondence,
which nevertheless survived under
interdict for some time, till Voltaire left the
embassy, and it died of itself; for he wrote the
“Oedipe,” became talked of by all Paris, and
noticed by the Marquis de Vellers. Gradually
the man grew great in the eyes of his generation,
his fame as a poet and philosopher filled
all Europe, not forgetting the Hague; and when
it had reached the zenith, Madame Dunoyer
collected his letters to her daughter, which remained
in her custody, the receiver being by
this time married, and published them at her
own expense in a handsomely-bound volume.
Whether to be revenged on fortune for permitting
her to miss so notable a son-in-law, or on
him for obeying her commands, it is now impossible
to determine, but her book served to
show the world that the early billets-doux of a[Pg 38]
great genius might be just as milk-and-watery
as those of common people.
Indeed letter-publishing seems to have been
quite the rage in the eighteenth century. The
Secretary La Beaumelle stole all Madame de
Maintenon’s letters to her brother, setting forth
her difficulties in humoring Louis XIV., and
printed them at Copenhagen. Some copies
were obligingly forwarded to Versailles, but
madame assured the king they were beneath his
royal notice, which, being confirmed by his confessor,
was of course believed; but the transaction
looks like retributive justice on her well-known
practice of keeping sundry post-office
clerks in pay to furnish a copy of every letter
sent or received by the principal persons at
court, not excepting even the royal family.
Among these were copied the celebrated letters
of the Dauphiness Charlotte Elizabeth of Bavaria,
which now, in good plain print, present
to all readers of taste in that department a
complete chronicle of all the scandal, gossip,
and follies of Versailles; and that princess,
whose pride stood so high on her family quarterings,
was gravely rebuked, and obliged to ask
pardon seven years after for certain uncomplimentary
passages in her epistles regarding madame
when she first came to court as nursery
governess to the king’s children.
Dangerous approvers have old letters been
from throne to cottage. Many a specious statement,
many a fair profession, ay, and many a
promising friendship, have they shaken down.
Readers, have a care of your deposits in the
post-office; they are pledges given to time. It
is strange, though true, how few historical
characters are benefited by the publication of
their letters, surviving, as such things do, contemporary
interests and prejudices, as well as
personal influence.
There must be something of the salt that will
not lose its savor there to make them serve the
writers in the eyes of posterity. What strange
confidence the age of hoop and periwig put in
letter-writing! Divines published their volumes
of controversy or pious exhortation, made
up of epistles to imaginary friends. Mrs. Chapone’s
letters to her niece nourished the wisdom
of British belles; while Lord Chesterfield’s to
his son were the glass of fashion for their brothers;
and Madame de Sévigné’s to her daughter,
written expressly for publication, afforded models
for the wit, elegance, and sentiment of every
circle wherein her language was spoken. The
epistolary style’s inherent power of characterization
naturally recommended it in the construction
of their novels, and many a tale of
fame and fashion in its day, besides “La
Nouvelle Heloise,” and “Sir Charles Grandison,”
was ingeniously composed of presumed
correspondence.
Chinese literature is said to possess numerous
fictions in that form; but it is not to be regretted
that modern novelists, whose name is
more than legion, pass it by in favor of direct
narrative; for, under the best arrangement, a
number of letters can give but a series of views,
telling the principals’ tale in a broken, sketchy
fashion, and leaving little room for the fortunes
of second-rate people, who are not always the
lowest company in the novel. Tours and travels
tell pleasantly in letters, supposing of course
the letters to be well written; for some minds
have such a wondrous affinity for the commonplace,
that the most important event or exciting
scene sinks to the every-day level under
their pen.
Sir Andrew Mitchell, who was British embassador
to Prussia during the seven years’ war,
writes from the camp before Prague concerning
that great battle which turned the scale of
power in Germany, and served Europe to talk
of till the French Revolution, in a style, but for
quotations from the bulletin, suitable to the
election of some civic alderman; and a less
known traveler, writing to a friend of the glare
of Moscow’s burning, which he saw from a
Russian country-house, reddening the northern
night, describes it as “a very impressive circumstance,
calculated to make one guard against
fire.”
It has been remarked that, as a general rule,
poets write the best, and schoolmasters the worst
letters. That the former, in common with literary
men of any order, should be at least interesting
correspondents, seems probable; but
why the instructors of youth should be generally
stricken with deficiency in letter-writing is not
so easy of explanation.
Some one has also observed that, independent
of mental gifts and graces, characters somewhat
cold and frivolous generally write the most
finished letters, and instanced Horace Walpole,
whose published epistles even in our distant day
command a degree of attention never to be
claimed by those of his superior contemporaries—the
highly-gifted Burke, and the profound
Johnson. It may be that the court gossip in
and upon which Horace lived has done much
for the letters from Strawberry Hill, but the
vein must have been there; and the abilities
that shine in the world of action or of letters,
the conversational talents or worthiness of soul,
do not make the cleverest correspondent.
Count Stadion, prime minister to the Elector
of Mayence, according to Goethe, hit on an
easy method of making an impression by letters.
He obliged his secretary, Laroche, to
practice his handwriting, which, it appears, he
did with considerable success; and, says the
poet in his own memoirs, being “passionately
attached to a lady of rank and talent, if he
stopped in her society till late at night, his
secretary was, in the mean time, sitting at
home, and hammering out the most ardent
love-letters; the count chose one of these, and
sent it that very night to his beloved, who was
thus necessarily convinced of the inextinguishable
fire of her passionate adorer.”
“Hélas!” as Madame d’Epigny remarked,
when turning over the printed epistles of a
deceased friend, “one can never guess how little[Pg 39]
truth the post brings one;” but from the following
tradition, it would seem the less the
better. Among the old-world stories of Germany
are many regarding a fairy chief or king,
known from rustic times as Number Nip, or
Count-the-Turnips. One of his pranks was
played in an ancient inn of Heidelberg, where,
on a December night, he mixed the wine with
a certain essence distilled from the flowers of
Elfland, which had the effect of making all who
tasted it tell nothing but truth with either
tongue or pen till the morning. The series of
quarrels which took place in consequence round
the kitchen fire belong not to the present subject;
but in the red parlor there sat, all from
Vienna, a poet, a student, a merchant, and a
priest. After supper, each of these remembered
that he had a letter to write—the poet to his
mistress, the merchant to his wife, the priest to
the bishop of his diocese, and the student to his
bachelor uncle, Herr Weisser of Leopoldstadt,
who had long declared him his heir. Somehow
next morning they were all at the post-office
beseeching their letters back; but the mail had
been dispatched, and the tale records how, after
that evening’s correspondence, the poet’s liege
lady dismissed him, the merchant and his wife
were divorced, the priest never obtained preferment,
and none of the letters were answered
except the student’s, whom Herr Weisser complimented
on having turned out such a prudent,
sensible young man, but hoped he wouldn’t feel
disappointed, as himself intended to marry immediately.
The most curiously-characteristic letters now
made public property are those of Sir Walter
Raleigh to Queen Elizabeth, written from the
Tower (to which the historian of the world was
committed for wedding without her majesty’s
permission), and in the highest tone of desperation
that a banished lover could assume; the
correspondence between Frederick of Prussia
and Voltaire, then of France, after what was
called their reconciliation, beginning with the
grandest compliments, and ending with reminiscences
of quite another kind, particularly that
from the royal pen, which opens with, “You,
who from the heights of philosophy look down
on the weakness and follies of mankind,” and
concludes with the charge of appropriating
candle-ends; and the epistles of Rousseau during
his residence in England, which alternate between
discoveries of black conspiracies against
his life and fame, and threats of adjournment
to the workhouse, if his friends would not assist
him to live in a better style than most country
gentlemen of the period.
There are printed samples with whose writers
fame has been busy; but who can say what
curiosities of letter-writing daily mingle with
the mass that pours through the London Post-Office?
Can it be this continual custody and
superintendence of so large a share of their
fellow-creatures’ wisdom, fortunes, and folly,
that endows post-office functionaries in every
quarter with such an amount of proverbial
crustiness, if the word be admissible? Do they,
from the nature of their business, know too
much about the public to think them worth
civility, so that nobody has yet discovered a
very polite postmaster or man? A strange
life the latter leads in our great cities. The
truest representative of destiny seems his scarlet
coat, seen far through street and lane: at one
door he leaves the news of failure and ruin, and
at another the intelligence of a legacy. Here
his message is the death of a friend, while to
the next neighbor he brings tidings of one long
absent, or the increase of kindred; but without
care or knowledge of their import, he leaves his
letters at house after house, and goes his way
like a servant of time and fortune, as he is, to
return again, it may be, with far different news,
as their tireless wheels move on. Are there
any that have never watched for his coming?
The dwellers in palaces and garrets, large families,
and solitary lodgers, alike look out for
him with anxious hope or fear. Strange it is
for one to read over those letters so watched
and waited for, when years have passed over
since their date, and the days of the business,
the friendship, or perhaps the wooing, to which
they belong are numbered and finished!
How has the world without and within been
altered to the correspondents since they were
written? Has success or ill fortune attended
the speculations by which they set such store?
What have been their effects on outward circumstances,
and through that certain channel,
on the men? Has the love been forgotten?
Have the friends become strange or enemies?
Have some of them passed to the land whose
inhabitants send back no letters? And how
have their places been filled? Truly, if evidence
were ever wanting regarding the uncertainty of
all that rests on earth, it might be found in a
packet of old letters.
A CHAPTER ON SHAWLS.
We scarcely know a truer test of a gentlewoman’s
taste in dress than her selection
of a shawl, and her manner of wearing it: and
yet if the truth must be owned, it is the test
from which few Englishwomen come with triumph.
Generally speaking, the shawl is not
their forte, in fact they are rather afraid of it.
They acknowledge its comfort and convenience
for the open carriage, or the sea-side promenade,
but rarely recognize it for what it is, a garment
capable of appearing the most feminine and
graceful in the world. They are too often
oppressed by a heap of false notions on the
subject; have somehow an idea that a shawl is
“old” or “dowdy;” and yet have a dim comprehension
that the costly shawls which they
more frequently hear of than see, must have
some unimagined merits to prove an excuse for
their price.
The Frenchwoman, on the contrary, has
traditions about “Cashmeres,” and remembers
no blank of ignorance on the subject. She[Pg 40]
played at dressing her doll with one, you may be
sure; chronicled as an epoch in her life, her
first possession of the real thing; holds it as
precious as a diamond, and as something to
which appertains the same sort of intrinsic
value; and shrugs her shoulders with compassionate
contempt at an Englishwoman’s
ignorant indifference on this subject—just as a
lover of olives pities the coarse palate which
rejects them. Truly the taste for the shawl is
a little inherent, and a great deal acquired and
cultivated; as appreciation for the highest
attributes of every department of art ever must
be, from a relish for Canova’s chefs-d’œuvres
down to a relish for M. Soyer’s dishes.
Of course among those we are addressing,
there is a minority who do know, and duly
esteem a beautiful shawl: perhaps, from the
possession of wealth, they have long been accustomed
to be surrounded by objects of rare
and exquisite fabric, and their practiced eyes
would be quick at detecting inferiority: perhaps
without great riches or the personal possession
of valuable attire, a fine taste may have been
cultivated by circumstances: and perhaps they
are Anglo-Indians, or the relatives and near
friends of Anglo-Indians, who know well a
“Cashmere,”—measuring every other shawl in
the world by and from it—and to whom the
word conjures up a host of memories half sunshine
and half shadow.
It was not until quite the close of the last
century, that Cashmeres were prized in Europe.
Travellers’ tales had mentioned them, it is true,
but that was before the locomotive age, and
when travelers were few, and traveling unspeakably
tedious; when soldiers went to India to
hold and increase their country’s territory;
when a few traders made princely fortunes; but
when every system of interchange was narrow
and exclusive, and people were taught to be
content with clumsy common wares, instead of
raising them to excellence by the spur of competition.
It is said that in the year 1787, the
embassadors of Tippoo Saib left behind them at
Paris a few Cashmere shawls—intended as
gracious presents we presume—but which were
regarded solely as curiosities, and not even
much esteemed in that capacity, for we learn
that they were employed as dressing-gowns,
and even used for carpeting! Not till after
Napoleon’s expedition to Egypt did they become
the rage; and a solid good resulted from
that campaign in the introduction of a fabric
destined to be the model of one of the most
famous manufactures of the French.
Madame Emile Gaudin, a lady of Greek
extraction and a reigning beauty, is reputed to
have first worn a Cashmere shawl in Paris;
but if we know any thing of the “Consul’s
Wife,” or the “Empress Josephine,” she was
not very far behind, for her love of Cashmeres
was next to her love of flowers, as more than
one anecdote might be called in to testify. What
scenes this history of an inanimate object conjures
up to the mind’s eye. These leaders of
fashion when the old century went out on the
young Republic of France, whose Master was
already found—who were they? The wives of
men who were working out the destiny of
Europe, guided by a chief who, be he judged
for good or evil, looms on the page of history in
giant proportions!
As we have said, the Cashmere shawl became
the rage. The farce of pretended equality in
France was acted out, and the curtain dropped
on it in preparation for quite a different tableau;
people no longer risked their lives by dressing
elegantly, and it was not now expected that the
soubrette, the blanchisseuse, or the poissonnière
should dress precisely the same as the lady of a
general officer. There was wealth, too, in the
land, and the enormous sums demanded for
these shawls were readily forthcoming. Sums
equivalent to two or three hundred pounds of
our money were commonly paid even for soiled
worn articles, which had done duty as turbans
to Mogul soldiers, or girded a Bayadere’s waist,
or been the sacerdotal garment of an idolatrous
priest—and had very frequently been thus used
by more than one generation. It is true, the
durability of the fabric and the lasting properties
of the dyes, permitted the cleansing of these
shawls with scarcely perceptible injury or deterioration,
but still it was only the intrinsic
merit of the thing, which could have overcome
the natural repugnance which the known or
suspected history of a Cashmere must in many
instances have occasioned.
The Levant traders had now large commissions,
and the result was that new shawls were
soon more easily procurable, but still bearing
an enormous price. This is readily accounted
for, and a brief description of the manufacture
of Indian shawls will show how it is that they
never can be cheap:—The wool of the Thibet
goat is the finest in the world, and for the best
shawls only the finest even of this wool is used.
The animals are shorn once a year, and a full-grown
goat only produces about eight ounces
of wool of this first quality. There is every
reason to suppose that the climate has very
much to do with the perfection of the animal,
for attempts to naturalize it elsewhere have all
more or less failed. The loom on which a
Cashmere shawl is woven is of the rudest and
most primitive description, the warp being supported
by two sticks, and the woof entirely
worked in by the human hand. This slow
laborious process permits a neatness and exactness
of finish beyond the power of any machinery
to rival; and when we take into account a
life-long practice in the art, and—remembering
the Hindoo “castes,” which usually limit a
family to the exercise of a single craft—in most
instances the family secrets and traditions which
have been preserved, we cease to wonder at the
perfection of the work. These Asiatic weavers,
temperate in their habits and readily contented,
receive a wage of from three-halfpence to twopence
a day; but if their wants more nearly
approximated to those of an European laborer,[Pg 41]
what would an Indian Cashmere be worth, when
we are informed that from thirty to forty men have
sometimes been employed from eighteen months
to two years in the manufacture of a single
shawl! There is something very kindling to
the imagination in the thought of these swarthy
weavers, attired perhaps in our Manchester calicoes,
laboring patiently for weeks and months
to produce a fabric worthy of rank and royalty,
without other than most vague or false ideas of
the scenes in which their work will be displayed.
The borders of these shawls are made in several
pieces, sometimes as many as from ten to
twenty, and are afterward sewn together to form
the pattern; and by the border an Indian shawl
may always be recognized from a French or
Paisley one, however close an imitation the
latter may appear. Every stitch of the border
of the Indian shawl being worked by the hand
is distinct in itself, and may be pulled out—though
it is not very easily detached—without
further injury to the fabric; whereas the shawl
made on a French or British loom has the border
formed in one piece, whence a long thread may
at any time be readily drawn. Indeed there is
no surer test by which a lady may know a
veritable Cashmere, than by examining the
border; but if she have a fine eye for color this
faculty will also assist her. The preparation
of the dyes which the Hindoos use is still a secret,
of which they are very chary, removing
their operations to a distance whenever they
have reason to dread inquisitive lookers on. But
the result in their fabrics is perceived in the peculiar
richness and clearness of their hues, and at
the same time absence of glare; the reds, blues,
and greens, reminding one more of the harmonious
tints of old stained glass than any thing else.
It must not, however, be supposed that in the
progressive nineteenth century, even this Asiatic
manufacture has remained stationary. Receiving
the impetus of fashion, the shawls of Cashmere
have become, within the last dozen years,
richer and more elaborate than ever; their richness
and elaboration of pattern necessitating
even a firmer and more substantial groundwork
than heretofore, but still the method of their
manufacture remains unchanged, as might be
expected from the conservatism inseparable from
semi-barbarism. London is now one of the
chief marts for Cashmeres. It may not be generally
known that London dealers send quantities
of shawls to France, America, Russia, and even
Turkey, a convincing proof of the enterprise of
British merchants. They supply many other
foreigners, especially finding a market among
them for the gold embroidered shawls, which are
frequently worn on state occasions at foreign
courts. The duty on Indian shawls is now only
about five per cent. Twice a year there are
public sales, to which dealers are invited by catalogues
sent to Paris and other continental
cities. One of the great merits of a Cashmere
seems that it is really never out of date; and
when, comparing even the old “pine” patterns
with the large long shawls, the rich borders of
which sweep in graceful flowing lines into the
very centre, we feel that they are still “of one
family,” and hold together—if the comparison
be not too fanciful—rich and poor, in right clannish
fashion.
Some of the most modern and most costly
Indian shawls resemble in pattern that of the
long French Cashmere, simply however because
the French have copied the Indian design. The
gold and silver thread employed for the embroidery
of Cashmere shawls is usually prepared
in the following manner; and the chief seat of
the manufacture is at Boorhampoor, a city of
the Deccan. A piece of the purest ore is beaten
into a cylindrical form about the size of a thick
reed, and then beaten out in length until it will
pass through an orifice the eighth of an inch in
diameter; it is drawn through still finer perforations
until it is reduced to the proportion of a
bobbin thread. Now a different plan is pursued;
the wire already produced is wound upon
several reels which work upon pivots, the ends
of the thread being passed through still finer
holes, and then affixed to a large reel which is
set rapidly in motion and still further attenuates
the threads. It is afterward flattened on an
anvil of highly polished steel, by a practiced
and dexterous workman; and by an ingenious
process, a silk thread is afterward plated, or
sheathed as it were by this minute wire. It is
asserted that if a lump of silver be gilt in the
first instance before being drawn into wire, it
will retain the gilding through all the subsequent
hard usage of hammering, winding, and drawing
to which it is subjected, coming out to the very
last a gilded thread. It is easy to understand that
gold and silver thread of this pure description,
unlike tinsel finery, it is not liable to tarnish.
There are few of our readers who can require
telling that China crape is made entirely of silk,
and that shawls manufactured of it are generally
costly in proportion to the richness of the pattern.
The foundation or ground of the shawls is chiefly
made at Nankin, and then sent to Canton to be
embroidered. The pattern is formed by two
“needlemen,” who work together, the one passing
the silk down, and the other from beneath
passing it up, while a third workman changes
the silk for them when necessary. Thus the
apparent marvel of equal neatness on both sides
is accounted for, by the explanation of this simple
method; but we have quite failed, from examination
of the work, to detect the process of
fastening on and off; with such mysterious
ingenuity is this needful operation performed.
China crape shawls have been very fashionable
of late years, and almost defying vulgar imitation,
are little likely to fall into disrepute.
[From Tait’s Magazine.]
A NIGHT OF TERROR IN A POLISH INN.
JOURNEY TO BRCZWEZMCISL.
I had but just quitted the university, and
was a mere stripling, when I received the
appointment of judge-commissary at a little[Pg 42]
town in New East Prussia, as the part of Poland
was termed which, during the partition of that
country, had fallen to the share of Prussia.
I will not weary the reader by giving any
lengthened account of my journey; the country
was but one flat throughout, the men mere
boors, the officials uncouth, the accommodation
execrable. Yet the people all seemed happy
enough. Man and beast have each their allotted
elements. The fish perishes when out of
water—the elegance of a boudoir would prove
fatal to a Polish Jew.
Well, to make my story short, I arrived one
evening, a little before sunset, at a place called,
I believe (but should be sorry to vouch for my
accuracy), Brczwezmcisl, a pleasant little town
enough. When I say pleasant, to be sure I
own that the streets were unpaved, the houses
begrimed with soot, and the natives not over
refined either in manners or person; but a man
who works in a coal-mine is pleasant, after his
fashion, even as the pet figurante of the day
after hers.
I had pictured to myself Brczwezmcisl, the
place where I was to enter upon my functions,
as far more formidable than I in fact found it,
and perhaps on that account I was now prepared
to term it pleasant. I remember that
the first time I tried to pronounce the name of the
place I very nearly brought on lock-jaw. Hence,
no doubt, my gloomy anticipations as to its
appearance. Names certainly do influence our
ideas to a most marvelous extent. Moreover,
what mainly contributed to enhance my secret
misgivings as to the town destined to enjoy
the benefit of my talents was the fact that I
had never yet been so far from home as to lose
sight of its church steeple. I had a tolerable
idea that my way did not lead me in the vicinity
of the Cannibal Islands, or of the lands
where men’s heads “do grow beneath their shoulders;”
but I was not without some apprehension,
as I journeyed on, of receiving an occasional
pistol-shot, or feeling the cold steel of a
stiletto between my ribs.
My heart throbbed violently as I caught the
first glimpse of Brczwezmcisl. It appeared, at
a distance, a vast plain, covered with mud-heaps.
But what mattered that to one of my
imaginative powers? There was my goal,
there my entering scene in life. Not a soul
did I know there, with the exception of an old
college acquaintance, named Burkhardt, who
had been but recently appointed collector of
taxes at Brczwezmcisl. I had apprised him of
my near advent, and requested him to provide
me with temporary lodgings. The nearer I
approached the town, the keener waxed my
esteem and friendship for Burkhardt, with whom
I had never been on terms of intimacy; indeed,
my mother enjoined me always to shun his
society, seeing that his reputation for steadiness
was not of the highest. But now I was
his till death. He was my only rallying point
in this wild Polish town; he was the sole plank
to which I could cling.
I am not of a superstitious character, but I
own to a certain belief in omens; and I had
settled in my mind that it would be a lucky
sign if the first person we met coming out of
the town gates should prove a young woman,
and the reverse if one of the other sex. As we
were about to enter the town a girl, to all appearance
comely and well-made, issued from
the gate. Damsel of happy augury! Fain
could I have quitted the cumbrous vehicle, and
cast my travel-worn frame prostrate at your
feet. I wiped my eye-glass that I might not
lose one of her features, but grave them for
ever in the tablets of my memory.
As she came nearer, I discovered to my dismay
that my Brczwezmcisl Venus was a thought
hideous. Slim she was, good sooth, but it was
the slimness of one wasted by disease! shape
and figure had she none. Her face was a perfect
surface, for some untoward accident had
deprived her of her nose; and had it not been
for the merest apology for lips, her head might
have been taken for the skull of a skeleton. As
we came yet nearer, I remarked that the fair
Pole was a warm patriot; for she put out her
tongue at me in derision of her nation’s oppressors,
whose countryman I was.
Under these happy auspices we entered the
town, and halted at the Post-office, newly decorated
with the Prussian eagle, which would
have shown to much greater advantage, in all
the glories of fresh paint, had not some patriotic
little street blackguards adorned it with a thick
coating of mud.
THE OLD STAROSTY.[9]
I asked the postmaster very politely where I
could find Mr. Tax-collector Burkhardt. In
order, I suppose, to convince me that even in
that remote corner of the globe officials were
true to those habits of courtesy and attention
for which they are so eminently distinguished,
he suffered me to repeat my question six times
ere he vouchsafed to inquire, in his gruffest
tones, what I wanted; a seventh time did I
reiterate my inquiry, and that, I flatter myself
with a degree of politeness that would have
done honor to the most finished courtier.
“In the old Starosty,” he growled out.
“Might I be permitted most respectfully to
inquire whereabout this same old Starosty may
be located?”
“I have no time. Peter show this person
the way.”
And away went Peter and I, while the postmaster,
who had no time to answer me, lolled
out of the window, with his pipe in his mouth,
watching us. Aha, my fine fellow, thought
I, just let me catch you in the hands of justice—whose
unworthy representative I have here
the honor to be—and I’ll make you rue the
day you dared sport your churlishness upon me.
Peter, the Polish tatterdemalion, who escorted[Pg 43]
me, understood and spoke so little German,
that our conversation was extremely limited.
His sallow face and sharp features rendered
him particularly unprepossessing.
“Tell me, my worthy friend,” I asked, as we
waded side by side through the mud, “do you
know Mr. Tax-collector Burkhardt?”
“The old Starosty.”
“Good; but what can I do in your old
Starosty?”
“Die!”
“God forbid! that does not at all chime in
with my arrangements.”
“Stone-dead; die!”
“Why, what have I done?”
“Prussian—no Pole.”
“I am a Prussian, certainly.”
“Know that.”
“What do you mean by dying then?”
“So, and so, and so;” and the fellow thrust
the air as though he clenched a dagger. He
then pointed to his heart, groaned, and rolled
his eyes in a manner awful to behold. I began
to feel rather uncomfortable, for Peter had
by no means the look of one beside himself;
besides, the understrappers at the post-office
are seldom recruited from a lunatic asylum.
“I think we are at cross purposes, my excellent
friend,” I at length resumed. “What do
you mean by die?”
“Kill!” and he gave me a wild sidelong
glance.
“How, kill?”
“When night comes.”
“When night comes—this very night? Your
wits are wool-gathering, sirrah!”
“Pole, yes; but no Prussian.”
I shook my head, and desisted from any further
attempt at conversation. We evidently
could not make each other out. And yet there
was fearful meaning in the scoundrel’s words.
I was well aware of the inveterate hatred felt
by the Poles toward the Prussians, and how it
had already led to fatal collisions between them.
What if the dunder-headed fellow had meant to
convey a warning to me? or perhaps he had
involuntarily betrayed the secret of a plot for
the general massacre of every Prussian. I mentally
resolved to divulge the whole to my friend
and fellow-countryman Burkhardt, as we arrived
at the so-termed Starosty. It was constructed
of stone, evidently of some antiquity,
and situate in a dull remote street. Ere we
reached it I observed how each passer-by cast a
sly furtive glance up at its time-worn walls.
My guide did the same; and pointing to the
door, he shuffled off without word or gesture of
salutation.
It must be owned that my arrival and reception
at Brczwezmcisl were none of the most
flattering. The discourteous damsel at the gate,
the surly New East Prussian postmaster, and
the Pole, with his unintelligible jargon, had put
me on the very worst terms with my new place
of sojourn and office of judge-commissary. How
I congratulated myself to think that I was about
to meet one who had, at least, breathed the
same air as myself! To be sure, Mr. Burkhardt
was not held in the best repute at home; but a
man’s character varies according to the circumstances
of his position, even were he still the
same as of old. Better far a jovial tippler than
a sickly skeleton with her projected tongue;
better far a hare-brained gambler than the postmaster
with his studied coarseness; ay, better
the company of a vaporing hector than that of
a Polish malcontent. The latter phase in Burkhardt’s
character even served to elevate him in
my eyes; for, between ourselves be it observed,
my gentleness and love of quiet, my steadiness
and reserve, so oft the theme of praise with
mamma, would stand me but in sorry stead
should any rising of the people take place. Some
virtues become vices in certain positions.
As I entered the old Starosty I was puzzled
to know where to find my dear and long-cherished
friend Burkhardt. The house was very spacious.
The creaking of the rusty door-hinges
resounded through the whole building, yet without
bringing any one to ascertain who might
be there.
I discovered an apartment on my left, and
knocked gently at the door. As my signal was
unanswered by any friendly “Come in,” I
knocked more loudly than before: still no answer.
My knocks re-echoed through the house.
I waxed impatient, and yearned to clasp Burkhardt,
the friend of my soul, to my heart. I
opened the door and went in. In the middle
of the room was a coffin.
If I be always polite to the living, still more
so am I to the dead. I was about to retire
as gently as I could, when a parting glance at
the coffin showed me that its hapless occupant
was no other than the tax-collector, Burkhardt,
who had been called on, poor fellow, in his turn,
to discharge that great tax so peremptorily demanded
of us by that grim collector Death.
There he lay regardless alike of flagon or dice
box, calm and composed as though he had
never shared in the joys or cares of this life.
Indescribably shocked, I rushed from the
chamber of death, and sought relief in the long
gloomy corridor. What on earth was to become
of me now? Here I was, hundreds of
miles from my native home and the maternal
mansion, in a town whose very name I never
had heard until I was sent to un-Pole-ify it as
judge-commissary! My sole acquaintance, the
friend of my heart, had shuffled off this mortal
coil. What was I to do, where lay my head,
or how find the lodgings engaged for me by the
dear departed?
My gloomy reflections were here disturbed by
the creaking of the door on its rusty hinges,
whose harsh grating jarred strangely on my
nerves.
A pert, flippant-looking livery-servant rushed
up the stairs, contemplated me with a broad
stare of astonishment, and at length addressed
me. My knees shook beneath me. I suffered
the fellow to talk to me to his heart’s delight,[Pg 44]
but for the first few moments fright deprived
me of all power of reply; and even had my
state of mind permitted me to speak, it would
have amounted to much the same thing, seeing
that the man was speaking Polish.
Perceiving that he remained without reply,
he proceeded to address me in German, which
he spoke very fluently. I at length mustered up
sufficient courage to tell him my whole story,
and the various adventures I had met with
since my arrival at the accursed town whose
name it still dislocated my jaws to pronounce.
As he heard my name he assumed a more respectful
mien, took off his hat, and proceeded to
give me the following details, which, for the
reader’s benefit, I have compressed into the
smallest possible space.
He informed me, to begin with, that his
name was Lebrecht; that he had served as interpreter
and most faithful of domestics to Mr.
Tax-collector, of pious memory, until the preceding
night, when it had pleased Heaven to
remove the excellent and ever to be lamented
tax-collector to another and a better world.
The manner of his death was perfectly in keeping
with the tenor of his life. He had been
passing the evening at wine and cards with
some Polish gentlemen. The fumes of the wine
aroused the Prussian pride of my friend, while
it kindled to a yet fiercer pitch the old Sarmatian
patriotism of his companions. Words
grew high, blows were exchanged, and one of
the party dealt my late friend three or four
blows with a knife, any one of which was of itself
sufficient to have extinguished life. In
order to avoid incurring the penalties of New
East Prussian justice, the guilty parties had
taken themselves off—whither none could tell.
My ever-to-be-regretted friend had, shortly before
his death, made all the requisite arrangements
for me, and hired a very experienced
German cook, who would wait upon me at a
moment’s notice. In the course of his narrative,
Lebrecht led me to infer, from several
hints that he gave me, how the Poles were
sworn foes to the Prussians, and how I must
expect to meet with such delicate attentions as
those lavished on me by the damsel at the gate.
He explained to me moreover, that my friend
Peter was a muddle-headed jackass, and that
his pantomimic gestures referred, in all probability,
to the fate of my hapless friend. He
warned me to be constantly on my guard, as
the infuriated Poles were evidently hatching
some plot; as for himself, he was fully determined
to quit the town immediately after the
funeral of his late master.
This narrative terminated, he conducted me
up the broad stone staircase to the apartments
provided for me. Passing through a suite of
lofty rooms, very spacious, but very dreary to
behold, we came to an apartment of large dimensions,
wherein was a press bedstead, with
curtains of faded yellow damask, an old table,
whose feet had once been gilded, and half a
dozen dusty chairs. Suspended to the wall was
an enormous looking-glass, almost bereft of its
reflecting powers, in a quaint, old-fashioned
frame, while the wall itself was garnished by
parti-colored tapestry, representing scenes from
the Old Testament. Time and the moth had
done their work upon it, for it hung in tatters,
and waved to and fro at the slightest motion.
King Solomon sat headless on his throne of
judgment, and the hands of the wicked elders
had long since mouldered away. I felt by no
means at my ease in this my lonely dwelling;
far rather would I have taken up my quarters
at the inn, and, oh that I had done so! But I
kept my own counsel, partly from sheer nervousness,
and partly because I did not wish to
appear at all daunted at being in such immediate
vicinity with a corpse. Moreover, I entertained
no doubt but that Lebrecht and the experienced
cook would bear me company during
the night. The former lost no time in lighting
the two candles that stood on the table, for it
was fast getting dusk, and then took his departure
for the purpose of procuring me the means
of subsistence, and such like, to fetch my luggage,
and to apprise the aforesaid experienced
cook that the time had arrived for her to enter
upon her functions. My luggage arrived in
due time, likewise every requisite for my meal;
but no sooner had I re-imbursed Lebrecht
the money he had laid out for me than he
wished me good-night, and went his way forthwith.
I misdoubted the fellow at once, for the moment
he had swept up his money he was off. I
was on the point of rushing after him, to entreat
him not to leave me, but I held back for
very shame. Why should I make the wretch
the confidant of my timidity? I had no doubt
but that he would spend the night in some
room or other, to keep watch over the body of
his slaughtered master. The sound of the
banging-to of the street-door undeceived me at
once; and that sound thrilled through my very
marrow. I hurried to the window, and beheld
him scampering across the street, as though the
foul fiend were at his heels. He was soon out
of sight, leaving myself and the corpse sole tenants
of the old Starosty.
THE SENTRY.
I do not believe in ghosts, but yet at night-time
I own to being somewhat apprehensive of
their appearance. This may seem to involve a
paradox, but I only state the fact. The death-like
stillness of all around, the time-worn tapestry
that clung in fluttering shreds around that
dreary chamber, the consciousness of the body
of a murdered man in the room above, the
deadly feud between the Prussian and the Pole,
all conspired to fill my soul with awe and apprehension.
I hungered, but could not eat. I
wearied for repose, but could find none. I examined
the window, to ascertain if it could afford
me egress in case of need, for I should have
been utterly lost in the labyrinth of chambers
and corridors necessary to traverse ere I could[Pg 45]
gain the door. To my dismay strong iron bars
forbade all hope of escape in that quarter.
Suddenly the old Starosty seemed awakening
to life. I heard doors open and close, steps at
some little distance, and the sound of voices in
animated conversation. I was at a loss how to
account for this rapid change in the state of affairs,
but I felt that it boded me but little good.
It seemed as though I heard a warning voice
saying, “‘Tis thou they seek! Did not that
blundering Peter betray the secret of the intended
massacre? Save thyself ere it be too late.”
I shuddered in every limb. Methought I saw
the murderous band, how they thirsted for my
blood, and were concerting the method of my
death. I heard their footsteps approaching
nearer and more near. Already had they
reached the ante-chamber leading to my apartment.
They were muttering together in low
whispers. I sprang up, and bolted and barred
the door, and, as I did so, became aware that
some one was endeavoring to open it on the
other side. I scarce dared breathe, lest my
very breath should betray me. I heard by their
voices that they were Poles. As my unlucky
stars would have it, I must needs study a little
Polish, by way of qualifying myself for my official
duties; and I could detect the words
“blood,” “death,” and “Prussians.” My
knees quaked, cold drops started to my brow.
Again was the attempt to open the door repeated,
but it seemed as though the intruders wished
to avoid confusion, for I heard them depart, or
rather glide, from thence.
Whether it were that the Poles had aimed at
my life, or my property, or whether they had
determined upon another mode of attack, I resolved
to extinguish my candles, in order that
their light might not betray me from without.
How could I tell but that one of the ruffians
might not fancy taking a shot at me through
the windows?
Night is friend to no man, and man has an
instinctive dread of darkness, else whence the
terror of children, even before they have been
scared by the tale of goblin grim and spectre
dire? No sooner was I in utter obscurity than
all manner of horrors, possible and impossible,
crowded upon me. I flung myself upon my
bed, in the hopes of sleeping, but the clothes
seemed tainted with the foul odor of dead men’s
graves. If I sat up it was worse; for ever and
anon a rustling sound, as of some one near me,
caused me to shudder afresh. The form of the
murdered man, with his livid brow and half-glazed
eye, seemed to stalk before me. What
prospects would I not have sacrificed but to be
once more free! And now the bells tolled the
When church-yards yawn, and hell itself looks out.”
Each stroke vibrated upon my soul. In vain I
called myself a superstitious fool, a faint-hearted
dastard: it availed me nothing. Unable at
length to bear up any longer, and nerved either
by daring or despair, I sprang from my seat,
groped my way to the door, unbolted and unbarred
it, and resolved, albeit at the risk of my
life, to gain the street.
Merciful heavens! what did I behold as I
opened the door! I started and staggered back.
Little had I looked for such a grisly sentinel.
THE DEATH-THROES.
By the dim flickering of an old lamp placed
on a side-table, I saw before me the murdered
Tax-collector, lying in his bier, even as I had
seen him in the room above. But now I could
perceive how his shirt, which had previously
been concealed by a pall, was dyed with the
big black gouttes of blood. I strove to rally my
senses, to persuade myself that the whole was
the mere phantom of my over-heated imagination;
but as I stirred the coffin with my foot,
till the corpse seemed as though about to move
and unclose its eyes, I could no longer doubt
the fearful reality of the spectacle before me.
Almost paralyzed by fear, I rushed to my room,
and fell backward on my bed.
And now a confused noise proceeded from the
bier. Was the dead alive? for the sound that
I heard was of one raising himself with difficulty.
A low and suppressed moan thrilled in my ears,
and I saw before me the form of the murdered
one; it strode through the door, entered my
room, then stalked awhile to and fro, and disappeared.
As I again summoned up my reason
to my aid, the spectre, or the corpse, or the
living dead, gave my reason the lie by depositing
its long, lank, livid length upon my bed
and across my body, its icy shoulders resting
upon my neck, and nearly depriving me of
breath.
How I escaped with life I can not explain to
this present hour. Mortal dread was upon me,
and I must have remained a long while in a
state of unconsciousness; for as I heard from
beneath my grisly burden the clock sound, instead
of its striking one—the signal for spirits
to vanish—it was striking two.
I leave the horrors of my situation to the
reader’s imagination. The smell of the charnel-house
in my nostrils, and a yet warm corpse
struggling for breath, as though the death-rattle
were upon him; while I was benumbed by terror,
and the hellish weight of the burden I bore.
The scenes in Dante’s Hell fall far short of anguish
such as was then mine. I was too weak
or terror-stricken to disengage myself from the
corpse, which seemed as if expiring a second
time; for I conjectured that, while senseless
from loss of blood, the wretched man had been
taken for dead, and thrust forthwith, Polish
fashion, into a coffin, and now lay dying in
good earnest. He seemed powerless alike for life
and death, and I was doomed to be the couch
whereon the fearful struggle would terminate.
I strove to fancy that all my adventures in
Brczwezmcisl were but a dream, and that I was
laboring under an attack of nightmare, but circumstances
and surrounding objects were too
strong to admit of any such conclusion; still, I
verily believe I should have finally succeeded in[Pg 46]
convincing myself that it was all a vision, and
nothing but a vision, had not an incident more
striking than any that hitherto preceded, established,
beyond the shadow of a doubt, the
fact of my being broad awake.
THE LIGHT OF DAY.
It was day-break; not that I could perceive
the light of heaven, for the shoulders of my expiring
friend impeded my view, but I inferred so
from the bustle in the street below. I heard
the footsteps and voices of men in the room; I
could not make out the subject of their conversation,
as they talked in Polish, but I remarked
that they were busy about the coffin. Now,
beyond a doubt, thought I, they are looking for
the dead man, and my deliverance is at hand;
and so it proved, although it happened after a
fashion for which I was but little prepared.
One of the exploring party smote so lustily
with a stout bamboo upon the extended form of
the dead or dying, that he started up, and stood
erect. Some of the blows lighted upon my
hapless person with such effect as to make me
yell out most vigorously, and take up a position
directly in the rear of the defunct. This old
Polish and New East Prussian method of restoring
the dead to life proved, certainly, so efficacious
in the present instance, that I doubt
whether the impassibility of death were not
preferable to the acute perceptions of the living.
I now perceived that the room was filled by
men, for the most part Poles. The timely castigation
had been administered by a police-officer
appointed to superintend the funeral.
The Tax-collector still slept the sleep of death in
his coffin, which stood in the ante-chamber,
whither it had been transported by the drunken
Poles, who had been ordered to convey it to
what had been formerly the porter’s lodge.
They had, however, been pleased to select my
ante-chamber as a fitting resting-place for their
charge, whom they confided to the watch of one
of their besotted comrades, who had slumbered
at his post, and, awakened probably by my
entrance, had groped his way, with all the
instinct of one far gone in liquor, to my bed,
and there slept off the fumes of his potations.
The preceding incidents had so thoroughly
unmanned me as to bring on a severe attack of
fever, and for seven long weeks did I lie raving
about the horrors of that fearful night; and
even now, albeit, thanks to the Polish insurrection,
I am no longer judge-commissary at
Brczwezmcisl, I can scarce think on my adventure
in New East Prussia without a shudder.
However, I am always glad to relate it, as it
contains a sort of moral—to wit, that we ought
not to fear that which we profess to disbelieve.
ENGLAND IN 1850.
BY LAMARTINE.
When a man is strongly preoccupied with
the crisis under which his country labors,
every opportunity that arises is caught at to
turn to the profit of his compatriots the sights
with which he is struck, and the reflections
with which those sights inspire him. Called by
circumstances of an entirely private nature to
revisit England for some time, after an absence
of twenty years, it was impossible for me not
to be dazzled by the immense progress made by
England during that lapse of time, not only in
population, in riches, industry, navigation, railroads,
extent, edifices, embellishments, and the
health of the capital, but also, and more especially,
in charitable institutions for the people,
and in associations of real religious, conservative,
and fraternal socialism, between classes, to
prevent explosions by the evaporation of the
causes which produce them, to stifle the murmurs
from below by incalculable benefits from
above, and to close the mouths of the people,
not by the brutalities of the police, but by the
arm of public virtue. Very far from feeling
afflicted or humiliated at this fine spectacle of
the operation of so many really popular works,
which give to England at the present moment
an incontestable pre-eminence in this respect
over the rest of Europe, and over us, I rejoiced
at it. To asperse one’s neighbor is to lower
one’s self. The rivalries between nations are
paltry and shameful when they consist in denying
or in hating the good that is done by our
neighbors. These rivalries, on the contrary,
are noble and fruitful when they consist in
acknowledging, in glorifying, and in imitating
the good which is done every where; instead of
being jealousies, these rivalries become emulation.
What does it signify whether a thing be
English or French, provided it be a benefit?
Virtues have no country, or, rather, they are of
every country; it is God who inspires them,
and humanity which profits by them. Let us
then learn, for one, how to admire.
But I am told that these practical virtues of
the English to the poorer, the proletaire, the
suffering classes, are nothing but the prudence
of selfishness! Even if that were the case, we
ought still to applaud, for a selfishness so prudent
and so provident, a selfishness which could
do itself justice by so well imitating virtue, a
selfishness which would corrupt the people by
charity and prosperity—such a selfishness as
that would be the most profound and most
admirable of policies, it would be the Machiavelism
of virtue. But it is not given to selfishness
alone to transform itself so well into an
appearance of charity; selfishness restricts itself,
while charity diffuses itself; without doubt
there is prudence in it, but there is also virtue,
without doubt Old England, the veritable patrician
republic under her frontispiece of monarchy,
feels that the stones of her feudal edifice
are becoming disjoined, and might tumble under
the blast of the age, if she did not bind
them together every day by the cement of her
institutions in favor of her people. That is
good sense, but under that good sense there is
virtue; and it is impossible to remain in England
for any length of time without discovering[Pg 47]
it. The source of that public virtue is the
religious feeling with which that people is endowed
more than many others; a divine feeling
of practical religious liberty, has developed at
the present moment, under a hundred forms,
among them. Every one has a temple to God,
where every one can recognize the light of reason,
and adore that God, and serve him with
his brothers in the sincerity, and in the independence
of his faith. Yes, there is, if you
will, at the same time, prudence, well-understood
selfishness, and public virtue in the acts
of England, in order to prevent a social war.
Let it be whatever you like; but would that
it pleased God that plebeian and proprietary
France could also see and comprehend its duty
to the people! Would that it pleased God that
she could take a lesson from that intelligent
aristocracy! Would that she could, once for
all, say to herself, “I perish, I tremble, I swoon
in my panics. I call at one time on the Monarchy,
at another on the Republic, at another
on legitimacy, now on illegitimacy—then on
the Empire, now on the Inquisition—then on
the police, now on the sabre, and then on eloquence
to save me, and no one can save me but
myself. I will save myself by my own virtue.”
I have seen England twice in my life: the
first time in 1822. It was the period when the
Holy Alliance, recently victorious and proud of
its victories over the spirit of conquest of Napoleon,
struggled against the newly-born liberalism,
and was only occupied in every where
restoring ancient regimes and ancient ideas.
The government of England, held at that time
by the intelligent heirs of a great man (Mr.
Pitt), was a veritable contradiction to the true
nature of the country of liberty; it had taken
up the cause of absolute sovereigns against the
nations; it made of the free and proud citizens
of England the support and soldier of the Holy
Alliance; it blindly combated the revolution,
with its spirit and institutions, at home and
every where else. England, by no means comfortable
under such a government, hardly recognized
herself. She felt by instinct that she was
made to play the part of the seide of despotism
and of the church, in place of the part of champion
of independent nationalities, and of the
regulated liberty of thought which Mr. Pitt had
conceived for her. Thus her tribunes, her public
papers, her popular meetings, her very
streets and public places rang with indignation
against her government and her aristocracy.
The ground trembled in London under the steps
of the multitudes who assembled at the slightest
appeal or opportunity; the language of the
people breathed anger, their physiognomies
hatred of class to class; hideous poverty hung
up its tatters before the doors of the most
sumptuous quarters; women in a state of emaciation,
hectic children, and ghastly men were
to be seen wandering with a threatening carelessness
about shops and warehouses laden
with riches; the constables and the troops
were insufficient, after the scandalous prosecution
of the queen, to bridle that perpetual sedition
of discontent and of hunger. The painful
consciousness of a tempest hanging over Great
Britain was felt in the air. A cabinet, the
author and victim of that false position, sank
under the effort. A statesman sought in despair
a refuge against the difficulties which he
saw accumulating on his country, and which
he could no longer dominate but by force. I
avow that I myself, at that time young and a
foreigner, and not yet knowing either the solidity
or the elasticity of the institutions and the
manners of England, was deceived, like every
body else, by these sinister symptoms of a fall,
and that I prognosticated, as every body else
also did, the approaching decline and fall of
that great and mysterious country. The ministry
of Mr. Canning placed me happily in the
wrong.
I saw England again in 1830, a few months
after our revolution of July. At that time the
political government of England was moderate,
reasonable, and wise. It endeavored, as Lord
Palmerston, as Sir Robert Peel, as the Duke of
Wellington have done, after the revolution of
February, to prevent a collision on the Continent
between the revolution and the counter-revolution.
It then refused, as it refused in 1848, to be
a party to an anti-French or anti-republican coalition.
It proclaimed not only the right and independence
of nationalities, but also the right and
independence of revolutions. It thus humanely
avoided irritating the revolutionists. It spared
Europe the effusion of much blood. But in
1830 it was the misery of the English and
Irish proletaires that frightened the regards and
brought consternation to the thoughts of observers.
Ireland was literally dying of inanition.
The manufacturing districts of the three kingdoms
having produced more than the world
could consume during the fifteen years of peace,
left an overflow of manufactures—the masses
emaciated, vitiated in body and mind, and
vitiated by their hatred against the class of
society who possess. The manufacturers had
dismissed armies of workmen without bread.
These black columns were to be seen, with their
mud-colored jackets, dotting the avenues and
streets of London, like columns of insects whose
nests had been upset, and who blackened the
soil under their steps.
The vices and brutishness of these masses
of proletaires, degraded by ignorance and hunger—their
alternate poverty and debaucheries—their
promiscuousness of ages, of sexes, of dens
of fetid straw, their bedding in cellars and garrets—their
hideous clamors, to be met with at
certain hours in the morning in certain lanes
of the unclean districts of London—when those
human vermin emerged into the light of the sun
with howling groaning, or laughter that was
really Satanic, it would have made the masses
of free creatures really envy the fate of the black
slaves of our colonies—masses which are abased
and flogged, but, at all events loathed! It was
the recruiting of the army of Marius; all that[Pg 48]
was wanting was a flag. Social war was visible
there with all its horrors and its furies—every
body saw it, and I myself forboded it like every
body else. These symptoms struck me as such
evidences of an approaching overthrow for a
constitution which thus allowed its vices to
stagnate and mantle, that, having some portion
of my patrimony in England, I hastened to remove
it, and to place it where it would be sheltered
from a wreck which appeared to me to be
inevitable. During this time the aristocracy and
the great proprietary of England appeared insensible
to these prognostics of social war, scandalized
the eyes of the public by the contrast of
their Asiatic luxury with these calamities, absented
themselves from their properties during
whole years, and were traveling from Paris to
Naples and to Florence, while at the same time
propagating speculative or incendiary liberalism
with the liberals of the Continent. Who would
not have trembled for such a country?
This time (September, 1850) I was struck,
on visiting England, with an impression wholly
opposed to the impressions which I have just
depicted to you. I arrived in London, and I
no longer recognized that capital, excepting by
that immense cloud of smoke which that vast
focus of English labor or leisure raises in the
heavens, and by that overflowing without limit
of houses, workshops, and chateaux, and agreeable
residences, that a city of 2,600,000 inhabitants
casts year after year beyond its walls,
even to the depths of her forests, her fields, and
her hills. Like a polypus with a thousand
branches, London vegetates and engrafts, so to
speak, on the common trunk of the city quarters
on quarters, and towns upon towns. These
quarters, some for labor, and others for the middle
classes; some for the choice leisure of the
literary classes, and others for the luxury of the
aristocracy and for the splendor of the crown,
not only attest the increase of that city which
enlarges itself in proportion to its inhabitants,
but they testify to the increase of luxury, of
art, of riches, and of ease, of all which the
characters are to be recognized in the disposition,
in the architecture, in the ornaments, in
the spaciousness, and in the comfort, sometimes
splendid, sometimes modest, of the habitations
of man. In the west two new towns—two
towns of hotels and palaces—two towns
of kings of civilization, as the Embassador of
Carthage would have said—have sprung up.
Toward the green and wooded heights of Hampstead—that
St. Cloud of London—is a new
park, including pastures, woods, waters, and
gardens in its grounds, and surrounded by a
circle of houses of opulent and varied architecture,
each of which represents a building
capital that it frightens one to calculate. Beyond
this solitude inclosed in the capital other
towns and suburbs have commenced, and are
rapidly climbing these heights, step by step,
and hillock after hillock. In these places arise
chapels, churches, schools, hospitals, penitentiary
prisons on new models, which take away
from them their sinister aspect and significance,
and which hold out moral health and correction
to the guilty in place of punishment and
branding. In these places are to be seen hedges
of houses appropriated to all the conditions of
life and fortune, but all surrounded by a court
or a little garden, which affords the family
rural recollections, the breathing of vegetation,
and the feeling of nature present even in the
very heart of the town.
This new London, which is almost rural,
creeps already up these large hills, and spreads
itself, from season to season, in the fields which
environ them, to go by lower, more active, and
more smoky suburbs, to rejoin, as far as the
eye can see, the Thames, beyond which the
same phenomenon is reproduced on the hills
and in the plains on the other side. In surveying
this the eye loses itself as if on the
waves of the ocean. On every side the horizon
is too narrow to embrace that town, and the
town continues beyond the horizon; but every
where also the sky, the air, the country, the
verdure, the waters, the tops of the oaks, are
mixed with that vegetation of stones, of marble,
and of bricks, and appears to make of new
London, not an arid and dead city, but a fertile
and living province, which germinates at the
same time with men and trees, with habitations
and fields; a city of which the nature has not
been changed, but in which, on the contrary,
nature and civilization respect each other, seek
for and clasp each other, for the health and joy
of man, in a mutual embrace.
Between these two banks of the river, and
between its steeples and its towers—between
the tops of its oaks, respected by the constructors
of these new quarters—you perceive a
movable forest of masts, which ascend and
descend perpetually the course of the Thames,
and streak it with a thousand lines of smoke,
while the steamers, loaded with passengers,
stream out like a river of smoke above the river
of water which carries them. But it is not in
the newly constructed quarters alone that London
has changed its appearance, and presents
that image of opulence, of comfort, and of
labor, with thriving—the city itself, that furnace
at the same time blackened and infect of
this human ebullition, has enlarged its issues,
widened its streets, ennobled its monuments,
extended and straightened its suburbs, and made
them more healthy. The ignoble lanes, with
their suspicious taverns, where the population
of drunken sailors huddled together like savages
in dregs and dust, have been demolished. They
have given place to airy streets, where the
passers-by, coming back from the docks, those
entrepôts of the four continents, pass with ease
in carriages or on foot—to spacious and clean
houses, to modest but decent shops, where the
maritime population find, on disembarking,
clothes, food, tobacco, beer, and all the objects
of exchange necessary for the retail trade of
seaports: those streets are now as well cleaned
from filth, from drunkenness and obscenity, as the[Pg 49]
other streets and suburbs of the city. One can
pass through them without pity and without
disgust; one feels in them the vigilance of public
morality and the presence of a police which, if
it can not destroy vice, can at all events keep it
at a distance from the eyes of the passer-by, and
render even the cloacæ inoffensive.
In the country districts and secondary towns
around London the same transformation is observable.
The innumerable railways which run
in every direction all over England have covered
the land with stations, coal depôts, new houses
for the persons employed, elegant offices for the
administration, viaducts, bridges over the lines
to private properties; and all these things impart
to England, from the sea to London, the
appearance of a country which is being cleared,
and where the occupants are employed in
running up residences for themselves. Every
thing is being built, and every thing is smoking,
hurrying on, so perfectly alive is this soil;
one feels that the people are eager to seize on
the new sense of circulation which Providence
has just bestowed on man.
Such is England in a physical sense, sketched
broadly. As to political England, the following
are the changes which struck me. I describe
them as I reviewed them, with sincerity, it is
true, but not unmixed with astonishment. The
appearance of the people in the streets is no
longer what filled me with consternation twenty
years ago. In place of those ragged bands
of beggars—men, women, and children—who
swarmed in the narrow and gloomy streets of
the manufacturing town, you will see well-dressed
workmen, with an appearance of
strength and health, going to work or returning
peaceably from their workshop with their tools
on their shoulders; young girls issuing without
tumult from the houses where they work, under
the superintendence of women older than themselves,
or of a father or brother, who brings
them back to their home; from time to time
you see numerous columns of little children of
from five to eight years of age, poorly but decently
clad, led by a woman, who leaves them at their
own doors, after having watched over them all
day. They all present the appearance of relative
comfort, of most exquisite cleanliness, and of
health. You will perceive few, if any, idle
groups on the public ways, and infinitely fewer
drunken men than formerly; the streets appear
as if purged of vice and wretchedness, or only
exhibit those which always remain the scum of
an immense population.
If you converse in a drawing-room, in a public
carriage, at a public dinner table, even in the
street, with men of the different classes in England;
if you take care to be present, as I did,
at places where persons of the most advanced
opinions meet and speak; if you read the journals,
those safety-valves of public opinion, you
must remain struck with the extreme mildness
of men’s minds and hearts, with the temperance
of ideas, the moderation of what is desired, the
prudence of the Liberal Opposition, the tenderness
evinced toward a conciliation of all classes,
the justice which all classes of the English population
render to each other, the readiness of all
to co-operate, each according to his means and
disposition, in advancing the general good—the
employment, comfort, instruction, and morality
of the people—in a word, a mild and serene air
is breathed in place of the tempest blast which
then raged in every breast. The equilibrium is
re-established in the national atmosphere. One
feels and says to one’s self, “This people can
come to an understanding with itself. It can
live, last, prosper, and improve for a long time
in this way. Had I my residence on this soil, I
should not any longer tremble for my hearth.”
I except, it must be understood, from this
very general character of harmony and reconciliation,
two classes of men whom nothing
ever satisfies—the demagogues and the extreme
aristocrats—two tyrannies which can not content
themselves with any liberty, because they
eternally desire to subjugate the people—the one
by the intolerance of the rabble, the other by the
intolerance of the little number. The newspapers
of the inexorable aristocracy, and of the
ungovernable radicalism, are the only ones that
still contrast by their bitterness with the general
mildness of opinions in Great Britain.
But some clubs of Chartists, rendered fanatical
by sophistry, and some clubs of diplomatists,
rendered fanatical by pride, only serve the better
to show the calm and reason which are more and
more prevailing in the other parts of the nation.
The one make speeches to the emptiness of places
where the people are invited to meet, and the
others pay by the line for calumnies and invective
against France and against the present
age. No one listens, and no one reads. The
people work on. The intelligent Tories lament
Sir Robert Peel, and accept the inheritance of his
Conservative doctrines by means of progress.
It appears that a superhuman hand carried
away during that sleep of twenty years, all the
venom which racked the social body of this
country. If a Radical procession is announced,
as on the 10th of April, 250,000 citizens, of
all opinions, appear in the streets of London as
special constables, and preserve the public peace
against these phantoms of another time. Such
is the present appearance of the public mind in
England to a stranger.
[From the Ladies’ Companion.]
THE HAUNTS OF GENIUS.
GRAY, BURKE, MILTON, DRYDEN, AND POPE.
BY MARY RUSSELL MITFORD.
Two summers ago I spent a few pleasant
weeks among some of the loveliest scenery
of our great river. The banks of the Thames,
always beautiful, are nowhere more delightful
than in the neighborhood of Maidenhead—one
side ramparted by the high, abrupt, chalky cliffs
of Buckinghamshire; the other edging gently[Pg 50]
away into our rich Berkshire meadows, checkered
with villages, villas, and woods.
My own temporary home was one of singular
beauty—a snug cottage at Taplow, looking over
a garden full of honeysuckles, lilies, and roses,
to a miniature terrace, whose steps led down
into the water, or rather into our little boat;
the fine old bridge at Maidenhead just below
us; the magnificent woods of Cliefden, crowned
with the lordly mansion (now, alas! a second
time burnt down), rising high above; and the
broad majestic river, fringed with willow and
alder, gay with an ever-changing variety—the
trim pleasure-yacht, the busy barge, or the punt
of the solitary angler, gliding by placidly and
slowly, the very image of calm and conscious
power. No pleasanter residence, through the
sultry months of July and August, than the
Bridge cottage at Taplow.
Besides the natural advantages of the situation,
we were within reach of many interesting
places, of which we, as strangers, contrived—as
strangers usually do—to see a great deal
more than the actual residents.
A six-mile drive took us to the lordly towers
of Windsor—the most queenly of our palaces—with
the adjuncts that so well become the royal
residence, St. George’s Chapel and Eton College,
fitting shrines of learning and devotion! Windsor
was full of charm. The ghostly shadow of
a tree, that is, or passes for Herne’s oak—for
the very man of whom we inquired our way
maintained that the tree was apocryphal, although
in such cases I hold it wisest and pleasantest
to believe—the very old town itself,
with the localities immortalized by Sir John
and Sir Hugh, Dame Quickly and Justice Shallow,
and all the company of the Merry Wives,
had to me an unfailing attraction. To Windsor
we drove again and again, until the pony
spontaneously turned his head Windsor-ward.
Then we reviewed the haunts of Gray, the
house at Stoke Pogis, and the church-yard
where he is buried, and which contains the
touching epitaph wherein the pious son commemorates
“the careful mother of many children,
one of whom only had the misfortune to
survive her.” To that spot we drove one
bright summer day, and we were not the only
visitants. It was pleasant to see one admirer
seated under a tree, sketching the church, and
another party, escorted by the clergyman, walking
reverently through it. Stoke Pogis, however,
is not without its rivals; and we also
visited the old church at Upton, whose ivy-mantled
tower claims to be the veritable tower
of the “Elegy.” A very curious scene did that
old church exhibit—that of an edifice not yet
decayed, but abandoned to decay; an incipient
ruin, such as probably might have been paralleled
in the monasteries of England after the
Reformation, or in the churches of France after
the first Revolution. The walls were still standing,
still full of monuments and monumental
inscriptions; in some the gilding was yet fresh,
and one tablet especially had been placed there
very recently, commemorating the talents and
virtues of the celebrated astronomer, Sir John
Herschell. But the windows were denuded of
their glass, the font broken, the pews dismantled,
while on the tottering reading-desk one of
the great Prayer-books, all mouldy with damp,
still lay open—last vestige of the holy services
with which it once resounded. Another church
had been erected, but it looked new and naked,
and every body seemed to regret the old place
of worship, the roof of which was remarkable
for the purity of its design.
Another of our excursions was to Ockwells—a
curious and beautiful specimen of domestic
architecture in the days before the Tudors.
Strange it seems to me that no one has exactly
imitated that graceful front, with its steep roof
terminated on either side by two projecting
gables, the inner one lower than the other,
adorned with oak carving, regular and delicate
as that on an ivory fan. The porch has equal
elegance. One almost expects to see some baronial
hawking party, or some bridal procession
issue from its recesses. The great hall, although
its grand open roof has been barbarously closed
up, still retains its fine proportions, its dais, its
music gallery, and the long range of windows,
still adorned with the mottos and escutcheons
of the Norreys’s, their kindred and allies. It
has long been used as a farm-house; and one
marvels that the painted windows should have
remained uninjured through four centuries of
neglect and change. Much that was interesting
has disappeared, but enough still remains to
gratify those who love to examine the picturesque
dwellings of our ancestors. The noble
staircase, the iron-studded door, the prodigious
lock, the gigantic key (too heavy for a woman
to wield), the cloistered passages, the old-fashioned
buttery-hatch, give a view not merely of
the degree of civilization of the age, but of the
habits and customs of familiar daily life.
Another drive took us to the old grounds of
Lady Place, where, in demolishing the house,
care had been taken to preserve the vaults in
which the great Whig leaders wrote and signed
the famous letter to William of Orange, which
drove James the Second from the throne. A
gloomy place it is now—a sort of underground
ruin—and gloomy enough the patriots must
have found it on that memorable occasion: the
tombs of the monks (it had formerly been a
monastery) under their feet, the rugged walls
around them, and no ray of light, except the
lanterns they may have brought with them, or
the torches that they lit. Surely the signature
of that summons which secured the liberties of
England would make an impressive picture—Lord
Somers in the foreground, and the other
Whig statesmen grouped around him. A Latin
inscription records a visit made by George the
Third to the vaults; and truly it is among the
places that monarchs would do well to visit—full
of stern lessons!
Chief pilgrimage of all was one that led us
first to Beaconsfield, through the delightful[Pg 51]
lanes of Buckinghamshire, with their luxuriance
of hedge-row timber, and their patches of
heathy common. There we paid willing homage
to all that remained of the habitation consecrated
by the genius of Edmund Burke. Little
is left, beyond gates and outbuildings, for
the house has been burnt down and the grounds
disparked; but still some of his old walks remained,
and an old well and traces of an old
garden—and pleasant it was to tread where
such a man had trodden, and to converse with
the few who still remembered him. We saw,
too, the stalwart yeoman who had the honor
not only of furnishing to Sir Joshua the model
of his “Infant Hercules,” but even of suggesting
the subject. Thus it happened. Passing a
few days with Mr. Burke at his favorite retirement,
the great painter accompanied his host
on a visit to his bailiff. A noble boy lay
sprawling in the cradle in the room where
they sat. His mother would fain have removed
him, but Sir Joshua, then commissioned
to paint a picture for the Empress Catherine,
requested that the child might remain, sent
with all speed for pallet and easel, and accomplished
his task with that success which
so frequently waits upon a sudden inspiration.
It is remarkable that the good farmer, whose
hearty cordial kindness I shall not soon forget,
has kept in a manner most unusual the promise
of his sturdy infancy, and makes as near an approach
to the proportions of the fabled Hercules
as ever Buckinghamshire yeoman displayed.
Beaconsfield, however, and even the cherished
retirement of Burke, was by no means the goal
of our pilgrimage. The true shrine was to be
found four miles farther, in the small cottage
at Chalfont St. Giles, where Milton found a
refuge during the Great Plague of London.
The road wound through lanes still shadier
and hedge-rows still richer, where the tall trees
rose from banks overhung with fern, intermixed
with spires of purple foxglove; sometimes broken
by a bit of mossy park-paling, sometimes by the
light shades of a beech-wood, until at last we
reached the quiet and secluded village whose very
first dwelling was consecrated by the abode of
the great poet.
It is a small tenement of four rooms, one on
either side the door, standing in a little garden,
and having its gable to the road. A short inscription,
almost hidden by the foliage of the
vine, tells that Milton once lived within those
sacred walls. The cottage has been so seldom
visited, is so little desecrated by thronging admirers,
and has suffered so little from alteration
or decay, and all about it has so exactly the
serene and tranquil aspect that one should expect
to see in an English village two centuries
ago, that it requires but a slight effort of fancy
to image to ourselves the old blind bard still
sitting in that little parlor, or sunning himself
on the garden-seat beside the well. Milton is
said to have corrected at Chalfont some of the
sheets of the “Paradise Lost.” The “Paradise
Regained” he certainly composed there. One
loves to think of him in that calm retreat—to
look round that poor room and think how Genius
ennobles all that she touches! Heaven forfend
that change in any shape, whether of embellishment
or of decay, should fall upon that cottage!
Another resort of ours, not a pilgrimage, but
a haunt, was the forest of old pollards, known
by the name of Burnham Beeches. A real forest
it is—six hundred acres in extent, and varied by
steep declivities, wild dells, and tangled dingles.
The ground, clothed with the fine short turf
where the thyme and the harebell love to grow,
is partly covered with luxuriant fern; and the
juniper and the holly form a fitting underwood
for those magnificent trees, hollowed by age,
whose profuse canopy of leafy boughs seems so
much too heavy for the thin rind by which it
is supported. Mr. Grote has a house here on
which we looked with reverence; and in one of
the loveliest spots we came upon a monument
erected by Mrs. Grote in memory of Mendelssohn,
and enriched by an elegant inscription from her
pen.
We were never weary of wandering among
the Burnham Beeches; sometimes taking Dropmore
by the way, where the taste of the late
Lord Grenville created from a barren heath a
perfect Eden of rare trees and matchless flowers.
But even better than amid that sweet woodland
scene did I love to ramble by the side of the
Thames, as it bounded the beautiful grounds of
Lord Orkney, or the magnificent demesne of Sir
George Warrender, the verdant lawns of Cliefden.
That place also is full of memories. There it
was that the famous Duke of Buckingham fought
his no less famous duel with Lord Shrewsbury,
while the fair countess, dressed, rather than disguised,
as a page, held the horse of her victorious
paramour. We loved to gaze on that princely
mansion—since a second time burnt down—repeating
to each other the marvelous lines in
which our two matchless satirists have immortalized
the duke’s follies, and doubting which
portrait were the best. We may at least be
sure that no third painter will excel them.
Alas! who reads Pope or Dryden now? I am
afraid, very much afraid, that to many a fair
young reader these celebrated characters will be
as good as manuscript. I will at all events try
the experiment. Here they be:
A man so various, that he seemed to be
Not one, but all mankind’s epitome;
Stiff in opinions, always in the wrong,
Was every thing by starts and nothing long;
But in the course of one revolving moon,
Was chemist, fiddler, statesman, and buffoon,
Then all for women, painting, rhyming, drinking
Besides ten thousand freaks that died in thinking.
Blest madman, who could every hour employ
With something new to wish or to enjoy!”
Dryden. Absalom and Achitophel.
[Pg 52]
Now for the little hunchback of Twickenham:
The walls of plaster, and the floor of dung;
On once a flock-bed, but repaired with straw,
With tape-tied curtains never meant to draw,
The George and Garter dangling from that bed,
Where tawdry yellow strove with dirty red:
Great Villiers lies:—but, ah, how changed from him,
That life of pleasure, and that soul of whim,
Gallant and gay in Cliefden’s proud alcove,
The bower of wanton Shrewsbury and love!
Or just as gay at council ‘mid the ring
Of mimic statesmen and their merry king!
No wit to flatter left of all his store;
No fool to laugh at, which he valued more;
There, victor of his health, of fortune, friends
And fame, the lord of useless thousands ends?”
Pope. Moral Essays.
FLOWERS IN THE SICK ROOM.
Among the terrors of our youth we well remember
there were certain poisonous exhalations
said to arise from plants and flowers
if allowed to share our sleeping-room during
the night, as though objects of loveliness when
seen by daylight took advantage of the darkness
to assume the qualities of the ghoul or the vampire.
Well do we remember how maternal
anxiety removed every portion of vegetable life
from our bedroom, lest its gases should poison
us before morning! This opinion, and the
cognate one that plants in rooms are always
injurious, is prevalent still, and it operates
most unfavorably in the case of the bed-ridden,
or the invalid, by depriving them of a chamber
garden which would otherwise make time put
off his leaden wings, and while away, in innocent
amusement, many a lagging hour. Now
we assure our readers that this is a popular
superstition, and will endeavor to put them in
possession of the grounds on which our statement
is founded. In doing so, we do not put forth
any opinions of our own, but the deductions of
science, for the truth of which any one acquainted
with vegetable physiology can vouch.
Plants, in a growing state, absorb the oxygen
gas of the atmosphere, and throw off carbonic
acid; these are facts, and as oxygen is necessary
to life and carbonic acid injurious to it, the
conclusion has been jumped at that plants in
apartments must have a deleterious influence.
But there is another fact equally irrefragable,
that plants feed on the carbonic acid of the atmosphere,
and are, indeed, the grand instruments
employed in the laboratory of Nature for purifying
it from the noxious exhalations of animal
life. From the spacious forests to the blade
of grass which forces itself up through the
crevices of a street pavement, every portion of
verdure is occupied in disinfecting the air. By
means of solar light the carbonic acid, when
taken in by the leaves, is decomposed, its carbon
going to build up the structure of the plant
and its disengaged oxygen returning to the air
we breathe. It is true that this process is
stopped in the darkness, and that then a very
small portion of carbonic acid is evolved by
plants; but as it is never necessary for a patient
to sleep in a room with flowers, we need
say nothing on that subject. Cleanliness, and
other considerations, would suggest having a
bedroom as free as possible during the night,
and our object is answered if we show that
vegetation is not injurious in the day. That
it is, on the contrary, conducive to health, is
a plain corollary of science.
Perhaps the error we are speaking of may
have originated from confounding the effects of
the odors of plants with a general result of their
presence. Now, all strong scents are injurious,
and those of some flowers are specially so, and
ought on no account to be patronized by the
invalid. But it happens, fortunately, that a
very large class of plants have either no scent
at all, or so little as to be of no consequence,
so that there is still room for an extensive
selection. This, then, is one rule to be observed
in chamber gardening. Another is, that
the plants admitted should be in perfect health,
for while growing vegetation is healthful, it
becomes noxious when sickly or dead. Thirdly,
let the most scrupulous cleanliness be maintained;
the pots, saucers, and the stands being
often subjected to ablutions. Under this head
also we include the removal of dying leaves,
and all flowers, before they have quite lost their
beauty, since it is well known that the petals
become unpleasant in some varieties as soon
as the meridian of their brief life is passed.
By giving attention to these simple regulations,
a sick chamber may have its windows adorned
with flowers without the slightest risk to the
health of the occupant, and in saying this we
open the way to some of the most gentle lenitives
of pain, as well as to sources of rational
enjoyment. If those who can go where they
please, in the sunshine and the shade, can
gather wild flowers in their natural dwellings,
and cultivate extensive gardens, still find pleasure
in a few favorites in-doors, how much more
delight must such treasured possessions confer
on those whom Providence has made prisoners
and who must have their all of verdure and
floral beauty brought to them!
[From Dickens’s Household Words.]
LIVELY TURTLE.
A SKETCH OF A CONSERVATIVE.
I have a comfortable property. What I
spend, I spend upon myself; and what I
don’t spend I save. Those are my principles.
I am warmly attached to my principles, and
stick to them on all occasions.
I am not, as some people have represented,
a mean man. I never denied myself any thing
that I thought I should like to have. I may[Pg 53]
have said to myself “Snoady“—that is my
name—”you will get those peaches cheaper if
you wait till next week;” or, I may have said
to myself, “Snoady, you will get that wine for
nothing, if you wait till you are asked out to
dine;” but I never deny myself any thing. If
I can’t get what I want without buying it, and
paying its price for it, I do buy it and pay its
price for it. I have an appetite bestowed upon
me; and, if I balked it, I should consider that
I was flying in the face of Providence.
I have no near relation but a brother. If
he wants any thing of me, he don’t get it. All
men are my brothers; and I see no reason why
I should make his an exceptional case.
I live at a cathedral town where there is an
old corporation. I am not in the Church, but
it may be that I hold a little place of some
sort. Never mind. It may be profitable. Perhaps
yes, perhaps no. It may, or it may not,
be a sinecure. I don’t choose to say, I never
enlightened my brother on these subjects, and
I consider all men my brothers. The negro is
a man and a brother—should I hold myself
accountable for my position in life, to him?
Certainly not.
I often run up to London. I like London.
The way I look at it, is this. London is not
a cheap place, but, on the whole, you can get
more of the real thing for your money there—I
mean the best thing, whatever it is—than
you can get in most places. Therefore, I say
to the man who has got the money, and wants
the thing, “Go to London for it, and treat
yourself.”
When I go, I do it in this manner. I go to
Mrs. Skim’s Private Hotel and Commercial
Lodging House, near Aldersgate-street, City
(it is advertised in “Bradshaw’s Railway
Guide,” where I first found it), and there I
pay, “for bed and breakfast, with meat, two
and ninepence per day, including servants.”
Now, I have made a calculation, and I am satisfied
that Mrs. Skim can not possibly make
much profit out of me. In fact, if all her patrons
were like me, my opinion is, the woman
would be in the Gazette next month.
Why do I go to Mrs. Skim’s when I could
go to the Clarendon, you may ask? Let us
argue that point. If I went to the Clarendon
I could get nothing in bed but sleep; could I?
No. Now, sleep at the Clarendon is an expensive
article; whereas, sleep at Mrs. Skim’s,
is decidedly cheap. I have made a calculation
and I don’t hesitate to say, all things considered,
that it’s cheap. Is it an inferior article,
as compared with the Clarendon sleep, or is it
of the same quality? I am a heavy sleeper,
and it is of the same quality. Then why should
I go to the Clarendon?
But as to breakfast? you may say. Very
well. As to breakfast. I could get a variety
of delicacies for breakfast at the Clarendon, that
are out of the question at Mrs. Skim’s. Granted.
But I don’t want to have them! My
opinion is, that we are not entirely animal and
sensual. Man has an intellect bestowed upon
him. If he clogs that intellect by too good a
breakfast, how can he properly exert that intellect
in meditation, during the day upon his
dinner? That’s the point. We are not to
enchain the soul. We are to let it soar. It
is expected of us.
At Mrs. Skim’s I get enough for breakfast
(there is no limitation to the bread and butter,
though there is to the meat), and not too much.
I have all my faculties about me, to concentrate
upon the object I have mentioned, and I can
say to myself besides, “Snoady, you have saved
six, eight, ten, fifteen shillings, already to-day.
If there is any thing you fancy for your dinner,
have it, Snoady, you have earned your reward.”
My objection to London, is, that it is the
head-quarters of the worst radical sentiments
that are broached in England. I consider that
it has a great many dangerous people in it. I
consider the present publication (if it’s “Household
Words”) very dangerous, and I write this
with the view of neutralizing some of its bad
effects. My political creed is, let us be comfortable.
We are all very comfortable as we
are—I am very comfortable as I am—leave us
alone!
All mankind are my brothers, and I don’t
think it Christian—if you come to that—to tell
my brother that he is ignorant, or degraded, or
dirty, or any thing of the kind. I think it’s
abusive, and low. You meet me with the observation
that I am required to love my brother.
I reply, “I do.” I am sure I am always willing
to say to my brother, “My good fellow, I love
you very much; go along with you; keep to
your own road; leave me to mine; whatever
is, is right; whatever isn’t, is wrong; don’t
make a disturbance!” It seems to me, that
this is at once the whole duty of man, and the
only temper to go to dinner in.
Going to dinner in this temper in the city of
London, one day not long ago, after a bed at
Mrs. Skim’s, with meat-breakfast and servants
included, I was reminded of the observation
which, if my memory does not deceive me, was
formerly made by somebody on some occasion,
that man may learn wisdom from the lower
animals. It is a beautiful fact, in my opinion,
that great wisdom is to be learned from that
noble animal the turtle.
I had made up my mind, in the course of the
day I speak of, to have a turtle dinner. I mean
a dinner mainly composed of turtle. Just a
comfortable tureen of soup, with a pint of punch,
and nothing solid to follow, but a tender juicy
steak. I like a tender juicy steak. I generally
say to myself when I order one, “Snoady, you
have done right.”
When I make up my mind to have a delicacy,
expense is no consideration. The question resolves
itself, then, into a question of the very
best. I went to a friend of mine who is a member
of the Common Council, and with that friend
I held the following conversation.
Said I to him, “Mr. Groggles, the best turtle
is where?”
Says he, “If you want a basin for lunch,
my opinion is, you can’t do better than drop into
Birch’s.”
Said I, “Mr. Groggles, I thought you had
known me better, than to suppose me capable of
a basin. My intention is to dine. A tureen.”
Says Mr. Groggles, without a moment’s consideration,
and in a determined voice. “Right
opposite the India House, Leadenhall-street.”
We parted. My mind was not inactive during
the day, and at six in the afternoon I repaired
to the house of Mr. Groggles’s recommendation.
At the end of the passage, leading from the
street into the coffee-room, I observed a vast
and solid chest, in which I then supposed that
a turtle of unusual size might be deposited.
But, the correspondence between its bulk and
that of the charge made for my dinner, afterward
satisfied me that it must be the till of the establishment.
I stated to the waiter what had brought me
there, and I mentioned Mr. Groggles’s name.
He feelingly repeated after me, “A tureen of
turtle, and a tender juicy steak.” His manner,
added to the manner of Mr. Groggles in the
morning, satisfied me that all was well. The
atmosphere of the coffee-room was odoriferous
with turtle, and the steams of thousands of
gallons, consumed within its walls, hung, in
savory grease, upon their surface. I could
have inscribed my name with a penknife, if I
had been so disposed, in the essence of innumerable
turtles. I preferred to fall into a hungry
reverie, brought on by the warm breath of the
place, and to think of the West Indies and the
Island of Ascension.
My dinner came—and went. I will draw a
vail over the meal, I will put the cover on the
empty tureen, and merely say that it was wonderful—and
that I paid for it.
I sat meditating, when all was over, on the
imperfect nature of our present existence, in
which we can eat only for a limited time, when
the waiter roused me with these words.
Said he to me, as he brushed the crumbs off
the table, “Would you like to see the turtle,
sir?”
“To see what turtle, waiter?” said I (calmly)
to him.
“The tanks of turtle below, sir,” said he to
me.
Tanks of turtle! Good gracious! “Yes!”
The waiter lighted a candle, and conducted
me down stairs to a range of vaulted apartments,
cleanly white-washed and illuminated with gas,
where I saw a sight of the most astonishing and
gratifying description, illustrative of the greatness
of my native country. “Snoady,” was
my first observation to myself, “Rule Britannia,
Britannia rules the waves!”
There were two or three hundred turtle in
the vaulted apartments—all alive. Some in
tanks, and some taking the air in long dry
walks littered down with straw. They were of
all sizes; many of them enormous. Some of
the enormous ones had entangled themselves
with the smaller ones, and pushed and squeezed
themselves into corners, with their fins over
water-pipes, and their heads downward, where
they were apoplectically struggling and splashing,
apparently in the last extremity. Others
were calm at the bottom of the tanks; others
languidly rising to the surface. The turtle in
the walks littered down with straw, were calm
and motionless. It was a thrilling sight. I
admire such a sight. It rouses my imagination.
If you wish to try its effect on yours, make a
call right opposite the India House any day you
please—dine—pay—and ask to be taken below.
Two athletic young men, without coats, and
with the sleeves of their shirts tucked up to the
shoulders, were in attendance on these noble
animals. One of them, wrestling with the most
enormous turtle in company, and dragging him
up to the edge of the tank, for me to look at,
presented an idea to me which I never had before.
I ought to observe that I like an idea. I
say, when I get a new one, “Snoady, book that!”
My idea, on the present occasion, was—Mr.
Groggles! It was not a turtle that I saw,
but Mr. Groggles. It was the dead image of
Mr. Groggles. He was dragged up to confront
me, with his waistcoat—if I may be allowed
the expression—toward me; and it was identically
the waistcoat of Mr. Groggles. It was
the same shape, very nearly the same color,
only wanted a gold watch-chain and a bunch of
seals, to be the waistcoat of Mr. Groggles.
There was what I should call a bursting expression
about him in general, which was accurately
the expression of Mr. Groggles. I had
never closely observed a turtle’s throat before.
The folds of his loose cravat, I found to be precisely
those of Mr. Groggles’s cravat. Even
the intelligent eye—I mean to say, intelligent
enough for a person of correct principles, and
not dangerously so—was the eye of Mr. Groggles.
When the athletic young man let him
go, and, with a roll of his head, he flopped
heavily down into the tank, it was exactly the
manner of Mr. Groggles as I have seen him
ooze away into his seat, after opposing a sanitary
motion in the Court of Common Council!
“Snoady,” I couldn’t help saying to myself,
“you have done it. You have got an idea,
Snoady, in which a great principle is involved.
I congratulate you!” I followed the young
man, who dragged up several turtle to the
brinks of the various tanks. I found them all
the same—all varieties of Mr. Groggles—all
extraordinarily like the gentlemen who usually
eat them. “Now, Snoady,” was my next remark,
“what do you deduce from this?”
“Sir,” said I, “what I deduce from this, is,
confusion to those Radicals and other Revolutionists
who talk about improvement. Sir,”
said I, “what I deduce from this, is, that there
isn’t this resemblance between the turtles and
the Groggleses for nothing. It’s meant to show
mankind that the proper model for a Groggles,[Pg 55]
is a turtle; and that the liveliness we want in
a Groggles, is the liveliness of a turtle, and no
more.” “Snoady,” was my reply to this, “you
have hit it. You are right!”
I admired the idea very much, because, if I
hate any thing in the world, it’s change. Change
has evidently no business in the world, has
nothing to do with it, and isn’t intended.
What we want is (as I think I have mentioned)
to be comfortable. I look at it that way. Let
us be comfortable, and leave us alone. Now,
when the young man dragged a Groggles—I
mean a turtle—out of his tank, this was exactly
what the noble animal expressed as he
floundered back again.
I have several friends besides Mr. Groggles
in the Common Council, and it might be a
week after this, when I said, “Snoady, if I
was you, I would go to that court, and hear
the debate to-day.” I went. A good deal of
it was what I call a sound, old English discussion.
One eloquent speaker objected to the
French as wearing wooden shoes; and a friend
of his reminded him of another objection to
that foreign people, namely, that they eat
frogs. I had feared, for many years, I am
sorry to say, that these wholesome principles
were gone out. How delightful to find them
still remaining among the great men of the
City of London, in the year one thousand eight
hundred and fifty! It made me think of the
Lively Turtle.
But I soon thought more of the Lively
Turtle. Some Radicals and Revolutionists have
penetrated even to the Common Council—which
otherwise I regard as one of the last
strongholds of our afflicted constitution; and
speeches were made, about removing Smithfield
Market—which I consider to be a part of
that Constitution—and about appointing a
Medical Officer for the City, and about preserving
the public health; and other treasonable
practices, opposed to Church and State.
These proposals Mr. Groggles, as might have
been expected of such a man, resisted; so
warmly, that, as I afterward understood from
Mrs. Groggles, he had rather a sharp attack
of blood to the head that night. All the Groggles
party resisted them too, and it was a fine
constitutional sight to see waistcoat after waistcoat
rise up in resistance of them and subside.
But what struck me in the sight was this,
“Snoady,” said I, “here is your idea carried
out, sir! These Radicals and Revolutionists
are the athletic young men in shirt sleeves,
dragging the Lively Turtle to the edges of the
tank. The Groggleses are the turtle, looking
out for a moment, and flopping down again.
Honor to the Groggleses! Honor to the Court
of Lively Turtle! The wisdom of the Turtle
is the hope of England!”
There are three heads in the moral of what
I had to say. First, turtle and Groggles are
identical; wonderfully alike externally, wonderfully
alike mentally. Secondly, turtle is a
good thing every way, and the liveliness of the
turtle is intended as an example for the liveliness
of man; you are not to go beyond that.
Thirdly, we are all quite comfortable. Leave
us alone!
[From Chambers’s Edinburgh Journal.]
THE UNLAWFUL GIFT; OR, KINDNESS REWARDED.
The chastened glory of a bright autumnal
evening was shining upon the yellow harvest
fields of Bursley Farm, in the vicinity of
the New Forest, and tinting with changeful
light the dense but broken masses of thick
wood which skirted the southern horizon, when
Ephraim Lovegrove, a care-cankered, worn-out
dying man, though hardly numbering sixty years,
was, at his constantly and peevishly-iterated
request, lifted from the bed on which for many
weeks he had been gradually and painfully
wasting away, and carried in an arm-chair to
the door. From the cottage, situated as it was
upon an eminence, the low-lying lands of
Bursley, and its straggling homestead, which
once called him master, could be distinctly seen.
The fading eyes of the old man wandered slowly
over the gleaming landscape, and a faint
smile of painful recognition stole upon his
harsh and shriveled features. His only son, a
fine handsome young fellow, stood silently,
with his wife, beside him—both, it seemed, as
keenly, though not, perhaps, as bitterly, impressed
with the scene and the thoughts it suggested;
and their child, a rosy youngster of
about five years of age, clung tightly to his
mother’s gown, frightened and awed apparently
by the stern expression he read upon his
father’s face. A light summer air lifted the
old man’s thin white locks, fanned his sallow
cheeks, and momently revived his fainting spirit.
“Ay,” he muttered, “the old pleasant home,
Ned, quiet, beautiful as ever. It’s only we who
change and pass away.”
“The home,” rejoined the son, “of which
we have been robbed—lawfully robbed.”
“I’m not so clear on that as I was,” said
Ephraim Lovegrove, slowly and with difficulty.
“It was partly our own want of foresight—mine,
I mean, of course: we ought not to have
calculated on—”
The old man’s broken accents stopped suddenly.
The strength which the sight of his
former home and the grateful breeze which
swept up from the valley awakened, had quickly
faded; and the daughter-in-law, touching
her husband’s arm, and glancing anxiously at
his father’s changing countenance, motioned
that he should be re-conveyed to bed. This was
done, and a few spoonfuls of wine revived him
somewhat. Edward Lovegrove left the cottage
upon some necessary business; and his wife,
after putting her child to bed, re-entered the
sick-room, and seated herself with mute watchfulness
by the bedside of her father-in-law.
“Ye are a kind, gentle creature, Mary,” said
the dying man, whose failing gaze had been for[Pg 56]
some time fixed upon her pale, patient face;
“as kind and gentle—more so, it seems to me,
in this poor hovel, than when we dwelt in yon
homestead, from which you, with us, have been
so cruelly driven.”
“Murmuring, father,” she replied, in a low,
sweet voice, “would not help us. It is surely
better to submit cheerfully to a hard lot, than
to chafe and fret one’s life away at what can
not be helped. But it’s easy for me,” she hastily
added, fearing that her words might sound
reproachfully in the old man’s ear—”it’s easy
for me, who have health, a kind husband, and
my little boy left me, to be cheerful, but it is
scarcely so for you, suffering in body and mind,
and tormented in a thousand ways.”
“Ay, girl, it has been a sharp trial; but it
will soon be over. In a few hours it will matter
little whether old Ephraim Lovegrove lived
and died in a pig-sty or a palace. But I would
speak of you. You and Ned should emigrate.
There are countries, I am told, where you would
be sure to prosper. That viper Nichols, I remember,
once offered to assist—I could never
make out from what motive—from what—A
little wine,” he added feebly. “The evening,
for the time of the year, is very chilly: my feet
and legs are cold as stones.” He swallowed
the wine, and again addressed himself to speak,
but his voice was scarcely audible. “I have
often thought,” he murmured, “as I lay here,
that Symons, Nichols’s clerk, from a hint he
dropped, knows something of—of—your mother
and—and—” The faint accents ceased to be
audible; but the grasp of the dying man closed
tightly upon the frightened woman’s hand, as
he looked wildly in her face as he drew her toward
him, as if some important statement remained
untold. He struggled desperately for
utterance, but the strife was vain, and brief as
it was fierce: his grasp relaxed, and with a convulsive
groan, Ephraim Lovegrove fell back and
expired.
The storm which had made shipwreck of
the fortunes of Ephraim Lovegrove had leveled
with the earth prouder roof-trees than his. In
early life he had succeeded his father as the
tenant of a farm in Wiltshire. He was industrious,
careful, and ambitious; and aided by
the sum of £500, which he received with his
wife, and the high prices which agricultural
produce obtained during the French war, he
was enabled, at the expiration of his lease in
Wiltshire, to become the proprietor of Bursley
Farm. This purchase was effected when wheat
ranged from £30 to £40 a load, at a proportionately
exorbitant price of £5000. His savings
amounted to about one half of this sum,
and the remainder was raised by way of mortgage.
Matters went on smoothly enough till
the peace of 1815, and the subsequent precipitate
fall in prices. Lovegrove showed gallant
fight, hoping against hope that exceptional
legislation would ultimately bolster up prices
to something like their former level. He was
deceived. Every day saw him sinking lower
and lower; and in the sixth year of peace he
was reluctantly compelled to abandon the long
since desperate and hopeless struggle with adverse
fortune. The interest on the borrowed
money had fallen considerably in arrear, and
Bursley Farm was sold by auction at a barely
sufficient sum to cover the mortgage and accumulated
interest. The stock was similarly
disposed of, and stout Ephraim withdrew with
his family to a small cottage in the neighborhood
of his old home, possessed, after his debts
were discharged, of about thirty pounds in
money and a few necessary articles of furniture.
The old man’s heart was broken: he
took almost immediately to his bed, and after
a long agony of physical pain, aggravated and
embittered by mental disquietude and discontent,
expired, as we have seen, worn out in
mind and body.
The future of the surviving family was a dark
and anxious one. Edward Lovegrove, a frank,
kindly-tempered young man, accustomed, in the
golden days of farming, to ride occasionally
after the hounds, as well equipped and mounted
as any in the field, was little fitted for a struggle
for daily bread with the crowded competition
of the world. He had several times endeavored
to obtain a situation as bailiff, but
others more fortunate, perhaps better qualified,
filled up every vacancy that offered, and the
almost desperate man, but for the pleading
helplessness of his wife and child, would have
sought shelter in the ranks of the army—that
grave in which so many withered prospects and
broken hopes lie buried. As usual with disappointed
men, his mind dwelt with daily-augmenting
bitterness upon the persons at whose
hands the last and decisive blows which had
destroyed his home had been received. Sandars
the mortgagee he looked upon as a monster of
perfidy and injustice; but especially Nichols
the attorney, who had superintended and directed
the sale of the Bursley homestead, was
regarded by him with the bitterest dislike.
Other causes gave intensity to this vindictive
feeling. The son of the attorney, Arthur Nichols,
a wild, dissipated young man, had been a
competitor for the hand of Mary Clarke, the sole
child of Widow Clarke, and now Edward Lovegrove’s
wife. It was not at all remarkable or
surprising that young Nichols should admire
and seek to wed pretty and gentle Mary Clarke,
but it was deemed strange by those who knew
his father’s grasping, mercenary disposition,
that he should have been so eager for the
match, well knowing, as he did, for the payments
passed through his hands, that the widow’s
modest annuity terminated with her life.
It was also known, and wonderingly commented
upon, that the attorney was himself an anxious
suitor for the widow’s hand up to the day
of her sudden and unexpected decease, which
occurred about three years after her daughter’s
marriage with Edward Lovegrove. Immediately
after this event, as if some restraint upon his
pent-up malevolence had been removed, the elder[Pg 57]
Nichols manifested the most active hostility toward
the Lovegroves; and to his persevering
enmity it was generally attributed that Mr.
Sandars had availed himself of the power of
sale inserted in the mortgage deed, to cast his
unfortunate debtor helpless and homeless upon
the world.
Sadly passed away the weary, darkening
days with the young couple after the old man’s
death. The expenses of his long illness had
swept away the little money saved from the
wreck of the farm; and it required the sacrifice
of Edward’s watch and some silver teaspoons
to defray the cost of a decent funeral.
At last, spite of the thriftiest economy, all was
gone, and they were penniless.
“You have nothing to purchase breakfast
with to-morrow, have you, Mary?” said the
husband, after partaking of a scanty tea. The
mother had feigned only to eat: little Edward,
whose curly head was lying in her lap as he sat
asleep on a low stool beside her, had her share.
“Not a farthing,” she replied, mildly, even
cheerfully, and the glance of her gentle eyes
was hopeful and kind as ever. “But, bear up,
Edward: we have still the furniture; and were
that sold at once, it would enable us to reach
London, where, you know, so many people
have made fortunes, who arrived there as poor
as we.”
“Something must be done, that is certain,”
replied the husband. “We have not yet received
an answer from Salisbury about the
porter’s place I have applied for.”
“No; but I would rather, for your sake,
Edward, that you filled such a situation at
some place further off, where you were not so
well known.”
Edward Lovegrove sighed, and, presently,
rising from his chair, walked toward a chest of
drawers that stood at the further end of the
room. His wife, who guessed his intention—for
the matter had been already more than once
hinted at—followed him with a tearful, apprehensive
glance. Her husband played tolerably
well—wonderfully in the wife’s opinion—upon
the flute, and a few weeks after their marriage,
her mother had purchased and presented him
with a very handsome one with silver keys.
He used, in the old time, to accompany his
wife in the simple ballads she sang so sweetly—and
now this last memorial of the past,
linked as it was with tender and pious memories,
must be parted with! Edward Lovegrove
had not looked at it for months: his life, of
late so out of tune, would have made harsh
discord of its music; and as he took it from
the case, and, from the mere force of habit,
moistened the joints, and placed the pieces
together, a flood of bitterness swelled his heart
to think that this solace of “lang syne” must
be sacrificed to their hard necessities. He blew
a few tremulous and imperfect notes, which
awakened the little boy, who was immediately
clamorous that mammy should sing, and daddy
play, as they used to do.
“Shall we try, Mary,” said the husband,
“to please the child?” Poor Mary bowed her
head: her heart was too full to speak. The
flutist played the prelude to a favorite air several
times over, before his wife could sufficiently
command her voice to commence the song,
and she had not reached the end of the second
line when she stopped, choked with emotion,
and burst into an agony of tears.
“It is useless trying, Mary,” said Edward
Lovegrove, soothingly, as he rose and put by
the flute. “I will to bed at once, for to and
from Christchurch, where I must dispose of it,
is a long walk.” He kissed his wife and child,
and went up-stairs. The mother followed soon
afterward, put her boy to rest, and after looking
wistfully for a few moments at the worn
and haggard features of her husband as he lay
asleep, re-descended the stairs, and busied herself
with some necessary household work.
As she was thus employed, a slight tap at
the little back window struck her ear, and,
looking sharply round, she recognized the pale,
uncouth features of Symons, lawyer Nichols’
deformed clerk and errand-man, who was eagerly
beckoning her to open the casement. This
was the person of whom Ephraim Lovegrove
had spoken just previous to his death. Symons,
who had never known father or mother,
had passed his infancy and early boyhood in
the parish workhouse, from whence he had
passed into the service of Mr. Nichols, who,
finding him useful, and of some capacity, had
retained him in his employ to the present time,
but at so bare a stipend, as hardly sufficed to
keep body and soul together. Poor Symons
was a meek, enduring drudge, used to the
mocks and buffets of the world; and except
under the influence of strong excitement, hardly
dared to rebel or murmur, even in spirit. His
acquaintance with the Lovegrove family arose
from his being placed in possession of the furniture
and stock of Bursley Farm, under a writ
of fi. fa. issued by Nichols. On the day the
inventory was taken, in preparation for the
sale, a heavy piece of timber, which he was
assisting to measure, fell upon his left foot, and
severely crushed it. From his master he received
only a malediction for his awkwardness;
but young Mrs. Lovegrove—not so much absorbed
in her own grief as to be indifferent to
the sufferings of others—had him brought carefully
into the house, and herself tended his
painful hurt with the gentlest care and compassion,
and ultimately effected a thorough
cure. This kindness to a slighted, deformed
being, who, before, had scarcely comprehended
the meaning of the word, powerfully effected
Symons; and he had since frequently endeavored,
in his shy, awkward way, to testify the
deep gratitude he felt toward his benefactress,
of whose present extreme poverty he, in common
with every other inhabitant of the scattered
hamlet, had, of course, become fully cognizant.
Charity Symons—the parish authorities
had so named him, in order, doubtless[Pg 58]
that however high he might eventually rise in
the world, he should never ungratefully forget
his origin—beckoned, as I have said, eagerly to
the lone woman, and the instant she opened
the casement, he thrust a rather heavy bag into
her hand.
“For you,” he said, hurriedly: “I got it for
next to nothing of Tom Stares; but mind, not
a word! God bless and reward you!” and
before Mrs. Lovegrove could answer a word, or
comprehend what was meant, he had disappeared.
On opening the bag, the surprised and affrighted
woman found that it contained a fine
hen-pheasant and a hare! No wonder she was
alarmed at finding herself in possession of such
articles; for in those good old days game could
not be lawfully sold or purchased; and unless
it could be distinctly proved that it came by
gift from a qualified killer, its simple possession
was a punishable offense. This pheasant and
hare had doubtless been poached by Tom Stares,
a notorious offender against the game-laws;
but what was to be done? Spite of all the
laws that were enacted upon the subject, the
peasant and farmer intellect of England could
never be made to attach a moral delinquency to
the unauthorized killing of game. A dangerous
occupation, leading to no possible good, and,
eventually, sure to result in evil to the transgressor,
prudent men agreed it was; but as for
confounding the stealing of a wooden spoon,
worth a penny, with the snaring of a hare,
worth, perhaps, five shillings—that never entered
any body’s head. And thus it happened
that Mrs. Lovegrove, though conscious that the
hare and bird had been illegally obtained, felt
nothing of the instinctive horror and shame
that would have mantled her forehead, had she
been made the recipient of a stolen threepenny-worth
of cheese or bacon. She recalled
to mind the journey her husband must take in
the morning—he, weak, haggard for want of
food—of which here was an abundant present
supply: her boy, too, who had twice at tea-time,
ere he fell asleep, asked vainly for more
bread! As these bitter thoughts glanced
through her brain, a sharp double rap at the
door caused her to start like a guilty thing, and
then hastily undo her apron, and throw it over
the betraying present. The door was not
locked, and the postman, impatient of delay,
lifted the latch, and stepped into the room.
Was he soon enough to observe what was
on the table? Mary Lovegrove would have
thought so, but for the unconcerned, indifferent
aspect of the man as he presented a letter, and
said, “It’s prepaid: all right;” and without
further remark, went away. The anxious and
nervous woman trembled so much, that she
could hardly break the seal of the letter; and
the words, as she strove to make out the
cramped hand by the brilliant moonlight,
danced confusedly before her eyes. At last she
was able to read. The letter was from Salisbury
and announced that Mr. Brodie “regretted
to say, as he had known and respected the
late Ephraim Lovegrove, that he had engaged
a person to fill the situation which had been
vacant, a few hours previous to his receiving
Edward Lovegrove’s application.” That plank,
then, had sunk under them like all the rest!
A hard world, she thought, and but little entitled
to obedience or respect from the wretches
trampled down in its iron course. Edward
should not, at all events, depart foodless on his
morning’s errand; neither should her boy lack
breakfast. On this she was now determined,
and with shaking hands and flushed cheek, she
hastily set about preparing the bird for the
morning meal—a weak and criminal act, if you
will; but a mother seldom reasons when her
child lacks food: she only feels.
Edward Lovegrove very easily reconciled
himself to the savory breakfast which awaited
him in the morning; and he and his son were
doing ample justice to it—the wife, though
faint with hunger, could not touch a morsel—when
the latch of the door suddenly lifted, and
in hurried Thompson the miller, and chief constable
of the Hundred, followed by an assistant.
A faint scream escaped from Mrs. Lovegrove,
and a fierce oath broke from her husband’s
lips, as they recognized the new-comers, and
too readily divined their errand.
“A charming breakfast, upon my word!”
exclaimed the constable, laughing. “Roasted
pheasant—no less! Our information was quite
correct, it appears.”
“What is the meaning of this, and what do
you seek here?” exclaimed Edward Lovegrove.
“You and this game, of which we are informed
you are unlawfully possessed. I hope,”
added the constable, a feeling, good sort of
man—”I hope you will be able to prove both
this half-eaten pheasant and the hare I see
hanging yonder were presented to you by some
person having a right to make such gifts?”
A painful and embarrassing pause ensued.
It would have been useless, as far as themselves
were concerned, to have named Charity Symons,
even had Lovegrove or his wife been disposed
to subject him to the penalties of the law
and the anger of his employer.
“After all,” observed the constable, who
saw how matters stood, “it is but a money
penalty.”
“A money penalty!” exclaimed Lovegrove.
“It is imprisonment—ruin—starvation for my
wife and child. Look at these bare walls—these
threadbare garments—and say if it can
mean any thing else!”
“I am sorry for it,” rejoined Thompson.
“The penalty is a considerable one: five
pounds for each head of game, with costs; and
I am afraid, if Sir John Devereux’s agent—lawyer
Nichols—presses the charge, in default
of payment, six months’ imprisonment! Sir
John’s preserves have suffered greatly of
late.”
“It is that rascal, that robber Nichols’ doing
then!” fiercely exclaimed Lovegrove. “I[Pg 59]
might have guessed so; but if I don’t pay him
off both for old and new one of these days—”
“Tut—tut!” interrupted the constable:
“it’s no use calling names, nor uttering threats
we don’t mean to perform. Perhaps matters
may turn out better than you think. In the
mean time you must appear before Squire Digby,
and so must your hare and what remains
of your breakfast.”
Arrived before the magistrate, the prisoner,
taken in “flagrant délit,” had of course no
valid defense to offer. The justice remarked
upon the enormity of the offense committed,
and regretted, exceedingly that he could not at
once convict and punish the delinquent; but as
the statute required that two magistrates should
concur in the conviction, the case would be adjourned
till that day week, when a petty sessions
would be held. In the mean time he
should require bail in ten pounds for the prisoner’s
appearance. This would have been tantamount
to a sentence of immediate imprisonment,
had not the constable, who had been
formerly intimate with the Lovegroves, stepped
forward and said, that if the prisoner would
give him his word that he would not abscond,
he would bail him. This was done, and the
necessary formalities complete, the husband
and wife took their sad way homeward.
What was now to be done? Their furniture,
if sold at its highest value, would barely
discharge the penalties incurred, and they would
be homeless, penniless, utterly without resource?
The wife wept bitterly, accusing herself as the
cause of this utter ruin; her husband indulged
in fierce and senseless abuse of Nichols, and
in a paroxysm of fury seized a sheet of letter-paper,
tore it hastily in halves, and scribbled a
letter to the attorney full of threats of the direst
vengeance. This crazy epistle he signed ‘A
Ruined Man,’ and without pausing to reflect
on what he was doing, dispatched his little
boy to the post-office with it. This mad proceeding
appeared to have somewhat relieved
him: he grew calmer, strove to console his
wife, went out and obtained credit at the
chandler’s—the first time they had made such
a request—for a few necessaries; and after a
short interval, the unfortunate couple were once
more discussing their sad prospects with calmness
and partially-renewed hope. More than
once Edward Lovegrove wished he had not sent
the letter to Nichols; but he said nothing to
his wife about it, and she, it afterward appeared,
had been so pre-occupied at the time,
as not to heed or inquire to whom or of what
he was writing.
On the third day after Edward Lovegrove’s
appearance before the magistrate, he set off
about noon for Christchurch, in order to dispose
of his flute—a sacrifice which could no longer
be delayed. It was growing late, and his wife
was sitting up in impatient expectation of his
return, when an alarm of “Fire” was raised,
and it was announced that a wheat-rick belonging
to Nichols, who farmed in a small way,
was in flames. Many of the villagers hastened
to the spot; but the fire, by the time they arrived,
had been effectually got under, and after
hanging about the premises a short time, they
turned homeward. Edward Lovegrove joined
a party of them, and incidently remarked that
he had been to Christchurch, where he had met
young Nichols, and had some rough words
with him: on his return, the young man had
passed him on horseback when about two miles
distant from the elder Nichols’ house, and just
as he (Lovegrove) neared the attorney’s premises,
the rick burst into flames. This relation
elicited very little remark at the time, and bidding
his companion good-night, Lovegrove
hastened home.
“The constables are looking for you,” said
a young woman, abruptly entering the chandler’s
shop, whither Edward Lovegrove had
proceeded the following morning to discharge
the trifling debt he had incurred.
“For me?” exclaimed the startled young
man.
“Yes, for you;” and, added the girl with a
meaning look and whisper, “if you were near
the fire last night, I would advise you to make
yourself scarce for a time.”
Her words conveyed no definite meaning to
Edward Lovegrove’s mind. The fire! Constables
after him! He left the shop, and took
with hasty steps, his way to the cottage, distant
over the fields about a quarter of a mile.
“Lawyer Nichols’ fire,” he muttered as he
hurried along. “Surely they do not mean to
accuse me of that!”
The sudden recollection of the threatening
letter he had sent glanced across and smote,
as with the stroke of a dagger, upon his brain.
“Good God! to what have I exposed myself?”
His agitation was excessive; and at the instant
the constables, who had been to his home
in search of him, turned the corner of a path,
a few paces ahead, and came full upon him.
In his confusion and terror he turned to flee,
but so weakly and irresolutely, that he was almost
immediately overtaken and secured.
“I would not have believed this of you, Edward
Lovegrove,” exclaimed the constable.
“Believed what?” ejaculated the bewildered
man.
“That you would have tried to revenge yourself
on Lawyer Nichols by such a base, dastardly
trick. But it’s not my business to reproach
you, and the less you say the better. Come
along.”
As they passed on toward the magistrate’s
house, an eager and curious crowd gradually
collected and accompanied them; and just as
they reached Digby Hall, a distant convulsive
scream, and his name frantically pronounced by
a voice which the prisoner but too well recognized,
told him that his wife had heard of his
capture, and was hurrying to join him. He
drew back, but his captors urged him impatiently
on; the hall-door was slammed in the faces[Pg 60]
of the crowd, and he found himself in the presence
of the magistrate and the elder Nichols.
The attorney, who appeared to be strongly
agitated, deposed in substance that the prisoner
had been seen by his son near his premises a
few minutes before the fire burst out; that he
had abused and assaulted young Mr. Nichols
but a few hours previously in the market at
Christchurch; and that he had himself received
a threatening letter, which he now produced,
only two days before, and which he believed to
be in the prisoner’s handwriting—
The prisoner, bewildered by terror, eagerly
denied that he wrote the letter.
This unfortunate denial was easily disposed
of, by the production, by the constable, of a
half sheet of letter-paper found in the cottage,
the ragged edge of which precisely fitted that of
the letter. Edward Lovegrove would have
been fully committed at once, but that the
magistrate thought it desirable that the deposition
of Arthur Nichols should be first formally
taken. This course was reluctantly acquiesced
in by the prosecutor, and the prisoner was remanded
to the next day.
The dismay of Charity Symons, when he
found that his well-intentioned present had
only brought additional suffering upon the
Lovegroves, was intense and bitter; but how
to help them, he knew not. He had half made
up his mind to obtain—no matter by what
means—a sight of certain papers which he had
long dimly suspected would make strange revelations
upon matters affecting Mary Lovegrove,
when the arrest of her husband on a charge of
incendiarism thoroughly determined him to risk
the expedient he had long hesitatingly contemplated.
The charge, he was quite satisfied in
his own mind, was an atrocious fabrication,
strongly as circumstances seemed to color and
confirm it.
The clerk, as he sat that afternoon in the office
silently pursuing his ill-paid drudgery, noticed
that his employer was strangely ill at ease.
He was restless, and savagely impatient of the
slightest delay on the most necessary question.
Evening fell early—it was now near the end of
October, and Symons with a respectful bow,
left the office. A few minutes afterward, the
attorney having carefully locked his desk, iron
chest, &c., and placed the keys in his pocket,
followed.
Two hours had elapsed, when Symons re-entered
the house by the back way, walked
through the kitchen, softly ascended the stairs,
and groped his way to the inner, private office.
There was no moon, and he dared not light a
candle; but the faint starlight fortunately enabled
him to move about without stumbling or
noise. He mounted the office steps, and inserted
the edge of a sharp broad chisel between
the lock and the lid of a heavy iron-bound box
marked ‘C.’ The ease and suddenness with
which the lid yielded to the powerful effort he
applied to it, overthrew his balance, and he
with difficulty saved himself from falling on the
floor. The box was not locked, and on putting
his hand into it, he discovered that it was entirely
empty! The tell-tale papers had been
removed, probably destroyed! At the moment
Symons made this exasperating discovery, the
sound of approaching footsteps struck upon his
startled senses, and shaking with fright, he had
barely time to descend the steps, and coop himself
up in a narrow cupboard under one of the
desks, when the Nicholses, father and son, entered
the office—the former with a candle in his
hand.
“We are private here,” said the father in a
low, guarded voice; “and I tell you you must
listen to reason.
“I don’t like it a bit,” rejoined the young
man. “It’s a cowardly, treacherous business;
and as for swearing I saw him near the fire
when it so strangely burst out, I won’t do it at
any price.”
“Listen to me, you foolish, headstrong boy,”
retorted the elder Nichols, “before you decide
on beggary for yourself, and ruin—the gallows,
perhaps, for me.”
“Wh-e-e-e-w! Why, what do you mean?”
“I will tell you. You already know that
Mary Woodhouse married Robert Clarke against
his uncle’s consent; you also know that Robert
Clarke died about five years after the marriage,
and that the seventy pounds a year which the
uncle allowed his nephew to keep him from
starvation was continued to be paid through me
to his widow.”
“Yes, I have heard all this before.”
“But you do not know,” continued the attorney
in an increasingly-agitated voice, “that
about six years after Robert Clarke’s death, the
uncle so far relented toward the widow and
daughter—though he would never see either of
them—as to increase the annuity to two hundred
pounds, and that at his death, four years
since, he bequeathed Mrs. Clarke five hundred
pounds per annum, with succession to her
daughter: all of which sums, I, partly on account
of your riot and extravagance, have appropriated.”
“Good heaven, what a horrible affair! What
would you have me do?”
“I have told you. The dread of discovery
has destroyed my health, and poisoned my existence.
Were he once out of the country, his
wife would doubtless follow him; detection
would be difficult; conviction, as I will manage
it, impossible.”
There was more said to the same effect; and
the son, at the close of a long and troubled
colloquy, departed, after promising to “consider
of it.”
He had been gone but a few minutes; the
elder Nichols was silently meditating the perilous
position in which he had placed himself,
when a noiseless step approached him from
behind, and a heavy hand was suddenly placed
upon his shoulder. He started wildly to his
feet, and confronted the stern and triumphant
glance of the once humble and submissive[Pg 61]
Charity Symons. The suddenness of the shock
overcame him, and he fainted.
Mary Lovegrove, whose child had sobbed
itself to sleep, was sitting in solitude and darkness
in the lower room of the cottage, her head
bowed in mute and tearless agony upon the
table, when, as on a previous evening, a tap at
the back window challenged her attention. It
was once more Charity Symons. “What do
you here again?” exclaimed the wretched wife
with some asperity of tone: “you no doubt
intended well; but you have nevertheless ruined,
destroyed me.”
“Not so,” rejoined the deformed clerk, his
pale, uncouth, but expressive features gleaming
with wild exultation in the clear starlight.
“God has at last enabled me to requite your
kindness to a contemned outcast. Fear not for
to-morrow. Your husband is safe, and you are
rich.” With these words he vanished.
On the next morning a letter was placed in
the magistrate’s hands from Mr. Nichols, stating
that circumstances had come to the writer’s
knowledge which convinced him that Edward
Lovegrove was entirely innocent of the offense
imputed to him; that the letter, which he had
destroyed, bore quite another meaning from that
which he had first attributed to it; and that he
consequently abandoned the prosecution. On
further inquiry, it was found that the attorney
had left his house late the preceding night, accompanied
by his son, had walked to Christchurch,
and from thence set off post for London.
His property and the winding up of his affairs
had been legally confided to his late clerk.
Under these circumstances the prisoner was of
course immediately discharged; and after a
private interview with Symons, returned in joy
and gladness to his now temporary home. He
was accompanied by the noisy felicitations of
his neighbors, to whom his liberation and
sudden accession to a considerable fortune had
become at the same moment known. As he
held his passionately-weeping wife in his arms,
and gazed with grateful emotion in her tearful
but rejoicing eyes, he whispered, “That kind
act of yours toward the despised hunchback has
saved me, and enriched our child. ‘Blessed are
the merciful, for they shall obtain mercy!'”
[From Dickens’s Household Words.]
THE GAMBLERS OF THE RHINE.
In literature, in science, in art, we find Germany
quite on a level with the present age.
She has produced men and books equal to the men
and books of England or France, as the names
of Goethe, Schiller, Humboldt, Liebig, and a
score of others bear testimony. But while in
poetry, philosophy, and science, she is on a par
with the best portions of modern Europe; in
politics—in the practical science of government—she
is an indefinite number of centuries behindhand.
Governmentally, she is now where
the English were during the Saxon Heptarchy,
with seven or more kingdoms in a space that
might be well governed by one sceptre. Where
she might get along very well with two, she
has a dozen petty kings, and petty courts, and
petty national debts, and petty pension-lists,
and paltry debased and confusing coinages, and
petty cabals, quarrels, and intermixture of contending
interests.
Out of this division of territory arises, of
course, a number of small poor princes; and as
poor princes do not like to work hard when
their pockets are low, we find them busy with
the schemes, shifts, and contrivances, common
from time immemorial with penniless people
who have large appetites for pleasure, small
stomachs for honest work—real, living, reigning
dukes though they be, they have added to
the royal “businesses” to which they were
born, little private speculations for the encouragement
of rouge et noir and roulette. These
small princes have, in fact, turned gambling
house keepers—hell-keepers, in the vulgar but
expressive slang of a London police court—proprietors
of establishments where the vicious
and the unwary, the greedy hawk and the silly
pigeon, congregate, the one to plunder and the
other to be plucked. That which has been expelled
from huge London, as too great an addition
to its vice, or, if not quite expelled, is
carried on with iron-barred doors, unequal at
times to protect its followers from the police
and the infamy of exposure—that which has
been outlawed from the Palais Royal and Paris,
as too bad even for the lax morality of a most
free-living city—that huge vice which caters to
the low senses of cunning and greediness, and
tempts men to lose fortune, position, character,
even hope, in the frantic excitements of, perhaps,
one desperate night—such a vice is
housed in fine buildings raised near mineral
springs, surrounded by beautiful gardens, enlivened
by music, and sanctioned by the open
patronage of petty German princes holding sway
in the valley watered by the Rhine. In fact,
unscrupulous speculators are found to carry on
German gaming-tables at German spas, paying
the sovereign of the country certain thousands
of pounds a year for the privilege of fleecing the
public.
The weakened in body are naturally weakened
in mental power. The weak in body are
promised health by “taking the waters” at a
German bath. The early hours, the pleasant
walks, the good music, the promised economy,
are inducements. The weakened mind wants
more occupation than it finds, for these places
are very monotonous, and the gaming-table is
placed by the sovereign of the country in a
noble room—the Kursaal, to afford excitement
to the visitor, and profits—the profits of infamy—to
himself.
There are grades in these great gaming-houses
for Europe. Taking them in the order
in which they are reached from Cologne, it may
be said that Wiesbaden is the finest town, having
very pleasant environs, and the least play.
The Grand Duke of Nassau, therefore, has[Pg 62]
probably the smallest share of the gaming-table
booty.
Homburg which comes next in order, is far
more out of reach, is smaller, duller—(it is indeed
very, very dreary)—and has to keep its
gaming-tables going all the year round, to make
up the money paid by the lessees of the gambling-house
to the duke. The range of the Taunus is
at the back of the “town” (a village about as
large, imposing, and lively as Hounslow), and
affords its chief attraction. The rides are agreeable,
if the visitor has a good horse—(a difficult
thing to get in that locality)—and is fond of
trotting up steep hills, and then ambling down
again. In beauty of position, and other attractions,
it is very far below both Wiesbaden and
Baden.
Baden-Baden is the third, and certainly most
beautiful of these German gambling-towns.
The town nestles, as it were, in a sheltered
valley, opening among the hills of the Black
Forest. In summer its aspect is very picturesque
and pleasant; but it looks as if in winter
it must be very damp and liable to the atmosphere
which provokes the growth of goitre.
At Baden there is said to be more play than
at the other two places put together. From
May till the end of September, roulette and
rouge et noir—the mutter of the man who deals
the cards, and the rattle of the marble—are
never still. The profits of the table at this
place are very large. The man who had them
some years ago retired with an immense fortune;
and one of his successors came from the
Palais Royal when public gaming was forbidden
in Paris, and was little less successful than his
predecessor. The permanent residents at Baden
could alone form any idea of the sums
netted, and only such of those as were living
near the bankers. They could scarcely avoid
seeing the bags of silver, five franc pieces chiefly,
that passed between the gaming-tables and
the bank. A profit of one thousand pounds a
fortnight was thought a sign of a bad season;
and so it must have been, when it is calculated
that the gambling-table keeper paid the duke
a clear four thousand pounds a year as the
regal share of the plunder, and agreed to spend
two thousand a year in decorating the town of
Baden. The play goes on in a noble hall called
the Conversations House, decorated with frescoes
and fitted up most handsomely. This
building stands in a fine ornamental garden,
with green lawns and fine avenues of tall trees;
and all this has been paid for by the profits of
roulette and rouge et noir. Seeing this, it may
cause surprise that people play at all; yet the
fascination is so great that, once within its
influence, good resolutions and common sense
seem alike unequal to resistance. All seems
fair enough, and some appear to win, and then
self-love suggests, “Oh, my luck will surely
carry me through!” The game is so arranged
that some win and some lose every game, the
table having, it is said, only a small percentage
of chance in its favor. These chances are
avowedly greater at roulette than at rouge et
noir, but at both it is practically shown that
the player, in the long run, always loses. It
is whispered that, contrary to the schoolboy
maxim, cheating does thrive at German baths;
and those who have watched the matter closely,
say a Dutch banker won every season by following
a certain plan. He waited till he saw
a heavy stake upon the table, and then backed
the other side. He always won.
Go into one of the rooms at any of these
places, and whom do you see? The off-scourings
of European cities—professional gamblers,
ex-officers of all sorts of armies; portionless
younger brothers; pensioners; old men and
old women who have outlived all other excitements;
a multitude of silly gulls, attracted by
the waters, or the music, or the fascination of
play; and a sprinkling of passing tourists, who
come—”just look in on their way,” generally
to be disappointed—often to be fleeced. Young
and handsome women are not very often seen
playing. Gaming is a vice reserved for middle
age. While hearts are to be won, dollars are
not worth playing for. Cards, and rouge, and
dyspepsy seem to be nearly allied, if we may
judge by the specimens of humanity seen at
the baths of Wiesbaden, Homburg, and Baden.
The players—and player and loser are almost
synonymous terms—are generally thin and anxious;
the bankers, fat and stolid. As the brass
whirls round, the table-keeper has the look of
a quiet bloated spider, seemingly passionless,
but with an eye that glances over every chance
on the board. At his side see an elderly man,
pale and thin, the muscles of whose lower jaw
are twitching spasmodically, yet with jaded,
forced resignation, he loses his last five pounds.
Next him is a woman highly dressed, with
false hair and teeth, and a great deal of paint.
She has a card in her hand, on which she
pricks the numbers played, and thus flatters
herself she learns the best chances to take.
Next to her see one of the most painful sights
these places display. A father, mother, and
young girl are all trying their fortune; the
parents giving money to the child that they
“may have her good luck,” reckless of the fatal
taste they are implanting in her mind. Next
is a Jew, looking all sorts of agonies, and one
may fancy he knows he is losing in an hour,
what it has cost him years of cunning and
self-denial to amass. And so on, round the
table, we find ill-dressed and well dressed Germans,
French, Russians, English, Yankees,
Irish, mixed up together, in one eager crowd;
thirsting to gain gold without giving value in
return; risking what they have in an insane
contest which they know has destroyed thousands
before them; losing their money, and
winning disgust, despondency, and often despair
and premature death. Never a year is said to
go by without its complement of ruined fools
and hasty suicides. The neighboring woods
afford a convenient shelter; and a trigger, or a
handkerchief and a bough, complete the tragedy.
[From Chambers’s Edinburgh Journal.]
THE CONFLICT OF LOVE—A TALE OF REAL LIFE.
In the north of France, near the Belgian frontier,
is situated a small, obscure town. It
is surrounded by high fortifications, which seem
ready to crush the mean houses in the centre.
Inclosed, so to speak, in a net-work of walls,
the poor little town has never sent a suburb to
wander on the smooth green turf outside; but
as the population increased, new streets sprang
up within the boundary, crowding the already
narrow space, and giving to the whole the aspect
of some huge prison.
The climate of the north of France during
half the year is usually damp and gloomy. I
shall never forget the sensation of sadness
which I felt when obliged by circumstances to
leave the gay, sunny south, and take up my
abode for a while in the town I have described.
Every day I walked out; and in order to reach
the nearest gate, I had to pass through a narrow
lane, so very steep, that steps were cut
across it in order to render the ascent less difficult.
Traversing this disagreeable alley, it
happened one day that my eyes rested on a
mean-looking, gray-colored house, which stood
detached from the others. Seldom, indeed,
could a ray of sunshine light up its small,
green-paned windows, and penetrate the interior
of its gloomy apartments. During the
winter the frozen snow on the steps made it so
dangerous to pass through the narrow alley,
that its slippery pavement seemed quite deserted.
I do not remember to have met a
single person there in the course of my daily
walk; and my eye used to rest with compassion
on the silent gray house. “I hope,” thought
I, “that its inhabitants are old—it would be
fearful to be young there!” Spring came; and
in the narrow lane the ice changed into moisture;
then the damp gradually dried up, and a
few blades of grass began to appear beneath the
rampart wall. Even in this gloomy passage
there were tokens of awakening life, but the
gray house remained silent and sad as before.
Passing by it, as usual, in the beginning of
June, I remarked, placed on the window-sill of
the open casement, a glass containing a bunch
of violets. “Ah,” thought I, “there is a soul
here!”
To love flowers, one must either be young,
or have preserved the memories of youth. The
enjoyment of their perfume implies something
ideal and refined; and among the poor a
struggle between the necessities of the body and
the instincts of the soul. I looked at the violets
with a feeling of sadness, thinking that
they probably formed the single solace of some
weary life. The next day I returned. Even
in that gloomy place the sweet rejoicing face of
summer had appeared, and dissipated the chill
silence of the air. Birds were twittering, insects
humming, and one of the windows in the
old gray house was wide open.
Seated near it was a woman working busily
with her needle. It would be difficult to tell
her age, for the pallor and sadness of her countenance
might have been caused as much by
sorrow as by years, and her cheek was shadowed
by a profusion of rich dark hair. She was thin,
and her fingers were long and white. She wore
a simple brown dress, a black apron, and white
collar; and I remarked the sweet, though fading
bunch of violets carefully placed within the
folds of her kerchief. Her eyes met mine, and
she gently inclined her head. I then saw more
distinctly that she had just reached the limit
which separates youth from mature age. She
had suffered, but probably without a struggle,
without a murmur—perhaps without a tear.
Her countenance was calm and resigned, but it
was the stillness of death. I fancied she was
like a drooping flower, which, without being
broken, bends noiselessly toward the earth.
Every day I saw her in the same place, and,
without speaking, we exchanged a salutation.
On Sundays I missed her, and concluded that
she walked into the country, for each Monday
a fresh bunch of violets appeared in the window.
I conjectured that she was poor, working
at embroidery for her support; and I discovered
that she was not alone in the house, for one
day a somewhat impatient voice called “Ursula!”
and she rose hastily. The tone was
not that of a master, neither did she obey the
summons after the manner of a servant, but
with an expression of heartfelt readiness; yet
the voice breathed no affection; and I thought
that Ursula perchance was not loved by those
with whom she lived.
Time passed on, and our silent intimacy increased.
At length each day I gathered some
fresh flowers, and placed them on the window-sill.
Ursula blushed, and took them with a
gentle, grateful smile. Clustering in her girdle,
and arranged within her room, they brought
summer to the old gray house. It happened
one evening that as I was returning through
the alley a sudden storm of rain came on.
Ursula darted toward the door, caught my hand
as I was passing, and drew me into the narrow
passage which led to her room. Then the poor
girl clasped both my hands in hers, and murmured,
softly, “Thanks!” It was the first
time I had heard her voice, and I entered her
apartment. It was a large, low room, with a
red-tiled floor, furnished with straw chairs
ranged along the walls. Being lighted by only
one small window, it felt damp and gloomy.
Ursula was right to seat herself close by the
casement to seek a little light and air. I
understood the reason of her paleness—it was
not that she had lost the freshness of youth,
but that she had never possessed it. She was
bleached like a flower that has blossomed in the
shade.
In the farthest corner of the room, seated on
arm-chairs, were two persons, an old man and
woman. The latter was knitting without looking
at her work—she was blind. The man[Pg 64]
was unemployed: he gazed vacantly at his
companion without a ray of intelligence in his
face: it was evident that he had overpassed
the ordinary limit of human life, and that now
his body alone existed. Sometimes in extreme
old age the mind, as though irritated by its
long captivity, tries to escape from its prison,
and in its efforts, breaks the harmonious chord
that links them together. It chafes against the
shattered walls; it has not taken flight, but it
feels itself no longer in a place of rest.
These, then, were the inhabitants of the
silent gray house—a blind old woman, an imbecile
old man, and a young girl faded before
her time by the sadness and gloom that surrounded
her! Her life had been a blank; each
year had borne away some portion of her youth,
her beauty, and her hope, and left her nothing
but silence and oblivion. I often returned to
visit Ursula, and one day, while I sat next her
in the window, she told me the simple story of
her life.
“I was born,” said she, “in this house; and
I have never quitted it; but my parents are not
natives of this country—they came here as
strangers, without either friends or relatives.
When they married, they were already advanced
in life; for I can not remember them ever being
young. My mother became blind, and this
misfortune rendered her melancholy and austere;
so that our house was enveloped in gloom.
I was never permitted to sing, or play, or make
the slightest noise: very rarely did I receive a
caress. Yet my parents loved me: they never
told me that they did; but I judged their hearts
by my own, and I felt that I loved them. My
days were not always as solitary as they are
now; I had a sister”—Her eyes filled with
tears, but they did not overflow; they were
wont to remain hidden in the depths of her
heart. After a few moments, she continued—”I
had an elder sister: like our mother, she
was grave and silent, but toward me she was
tender and affectionate. We loved each other
dearly, and shared between us the cares which
our parents required. We never enjoyed the
pleasure of rambling together through the fields,
for one always remained at home; but whichever
of us went out, brought flowers to the
other, and talked to her of the sun, and the
trees, and the fresh air. In the evenings we
worked together by the light of a lamp; we
could not converse much, for our parents used
to slumber by our side; but whenever we looked
up, we could see a loving smile on each other’s
face; and we went to repose in the same room,
never lying down without saying ‘Good-night!
I hope, dear sister, you will sleep well!’ Was
it not a trial to part? Yet I do not murmur:
Martha is happy in heaven. I know not if it
was the want of air and exercise, or the dull
monotony of her life, which caused the commencement
of Martha’s illness, but I saw her
gradually languish and fade. I alone was disquieted
by it; my mother did not see her, and
she never complained. With much difficulty I
at length prevailed on my sister to see a physician.
Alas! nothing could be done: she
lingered for a time, and then died. The evening
before her death, as I was seated by her
bed, she clasped my hand between her trembling
ones: ‘Adieu! my poor Ursula!’ she said:
‘take courage, and watch well over our father
and mother. They love us, Ursula; they love
us, although they do not often say so. Take
care of your health for their sake; you can not
die before them. Adieu! sister: don’t weep
for me too much, but pray to our heavenly
Father. We shall meet again, Ursula!’ Three
days afterward, Martha was borne away in her
coffin, and I remained alone with my parents.
When my mother first heard of my sister’s
death, she uttered a loud cry, sprang up, took
a few hasty steps across the room, and then fell
on the ground. I raised her up, and led her
back to her arm-chair. Since then she has not
wept, but she is more silent than before, save
that her lips move in secret prayer. I have
little more to tell. My father became completely
imbecile, and at the same time we lost
nearly the whole of our little property. I have
succeeded in concealing this loss from my parents;
making money for their support by selling
my embroidery. I have no one to speak to
since my sister’s death; I love books, but I
have no time for reading—I must work. It is
only on Sunday that I breathe the fresh air;
and I do not walk far, as I am alone. Some
years since, when I was very young, I used to
dream while I sat in this window. I peopled
the solitude with a thousand visions which
brightened the dark hours. Now a sort of
numbness has fallen on my thoughts—I dream
no more. While I was young, I used to hope
for some change in my destiny; now I am
twenty-nine years old, and sorrow has chastened
my spirit: I no longer hope or fear. In this
place I shall finish my lonely days. Do not
think that I have found resignation without a
conflict. There were times when my heart revolted
at living without being loved, but I
thought of Martha’s gentle words, ‘We shall
meet again, sister!’ and I found peace. Now
I often pray—I seldom weep. And you, madam—are
you happy?”
I did not answer this question of Ursula’s.
Speaking to her of happiness would be like
talking of an ungrateful friend to one whom he
has deserted.
Some months afterward, on a fine autumn
morning, as I was preparing to go to Ursula, I
received a visit from a young officer who had
lately joined the garrison. He was the son of
an old friend of my husband’s, and we both felt
a lively interest in his welfare. Seeing me prepared
for a walk, he offered his arm, and we
proceeded toward the dwelling of Ursula. I
chanced to speak of her; and as the young
officer, whom I shall call Maurice d’Erval,
seemed to take an interest in her story, I related
it to him as we walked slowly along.
When we reached the old gray house he looked[Pg 65]
at her with pity and respect, saluted her, and
withdrew. Ursula, startled at the presence of
a stranger, blushed slightly. At that moment
she looked almost beautiful. I know not what
vague ideas crossed my brain, but I looked at
her, and then, without speaking, I drew the
rich bands of her hair into a more becoming
form, I took a narrow black velvet collar off my
own neck, and passed it round hers, and I arranged
a few brilliant flowers in her girdle.
Ursula smiled without understanding why I
did so: her smile always pained me—there is
nothing more sad than the smile of the unhappy.
They seem to smile for others, not for
themselves. Many days passed without my
seeing Maurice d’Erval, and many more before
chance led us together near the old gray
house.
It was on our return from a country excursion
with a large gay party. On entering the town,
we all dispersed in different directions: I took
the arm of Maurice, and led him toward Ursula’s
abode. It was one of those soft, calm autumn
evenings, when the still trees are colored by the
rays of the setting sun, and every thing breathes
repose. It is a time when the soul is softened,
when we become better, when we feel ready to
weep without the bitterness of sorrow. Ursula,
as usual, was seated in the window. A slanting
ray of sunshine falling on her head lent an
unwonted lustre to her dark hair: her eyes
brightened when she saw me, and she smiled
her own sad smile. Her sombre dress showed
to advantage her slender, gracefully-bending
figure, and a bunch of violets, her favorite
flower, was fastened in her bosom. There was
something in the whole appearance of Ursula
which suited harmoniously the calm, sad beauty
of the evening, and my companion felt it. As
we approached, he fixed his eyes on the poor
girl, who, timid as a child of fifteen, hung down
her head, and blushed deeply. Maurice stopped,
exchanged a few words with us both, and then
took his leave. But from that time he constantly
passed through the narrow alley, and
paused each time for a moment to salute Ursula.
One day, accompanied by me, he entered
her house.
There are hearts in this world so unaccustomed
to hope, that they can not comprehend happiness
when it comes to them. Enveloped in her sadness,
which, like a thick vail, hid from her sight
all external things, Ursula neither saw nor understood.
She remained under the eyes of
Maurice as under mine—dejected and resigned.
As to the young man, I could not clearly make
out what was passing in his mind. It was not
love for Ursula, at least so I thought, but it was
that tender pity which is nearly allied to it.
The romantic soul of Maurice pleased itself in
the atmosphere of sadness which surrounded
Ursula. Gradually they began to converse;
and in sympathizing with each other on the
misery of life, they experienced that happiness
whose existence they denied. Months passed
on; the pleasant spring came back again; and
one evening, while walking with a large party,
Maurice d’Erval drew me aside, and after some
indifferent remarks, said, “Does not the most
exalted happiness consist in making others share
it with you? Is there not great sweetness in
imparting joy to one who would otherwise pass
a life of tears?” I looked at him anxiously
without speaking. “Yes,” said he, “dear
friend, go ask Ursula if she will marry me!”
An exclamation of joy was my reply, and I
hurried toward the gray house. I found Ursula,
as usual, seated at her work. Solitude, silence,
and the absence of all excitement had lulled her
spirit into a sort of drowsiness. She did not
suffer; she even smiled languidly when I appeared,
but this was the only sign of animation
she displayed. I feared not giving a sudden
shock to this poor paralyzed soul, or stirring it
into a violent tumult of happiness: I wanted to
see if the mental vigor was extinct, or merely
dormant. I placed my chair next hers, I took
both her hands in mine, and fixing my eyes on
hers, I said, “Ursula, Maurice d’Erval has desired
me to ask you if you will be his wife!”
The girl was struck as if with a thunderbolt;
her eyes beamed through the tears that filled
them, and her blood, rushing through the veins,
mantled richly beneath her skin. Her chest
heaved, her heart beat almost audibly, and her
hands grasped mine with a convulsive pressure.
Ursula had only slumbered, and now the voice
of love awakened her. She loved suddenly:
hitherto she might, perchance, have loved unwittingly,
but now the vail was rent, and she
knew that she loved.
After a few moments, she passed her hand
across her forehead, and said, in a low voice,
“No: it is not possible!”
I simply repeated the same phrase, “Maurice
d’Erval asks you if you will be his wife,” in
order to accustom her to the sound of the words,
which, like the notes of a harmonious chord,
formed for her, poor thing, a sweet, unwonted
melody.
“His wife!” repeated she with ecstasy; “his
wife!” And running toward her mother, she
cried, “Mother, do you hear it? He asks me
to be his wife!”
“Daughter,” replied the old blind woman,
“my beloved daughter, I knew that, sooner or
later, God would recompense your virtues.”
“My God!” cried Ursula, “what hast Thou
done for me this day? His wife! beloved daughter!”
And she fell on her knees with clasped
hands, and her face covered with tears. At
that moment footsteps were heard in the passage.
“It is he!” cried Ursula. “He brings
life!” I hastened away, and left Ursula glowing
with tearful happiness to receive Maurice
d’Erval alone.
From that day Ursula was changed. She
grew young and beautiful under the magic influence
of joy, yet her happiness partook in some
measure of her former character: it was calm,
silent, and reserved; so that Maurice, who had
first loved a pale, sad woman, seated in the[Pg 66]
shade, was not obliged to change the coloring
of the picture, although Ursula was now happy.
They passed long evenings together in the low,
dull room, lighted only by the moonbeams, conversing
and musing together.
Ursula loved with simplicity. She said to
Maurice, “I love you—I am happy—and I thank
you for it!” The old gray house was the only
scene of these interviews. Ursula worked with
unabated diligence, and never left her parents.
But the walls of that narrow dwelling no longer
confined her soul: it had risen to freedom, and
taken its flight. The sweet magic of hope
brightens not only the future, but the present,
and through the medium of its all-powerful
prism changes the coloring of all things. The
old house was as mean-looking and gloomy as
ever, but one feeling, enshrined in the heart of
a woman, changed it to a palace. Dreams of
hope, although you fleet and vanish like golden
clouds in the sky, yet come, come to us ever!
Those who have never known you, are a thousand
times poorer than those who live to regret
you!
Thus there passed a happy time for Ursula.
But a day came when Maurice entering her
room in haste, said, “Dearest, we must hasten
our marriage; the regiment is about to be
moved to another garrison, and we must be
ready to set out.”
“Are we going far, Maurice?”
“Does it frighten my Ursula to think of seeing
distant countries? There are many lands
more beautiful than this.”
“Oh, no, Maurice, not for myself, but for my
parents: they are too old to bear a long journey.”
Maurice looked at his betrothed without speaking.
Although he well knew that, in order to
share his wandering destiny, Ursula must leave
her parents, yet he had never reflected seriously
on the subject. He had foreseen her grief, but
confiding in her affection, he had thought that
his devoted love would soothe every sorrow of
which he was not himself the cause. It was
now necessary to come to an explanation; and
sad at the inevitable pain which he was about
to inflict on his betrothed, Maurice took her
hand, made her sit down in her accustomed
place, and said, gently, “Dearest, it would be
impossible for your father and mother to accompany
us in our wandering life. Until now,
my Ursula, we have led a loving, dreamy life,
without entering soberly into our future plans.
I have no fortune but my sword; and now, at
the commencement of my career, my income is
so small, that we shall have to submit together
to many privations. I reckon on your courage;
but you alone must follow me. The presence
of your parents would only serve to entail misery
on them, and hopeless poverty on us.”
“Leave my father and my mother!” cried
Ursula.
“Leave them, with their little property, in
this house; confide them to careful hands; and
follow the fortunes of your husband.”
“Leave my father and my mother!” repeated
Ursula. “But do you know that the pittance
they possess would never suffice for their support—that
without their knowledge, I work to
increase it—and that, during many years, I
have tended them alone?”
“My poor Ursula!” replied Maurice, “we
must submit to what is inevitable. Hitherto
you have concealed from them the loss of their
little fortune; tell it to them now, as it can not
be helped. Try to regulate their expenditure of
the little which remains; for, alas! we shall
have nothing to give them.”
“Go away, and leave them here! Impossible!
I tell you, I must work for them!”
“Ursula, my Ursula!” said Maurice, pressing
both her hands in his, “do not allow yourself,
I conjure you, to be carried away by the first
impulse of your generous heart. Reflect for a
moment: we do not refuse to give, but we have
it not. Even living alone, we shall have to
endure many privations.”
“I can not leave them,” said Ursula, looking
mournfully at the two old people slumbering in
their arm-chairs.
“Do you not love me, Ursula?” The poor
girl only replied by a torrent of tears.
Maurice remained long with her, pouring
forth protestations of love, and repeating explanations
of their actual position. She listened
without replying; and at length he took his
leave. Left alone, Ursula leaned her head on
her hand, and remained without moving for
many hours. Alas! the tardy gloom of happiness
which brightened her life for a moment
was passing away: the blessed dream was fled
never to return! Silence, oblivion, darkness,
regained possession of that heart whence love
had chased them. During the long midnight
hours who can tell what passed in the poor
girl’s mind? God knew: she never spoke of it.
When day dawned, she shuddered, closed the
window, which had remained open during the
night, and, trembling from the chill which seized
both mind and body, she took paper and pen,
and wrote—”Farewell, Maurice! I remain
with my father and my mother: they have need
of me. To abandon them in their old age
would be to cause their death: they have only
me in the world. My sister, on her death-bed,
confided them to me, saying, ‘We shall meet
again, Ursula!’ If I neglected my duties, I
should never see her more. I have loved you
well—I shall love you always. You have been
very kind, but I know now that we are too poor
to marry. Farewell! How hard to write that
word! Farewell, dear friend—I knew that happiness
was not for me, Ursula.”
I went to the old gray house, and so did
Maurice; but all our representations were useless—she
would not leave her parents. “I
must work for them!” she said. In vain I
spoke to her of Maurice’s love, and, with a sort
of cruelty, reminded her of her waning youth,
and the improbability of her meeting another
husband. She listened, while her tears dropped[Pg 67]
on the delicate work at which she labored without
intermission, and then in a low voice she
murmured, “They would die: I must work for
them!” She begged us not to tell her mother
what had passed. Those for whom she had
sacrificed herself remained ignorant of her devotion.
Some slight reason was assigned for
the breaking off of the marriage, and Ursula
resumed her place and her employment near
the window, pale, dejected, and bowed down
as before.
Maurice d’Erval possessed one of those prudent,
deliberating minds which never allow
themselves to be carried away by feeling or by
impulse. His love had a limit: he prayed and
intreated for a time, but at length he grew
weary, and desisted.
It happened one day, while Ursula was seated
in her window, that she heard a distant
sound of military music, and the measured
trampling of many feet. It was the regiment
departing. Tremblingly she listened to the air,
which sounded as a knell in her ears; and
when the last faint notes died away in the
distance, she let her work fall on her lap, and
covered her face with her hands. A few tears
trickled between her fingers, but she speedily
wiped them away, and resumed her work: she
resumed it for the rest of her life. On the
evening of this day of separation—this day
when the sacrifice was consummated—Ursula,
after having bestowed her usual care on her
parents, seated herself at the foot of her mother’s
bed, and, bending toward her with a look,
whose tearful tenderness the blind old woman
could not know, the poor deserted one took her
hand, and murmured softly, “Mother! you love
me; do you not? Is not my presence a comfort
to you? Would you not grieve to part
with me, my mother?”
The old woman turned her face to the wall,
and said in a fretful tone, “Nonsense, Ursula.
I’m tired; let me go to sleep!” The word of
tenderness which she had sought as her only
recompense was not uttered; the mother fell
asleep without pressing her daughter’s hand;
and the poor girl, falling on her knees, poured
out her sorrows in prayer to One who could
both hear and heal them.
From that time Ursula became more pale,
more silent, more cast down than ever. The
last sharp sorrow bore away all traces of her
youth and beauty. “All is ended!” she used
to say; and all, save duty, was ended for her
on earth. No tidings came of Maurice d’Erval.
Ursula had pleased his imagination, like some
graceful melancholy picture, but time effaced
its coloring from his memory, and he forgot.
How many things are forgotten in this life!
How rarely do the absent mourn each other
long!
One year after these events, Ursula’s mother
began visibly to decline, yet without suffering
from any positive malady. Her daughter
watched and prayed by her bed, and received
her last benediction. “Once more she is with
thee, Martha!” sighed Ursula: “be it thine to
watch over her in heaven.” She knelt down,
and prayed by the side of the solitary old man.
She dressed him in mourning without his being
conscious of it; but on the second day he turned
toward the empty arm-chair next his own, and
cried, “My wife!”
Ursula spoke to him, and tried to divert his
attention; but he repeated, “My wife!” while
the tears rolled down his cheeks. In the evening,
when his supper was brought, he turned
away from it, and fixing his eyes on the vacant
chair, said, “My wife!”
Ursula tried every expedient that love and
sorrow could suggest; but in vain. The old
man continued watching the place which his
wife was wont to occupy; and refusing food,
he would look at Ursula, and with clasped
hands, in the querulous tone of a child imploring
some forbidden indulgence, repeat, “My
wife!” In a month afterward he died. His
last movement was to raise his clasped hands,
look up to Heaven, and cry “My wife!” as
though he saw her waiting to receive him.
When the last coffin was borne away from the
old gray house, Ursula murmured softly, “My
God! couldst thou not have spared them to me
a little longer?” She was left alone; and many
years have passed since then.
I left the dark old town and Ursula to travel
into distant lands. By degrees she ceased to
write to me, and after many vain efforts to induce
her to continue the correspondence, I gradually
lost all trace of her. I sometimes ask
myself, “What has been her fate? Is she
dead?” Alas! the poor girl was ever unfortunate:
I fear she still lives!
STREET MUSIC IN LONDON.
“Charming place this,” said a mad lady
to us while looking out of a window of
the finest Lunatic Asylum in North Britain;
“so retired, so quiet, so genteel, so remote
from the busy hum of men and women. The
view you perceive is lovely—quite sylvan (there
were two trees in the remote distance), ‘Silence
reigns around,’ as the poet says, and then you
see, sir, we do not allow street bands to come here.”
On inquiry, we were told that this patient
was a London literary lady. Her mania, like
Morose in Ben Jonson’s Epicure, was against
noise. She constantly prayed for deafness.
She walked in list shoes, and spoke in a whisper
as an example to others. The immediate
cause of her confinement had not been ascertained,
but we have no doubt that she had
been driven stark mad by the street discord of
the metropolis. We firmly believe her case is
not singular. Judging from our own experience
of the extremest brink of insanity, to which
we have been occasionally driven by the organic
and Pandean persecutions to which we
have been subjected, we should say that much
of the madness existing and wrought in this
county of Middlesex originates in street music.[Pg 68]
If Dr. Connolly can not bear us out in this
opinion, we shall be rather astonished.
A man of thoughtful habit, and of a timid, or
nervous temperament, has only to take apartments
in what lodging-house-keepers wickedly
call, in their advertisements, “a quiet neighborhood,”
to be tolerably sure of making his
next move in a strait waistcoat to an asylum
for the insane. In retired streets, squares, terraces,
or “rows,” where the more pleasing
music of cart, coach, and cab wheels does not
abound, the void is discordantly filled up by
peripatetic concerts, which last all day long.
You are forced, each morning, to shave to the
hundredth psalm groaned out from an impious
organ; at breakfast you are stunned by the
basses of a wretched waltz belched forth from
a bass trombone; and your morning is ruined
for study by the tinkling of a barrel piano-forte;
at luncheon acute dyspepsia communicates itself
to your vitals in the stunning buldering of
a big-drum; tuneless trumpets, discordant cornets,
and blundering bass-viols form a running
accompaniment of discord to your afternoon
walk; hurdy-gurdies, peradventure, destroy
your dinner; fiddles and harps squeak
away the peace of your whole evening; and,
when you lay your distracted head on your pillow
you are robbed of sleep by a banditti of
glee singers, hoarsely croaking, “Up rouse ye
then, my merry, merry men!”
Yet this is a land of liberty, and every man’s
house is his castle!
A man may have every comfort this world
can afford—the prettiest house, the sweetest
wife, the most unexceptionable cook, lovely
children, and a good library—but what are
these when the enjoyment they afford is destroyed
by an endless charivari; when domestic
happiness is made misery by street discord;
when an English gentleman is denied what is
insured to every Pentonville prisoner—peace;
when a wise legislation has patented the silent
system for convicts only, and supplies no free-born
Briton with a defense from hideous invasions
of his inmost privacy: a legislature
which, here, in London, in the year of grace
eighteen hundred and fifty, where civilization
is said to have made some advances—permits
bag-pipes!
This is a subject upon which it is impossible,
without the most superhuman self-control, to
write with calmness.
Justice is supposed in this country to be
meted out with an even hand. A humane
maxim says, “Better let ten guilty men escape,
than one innocent man suffer.” Yet what
have the public, especially of “quiet neighborhoods,”
done; what crimes have we committed;
what retribution have we invoked; that we
are to be visited with the indiscriminating punishment,
the excruciating agony, squealed and
screeched into our ears out of that instrument
of ineffable torture, the Scotch bagpipe? If
our neighbor be a slanderer, a screw, a giver
of bad dinners, or any other sort of criminal
for whom the law has provided no punishment
and a bag-pipe serenade be your mode of revenge
on him, shut him up with a piper or
pipers in the padded room in Bedlam, or take
him out to the Eddystone lighthouse; but for
the love of mercy, do not make us, his unoffending
neighbors, partakers of his probably
just, but certainly condign punishment!
We have, however, a better opinion of human
nature than to believe in such extreme vindictiveness.
We rather attribute these public
performances of sonorous savagery to the perverted
taste of a few unfortunate individuals,
who pretend to relish the discords, and who
actually pay the kilted executioners of harmony.
The existence of such wretched amateurs might
be doubted, if we did not remember that the
most revolting propensities are to be found
among mankind. There are people who chew
tobacco; a certain tribe of Polynesian aborigines
deem assafœtida the most delicious of perfumes;
and Southey, in his Travels in Spain,
states that the Gallician carters positively refused
to grease their wheels because of the delight
the creaking gave them. Yet although
the grating of wooden axles, or even the sharpening
of saws, is music to the pibroch, it appears
from a variety of evidence that bad taste can
actually reach, even in the female mind, to the
acme of encouraging and patronizing street
bagpipers.
Do we wish to banish all music from the
busy haunts of men? By no means. Good
music is sometimes emitted from our pavements—the
kerb sends forth here and there, and now
and then, sounds not unworthy of the best appointed
orchestra. Where these superior street
performers received their musical education it
is not our business to inquire; but their arrangements
of some of the most popular opera
music, show that their training has been strictly
professional. Quintette, Sestette, and Septette
bands of brass and string are occasionally
heard in the open street, whose performances
show that the pieces have been regularly scored
and rigidly rehearsed. “Tune, time, and distance”
are excellently kept; the pianos and
fortes are admirably colored—there is no vamping
of basses; no “fudging” of difficult passages.
We look upon such players as musical
missionaries who purvey the best music from
the opera houses and from the saloons of the
nobility to the general public, to the improvement
of its musical taste. But where even
these choice pavé professionists have us at a
disadvantage is in their discoursing their excellent
music at precisely the times when we do
not want the sounds of the charmer, charm he
never so wisely. The habitant of the “quiet
neighborhood,” fond as he is of Casta Diva or
the Rosen Waltz, would rather not be indulged
with them just as he is commencing to study a
complicated brief, or while he is computing the
draft of a difficult survey. When he wants
music he likes to go to it; he never wants it to
come to him.
[From Dickens’s Household Words.]
MISTAKES IN PERSONAL IDENTITY.
There is no kind of evidence more infirm in
its nature and against which jurymen on
legal trials should be more on their guard, than
that involving identity of person. The number
of persons who resemble each other is not inconsiderable
in itself; but the number is very
large of persons who, though very distinguishable
when standing side by side, are yet sufficiently
alike to deceive those who are without
the means of immediate comparison.
Early in life an occurrence impressed me
with the danger of relying on the most confident
belief of identity. I was at Vauxhall
Gardens where I thought I saw, at a short distance,
an old country gentleman whom I highly
respected, and whose favor I should have been
sorry to lose. I bowed to him, but obtained no
recognition. In those days the company amused
themselves by walking round in a circle, some
in one direction, some in the opposite, by which
means every one saw and was seen—I say in
those days, because I have not been at Vauxhall
for a quarter of a century. In performing
these rounds I often met the gentleman, and
tried to attract his attention, until I became
convinced that either his eyesight was so
weakened that he did not know me, or that he
chose to disown my acquaintance. Some time
afterward, going into the county in which he
resided, I received, as usual, an invitation to
dinner; this led to an explanation, when my
friend assured me he had not been in London
for twenty years. I afterward met the person
whom I had mistaken for my old friend, and
wondered how I could have fallen into the
error. I can only explain it by supposing that,
if the mind feels satisfied of identity, which it
often does at the first glance, it ceases to investigate
that question, and occupies itself with
other matter; as in my case, where my thoughts
ran upon the motives my friend might have for
not recognizing me, instead of employing themselves
on the question of whether or no the
individual before my eyes was indeed the person
I took him for.
If I had had to give evidence on this matter
my mistake would have been the more dangerous,
as I had full means of knowledge. The
place was well lighted, the interviews were repeated,
and my mind was undisturbed. How
often have I known evidence of identity acted
upon by juries, where the witness was in a
much less favorable position (for correct observation)
than mine.
Sometimes, a mistaken verdict is avoided by
independent evidence. Rarely, however, is this
rock escaped, by cross-examination, even when
conducted with adequate skill and experience.
The belief of the witness is belief in a matter
of opinion resulting from a combination of
facts so slight and unimportant, separately
considered, that they furnish no handle to the
cross-examiner. A striking case of this kind
occurs to my recollection, with which I will
conclude.
A prisoner was indicted for shooting at the
prosecutor, with intent to kill him. The prosecutor
swore that the prisoner had demanded
his money, and that upon refusal, or delay, to
comply with his requisition, he fired a pistol,
by the flash of which his countenance became
perfectly visible; the shot did not take effect,
and the prisoner made off. Here the recognition
was momentary, and the prosecutor
could hardly have been in an undisturbed state
of mind, yet the confidence of his belief made a
strong impression on all who heard the evidence,
and probably would have sealed the fate of the
prisoner without the aid of an additional fact
of very slight importance, which was, however,
put in evidence, by way of corroboration, that
the prisoner, who was a stranger to the neighborhood,
had been seen passing near the spot in
which the attack was made about noon of the
same day. The judge belonged to a class now,
thank God! obsolete, who always acted on the
reverse of the constitutional maxim, and considered
every man guilty until he was proved to
be innocent.
If the case had closed without witnesses on
behalf of the prisoner, his life would have been
gone: fortunately, he possessed the means of
employing an able and zealous attorney, and
more fortunately, it so happened that several
hours before the attack the prisoner had mounted
upon a coach, and was many miles from the
scene of the crime at the hour of its commission.
With great labor, and at considerable expense,
all the passengers were sought out, and,
with the coachman and guard, were brought
into court, and testified to the presence among
them of the prisoner. An alibi is always a
suspected defense, and by no man was ever
more suspiciously watched than by this judge.
But when witness after witness appeared, their
names corresponding exactly with the way-bill
produced by the clerk of a respectable coach-office,
the most determined skepticism gave
way, and the prisoner was acquitted by acclamation.
He was not, however, saved by his
innocence, but by his good fortune. How frequently
does it happen to us all to be many
hours at a time without having witnesses to
prove our absence from one spot by our presence
at another! And how many of us are too prone
to avail ourselves of such proof in the instances
where it may exist!
A remarkable instance of mistake in identity,
which put the life of a prisoner in extreme
peril, I heard from the lips of his counsel. It
occurred at the Special Commission held at
Nottingham after the riots consequent on the
rejection of the Reform Bill by the House of
Lords, in 1831.
The prisoner was a young man of prepossessing
appearance, belonging to what may be
called the lower section of the middle rank of
life, being a framework knitter, in the employment[Pg 70]
of his father, a master manufacturer in a
small way. He was tried on an indictment
charging him with the offense of arson. A
mob, of which he was alleged to be one, had
burned Colwick Hall, near Nottingham, the
residence of Mr. Musters, the husband of Mary
Chaworth, whose name is so closely linked
with that of Byron. This ill-fated lady was
approaching the last stage of consumption,
when, on a cold and wet evening in autumn,
she was driven from her mansion, and compelled
to take refuge among the trees of her
shrubbery—an outrage which probably hastened
her death.
The crime, with its attendant circumstances,
created, as was natural, a strong sympathy
against the criminals. Unhappily, this feeling,
so praiseworthy in itself, is liable to produce
a strong tendency in the public mind to
believe in the guilt of a party accused. People
sometimes seem to hunger and thirst after a
criminal, and are disappointed when it turns
out that they are mistaken in their man, and
are, consequently, slow to believe that such an
error has been made. Doubtless, the impression
is received into the mind unconsciously;
but although on that ground pardonable, it is
all the more dangerous. In this case, the prisoner
was identified by several witnesses as having
taken an active part in setting fire to the
house.
He had been under their notice for some
considerable space of time: they gave their
evidence against him without hesitation, and
probably the slightest doubt of its accuracy.
His defense was an alibi. The frame at which
he worked had its place near the entrance to
the warehouse, the room frequented by the customers
and all who had business to transact at
the manufactory. He acted, therefore, as door-keeper,
and in that capacity had been seen and
spoken with by many persons, who in their evidence
more than covered the whole time which
elapsed between the arrival of the mob at Colwick
Hall and its departure. The alibi was
believed, and the prisoner, after a trial which
lasted a whole day, was acquitted.
The next morning he was to be tried again
on another indictment, charging him with having
set fire to the castle at Nottingham. The
counsel for the prosecution, influenced by motives
of humanity, and fully impressed with the
prisoner’s guilt on both charges, urged the counsel
for the prisoner to advise his client to plead
guilty, undertaking that his life should be spared,
but observing at the same time that his social
position, which was superior to that of the other
prisoners, would make it impossible to extend
the mercy of the Crown to him unless he manifested
a due sense of his offenses by foregoing
the chance of escape. “You know,” said they,
“how rarely an alibi obtains credit with a jury.
You can have no other defense to-day than that
of yesterday. The castle is much nearer than
Colwick Hall to the manufactory, and a very
short absence from his work on the part of the
prisoner might reconcile the evidence of all the
witnesses, both for him and against him; moreover,
who ever heard of a successful alibi twice
running?”
The counsel for the prisoner had his client
taken into a room adjoining the court, and
having explained to him the extreme danger in
which he stood, informed him of the offer made
by the prosecutors. The young man evinced
some emotion, and asked his counsel to advise
what step he should take. “The advice,” he was
answered, “must depend upon a fact known to
himself alone—his guilt or innocence. If guilty,
his chance of escape was so small, that it would
be the last degree of rashness to refuse the offer;
if, on the other hand, he were innocent, his
counsel, putting himself in the place of the
prisoner, would say, that no peril, however
imminent, would induce him to plead guilty.”
The prisoner was further told, that in the course
of a trial circumstances often arose at the moment,
unforeseen by all parties, which disclosed
the truth; that this consideration was in his
favor, if he were innocent, but showed at the
same time that there were now chances of
danger, if he were guilty, the extent of which
could not be calculated, nor even surmised.
The youth, with perfect self-possession, and
unshaken firmness, replied, “I am innocent,
and will take my trial.” He did so. Many
painful hours wore away, every moment diminishing
the prisoner’s chance of acquittal, until
it seemed utterly extinguished, when some
trifling matter, which had escaped the memory
of the narrator, occurred, leading him to think
it was possible that another person, who must
much resemble the prisoner, had been mistaken
for him. Inquiry was instantly made of the
family, whether they knew of any such resemblance;
when it appeared that the prisoner had
a cousin so much like himself, that the two
were frequently accosted in the streets, the one
for the other. The cousin had absconded.
It is hardly credible, though doubtless true,
that a family of respectable station could have
been unaware of the importance of such a fact,
or that the prisoner, who appeared not deficient
in intelligence, and who was assuredly in full
possession of his faculties, could be insensible
to its value. That either he or they could have
placed such reliance on his defense as to induce
them to screen his guilty relative, is to the last
degree improbable, especially as the cousin had
escaped. Witnesses, however, were quickly
produced, who verified the resemblance between
the two, and the counsel for the prosecution
abandoned their case, expressing their belief
that their witnesses had given their evidence
under a mistake of identity.
The narrator added, that an alibi stood a less
chance of favorable reception at Nottingham
than elsewhere, although in every place received
with great jealousy. In one of the trials
arising out of the outrages committed by the
Luddites, who broke into manufactories and
destroyed all lace frames of a construction[Pg 71]
which they thought oppressive to working men,
an alibi, he said, had been concocted, which
was successful in saving the life of a man notoriously
guilty, and which had therefore added
to the disrepute of this species of defense. The
hypothesis was, that the prisoner, at the time
when the crime was committed, at Loughborough,
sixteen miles from Nottingham, was
engaged at a supper party at the latter place;
and the prisoner, having the sympathy of a
large class in his favor, whose battle he had
been fighting, no difficulty was experienced by
his friends in finding witnesses willing to support
this hypothesis on their oaths; but it
would have been a rash measure to have called
them into the box unprepared. And when it
is considered how readily a preconcerted story
might have been destroyed by cross-examination,
the task of preparing the witnesses so as
to elude this test, was one requiring no ordinary
care and skill. The danger would arise
thus: Every witness would be kept out of
court, except the one in the box. He would
be asked where he sat at the supper? where
the prisoner sat, and each of the other guests;
what were the dishes, what was the course of
conversation, and so forth—the questions being
capable of multiplication ad infinitum; so that,
however well tutored, the witnesses would inevitably
contradict each other upon some matters,
on which the tutor had not foreseen that
the witness would be cross-examined, or to
which he had forgotten the answer prescribed.
The difficulty was, however, surmounted. After
the prisoner’s apprehension, the selected witnesses
were invited to a mackerel supper, which
took place at an hour corresponding to that at
which the crime was committed; and so careful
was the ingenious agent who devised this
conspiracy against the truth that, guided by a
sure instinct, he fixed upon the same day of the
week as that on which the crime had been committed,
though without knowing how fortunate
it would be for the prisoner that he took this
precaution. When, on cross-examination, it
was found that the witnesses agreed as to the
order in which the guests were seated, the contents
of the dishes, the conversation which had
taken place, and so forth; the counsel for the
crown suspected the plot, but not imagining
that it had been so perfectly elaborated, they
inquired of their attorneys as to whether there
was any occurrence peculiar to the day of the
week in question, and were told that upon the
evening of such a day, a public bell was always
rung, which must have been heard at the supper,
if it had taken place at the time pretended.
The witnesses were separately called back and
questioned as to the bell. They had all heard
it; and thus not only were the cross-examiners
utterly baffled, but the cross-examination gave
tenfold support to the examination in chief,
that is, to the evidence as given by the witnesses
in answer to the questions put by the
prisoner’s counsel in his behalf.
The triumph of falsehood was complete.
The prisoner was acquitted. When however
the attention of prosecutors is called to the
possibility of such fabrications they become less
easy of management. The friends of a prisoner
are often known to the police, and may be
watched—the actors may be surprised at the
rehearsal; a false ally may be inserted among
them; in short there are many chances of the
plot failing. This, however, is an age of improvement,
and the thirty years which have
elapsed since the days of Luddism have not
been a barren period in any art or science.
The mystery of cookery in dishes, accounts,
and alibis, has profited by this general advancement.
The latest device which my acquaintance
with courts has brought to my knowledge
is an alibi of a very refined and subtle nature.
The hypothesis is, that the prisoner was walking
from point A to point Z, along a distant
road, at the hour when the crime was committed.
The witnesses are supposed each to
see him, and some to converse with him, at
points which may be indicated by many or all
the letters of the alphabet. Each witness must
be alone when he sees him, so that no two may
speak to what occurred at the same spot or
moment of time; but, with this reservation,
each may safely indulge his imagination with
any account of the interview which he has wit
to make consistent with itself, and firmness to
abide by under the storm of a cross-examination.
“The force of falsehood can no farther
go.” No rehearsal is necessary. Neither of
the witnesses needs know of the existence of
the others. The agent gives to each witness
the name of the spot at which he is to place
the prisoner. The witness makes himself acquainted
with that spot, so as to stand a cross-examination
as to the surrounding objects, and
his education is complete. But as panaceas
have only a fabulous existence, so this exquisite
alibi is not applicable to all cases; the witness
must have a reason for being on the spot,
plausible enough to foil the skill of the cross-examiner;
and, as false witnesses can not be
found at every turn, the difficulty of making it
accord with the probability that the witness
was where he pretends to have been on the day
and at the hour in question, is often insuperable;
to say nothing of the possibility and probability
of its being clearly established, on the
part of the prosecution, that the prisoner could
not have been there. I should add, that, except
in towns of the first magnitude, it must
be difficult to find mendacious witnesses who
have in other respects the proper qualifications
to prove a concocted alibi, save always where
the prisoner is the champion of a class; and
then, according to my experience—sad as the
avowal is—the difficulty is greatly reduced.
These incidents illustrate the soundness of
the well known proposition, that mixture of
truth with falsehood, augments to the highest
degree the noxious power of the venomous ingredient.
That man was no mean proficient
in the art of deceiving, who first discovered the[Pg 72]
importance of the liar being parsimonious in
mendacity. The mind has a stomach as well
as an eye, and if the bolus be neat falsehood,
it will be rejected like an overdose of arsenic
which does not kill.
Let the juryman ponder these things, and
beware how he lets his mind lapse into a conclusion
either for or against the prisoner. To
perform the duties of his office, so that the days
which he spends in the jury-box will bear retrospection,
his eyes, his ears, and his intellect
must be ever on the watch. A witness in the
box, and the same man in common life, are
different creatures. Coming to give evidence,
“he doth suffer a law change.” Sometimes
he becomes more truthful, as he ought to do, if
any change is necessary; but unhappily this is
not always so, and least of all in the case of
those whose testimony is often required.
I remember a person, whom I frequently
heard to give evidence quite out of harmony
with the facts, but I shall state neither his
name nor his profession. A gentleman who
knew perfectly well the unpalatable designation
which his evidence deserved, told me of his
death. I ventured to think it was a loss which
might be borne, and touched upon his infirmity,
to which my friend replied in perfect sincerity
of heart, “Well! after all, I do not think he
ever told a falsehood in his life—out of the
witness box!”
[From Dickens’s Household Words]
THE GHOST THAT APPEARED TO MRS. WHARTON.
When my mother was a girl, some rumors
began to steal through the town where
she lived, about something having gone amiss
with old Mrs. Wharton: for, if Mrs. Wharton
was not known by all the townspeople, she
was known and respected by so many, that it
was really no trifle when she was seen to have
the contracted brow, and the pinched look
about the nose that people have when they are
in alarm, or living a life of deep anxiety. Nobody
could make out what was the matter. If
asked, she said she was well. Her sons were
understood to be perfectly respectable, and sufficiently
prosperous; and there could be no
doubt about the health, and the dutifulness,
and the cheerfulness, of the unmarried daughter
who lived with her. The old lady lived in a
house which was her own property; and her
income, though not large, was enough for comfort.
What could it be that made her suddenly
so silent and grave? Her daughter was just
the same as ever, except that she was anxious
about the change in her mother. It was observed
by one or two that the clergyman had
nothing to say, when the subject was spoken
of in his hearing. He rolled and nodded his
head, and he glanced at the ceiling and then
stuck his chin deep into his shirt-frill: but
those were things that he was always doing,
and they might mean nothing. When inquired
of about his opinion of Mrs. Wharton’s looks
and spirits, he shifted his weight from one foot
to the other, as he stood before the fire with his
hands behind him, and said, with the sweet
voice and winning manner that charmed young
and old, that, as far as he knew, Mrs. Wharton’s
external affairs were all right; and, as
for peace of mind, he knew of no one who
more deserved it. If the course of her life, and
the temper of her mind, did not entitle her to
peace within, he did not know who could hope
for it. Somebody whispered that it would be
dreadful if a shocking mortal disease should be
seizing upon her: whereupon he, Mr. Gurney,
observed that he thought he should have known
if any such thing was to be apprehended. As
far as a fit of indigestion went, he believed she
suffered occasionally; but she did not herself
admit even that. Dr. Robinson, who was present,
said that Mrs. Wharton’s friends might be
quite easy about her health. She was not
troubled with indigestion, nor with any other
complaint. People could only go on to ask
one another what could be the matter. One or
two agreed that Mr. Gurney had made very
skillful answers, in which he was much assisted
by his curious customary gestures; but that he
had never said that he did not know of any
trouble being on Mrs. Wharton’s mind.
Soon after this, a like mysterious change
appeared to come over the daughter; but no
disasters could be discovered to have happened.
No disease, no money losses, no family anxieties
were heard of; and, by degrees, both the ladies
recovered nearly their former cheerfulness and
ease of manner—nearly, but not altogether.
They appeared somewhat subdued, in countenance
and bearing; and they kept a solemn
silence when some subjects were talked of,
which often turn up by the Christmas fireside.
It was years before the matter was explained.
My mother was married by that time, and removed
from her smoky native town, to a much
brighter city in the south. She used to tell us,
as we grew up, the story of Mrs. Wharton, and
what she endured; and we could, if we had
not been ashamed, have gone on to say, as if
we had still been little children, “tell us again.”
When we were going into the north to visit
our grandparents, it was all very well to tell us
of coal-wagons that we should see running
without horses, or iron rails laid down in the
roads; and of the keelmen rowing their keel-boats
in the river, and, all at once, kicking up
their right legs behind them, when they gave
the long pull; and of the glass-houses in the
town, with fire coming out of the top of the
high chimneys; and of the ever-burning mounds
near the mouths of the coal-pits, where blue
and yellow flames leaped about, all night,
through the whole year round. It was all very
well to think of seeing these things; but we
thought much more of walking past old Mrs.
Wharton’s house, and, perhaps, inducing Mr.
Gurney to tell us, in his way, the story we had
so often heard my mother tell in hers.
The story was this:
One midsummer morning Mrs. Wharton was
so absent at breakfast, that her daughter found
all attempts at conversation to be in vain. So
she quietly filled the coffee-pot, which her mother
had forgotten to do, and, in the middle of the
forenoon, ordered dinner, which she found her
mother had also forgotten. They had just such
a breakfasting three times more during the next
fortnight. Then, on Miss Wharton crossing
the hall, she met her mother in bonnet and
shawl, about to go out, so early as half-past
nine. The circumstance would not have been
remarked, but for the mother’s confused and
abashed way of accounting for going out. She
should not be gone long. She had only a little
call to make, and so on. The call was on Mr.
Gurney. He had hardly done breakfast, when
he was told that Mrs. Wharton wished to speak
with him alone.
When he entered the study, Mrs. Wharton
seemed to be as unready with her words as
himself; and when he shook hands with her,
he observed that her hand was cold. She said
she was well, however. Then came a pause
during which the good pastor was shifting from
one foot to the other, on the hearth-rug, with
his hands behind him, though there was nothing
in the grate but shavings. Mrs. Wharton,
meantime, was putting her vail up and down,
and her gloves on and off. At last, with a
constrained and painful smile, she said that
she was really ashamed to say what she came
to say, but she must say it; and she believed
and hoped that Mr. Gurney had known her long
enough to be aware that she was not subject to
foolish fancies and absurd fears.
“No one further from it,” he dropped, and
now he fixed his eyes on her face. Her eyes
fell under his, when she went on.
“For some time past, I have suffered from a
most frightful visitation in the night.”
“Visitation! What sort of visitation?”
She turned visibly cold while she answered,
“It was last Wednesday fortnight that I awoke
in the middle of the night—that is between
two and three in the morning, when it was getting
quite light, and I saw—”
She choked a little, and stopped.
“Well!” said Mr. Gurney, “What did you
see?”
“I saw at the bottom of the bed, a most
hideous—a most detestable face—gibbering,
and making mouths at me.”
“A face!”
“Yes; I could see only the face (except, indeed,
a hand upon the bedpost), because it
peeped round the bedpost from behind the curtain.
The curtains are drawn down to the foot
of the bed.”
She stole a look at Mr. Gurney. He was
rolling his head; and there was a working
about his mouth before he asked—
“What time did you sup that night?”
“Now,” she replied, “you are not going to
say, I hope, that it was nightmare. Most
people would; but I hoped that you knew me
better than to suppose that I eat such suppers
as would occasion nightmare, or that I should
not know nightmare from reality.”
“But, my dear Mrs. Wharton, what else can
I say?”
“Perhaps you had better listen further, before
you say any thing.”
He nodded and smiled, as much as to say
that was true.
“I have seen the same appearance on three
occasions since.”
“Indeed!”
“Yes, on three several nights, about the
same hour. And, since the first appearance,
my supper has been merely a little bread and
butter, with a glass of water. I chose to exclude
nightmare, as I would exclude any thing
whatever that could possibly cause an appearance
so horrible.”
“What sort of face is it?”
“Short and broad;—silly, and yet sly; and
the features gibber and work—Oh! fearfully!”
“Do you hear it come and go?”
“No. When I wake—(and I never used to
wake in the night)—it is there: and it disappears—to
say the truth—while my eyes are
covered; for I can not meet its eyes. I hear
nothing. When I venture a glance, sometimes
it is still there; sometimes it is gone.”
“Have you missed any property?”
“No: nor found any trace whatever. We
have lost nothing; and there is really not a
door or window that seems ever to have been
touched: not an opening where any one could
get in or out.”
“And if there were, what could be the object?
What does your daughter say to it?”
“Oh!” said Mrs. Wharton, rising quickly,
“she does not, and indeed she must not know
a word of it. I ought to have said, at first,
that what I am telling you is entirely in confidence.
If I told my daughter, it must then go
no further. We could not keep our servants
a week, if it got out. And if I should want to
let my house, I could not find a tenant. The
value of the property would go down to nothing;
and, in justice to my daughter, I must consider
that; for it is to be hers hereafter. And we
could never have a guest to stay with us. No
one would sleep in the house a single night.
Indeed, you must not—”
“Well, well: I will not mention it. But I
don’t see—”
He paused; and Mrs. Wharton replied to his
thought.
“It is difficult to form conjectures—to say
any thing, in such a case, which does not appear
too foolish to be uttered. But one must
have some thoughts; and perhaps—if one can
talk of possibilities—it is possible that this appearance
may be meant for me alone; and
therefore, if I can conceal it from my daughter …
till I am convinced whether it is meant
for me alone.”
“I would soon try that,” observed Mr. Gurney.[Pg 74]
Seeing Mrs. Wharton look wistfully at
him, he continued,
“My advice is that you have your daughter
sleep with you, after hearing your story. Try
whether she can see this face.”
“You do not think she would?”
“I think she would not. My dear friend, if
I were a medical man, I could tell you facts
which you are little aware of—anecdotes of the
strange tricks that our nerves play with us;—of
delusions so like reality—”
“Do you think I have not considered that?”
exclaimed the poor lady. “Mr. Gurney, I did
not think that you would try to persuade me
out of my senses, when I tell you, that four
times I have seen in daylight, and when wide
awake, and in perfect health, what I have
said.”
Mr. Gurney was very gentle; but, as he said,
what could he suggest but indigestion, or some
such cause of nervous disturbance? Yet his
heart smote him when his old friend laid her
forehead again the mantle-piece, and cried
heartily.
He did all he could. He tried indefatigably,
though in vain, to persuade her to let her
daughter share the spectacle: and he went, the
same day, when Miss Wharton was out for her
walk, and the servants were at dinner, to examine
the house. He made no discovery. The
gratings of the under-ground cellars were perfect.
The attics had no trap-doors; and the
house had no parapet. The chimneys were too
high and narrow for any one to get in at the
top. No window or door was ever found unfastened
in the morning. Mrs. Wharton did
not think she could engage for courage enough
to get out of bed, or to look beyond the curtains.
Nor could she promise not to draw her curtains.
The face had never appeared within them; and
they seemed a sort of protection where there
was no other.
Without having made any promises, she went
so far as to start up in bed, the next time she
saw the face. The eyes winked horribly at her;
the head nodded—and was gone. The beating
of her heart prevented her hearing any thing
that time; but once or twice during the autumn
she fancied she heard a light and swift footstep
in the passage. She always left her room-door
open, for the sake of the same sort of feeling of
security that most people crave when they shut
and bolt theirs. If this was a ghost, bolts
would not keep it out; and she could fly the
more easily through the open door if her terror
should become too great to be endured alone.
For the first time, she now burned a night-light
in her chamber, as the nights lengthened, and
not a dim, flickering rush candle, but a steady
wax-light. She knew that her daughter wondered
at the strange extravagance; but she could
not bear darkness, or a very feeble light, when
the thing might be behind the curtain.
Throughout October the visits were almost
nightly. In the first week in November they
suddenly ceased, and so many weeks passed
away without a return, that Mrs. Wharton began
to be a little alarmed about her own wits,
and to ask herself whether, after all, it was not
possible that this was a trick of the nerves.
One night in January, that doubt, at least, was
settled; for there, at the same bed-post, was the
same face. Mrs. Wharton was now, after this
interval, subdued at once. She had borne, for
half-a-year, her pastor’s suspicions of her digestion
and of her wisdom, and now, she really
wanted sympathy. She let him tell her daughter
(let him, rather than tell it herself, because
he could make light of it, and she could not);
and she gladly agreed to let her daughter sleep
with her. For long, she gained nothing by it.
During the whole fortnight that the visits now
continued, Miss Wharton never once saw the
face. She tried to wake the moment her mother
touched her; she tried to keep awake; but she
never saw the face: and after that fortnight, it
did not come again till April.
One bright May dawn, she saw it. Her mother
pulled her wrist, and, she waked up to a sight
which burned itself in upon her brain. She
suppressed a shriek at the moment; but she
could not tell Mr. Gurney of it afterward, without
tears. She wanted that day to leave the
house immediately; but the thought of her
mother’s long-suffering with this horror, the
consideration of the serious consequences of
declaring themselves ghost-seers in the town,
and of the disastrous effect upon their property,
and of the harmlessness of the ghost, induced
her to summon up her courage, and bear on.
She did more. When a little inured, she one
night sprang out of bed, rushed round the foot
of it, and out upon the landing. The stairs
were still dim in the dawn; but she was confident
that she saw something moving there—passing
down to the hall. As soon as she could
make the servants attend her, she told them she
believed somebody was in the house; and all the
four women—two ladies and two maids—went,
armed with pokers and shovels, and examined
the whole house. They found nothing, neither
in the chimneys, nor under the beds, nor in any
closet—nothing, from cellar to attic. And when
the maids had recovered a little, they agreed what
a tiresome and wearying thing it was when ladies
took fancies. This was only their first night
of disturbance. Miss Wharton called them up
three times more; and then she gave the matter
up. The servants thought her strangely
altered, and wished she might not be going to
be ill.
Thus matters went on for some years. The
oddest thing was the periodicity of the visits.
In winter they were rare; but there was generally
a short series in or about January, after
which they ceased till the end of March, or the
beginning of April. They went on through
nearly the whole summer, with one or two intervals
of about a fortnight. The servants never
suspected even the existence of the mystery.
Their ladies never mentioned it; and no article
was ever displaced at night. The ladies became[Pg 75]
in time so accustomed to the appearance as to
bear it almost without uneasiness. It occurred
to them sometimes, how odd it was to be living
under the weight of such a mystery; and they
were silent when ghosts were talked about, and
felt and looked very serious when they were
laughed at: but their alarm had subsided. The
Thing never did them any harm; and they had
now got merely to open drowsy eyes, to see if
it was there; and to drop asleep the moment it
was there no longer. This may seem strange
to those who have not (and also to those who
have) seen ghosts; but we none of us know
what we may come to; and these two ladies
reached the point of turning their heads on their
pillows, without much beating of the heart, under
the gibbering of a hideous ghost.
One circumstance worth noting is, that the
Thing once spoke. After one of its mocking
nods, it said, “I come to see you whenever I
please.” When Mr. Gurney was told this, he
asked whether the language was English, and
what sort of English it was. It must have been
English, as the ladies did not observe any thing
remarkable. As to the dialect, it had made no
particular impression upon them, but when they
came to remember and consider, they thought it
must have been the broad dialect of the district,
which they were accustomed to hear in the
kitchen, and in the streets and shops, every
day. This was all. Amidst the multitude of
nightly visitations, no explanation—no new
evidence—occurred for several years. Mr. Gurney
was not fond of being puzzled. His plan
was to dismiss from his mind what puzzled him.
He seldom inquired after the ghost; and when
he did, he always received the same answer.
One morning, after this lapse of years, Mr.
Gurney called to ask the ladies if they would
like to join a party to see a glass-house. The
residents of manufacturing towns can not intrude
in such places at their own pleasure, but
(as is well known) take their opportunity when
an arrival of strangers, or other such occasion,
opens the doors of any manufactory. Mr. Gurney
was the first man in the town, in regard to
doing the honors of it. All strangers were introduced
to him; and the doors of all show-places
flew open before him. He was wont to
invite his friends in turn to accompany him and
his party of strangers to these show-places; and
he now invited the Whartons to the glass-house.
Miss Wharton was unavoidably engaged at the
school, but her mother went.
When the whole party were standing near one
of the furnaces, observing the coarsest kind of
glass blowing—that of green-glass bottles—Mrs.
Wharton suddenly seized Mr. Gurney’s arm with
one hand, while with the other she pointed, past
the glare, to a figure on the other side of the
furnace.
“That’s the face!” she exclaimed, in great
agitation; “keep quiet, and pull down your
vail,” said Mr. Gurney in her ear. She drew
back into the shadow, and let down her vail,
feeling scarcely able to stand. Mr. Gurney did
not offer her an arm; he had something else
to do.
“Who is that man?” he inquired of the
foreman, who was showman at the moment.
The man inquired about looked scarcely human.
He was stunted in figure, large in face, and
hideous—making all allowance for the puffing
out of his cheeks, as he blew vigorously at
the end of the long pipe he was twirling in his
baboon-like hands.
“That poor fellow, sir? His name is Middleton.
He is a half-wit—indeed, very nearly
a complete idiot. He is just able to do what
you see—blow the coarsest sort of glass.”
Mr. Gurney wished to speak with him; and
the poor creature was summoned. He came
grinning; and he grinned yet more when he
was requested to show the glass-house to the
gentleman. Mrs. Wharton, with her vail down,
hung on her friend’s arm; and they followed
the idiot, who was remarkably light-footed (for
a wonder), to the place he was most fond of.
He took them down to the annealing chamber;
and then he observed that it was “a nice
warm place o’nights.” Being asked how he
knew that, he began pointing with his finger
at Mrs. Wharton, and peeping under her bonnet.
Being advised to look him in the face,
she raised her vail; and he sniggled and giggled,
and said he had seen her many a time
when she was asleep, and many a time when
she was awake; and another lady, too, who
was not there. He hid himself down here when
the other men went away—it was so warm!
and then he could go when he pleased, and see
“her there,” and the other, when they were
asleep. Mr. Gurney enticed him to whisper
how he managed it; and then with an air of
silly cunning, he showed a little square trap-door
in the wall, close by the floor, through
which he said he passed. It seemed too small
for the purpose; but he crept in and out again.
On the other side, he declared, was Mrs. Wharton’s
cellar. It was so. Far distant as the
glass-house seemed from her house, it ran back
so far, the cellar running back also, that they
met. No time was lost in sending round to
the cellar; and, by a conversation held through
the trap-door, it was ascertained that when
Mrs. Wharton’s stock of coals was low, that is,
in summer, and before a fresh supply came in,
in mid winter, Middleton could get in, and did
get in, almost every night. When he did not
appear, it was only because the coals covered
the trap-door.
Who shall say with what satisfaction the
ladies watched the nailing up of the trap-door,
and with what a sense of blissful comfort they
retired to rest henceforth? Who shall estimate
the complacency of the good clergyman at this
complete solution of the greatest mystery he
had ever encountered? Who will not honor
the courage and fortitude of the ladies, and
rejoice that their dwelling escaped the evil reputation
of being a Haunted House? Lastly,
who will not say that most of the goblin tales[Pg 76]
extant may, if inquired into, be as easily accounted
for as that appertaining to the good
Mrs. Wharton? which has this advantage over
all other ghost stories—it is perfectly and
literally true.
[From Dickens’s Household Words.]
THE FATE OF A GERMAN REFORMER.
A LIFE IN THREE PICTURES.
PICTURE THE FIRST.
The winter of 1844 was a severe one in
Germany. Both sides of the Rhine, for
many miles between Coblentz and Cologne,
were frozen hard enough to bear a horse and
cart; and even the centre, save and except a
thin stream where the current persisted in displaying
its urgent vitality, was covered over
with thin ice, or a broken film that was constantly
endeavoring to unite and consolidate its
quivering flakes and particles. We were staying
in Bonn at this time. All the Englishmen
in the town, who were skaters, issued forth in
pilot-coats or dreadnaught pea-jackets, and red
worsted comforters, with their skates dangling
over their shoulders. Holding their aching
noses in their left hands, they ran and hobbled
through the slippery streets, and made their
way out at the town-gates near the University.
They were on the way to Popplesdorf—a little
village about a mile distant from Bonn. We
were among them—red comforter round neck—skates
over shoulder.
The one great object in this little village is
a somewhat capacious and not unpicturesque
edifice called the Schloss, or Castle, of Popplesdorf.
The outer works of its fortifications are
a long avenue of trees, some pretty fir groves
and wooded hills, numerous vineyards, and a
trim series of botanic gardens. The embrasures
of its walls are armed with batteries of learned
tomes; its soldiers are erudite professors and
doctors who have chambers there; students
discourse on philosophy and art, and swords
and beer, and smoke forever on its peaceful
drawbridge; and, on the wide moat which surrounds
it, Englishmen in red comforters—at
the time whereof we now speak—are vigorously
skating with their accustomed gravity. This
scene was repeated daily for several weeks, in
the winter of 1844.
One morning, issuing forth on the same
serious business of life, we perceived that the
peasantry of Popplesdorf, who have occasion to
come to Bonn every market-day, had contrived
to enliven the way and facilitate the journey by
the gradual construction of a series of capital
long slides. We stood and contemplated these
lengthy curves, and sweeps, and strange twisting
stripes of silver, all gleaming in the morning
sun, and soon arrived at the conviction
that it was no doubt the pleasantest market-pathway
we had ever seen. No one was coming
or going at this moment; for Popples is but
a little dorf, and the traffic is far from numerous,
even at the busiest hours. Now, there was
a peculiar charm in the clear shining solitude
of the scene, which gave us, at once, an impression
of loneliness combined with the brightest
paths of life and activity.
And yet we gradually began to feel we should
like to see somebody—student or peasant—come
sliding his way from Popplesdorf. It was evidently
the best, and indeed the correct mode for
our own course to the frozen moat of the castle.
But before we had reached the beginning of the
first slide (for they are not allowed to be made
quite up to the town gates), we descried a figure
in the distance, which, from the course it was
taking, had manifestly issued from the walls of
the castle. It was not a peasant—it was not
one of our countrymen; be it whom it might,
he at least took the slides in first-rate style.
As he advanced, we discerned the figure of a
tall man, dressed in a dark, long-skirted frock
coat, buttoned up to the throat, with a low-crowned
hat, from beneath the broad brim of
which a great mass of thick black hair fell
heavily over his shoulders. Under one arm he
held a great book and two smaller ones closely
pressed to his side, while the other hand held a
roll of paper, which he waved now and then in
the air, to balance himself in his sliding. Some
of the slides required a good deal of skill; they
had awkward twirls half round a stone, with
here and there a sudden downward sweep. Onward
he came, and we presently recognized him.
It was Dr. Gottfried Kinkel, lecturer on archæology;
one of the most able and estimable of
the learned men in Bonn.
Gottfried Kinkel was born in a village near
Bonn, where his father was a clergyman. He
was educated at the Gymnasium of Bonn, and
during the whole of that period, he was especially
remarkable, among companions by no
means famous for staid and orderly habits, as
a very quiet, industrious young man, of a sincerely
religious bent of mind, which gained for
him the notice and regard of all the clergy and
the most devout among the inhabitants of the
town. His political opinions were liberal; but
never went beyond those which were commonly
entertained at the time by nearly all men of
education. He studied divinity at the University,
where he greatly distinguished himself in
various branches of learning, and obtained the
degree of Doctor in Philosophy.
He first preached at Cologne, and with great
success, his oratory being considered as brilliant
as his reasonings were convincing. His sermons
were subsequently published, and became very
popular, and he was chosen as a teacher of
Theology in the University of Bonn.
He next turned his attention to the study of
the Arts. On this subject he wrote and published
a History, and lectured on “Ancient and
Mediæval Art,” both in the University and other
public institutions, with unparalleled success and
applause.
His labors at this period, and for a long time
after, were very arduous, generally occupying[Pg 77]
thirteen hours a day. Being only what is called
a “privat-docent,” he did not as yet receive
any salary at the University; he was therefore
compelled to work hard in various ways, in order
to make a small income. However, he did
this very cheerfully.
But his abandonment of Theology for these
new studies, caused him the loss of most of his
devout friends. They shook their heads, and
feared that the change denoted a step awry from
the true and severely marked line of orthodox
opinions. They were right; for he soon after
said that he thought the purity of religion would
be best attained by a separation of Church and
State!
Dr. Kinkel suffers no small odium for this;
but he can endure it. He has uttered an honest
sentiment, resulting from his past studies;
he has become a highly applauded and deservedly
esteemed lecturer on another subject; he is,
moreover, one of the best sliders in Bonn, and
is now balancing his tall figure (as just described)
with books under one arm, on his way
to the University.
Happy Gottfried Kinkel!—may you have
health and strength to slide for many a good
winter to come!—rare Doctor of Philosophy, to
feel so much boyish vitality after twenty years
of hard study and seclusion!—fortunate lecturer
on Archæology, to live in a country where the
simplicity of manners will allow a Professor to
slide his way to his class, without danger of
being reproved by his grave and potent seniors,
or of shocking the respectable inhabitants of his
town!
PICTURE THE SECOND.
The Castle of Popplesdorf commands the most
beautiful views of some of the most beautiful
parts of Rhenish Prussia; and the very best
point from which to look at them, is the window
of the room that used to be the study of
Dr. Gottfried Kinkel. That used to be—and
is not now—alas, the day! But we must not
anticipate evils; they will come only too soon
in their natural course.
In this room, his library and study, we called
to see Dr. Kinkel. There he sat—dressing-gown,
slippers, and cloud-compelling pipe. The
walls were all shelves, the shelves all books—some
bound, some in boards, “some in rags,
and some in jags”—together with papers,
maps, and scientific instruments of brass and
of steel. There stood the Hebrew, Greek, and
Roman authors; in another division, the Italian
and French: on the other side, in long irregular
ranges, the old German and the modern
German; and near at hand, the Anglo-Saxon
and English. What else, and there was much,
we had not time to note, being called to look
out at the window. What a window it was!—a
simple wooden frame to what exquisite and
various scenery! Let the reader bear in mind,
that it is not winter now—but a bright morning
in May.
Close beneath the window lay the Botanic
Gardens, with their numerous parterres of flowers,
their lines and divisions of shrubs and herbs.
Within a range of a few miles round, we looked
out upon the peaceful little villages of Popplesdorf
and Kessenich, and the fertile plain extending
from Bonn to Godesberg—with gentle
hills, vales, and ridges, all covered with vineyards,
whose young leaves gave a tender greenness
and fresh look of bright and joyous childhood
to the scenery. Beyond them we saw the
Kessenicher Höhe, the blue slate roofs and steeples
of many a little church and chapel, and the
broad, clear, serpent windings of the Rhine,
with the gray and purple range, in the distance,
of the Seven Mountains, terminating with the
Drachenfels. Over the whole of this, with the
exception only of such soft, delicate shades and
shadows as were needful to display the rest,
there lay a clear expanse of level sunshine, so
tender, bright, and moveless, as to convey an
impression of bright enchantment, which grew
upon your gaze, and out of which rapture you
awoke as from a dream of fairy land, or from
the contemplation of a scene in some ideal
sphere.
Fortunate Dr. Kinkel, to have such a window
as this! It was no wonder that, besides his
studies in Theology, in ancient and mediæval
art, and in ancient and modern languages—besides
writing his History of the Arts, and contributing
learned papers to various periodicals—besides
preaching, lecturing, and public and private
teaching, his soul was obliged to compose a
volume of poems—and again displease the severely
orthodox, by the absence of all prayers
in verse, and the presence of a devout love of
nature.
Learning and Poesy abide;
Not slumbering on the unfathomed sea,
Yet all unconscious of the tide
That urges on mortality
In eddies, and in circles wide.
Ah, here, the soul can look abroad
Beyond each cold and narrow stream,
Enrich’d with gold from mines and ford,
Brought sparkling to the solar beam;
Yet be no miser with its hoard—
No dreamer of the common dream.
Thus sang Dr. Kinkel, in our imperfect translation
thus inadequately echoed; and here he
wrought hard in his vocation, amid the smiles
of some of the loveliest of Nature’s scenes.
But besides the possession of all these books,
and of this wonderful window, Dr. Kinkel was
yet more fortunate in his domestic relations.
He was married to an amiable, highly educated,
and accomplished lady, who endeavored, by all
the means in her power, to assist his labors,
and render them less onerous by her own exertions.
She was a very fine musician, and a
superior piano-forte player—one of the favorite
pupils of Moscheles, and afterward, we believe,
of Mendelssohn. She divided her time equally
between assisting her husband, educating their
child, and giving private lessons in music; and
because this accomplished hard working couple[Pg 78]
did not find their energies quite worn out by
toiling for thirteen hours a day, they gave a
private concert at the castle once a month, at
which a whole opera of Mozart or Weber was
often gone through—both the instrumental
and vocal parts being by amateurs, or pupils of
Madam Kinkel.
So, once again, we say, notwithstanding all
these labors, Dr. Kinkel’s life in the Castle of
Popplesdorf, was that of a fortunate and happy
man. At this period he was about two-and-thirty
years of age. He could not have been
more; probably he was less.
PICTURE THE THIRD.
It is the year 1848, and the Continental
Revolutions are shaking all the foreign thrones.
Every body, not directly or indirectly in the
pay of a court, feels that the lot of the people
should be ameliorated. The populations of all
nations have borne enormous burdens, with
extraordinary patience, for a very long time—say
a thousand years—and, at last, they have
no more patience left. But what is all this
to abstract thought, to learning and science,
to poetic raptures, and picturesque ease? It
has hitherto been regarded as too grossly material,
or of too coarse and common a practicality
for the great majority of those whose
lives were passed in abstract studies and refinements.
Ay—but this must not continue.
The world has come to a pass at which every
soul must awake, and should be “up and
doing.”
Dr. Gottfried Kinkel, now, besides his other
honors and emoluments, and private earnings,
is installed as a salaried professor in the University
of Bonn. It can not be but such a man
must awake, and take an interest in these continental
revolutions which are boiling up all
round him. Still, it is not likely he will step
into the vortex or approach it. His worldly
position is strong against it—all his interests
are against it; moreover, he has a wife, and,
besides he has now three children.
Howbeit, Dr. Kinkel does rise with these
events, and his wife, so far from restraining
him, feels the same enthusiastic patriotism,
and exhorts him to step forward, and swell the
torrent of the time. He feels strongly that
Prussia should have a constitution; that her
intellect and sober character deserves a constitutional
monarchy, like ours in England, with
such improvements as ours manifestly needs,
and he places himself at the head of the popular
party in Bonn, where he delivers public
orations, the truthful eloquence and boldness
of which startle, delight, and encourage his
audiences.
He is soon afterward elected a member of
the Berlin parliament. He sides with the Left,
or democratic party; he advocates the cause of
the oppressed people and the poor, he argues
manfully and perseveringly the real interests of
all governments, in granting a rational amount
of liberty, showing, that in the present stage
of the moral world, it is the only thing to prevent
violence, and to secure good order. His
speeches breathe a prophetic spirit.
The revolution gathers fuel, more rapidly
than can be well disposed, and it takes fire at
Baden. The names reach near and far—many
are irresistibly attracted. They have seen, and
too well remember, the faithlessness and treachery
of governments—they believe the moment
has come to strike a blow which shall gain and
establish the constitutional liberty they seek.
Dr. Kinkel immediately leaves his professorship;
he believes he ought now to join those
who wield the sword, and peril their lives in
support of their principles. He proposes to
hasten to Baden, to defend the constitution
framed by the Frankfort parliament. His patriotic
wife consents, and, in the evening, he
takes leave of her, and of his sleeping children.
It must not be concealed that with this
strong feeling in favor of a constitutional monarchy,
there was an infusion of principles of a
more sweeping character; nor would it be going
too far to say that amid the insurgents of
Baden were some who entertained opinions not
far removed from red republicanism. Be this
as it may, we are persuaded that Dr. Kinkel’s
political principles and aims were purely of a
constitutional character, however he may have
been drawn into the fierce vortex of men and
circumstances which surrounded him.
Dr. Kinkel serves for eleven days in a free
corps in Baden, where the army of the insurgents
have assembled. At the commencement
of the battle, he is wounded, and taken prisoner
with arms in his hands. The sequel of these
struggles is well enough known; but the fate
of the prisoners who survived their wounds,
must be noticed.
According to the Prussian law, Dr. Kinkel
should have been sentenced to six years’ confinement
as a state prisoner. This sentence is
accordingly passed upon the other prisoners;
and with a wise and commendable clemency
many are set free after a short time. But as
Dr. Kinkel is a man of high education and
celebrity, it is thought best to give him a very
severe punishment, according to the old ignorance
of what is called “making an example,”
as if this sort of example did not provoke and
stimulate, rather than deter others; and, as if
clemency were not only one of the noblest attributes
of royalty, but one of its best safe-guards
in its effect on the feelings of a people.
Dr. Kinkel is, accordingly, sentenced to be
imprisoned for life in a fortress, as a state
criminal; and away he is carried.
But now comes into play the anger and resentment
of many of those who had once so
much admired Kinkel, and held him up as a
religious champion, until the woeful day when
he left preaching for the study of the arts; and
the yet more woeful, not to call it diabolical
hour, when he announced his opinion that a
separation of Church and State might be the[Pg 79]
best course for both. After a series of intrigues,
the enemies of Kinkel induce the king
to alter the sentence; but in order to avoid the
appearance of unusual severity, it is announced
that his sentence of imprisonment in the fortress
shall be alleviated, by transferring him to
an ordinary prison. In pursuance, therefore,
of these suggestions of his enemies, he is
ordered to be imprisoned for life in one of the
prisons appropriated to the vilest malefactors—viz.,
to the prison of Naugard, on the Baltic.
Dr. Kinkel is dressed in sackcloth, and his
head is shaved. His wedding-ring is taken
from him, and every little memento of his wife
and children which might afford him consolation.
His bed is a sack of straw laid upon a
board. He has to scour and clean his cell, and
perform every other menial office. Light is
allowed him only so long as he toils; and, as
soon as the requisite work is done, the light is
taken away. Such is his melancholy lot at the
present moment!
He who used to toil for thirteen hours a day
amidst the learned languages, and the works of
antiquity, in the study of Theology, and of the
arts—the eloquent preacher, lecturer, and tutor—is
now compelled to waste his life, with all
its acquirements, in spinning. For thirteen
hours every day, he is doomed to spin. By
this labor he earns, every day, threepence for
the state, and a halfpenny for himself! This
latter sum, amounting to threepence a week, is
allowed him in mercy, and with it he is permitted
to purchase a dried herring and a small
loaf of coarse brown bread—which, furthermore,
he is allowed to eat as a Sunday dinner—his
ordinary food consisting of a sort of odious pap
in the morning (after having spun for four
hours), some vegetables at noon, and some
bread and water at night.
For months he has not enjoyed a breath of
fresh air. He is allowed to walk daily for half-an-hour
in a covered passage; but even this is
refused whenever the jailor is occupied with
other matters, and can not attend to trifles.
Dr. Kinkel has no books nor papers; there
is nothing for him but spinning—spinning—spinning!
Once a month he is, by great
clemency, allowed to write one letter to his
wife, which has to pass through the hands of
his jailor, who, being empowered to act as
censor, judiciously strikes out whatever he does
not choose Madame Kinkel to know. All
sympathizing letters are strictly withheld from
him, while all those which severely take him to
task, and censure his political opinions and
conduct, are carefully placed in his hands, when
he stops to take his breath for a minute from
his eternal spinning.
Relatives are not, by the law, allowed to see
a criminal during the first three months; after
that time, they may. But after having been
imprisoned at Naugard three months—short of
a day—Dr. Kinkel is suddenly removed to another
prison at Spandau, there to re-commence
a period of three months. By this device he is
prevented from seeing his wife, or any friend—all
in a perfectly legal way.
The jailor is strictly enjoined not to afford
Dr. Kinkel any sort of opportunity, either by
writing or by any other means, of making intercession
with the king to obtain pardon, or
the commutation of his sentence into banishment.
All these injunctions are fully obeyed
by the jailor—indeed the present one is more
severe than any of the others.
Nevertheless, the melancholy truth has oozed
out—the picture has worn its tearful way
through the dense stone walls—and here it is
for all to see—and, we doubt not, for many to
feel.
Gottfried Kinkel, so recently one of the most
admired professors of the University of Bonn,
one of the ornaments of the scholarship and
literature of modern Germany, now clothed in
sackcloth, with shaven head, and attenuated
frame, sits spinning his last threads. He utters
no reproaches, no complaints; but bears his
sufferings with a sweet resignation that savors
already of the angelic abodes to which his contemplations
are ever directed. He has entreated
his wife to have his heart buried amidst those
lovely scenes on which he so often gazed with
serene rapture, from his study-window in the
Castle of Popplesdorf.
Those who behold this last picture and revert
to the one where the professor came happily
sliding his way to his class at the University,
may perchance share the emotion which makes
us pass our hands across our eyes, to put aside
the irrepressible tribute of sorrow which dims
and confuses the page before us. His worst
enemies could never have contemplated any
thing so sad as this. Many, indeed, have already
relented—but let their interceding voices
be heard before it is too late.
The literary men of no country are united,
or they might move the whole kingdom. Still
less are the literary men of different countries
united, or they might move the world. But
are they, therefore, without a common sympathy
for one another? We are sure this is
not the case; and making this appeal to the
literary men of England, we believe it will not
be in vain. Nor are we without hope, that a
strong sympathy of this kind, being duly and
respectfully made known to the King of Prussia,
or to Baron Manteufel, the Minister of the
Interior, may induce His Majesty to consider
that, the revolution being at an end, clemency
is not only the “brightest jewel in a crown,”
but its noblest strength, and that, while royal
power can lose nothing, it must gain honor by
remitting all further punishment of one who
has only shared in the political offense of thousands
who are now at liberty. All that the
friends, at home and abroad, of Gottfried Kinkel
ask is—his liberation from prison, and a
permission to emigrate to England or America.
THE DEATH OF JOHN RANDOLPH.
John Randolph of Roanoke, as he always
signed himself, one of the most remarkable
men this country has produced, died
in 1833, at a hotel in Philadelphia, while on
his way to England for the benefit of his health.
A life of him which has just been published,
written by the Hon. Hugh A. Garland, contains
a very detailed and interesting account of his
last days, in which the peculiarities of his
character are clearly developed:
When the approach of the boat to the landing
of Potomac creek was announced, he was
brought out of the room by his servants, on a
chair, and seated in the porch, where most of
the stage passengers were assembled. His
presence seemed to produce considerable restraint
on the company; and though he appeared
to solicit it, none were willing to enter
into conversation; one gentleman only, who
was a former acquaintance, passed a few words
with him; and so soon as the boat reached the
landing, all hurried off, and left him nearly
alone, with his awkward servants as his only
attendants. An Irish porter, who seemed to
be very careless and awkward in his movements,
slung a trunk round and struck Mr. Randolph
with considerable force against the knee. He
uttered an exclamation of great suffering. The
poor Irishman was much terrified, and made
the most humble apology, but Mr. Randolph
stormed at him—would listen to no excuse,
and drove him from his presence. This incident
increased the speed of the by-standers, and
in a few minutes not one was left to assist the
dying man.
Dr. Dunbar, an eminent physician, of Baltimore,
witnessing what happened, and feeling
his sympathies awakened toward a man so
feeble, and apparently so near his end, walked
up to the chair, as the servants were about to
remove their master, and said, “Mr. Randolph,
I have not the pleasure of your acquaintance,
but I have known your brother from my childhood;
and as I see you have no one with you
but your servants—you appear to require a
friend, I will be happy to render you any assistance
in my power, while we are together on
the boat.” He looked up, and fixed such a
searching gaze on the doctor as he never encountered
before. But having no other motive
but kindness for a suffering fellow man, he returned
the scrutinizing look with steadiness.
As Mr. Randolph read the countenance of the
stranger, who had thus unexpectedly proffered
his friendship, his face suddenly cleared up;
and with a most winning smile, and real politeness,
and with a touching tone of voice, grasping
the doctor’s hand, he said, “I am most
thankful to you, sir, for your kindness, for I do,
indeed, want a friend.”
He was now, with the doctor’s assistance,
carefully carried on board, and set down in the
most eligible part of the cabin. He seemed to
be gasping for breath, as he sat up in the chair,
having recovered a little, he turned to the doctor,
and said, “Be so good, sir, if you please,
as to give me your name.” The doctor gave
him his name, his profession, and place of residence.
“Ah! doctor,” said he, “I am passed surgery—passed
surgery!” “I hope not, sir,”
the doctor replied. With a deeper and more
pathetic tone, he repeated, “I am passed surgery.“
He was removed to a side berth, and laid in
a position where he could get air; the doctor
also commenced fanning him. His face was
wrinkled, and of a parched yellow, like a female
of advanced age. He seemed to repose for a
moment, but presently he roused up, throwing
round an intense and searching gaze. The
doctor was reading a newspaper.
“What paper is that, doctor?”
“The —— Gazette, sir.”
“A very scurrilous paper, sir—a very scurrilous
paper.”
After a short pause, he continued, “Be so
good, sir, as to read the foreign news for me—the
debates in Parliament, if you please.”
As the names of the speakers were mentioned,
he commented on each; “Yes,” said he,
“I knew him when I was in England;” then
went on to make characteristic remarks on each
person.
In reading, the doctor fell upon the word
budget; he pronounced the letter u short, as in
bud—b[)u]dget. Mr. Randolph said quickly, but
with great mildness and courtesy, “Permit me[Pg 81]
to interrupt you for a moment, doctor; I would
pronounce that word budget; like oo in book.”
“Very well, sir,” said the doctor, pleasantly,
and continued the reading, to which Mr. Randolph
listened with great attention. Mr. Randolph
now commenced a conversation about
his horses, which he seemed to enjoy very much;
Gracchus particularly, he spoke of with evident
delight. As he lay in his berth, he showed his
extremities to the doctor, which were much
emaciated. He looked at them mournfully, and
expressed his opinion of the hopelessness of his
condition. The doctor endeavored to cheer him
with more hopeful views. He listened politely,
but evidently derived no consolation from the
remarks. Supper was now announced; the
captain and the steward were very attentive, in
carrying such dishes to Mr. Randolph as they
thought would be pleasing to him. He was
plentifully supplied with fried clams, which he
ate with a good deal of relish. The steward
asked him if he would have some more clams.
“I do not know,” he replied; “doctor, do you
think I could take some more clams?” “No,
Mr. Randolph; had you asked me earlier, I
would have advised you against taking any,
for they are very injurious; but I did not conceive
it my right to advise you.” “Yes, you
had, doctor; and I would have been much
obliged to you for doing so. Steward, I can’t
take any more; the doctor thinks they are not
good for me.”
After the table was cleared off, one of the
gentlemen—the one referred to as a former
acquaintance of Mr. Randolph’s, observed that
he should like to get some information about
the boats north of Baltimore. “I can get it
for you, sir,” replied Mr. Randolph. “Doctor,
do me the favor to hand me a little wicker-basket,
among my things in the berth below.”
The basket was handed to him; it was full of
clippings from newspapers. He could not find
the advertisement he sought for. The gentleman,
with great politeness, said, “Don’t trouble
yourself, Mr. Randolph.” Several times he
repeated, “Don’t trouble yourself, sir.” At
length Randolph became impatient, and looking
up at him with an angry expression of countenance,
said, “I do hate to be interrupted!” The
gentleman, thus rebuked, immediately left him.
Mr. Randolph then showed another basket
of the same kind, filled with similar scraps from
newspapers, and observed that he was always
in the habit, when any thing struck him in his
reading, as likely to be useful for future reference,
to cut it out and preserve it in books,
which he had for that purpose; and that he
had at home several volumes of that kind.
He showed his arrangements for traveling in
Europe; and after a while, seeing the doctor
writing, he said, “Doctor, I see you are writing;
will you do me the favor to write a letter
for me, to a friend in Richmond?” “Certainly,
sir.” “The gentleman,” he continued,
“stands A, No. 1, among men—Dr. Brockenbrough,
of Richmond.” The letter gave directions
about business matters, principally, but it
contained some characteristic remarks about his
horses. He exulted in their having beaten the
stage; and concluded, “So much for blood.
Now,” said he, “sign it, doctor.”
“How shall I sign it, Mr. Randolph? sign it
John Randolph of Roanoke?”
“No, sir, sign it Randolph of Roanoke.”
It was done accordingly. “Now, doctor,”
said he, “do me the favor to add a postscript.”
The postscript was added, “I have
been so fortunate as to meet with Dr. ——, of ——, on
board this boat, and to form his acquaintance,
and I can never be sufficiently
grateful for his kind attentions to me.”
So soon as the letter was concluded, Mr.
Randolph drew together the curtains of his
berth; the doctor frequently heard him groaning
heavily, and breathing so laboriously, that
several times he approached the side of the berth
to listen if it were not the beginning of the death-struggle.
He often heard him, also, exclaiming,
in agonized tones, “Oh, God! Oh, Christ!”
while he was engaged in ejaculatory prayer.
He now became very restless, was impatient
and irascible with his servants, but continued
to manifest the utmost kindness and courtesy
toward Dr. Dunbar.
When the boat reached the wharf at Alexandria,
where the doctor was to leave, he approached
the side of the berth, and said, “Mr.
Randolph, I must now take leave of you.” He
begged the doctor to come and see him, at
Gadsby’s, then, grasping his hand, he said,
“God bless you, doctor; I never can forget your
kind attentions to me.”
Next day he went into the Senate chamber,
and took his seat in the rear of Mr. Clay. That
gentleman happened at the time to be on his
feet, addressing the Senate. “Raise me up,”
said Randolph, “I want to hear that voice
again.” When Mr. Clay had concluded his remarks,
which were very few, he turned round to
see from what quarter that singular voice proceeded.
Seeing Mr. Randolph, and that he was
in a dying condition, he left his place and went
to speak to him; as he approached, Mr. Randolph
said to the gentleman with him, “Raise
me up.” As Mr. Clay offered his hand, he
said, “Mr. Randolph, I hope you are better,
sir.” “No, sir,” replied Randolph, “I am a
dying man, and I came here expressly to have
this interview with you.”
They grasped hands and parted, never to meet
more.
Having accomplished the only thing that
weighed on his mind, having satisfied Mr. Clay,
and the world, that, notwithstanding a long
life of political hostility, no personal animosity
rankled in his heart, he was now ready to continue
on his journey, or to meet, with a lighter
conscience, any fate that might befall him.
He hurried on to Philadelphia, to be in time
for the packet, that was about to sail from the
Delaware. But he was too late; he was destined
to take passage in a different boat, and[Pg 82]
to a land far different from that of his beloved
England. It was Monday night when he reached
the city, and the storm was very high. His
friends found him on the deck of the steamboat,
while Johnny was out hunting for a carriage.
He was put into a wretched hack, the glasses
all broken, and was driven from hotel to hotel
in search of lodgings, and exposed all the time
to the peltings of the storm. He at length
drove to the City Hotel, kept by Mr. Edmund
Badger. When Mr. Badger came out to meet
him, he asked if he could have accommodations.
Mr. Badger replied that he was crowded, but
would do the best he could for him. On hearing
this, he lifted up his hands, and exclaimed,
“Great God! I thank Thee; I shall be among
friends, and be taken care of!”
Mr. Randolph was very ill. Dr. Joseph
Parish, a Quaker physician, was sent for. As
he entered the room, the patient said, “I am
acquainted with you, sir, by character. I know
you through Giles.” He then told the doctor
that he had attended several courses of lectures
on anatomy, and described his symptoms with
medical accuracy, declaring he must die if he
could not discharge the puriform matter.
“How long have you been sick, Mr. Randolph?”
“Don’t ask me that question; I have been
sick all my life. I have been affected with my
present disease, however, for three years. It
was greatly aggravated by my voyage to Russia.
That killed me, sir. This Russian expedition
has been a Pultowa, a Beresina to me.”
The doctor now felt his pulse. “You can
form no judgment by my pulse; it is so peculiar.”
“You have been so long an invalid, Mr.
Randolph, you must have acquired an accurate
knowledge of the general course of practice
adapted to your case.”
“Certainly, sir; at forty, a fool or a physician,
you know.”
“There are idiosyncracies,” said the doctor,
“in many constitutions. I wish to ascertain
what is peculiar about you.”
“I have been an idiosyncracy all my life.
All the preparations of camphor invariably injure
me. As to ether, it will blow me up.
Not so with opium; I can take opium like a
Turk, and have been in the habitual use of it,
in one shape or another, for some time.”
Before the doctor retired, Mr. Randolph’s
conversation became curiously diversified. He
introduced the subject of the Quakers; complimented
them in his peculiar manner for neatness,
economy, order, comfort—in every thing.
“Right,” said he, “in every thing except politics—there
always twistical.” He then repeated
a portion of the Litany of the Episcopal church,
with apparent fervor. The following morning
the doctor was sent for very early. He was
called from bed. Mr. Randolph apologized very
handsomely for disturbing him. Something was
proposed for his relief. He petulantly and positively
refused compliance. The doctor paused
and addressed a few words to him. He apologized,
and was as submissive as an infant.
One evening a medical consultation was proposed;
he promptly objected. “In a multitude
of counsel,” said he, “there is confusion; it
leads to weakness and indecision; the patient
may die while the doctors are staring at each
other.” Whenever Dr. Parish parted from him,
especially at night, he would receive the kindest
acknowledgments, in the most affectionate tones:
“God bless you; He does bless you, and He will
bless you.”
The night preceding his death, the doctor
passed about two hours in his chamber. In a
plaintive tone he said, “My poor John, sir, is
worn down with fatigue, and has been compelled
to go to bed. A most attentive substitute
supplies his place, but neither he nor you, sir, are
like John; he knows where to place his hand on
any thing, in a large quantity of baggage prepared
for a European voyage.” The patient
was greatly distressed in breathing, in consequence
of difficult expectoration. He requested
the doctor, at his next visit, to bring instruments
for performing the operation of bronchotomy,
for he could not live unless relieved.
He then directed a certain newspaper to be
brought to him. He put on his spectacles, as
he sat propped up in bed, turned over the paper
several times, and examined it carefully, then
placing his finger on a part he had selected,
handed it to the doctor, with a request that he
would read it. It was headed “Cherokee.”
In the course of reading, the doctor came to the
word “omnipotence,” and pronounced it with
a full sound on the penultimate—omnipotence.
Mr. Randolph checked him, and pronounced the
word according to Walker. The doctor attempted
to give a reason for his pronunciation.
“Pass on,” was the quick reply. The word
impetus was then pronounced with the e long,
“impetus.” He was instantly corrected. The
doctor hesitated on the criticism. “There can
be no doubt of it, sir.” An immediate acknowledgment
of the reader that he stood corrected,
appeared to satisfy the critic, and the
piece was concluded. The doctor observed that
there was a great deal of sublimity in the composition.
He directly referred to the Mosaic
account of creation, and repeated, “‘Let there
be light, and there was light.’ There is sublimity.”
Next morning (the day on which he died),
Dr. Parish received an early and an urgent message
to visit him. Several persons were in the
room, but soon left it, except his servant John,
who was much affected at the sight of his dying
master. The doctor remarked to him, “I have
seen your master very low before, and he revived;
and perhaps he will again.” “John knows
better than that, sir.” He then looked at the
doctor with great intensity, and said in an
earnest and distinct manner, “I confirm every
disposition in my will, especially that respecting
my slaves, whom I have manumitted, and
for whom I have made provision.”
“I am rejoiced to hear such a declaration[Pg 83]
from you, sir,” replied the doctor, and soon
after, proposed to leave him for a short time,
to attend to another patient. “You must not
go,” was the reply; “you can not, you shall
not leave me. John! take care that the doctor
does not leave the room.” John soon locked the
door, and reported, “Master, I have locked the
door, and got the key in my pocket: the doctor
can’t go now.”
He seemed excited, and said, “If you do go,
you need not return.” The doctor appealed to
him as to the propriety of such an order, inasmuch
as he was only desirous of discharging his
duty to another patient. His manner instantly
changed, and he said, “I retract that expression.”
Some time afterward, turning an expressive
look, he said again, “I retract that
expression.”
The doctor now said that he understood the
subject of his communication, and presumed the
Will would explain itself fully. He replied, in
his peculiar way, “No, you don’t understand it;
I know you don’t. Our laws are extremely particular
on the subject of slaves—a Will may
manumit them, but provision for their subsequent
support, requires that a declaration be
made in the presence of a white witness; and
it is requisite that the witness, after hearing the
declaration, should continue with the party, and
never lose sight of him, until he is gone or dead.
You are a good witness for John. You see the
propriety and importance of your remaining with
me; your patients must make allowance for
your situation. John told me this morning,
‘Master, you are dying.'”
The doctor spoke with entire candor, and
replied, that it was rather a matter of surprise
that he had lasted so long. He now made his
preparations to die. He directed John to bring
him his father’s breast button; he then directed
him to place it in the bosom of his shirt. It
was an old-fashioned, large-sized gold stud.
John placed it in the button hole of the shirt
bosom—but to fix it completely, required a hole
on the opposite side. “Get a knife,” said he,
“and cut one.” A napkin was called for, and
placed by John, over his breast. For a short
time he lay perfectly quiet, with his eyes closed.
He suddenly roused up and exclaimed, “Remorse!
remorse!” It was thrice repeated—the
last time, at the top of his voice, with great
agitation. He cried out, “Let me see the word.
Get a dictionary, let me see the word.” “There
is none in the room, sir.” “Write it down,
then—let me see the word.” The doctor picked
up one of his cards, “Randolph of Roanoke.”
“Shall I write it on this card?” “Yes,
nothing more proper.” The word remorse, was
then written in pencil. He took the card in a
hurried manner, and fastened his eyes on it with
great intensity. “Write it on the back,” he
exclaimed—it was so done and handed him
again. He was extremely agitated, “Remorse!
you have no idea what it is; you can form no
idea of it, whatever; it has contributed to bring
me to my present situation—but I have looked
to the Lord Jesus Christ, and hope I have obtained
pardon. Now, let John take your pencil
and draw a line under the word,” which was
accordingly done. “What am I to do with the
card?” inquired the doctor. “Put it in your
pocket—take care of it—when I am dead, look
at it.”
The doctor now introduced the subject of
calling in some additional witnesses to his
declarations, and suggested sending down stairs
for Edmund Badger. He replied, “I have
already communicated that to him.” The doctor
then said, “With your concurrence, sir, I
will send for two young physicians, who shall
remain and never lose sight of you until you
are dead; to whom you can make your declarations—my
son, Dr. Isaac Parish, and my young
friend and late pupil, Dr. Francis West, a brother
of Captain West.”
He quickly asked, “Captain West of the
Packet?” “Yes, sir, the same.” “Send for
him—he is the man—I’ll have him.”
Before the door was unlocked, he pointed toward
a bureau, and requested the doctor to take
from it a remuneration for his services. To
this the doctor promptly replied, that he would
feel as though he were acting indelicately, to
comply. He then waived the subject, by saying,
“In England it is always customary.”
The witnesses were now sent for, and soon
arrived. The dying man was propped up in
the bed, with pillows, nearly erect. Being extremely
sensitive to cold, he had a blanket over
his head and shoulders; and he directed John
to place his hat on, over the blanket, which
aided in keeping it close to his head. With a
countenance full of sorrow, John stood close by
the side of his dying master. The four witnesses—Edmund
Badger, Francis West, Isaac
Parish, and Joseph Parish, were placed in a
semi-circle, in full view. He rallied all the expiring
energies of mind and body, to this last
effort. “His whole soul,” says Dr. Parish,
“seemed concentrated in the act. His eyes
flashed feeling and intelligence. Pointing toward
us, with his long index finger, he addressed
us.”
“I confirm all the directions in my Will,
respecting my slaves, and direct them to be enforced,
particularly in regard to a provision for
their support.” And then raising his arm as
high as he could, he brought it down with his
open hand, on the shoulder of his favorite John,
and added these words, “Especially for this
man.” He then asked each of the witnesses
whether they understood him. Dr. Joseph
Parish explained to them, what Mr. Randolph
had said in regard to the laws of Virginia, on
the subject of manumission—and then appealed
to the dying man to know whether he had stated
it correctly. “Yes,” said he, and gracefully
waving his hand as a token of dismission, he
added, “The young gentlemen will remain with
me.”
The scene was now soon changed. Having
disposed of that subject most deeply impressed[Pg 84]
on his heart, his keen penetrating eye lost its
expression, his powerful mind gave way, and
his fading imagination began to wander amidst
scenes and with friends that he had left behind.
In two hours the spirit took its flight, and all
that was mortal of John Randolph of Roanoke
was hushed in death. At a quarter before twelve
o’clock, on the 24th day of June, 1833, aged
sixty years, he breathed his last, in a chamber
of the City Hotel, No. 41, North Third-street,
Philadelphia.
His remains were taken to Virginia, and
buried at Roanoke, not far from the mansion
in which he lived, and in the midst of that
“boundless contiguity of shade,” where he
spent so many hours of anguish and of solitude.
He sleeps quietly now; the squirrel may gambol
in the boughs above, the partridge may whistle
in the long grass that waves over that solitary
grave, and none shall disturb or make them
afraid.
AN AGREEABLE SURPRISE.
The ties of relationship are held most sacred
in the imperial family of Austria—Maria
Louisa had been taught to reverence them from
her infancy. She was tenderly attached to
every member of her family, and when the preliminaries
of her marriage with Napoleon were
arranged, and she knew that she was about to
leave all who were so dear to her, and with
whom she had passed all her days, her heart
sank within her, and her tears flowed incessantly.
The day came: she was to leave forever
the home of her childhood. She took a most
affecting leave of all her family, and then shut
herself up in her own apartment, where, according
to etiquette, she was to remain till the
French embassador who was to conduct her to
Paris went to hand her to the carriage. When
Berthier, Prince de Neufchatel, went into her
cabinet for this purpose, he found her weeping
most bitterly. For some time she was unable
to speak: at length words of passionate grief
found their way.
“I can not help crying,” she said; “every
thing I look at, and that I am going to leave,
is so dear to me: there are my sister’s drawings,
my mother herself worked this tapestry, these
pictures were painted by my uncle Charles.”
Thus she went on apostrophizing every article
the room contained, even the very carpets, and
all her pets of whom she was so fond, so
cherished, and caressed; her singing birds, that
she loved to sit and listen to—these were all to
be left behind—and the parrot that she herself
had taught to speak; but, above all, the little
faithful dog, the favorite companion, even he
was not to accompany her—for it had been
said that the emperor did not like pet dogs.
As she caressed the little creature her tears fell
faster. Berthier was sensibly touched by the
marks of affection bestowed by the young
princess on all the objects associated with
home. He told her that all would not be in
readiness for their departure for a couple of
hours. So the poor princess was allowed the
indulgence of her grief for a little while longer.
But the moment came, and she had to tear
herself away from the scenes and the friends
that occupied all her affection. An enthusiastic
greeting awaited her from the crowds assembled
to welcome her. Splendor surrounded her on
every side; but home and the dear friends were
far away. As Napoleon led her from the
balcony of the Tuileries, where she had been
gazed at and hailed with acclamations of joy
by the populace, he said—
“Come, Louisa, I ought to give you some
little reward for the happiness which you have
conferred on me—the great happiness which I
have just enjoyed. Nay, nay, don’t be afraid
to follow me,” continued he, as he led her
along one of the narrow corridors of the palace,
lit by a single lamp; “nay, nay, don’t be afraid
to follow me.”
Suddenly they stopped at the door of a room
wherein a dog was making efforts to get out.
The emperor opened the door—the favorite dog
was there. He testified his joy at again seeing
his mistress by a thousand wild pranks; bounding
and jumping about her. The profusion of
lamps by which the room was lit up, discovered
to Maria Louisa that it was furnished with
the very chairs and the carpets of her apartment
at Vienna. There were her sister’s drawings,
and the tapestry wrought by her mother’s
hands; there were the pictures painted by her
uncle Charles; there was her parrot, and there
her singing birds; and, above all, the pet dog.
Louisa was greatly affected and delighted by
finding herself surrounded by these dear, familiar
objects. So well had Berthier planned and
executed this agreeable surprise for the disconsolate
princess, whom he had found weeping
over all that had been endeared to her by the
fondest associations, that she never suspected
his design in delaying their departure from
Vienna.
“Come in, Berthier,” said the emperor,
opening a side door, “and let the empress
thank you. There, Louisa, thank him—embrace
him who planned this pleasure for you.”
How frequently genius effects great ends by
the simplest means! It is most interesting to
see the greatest difficulties give way before its
magic influence.
A DEATH-BED.
BY JAMES ALDRICH.
Yet lived she at its close,
And breathed the long, long night away,
In statue-like repose.
Illumed the eastern skies,
She pass’d through Glory’s morning-gate
And walk’d in Paradise!
[Pg 85]
[From Blackwood’s Edinburgh Magazine.]
MY NOVEL; OR, VARIETIES IN ENGLISH LIFE.
(Continued from page 777.)
Book II.—Initial Chapter:—Informing the Reader
how this Work came to have Initial Chapters.
“There can’t be a doubt,” said my father,
“that to each of the main divisions of
your work—whether you call them Books or
Parts—you should prefix an Initial or Introductory
Chapter.”
Pisistratus.—”Can’t be a doubt, sir! Why
so?”
Mr. Caxton.—”Fielding lays it down as an
indispensable rule, which he supports by his
example; and Fielding was an artistical writer,
and knew what he was about.”
Pisistratus.—”Do you remember any of his
reasons, sir?”
Mr. Caxton.—”Why, indeed, Fielding says
very justly that he is not bound to assign any
reason; but he does assign a good many, here
and there—to find which, I refer you to Tom
Jones. I will only observe, that one of his reasons,
which is unanswerable, runs to the effect
that thus, in every Part or Book, the reader has
the advantage of beginning at the fourth or fifth
page instead of the first—’a matter by no means
of trivial consequence,’ saith Fielding, ‘to persons
who read books with no other view than
to say they have read them—a more general
motive to reading than is commonly imagined;
and from which not only law books and good
books, but the pages of Homer and Virgil, of
Swift and Cervantes have been often turned
over.’ There,” cried my father triumphantly,
“I will lay a shilling to twopence that I have
quoted the very words.”
Mrs. Caxton.—”Dear me, that only means
skipping: I don’t see any great advantage in
writing a chapter, merely for people to skip it.”
Pisistratus.—”Neither do I!”
Mr. Caxton, dogmatically.—”It is the repose
in the picture—Fielding calls it ‘contrast’—(still
more dogmatically) I say there can’t be a doubt
about it. Besides (added my father after a pause),
besides, this usage gives you opportunities to
explain what has gone before, or to prepare for
what’s coming; or, since Fielding contends with
great truth, that some learning is necessary for
this kind of historical composition, it allows you,
naturally and easily, the introduction of light
and pleasant ornaments of that nature. At
each flight in the terrace, you may give the
eye the relief of an urn or a statue. Moreover,
when so inclined, you create proper pausing
places for reflection; and complete, by a
separate yet harmonious ethical department,
the design of a work, which is but a mere
Mother Goose’s tale if it does not embrace a
general view of the thoughts and actions of
mankind.”
Pisistratus.—”But then, in these initial
chapters, the author thrusts himself forward
and just when you want to get on with the dramatis
personæ, you find yourself face to face
with the poet himself.”
Mr. Caxton.—”Pooh! you can contrive to
prevent that! Imitate the chorus of the Greek
stage, who fill up the intervals between the
action by saying what the author would otherwise
say in his own person.”
Pisistratus, slyly.—”That’s a good idea,
sir—and I have a chorus, and a chorægus too,
already in my eye.”
Mr. Caxton, unsuspectingly.—”Aha! you
are not so dull a fellow as you would make
yourself out to be; and, even if an author did
thrust himself forward, what objection is there
to that? It is a mere affectation to suppose
that a book can come into the world without an
author. Every child has a father, one father at
least, as the great Condé says very well in his
poem.”
Pisistratus.—”The great Condé a poet!—I
never heard that before.”
Mr. Caxton.—”I don’t say he was a poet,
but he sent a poem to Madame de Montansier.
Envious critics think that he must have paid
somebody else to write it; but there is no reason
why a great captain should not write a
poem—I don’t say a good poem, but a poem.
I wonder, Roland, if the Duke ever tried his
hand at ‘Stanzas to Mary,’ or ‘Lines to a sleeping
babe.'”
Captain Roland.—”Austin, I’m ashamed of
you. Of course the Duke could write poetry if
he pleased—something, I dare say, in the way
of the great Condé—that is something warlike
and heroic, I’ll be bound. Let’s hear!”
Mr. Caxton, reciting—
Qu’il faut qu’un enfant ait un père;
On dit même quelque fois
Tel enfant en a jusqu’á trois.”
Captain Roland, greatly disgusted.—”Condé
write such stuff!—I don’t believe it.”
Pisistratus.—”I do, and accept the quotation—you
and Roland shall be joint fathers to
my child as well as myself.”
Mr. Caxton, solemnly.—”I refuse the proffered
paternity; but so far as administering a
little wholesome castigation, now and then, I
have no objection to join in the discharge of a
father’s duty.”
Pisistratus.—”Agreed; have you any thing
to say against the infant hitherto?”
Mr. Caxton.—”He is in long clothes at
present; let us wait till he can walk.”
Blanche.—”But pray whom do you mean
for a hero?—and is Miss Jemima your heroine?”
Captain Roland.—”There is some mystery
about the—”
Pisistratus, hastily.—”Hush, Uncle; no letting
the cat out of the bag yet. Listen, all of
you! I left Frank Hazeldean on his way to the
Casino.”
CHAPTER II.
“It is a sweet pretty place,” thought Frank,
as he opened the gate which led across the fields
to the Casino, that smiled down upon him with
its plaster pilasters. “I wonder, though, that
my father, who is so particular in general, suffers
the carriage road to be so full of holes and
weeds. Mounseer does not receive many visits,
I take it.”
But when Frank got into the ground immediately
before the house, he saw no cause of complaint
as to want of order and repair. Nothing
could be kept more neatly. Frank was ashamed
of the dint made by the pony’s hoofs in the
smooth gravel; he dismounted, tied the animal
to the wicket, and went on foot toward the glass
door in front.
He rang the bell once, twice, but nobody
came, for the old woman-servant, who was hard
of hearing, was far away in the yard, searching
for any eggs which the hen might have scandalously
hidden from culinary purposes; and Jackeymo
was fishing for the sticklebacks and
minnows, which were, when caught, to assist
the eggs, when found, in keeping together
the bodies and souls of himself and his master.
The old woman was on board wages—lucky
old woman! Frank rang a third time, and with
the impetuosity of his age. A face peeped from
the Belvidere on the terrace. “Diavolo!” said
Dr. Riccabocca to himself. “Young cocks
crow hard on their own dunghill; it must be a
cock of a high race to crow so loud at another’s.”
Therewith he shambled out of the summer-house,
and appeared suddenly before Frank, in
a very wizard-like dressing robe of black serge,
a red cap on his head, and a cloud of smoke
coming rapidly from his lips, as a final consolatory
whiff, before he removed the pipe from
them. Frank had indeed seen the doctor before,
but never in so scholastic a costume, and
he was a little startled by the apparition at his
elbow, as he turned round.
“Signorino—young gentleman,” said the Italian,
taking off his cap with his usual urbanity,
“pardon the negligence of my people—I am
too happy to receive your commands in person.”
“Dr. Rickeybockey?” stammered Frank,
much confused by this polite address, and the
low yet stately bow with which it was accompanied,
“I—I have a note from the Hall.
Mamma—that is, my mother—and aunt Jemima
beg their best compliments, and hope you
will come, sir.”
The Doctor took the note with another bow,
and, opening the glass door, invited Frank to
enter.
The young gentleman, with a schoolboy’s
usual bluntness, was about to say that he was
in a hurry, and had rather not; but Dr. Riccabocca’s
grand manner awed him, while a
glimpse of the hall excited his curiosity—so
he silently obeyed the invitation.
The hall, which was of an octagon shape,
had been originally paneled off into compartments,
and in these the Italian had painted
landscapes, rich with the sunny warm light of his
native climate. Frank was no judge of the art
displayed; but he was greatly struck with the
scenes depicted: they were all views of some
lake, real or imaginary—in all, dark-blue shining
waters reflected dark-blue placid skies. In
one, a flight of steps descended to the lake, and
a gay group was seen feasting on the margin:
in another, sunset threw its rose-hues over a
vast villa or palace, backed by Alpine hills, and
flanked by long arcades of vines, while pleasure-boats
skimmed over the waves below. In short,
throughout all the eight compartments, the
scene, though it differed in details, preserved
the same general character, as if illustrating
some favorite locality. The Italian, did not,
however, evince any desire to do the honors to
his own art, but, preceding Frank across the
hall, opened the door of his usual sitting-room,
and requested him to enter. Frank did so,
rather reluctantly, and seated himself with unwonted
bashfulness on the edge of a chair. But
here new specimens of the Doctor’s handicraft
soon riveted attention. The room had been
originally papered; but Riccabocca had stretched
canvas over the walls, and painted thereon
sundry satirical devices, each separated from the
other by scroll-works of fantastic arabesques.
Here a Cupid was trundling a wheelbarrow full
of hearts, which he appeared to be selling to an
ugly old fellow, with a money-bag in his hand—probably
Plutus. There Diogenes might be
seen walking through a market-place, with his
lantern in his hand, in search of an honest man,
while the children jeered at him, and the curs
snapped at his heels. In another place, a lion
was seen half dressed in a fox’s hide, while a
wolf in a sheep’s mask was conversing very
amicably with a young lamb. Here again
might be seen the geese stretching out their
necks from the Roman Capitol in full cackle,
while the stout invaders were beheld in the distance,
running off as hard as they could. In
short, in all these quaint entablatures some pithy
sarcasm was symbolically conveyed; only over
the mantle-piece was the design graver and
more touching. It was the figure of a man in
a pilgrim’s garb, chained to the earth by small
but innumerable ligaments, while a phantom
likeness of himself, his shadow, was seen hastening
down what seemed an interminable vista;
and underneath were written the pathetic words
of Horace,
Se quoque fugit?”
“What exile from his country can fly himself
as well?” The furniture of the room was extremely
simple, and somewhat scanty; yet it
was arranged so as to impart an air of taste and
elegance to the room. Even a few plaster busts
and statues, though bought of some humble
itinerant, had their classical effect glistening[Pg 87]
from out stands of flowers that were grouped
around them, or backed by graceful screen-works
formed from twisted osiers, which, by the
simple contrivance of trays at the bottom, filled
with earth, served for living parasitical plants,
with gay flowers contrasting thick ivy leaves,
and gave to the whole room the aspect of a
bower.
“May I ask your permission?” said the Italian,
with his finger on the seal of the letter.
“Oh, yes,” said Frank with naïveté.
Riccabocca broke the seal, and a slight smile
stole over his countenance. Then he turned a
little aside from Frank, shaded his face with his
hand, and seemed to muse. “Mrs. Hazeldean,”
said he at last, “does me very great honor. I
hardly recognize her hand-writing, or I should
have been more impatient to open the letter.”
The dark eyes were lifted over the spectacles,
and went right into Frank’s unprotected and
undiplomatic heart. The Doctor raised the
note, and pointed to the characters with his forefinger.
“Cousin Jemima’s hand,” said Frank, as directly
as if the question had been put to him.
The Italian smiled. “Mr. Hazeldean has
company staying with him?”
“No; that is, only Barney—the Captain.
There’s seldom much company before the shooting
season,” added Frank with a slight sigh;
“and then you know the holidays are over.
For my part, I think we ought to break up a
month later.”
The Doctor seemed reassured by the first
sentence in Frank’s reply, and seating himself
at the table, wrote his answer—not hastily, as
we English write, but with care and precision,
like one accustomed to weigh the nature of
words—in that stiff Italian hand, which allows
the writer so much time to think while he forms
his letters. He did not therefore reply at once
to Frank’s remark about the holidays, but was
silent till he had concluded his note, read it
three times over, sealed it by the taper he slowly
lighted, and then, giving it to Frank, he
said—
“For your sake, young gentleman, I regret
that your holidays are so early; for mine, I
must rejoice, since I accept the kind invitation
you have rendered doubly gratifying by bringing
it yourself.”
“Deuce take the fellow and his fine speeches!
One don’t know which way to look,” thought
English Frank.
The Italian smiled again, as if this time he
had read the boy’s heart, without need of those
piercing black eyes, and said, less ceremoniously
than before, “You don’t care much for compliments,
young gentleman?”
“No, I don’t indeed,” said Frank heartily.
“So much the better for you, since your way
in the world is made: it would be so much the
worse if you had to make it!”
Frank looked puzzled: the thought was too
deep for him—so he turned to the pictures.
“Those are very funny,” said he: “they
seem capitally done—who did ’em?”
“Signorino Hazeldean, you are giving me
what you refused yourself.”
“Eh?” said Frank, inquiringly.
“Compliments!”
“Oh—I—no; but they are well done, arn’t
they, sir?”
“Not particularly: you speak to the artist.”
“What! you painted them?”
“Yes.”
“And the pictures in the hall?”
“Those too.”
“Taken from nature—eh?”
“Nature,” said the Italian sententiously, perhaps
evasively, “lets nothing be taken from her.”
“Oh!” said Frank, puzzled again.
“Well, I must wish you good morning, sir; I
am very glad you are coming.”
“Without compliment?”
“Without compliment.”
“A rivedersi—good-by for the present, my
young signorino. This way,” observing Frank
make a bolt toward the wrong door.
“Can I offer you a glass of wine—it is pure,
of our own making?”
“No, thank you, indeed, sir,” cried Frank,
suddenly recollecting his father’s admonition.
“Good-by—don’t trouble yourself, sir; I know
my way now.”
But the bland Italian followed his guest to the
wicket, where Frank had left the pony. The
young gentleman, afraid lest so courteous a host
should hold the stirrup for him, twitched off the
bridle, and mounted in haste, not even staying
to ask if the Italian could put him in the way to
Rood Hall, of which way he was profoundly
ignorant. The Italian’s eye followed the boy as
he rode up the ascent in the lane, and the Doctor
sighed heavily. “The wiser we grow,” said he
to himself, “the more we regret the age of our
follies: it is better to gallop with a light heart
up the stony hill than to sit in the summer-house
and cry ‘How true!’ to the stony truths of
Machiavelli!”
With that he turned back into the Belvidere;
but he could not resume his studies. He remained
some minutes gazing on the prospect,
till the prospect reminded him of the fields,
which Jackeymo was bent on his hiring, and the
fields reminded him of Lenny Fairfield. He
walked back to the house, and in a few moments
re-emerged in his out-of-door-trim, with cloak
and umbrella, relighted his pipe, and strolled toward
Hazeldean village.
Meanwhile Frank, after cantering on for some
distance, stopped at a cottage, and there learned
that there was a short cut across the fields to
Rood Hall, by which he could save nearly three
miles. Frank, however, missed the short cut, and
came out into the high road: a turnpike keeper,
after first taking his toll, put him back again
into the short cut; and finally, he got into some
green lanes, where a dilapidated finger-post directed
him to Rood. Late at noon, having ridden[Pg 88]
fifteen miles in the desire to reduce ten to
seven, he came suddenly upon a wild and primitive
piece of ground, that seemed half chase, half
common, with slovenly tumble-down cottages of
villainous aspect scattered about in odd nooks
and corners; idle dirty children were making
mud pies on the road; slovenly-looking women
were plaiting straw at the thresholds; a large
but forlorn and decayed church, that seemed to
say that the generation which saw it built was
more pious than the generation which now resorted
to it, stood boldly and nakedly out by the
roadside.
“Is this the village of Rood?” asked Frank
of a stout young man breaking stones on the
road—sad sign that no better labor could be
found for him!
The man sullenly nodded, and continued his
work.
“And where’s the Hall—Mr. Leslie’s?”
The man looked up in stolid surprise, and this
time touched his hat.
“Be you going there?”
“Yes, if I can find out where it is.”
“I’ll show your honor,” said the boor alertly.
Frank reined in the pony, and the man walked
by his side.
Frank was much of his father’s son, despite
the difference of age, and that more fastidious
change of manner which characterizes each succeeding
race in the progress of civilization.
Despite all his Eton finery, he was familiar with
peasants, and had the quick eye of one country-born
as to country matters.
“You don’t seem very well off in this village,
my man?” said he, knowingly.
“No; there be a deal of distress here in the
winter time, and summer too, for that matter;
and the parish ben’t much help to a single
man.”
“But the farmers want work here as well as
elsewhere, I suppose?”
“‘Deed, and there ben’t much farming work
here—most o’ the parish be all wild ground
loike.”
“The poor have a right of common, I suppose,”
said Frank, surveying a large assortment
of vagabond birds and quadrupeds.
“Yes; neighbor Timmins keeps his geese on
the common, and some has a cow—and them be
neighbor Jowles’s pigs. I don’t know if there’s
a right, loike; but the folks at the Hall does all
they can to help us, and that ben’t much: they
ben’t as rich as some folks; but,” added the
peasant proudly, “they be as good blood as any
in the shire.”
“I’m glad to see you like them, at all events.”
“Oh, yes, I likes them well eno’; mayhap you
are at school with the young gentleman?”
“Yes.” said Frank.
“Ah! I heard the clergyman say as how
Master Randal was a mighty clever lad, and
would get rich some day. I’se sure I wish he
would, for a poor squire makes a poor parish.
There’s the Hall, sir.”
CHAPTER III.
Frank looked right ahead, and saw a square
house that, in spite of modern sash-windows,
was evidently of remote antiquity—a high conical
roof; a stack of tall quaint chimney-pots of
red baked clay (like those at Sutton Place in
Surrey), dominating over isolated vulgar smoke-conductors,
of the ignoble fashion of present
times; a dilapidated groin-work, encasing within
a Tudor arch a door of the comfortable date of
George III., and the peculiarly dingy and weather-stained
appearance of the small finely finished
bricks, of which the habitation was built—all
showed the abode of former generations adapted
with tasteless irreverence to the habits of descendants
unenlightened by Pugin, or indifferent
to the poetry of the past. The house had
emerged suddenly upon Frank out of the gloomy
waste land, for it was placed in a hollow, and
sheltered from sight by a disorderly group of
ragged, dismal, valetudinarian fir-trees, until an
abrupt turn of the road cleared that screen, and
left the desolate abode bare to the discontented
eye. Frank dismounted; the man held his pony;
and, after smoothing his cravat, the smart Etonian
sauntered up to the door, and startled the
solitude of the place with a loud peal from the
modern brass knocker—a knock which instantly
brought forth an astonished starling who had
built under the eaves of the gable roof, and called
up a cloud of sparrows, tomtits, and yellow-hammers,
who had been regaling themselves
among the litter of a slovenly farm-yard that lay
in full sight to the right of the house, fenced off
by a primitive, paintless wooden rail. In process
of time a sow, accompanied by a thriving
and inquisitive family, strolled up to the gate
of the fence, and, leaning her nose on the lower
bar of the gate, contemplated the visitor with
much curiosity and some suspicion.
While Frank is still without, impatiently
swingeing his white trowsers with his whip, we
will steal a hurried glance toward the respective
members of the family within. Mr. Leslie, the
pater familias, is in a little room called his
‘study,’ to which he regularly retires every
morning after breakfast, rarely reappearing till
one o’clock, which is his unfashionable hour for
dinner. In what mysterious occupations Mr.
Leslie passes those hours no one ever formed a
conjecture. At the present moment he is seated
before a little rickety bureau, one leg of which
(being shorter than the other), is propped up by
sundry old letters and scraps of newspapers;
and the bureau is open, and reveals a great
number of pigeon-holes and divisions, filled with
various odds and ends, the collection of many
years. In some of these compartments are bundles
of letters, very yellow, and tied in packets
with faded tape; in another, all by itself, is a
fragment of plum-pudding stone, which Mr.
Leslie has picked up in his walks and considered
a rare mineral. It is neatly labeled “Found
in Hollow Lane, May 21st, 1824, by Maunder[Pg 89]
Slugge Leslie, Esq.” The next division holds
several bits of iron in the shape of nails, fragments
of horse-shoes, &c., which Mr. Leslie had
also met with in his rambles, and, according to
a harmless popular superstition, deemed it highly
unlucky not to pick up, and, once picked up,
no less unlucky to throw away. Item, in the
adjoining pigeon-hole, a goodly collection of
pebbles with holes in them, preserved for the
same reason, in company with a crooked sixpence:
item, neatly arranged in fanciful mosaics,
several periwinkles, Blackamoor’s teeth (I mean
the shell so called), and other specimens of the
conchiferous ingenuity of Nature, partly inherited
from some ancestral spinster, partly amassed
by Mr. Leslie himself in a youthful excursion
to the sea-side. There were the farm-bailiff’s
accounts, several files of bills, an old stirrup,
three sets of knee and shoe buckles which had
belonged to Mr. Leslie’s father, a few seals tied
together by a shoe-string, a shagreen toothpick
case, a tortoiseshell magnifying glass to read
with, his eldest son’s first copybooks, his second
son’s ditto, his daughter’s ditto, and a lock of
his wife’s hair arranged in a true-lover’s knot,
framed and glazed. There were also a small
mousetrap; a patent corkscrew, too good to be
used in common; fragments of a silver teaspoon,
that had, by natural decay, arrived at a dissolution
of its parts; a small brown Holland bag,
containing halfpence of various dates, as far back
as Queen Anne, accompanied by two French
sous, and a German silber gros; the which miscellany
Mr. Leslie magniloquently called “his
coins,” and had left in his will as a family heirloom.
There were many other curiosities of
congenial nature and equal value—”quæ nunc
describere longum est.” Mr. Leslie was engaged
at this time in what is termed “putting things
to rights”—an occupation he performed with
exemplary care once a week. This was his
day; and he had just counted his coins, and was
slowly tying them up again, when Frank’s knock
reached his ears.
Mr. Maunder Slugge Leslie paused, shook
his head as if incredulously, and was about to
resume his occupation, when he was seized with
a fit of yawning which prevented the bag being
tied for full two minutes.
While such was the employment of the study—let
us turn to the recreations in the drawing-room,
or rather parlor. A drawing-room there
was on the first floor, with a charming look-out,
not on the dreary fir-trees, but on the romantic
undulating forest-land, but the drawing-room
had not been used since the death of the last
Mrs. Leslie. It was deemed too good to sit in,
except when there was company; there never
being company, it was never sate in. Indeed,
now the paper was falling off the walls with the
damp, and the rats, mice, and moths—those
“edaces rerum“—had eaten, between them,
most of the chair-bottoms and a considerable
part of the floor. Therefore the parlor was the
sole general sitting-room; and being breakfasted
in, dined, and supped in, and, after supper,
smoked in by Mr. Leslie to the accompaniment
of rum and water, it is impossible to deny that it
had what is called “a smell”—a comfortable
wholesome family smell—speaking of numbers,
meals, and miscellaneous social habitation.—There
were two windows: one looked full on
the fir-trees; the other on the farm-yard, with
the pigsty closing the view. Near the fir-tree
window sate Mrs. Leslie; before her, on a high
stool, was a basket of the children’s clothes that
wanted mending. A work-table of rosewood
inlaid with brass, which had been a wedding
present, and was a costly thing originally, but in
that peculiar taste which is vulgarly called
“Brumagem,” stood at hand: the brass had
started in several places, and occasionally made
great havoc on the children’s fingers and Mrs.
Leslie’s gown; in fact, it was the liveliest piece
of furniture in the house, thanks to that petulant
brass-work, and could not have been more mischievous
if it had been a monkey. Upon the
work-table lay a housewife and thimble, and
scissors and skeins of worsted and thread, and
little scraps of linen and cloth for patches. But
Mrs. Leslie was not actually working—she was
preparing to work; she had been preparing to
work for the last hour and a half. Upon her lap
she supported a novel, by a lady who wrote
much for a former generation, under the name
of “Mrs. Bridget Blue Mantle.” She had a
small needle in her left hand, and a very thick
piece of thread in her right; occasionally she
applied the end of the said thread to her lips,
and then—her eyes fixed on the novel—made a
blind vacillating attack at the eye of the needle.
But a camel would have gone through it with
quite as much ease. Nor did the novel alone
engage Mrs. Leslie’s attention, for ever and
anon she interrupted herself to scold the children;
to inquire “what o’clock it was;” to
observe that “Sarah would never suit,” and to
wonder why Mr. Leslie would not see that the
work-table was mended. Mrs. Leslie had been
rather a pretty woman. In spite of a dress at
once slatternly and economical, she has still the
air of a lady—rather too much so, the hard
duties of her situation considered. She is proud
of the antiquity of her family on both sides; her
mother was of the venerable stock of the Daudlers
of Daudle Place, a race that existed before
the Conquest. Indeed, one has only to read our
earliest chronicles, and to glance over some of
those long-winded moralizing poems which delighted
the thanes and ealdermen of old, in order
to see that the Daudlers must have been a very
influential family before William the First turned
the country topsy-turvy. While the mother’s
race was thus indubitably Saxon, the father’s
had not only the name but the peculiar idiosyncrasy
of the Normans, and went far to establish
that crotchet of the brilliant author of Sybil, or
the Two Nations as to the continued distinction
between the conquering and conquered populations.
Mrs. Leslie’s father boasted the name of[Pg 90]
Montfydget; doubtless of the same kith and kin
as those great barons Montfichet, who once
owned such broad lands and such turbulent
castles. A high-nosed, thin, nervous, excitable
progeny, those same Montfydgets, as the most
troublesome Norman could pretend to be. This
fusion of race was notable to the most ordinary
physiognomist in the physique and in the morale
of Mrs. Leslie. She had the speculative blue
eye of the Saxon, and the passionate high nose
of the Norman; she had the musing do-nothingness
of the Daudlers, and the reckless have-at-everythingness
of the Montfydgets. At Mrs.
Leslie’s feet, a little girl with her hair about
her ears (and beautiful hair it was too), was
amusing herself with a broken-nosed doll. At
the far end of the room, before a high desk, sate
Frank’s Eton schoolfellow, the eldest son. A
minute or two before Frank’s alarum had disturbed
the tranquillity of the household, he had
raised his eyes from the books on the desk, to
glance at a very tattered copy of the Greek
Testament, in which his brother Oliver had
found a difficulty that he came to Randal to solve.
As the young Etonian’s face was turned to the
light, your first impression, on seeing it, would
have been melancholy but respectful interest—for
the face had already lost the joyous character
of youth—there was a wrinkle between the
brows; and the lines that speak of fatigue, were
already visible under the eyes and about the
mouth; the complexion was sallow, the lips
were pale. Years of study had already sown, in
the delicate organization, the seeds of many an
infirmity and many a pain; but if your look had
rested longer on that countenance, gradually
your compassion might have given place to
some feeling uneasy and sinister, a feeling akin
to fear. There was in the whole expression so
much of cold calm force, that it belied the
debility of the frame. You saw there the evidence
of a mind that was cultivated, and you
felt that in that cultivation there was something
formidable. A notable contrast to this countenance,
prematurely worn and eminently intelligent,
was the round healthy face of Oliver, with
slow blue eyes, fixed hard on the penetrating
orbs of his brother, as if trying with might and
main to catch from them a gleam of that knowledge
with which they shone clear and frigid as
a star.
At Frank’s knock, Oliver’s slow blue eyes
sparkled into animation, and he sprang from his
brother’s side. The little girl flung back the
hair from her face, and stared at her mother
with a look which spoke wonder and fright.
The young student knit his brows, and then
turned wearily back to the books on his desk.
“Dear me,” cried Mrs. Leslie, “who can
that possibly be? Oliver, come from the window,
sir, this instant, you will be seen! Juliet,
run—ring the bell—no, go to the stairs, and say,
‘not at home.’ Not at home on any account,”
repeated Mrs. Leslie nervously, for the Montfydget
blood was now in full flow.
In another minute or so, Frank’s loud boyish
voice was distinctly heard at the outer door.
Randal slightly started.
“Frank Hazeldean’s voice,” said he; “I
should like to see him, mother.”
“See him,” repeated Mrs. Leslie in amaze,
“see him!—and the room in this state!”
Randal might have replied that the room was
in no worse state than usual; but he said nothing.
A slight flush came and went over his
pale face; and then he leant his cheek on his
hand, and compressed his lips firmly.
The outer door closed with a sullen, inhospitable
jar, and a slip-shod female servant entered
with a card between her finger and thumb.
“Who is that for? give it to me, Jenny,”
cried Mrs. Leslie.
But Jenny shook her head, laid the card on
the desk beside Randal, and vanished without
saying a word.
“Oh, look, Randal, look up,” cried Oliver,
who had again rushed to the window; “such a
pretty gray pony!”
Randal did look up; nay, he went deliberately
to the window, and gazed a moment on the
high-mettled pony, and the well-dressed high-spirited
rider. In that moment changes passed
over Randal’s countenance more rapidly than
clouds over the sky in a gusty day. Now envy
and discontent, with the curled lip and the
gloomy scowl; now hope and proud self-esteem,
with the clearing brow, and the lofty smile;
and then all again became cold, firm, and close
as he walked back to his books, seated himself
resolutely, and said, half aloud,
“Well, knowledge is power!”
CHAPTER IV.
Mrs. Leslie came up in fidget and in fuss;
she leant over Randal’s shoulder and read the
card. Written in pen and ink, with an attempt
at imitation of printed Roman character, there
appeared first, “Mr. Frank Hazeldean;” but
just over these letters, and scribbled hastily and
less legibly in pencil, was—
“Dear Leslie,—sorry you are out—come and
see us—Do!”
“You will go, Randal?” said Mrs. Leslie,
after a pause.
“I am not sure.”
“Yes, you can go; you have clothes like a
gentleman; you can go any where, not like
those children;” and Mrs. Leslie glanced almost
spitefully on poor Oliver’s coarse, threadbare
jacket, and little Juliet’s torn frock.
“What I have I owe at present to Mr. Egerton,
and I should consult his wishes; he is not
on good terms with these Hazeldeans.” Then
glancing toward his brother, who looked mortified,
he added, with a strange sort of haughty
kindness, “What I may have hereafter, Oliver,
I shall owe to myself; and then, if I rise, I will
raise my family.”
“Dear Randal,” said Mrs. Leslie, fondly kissing[Pg 91]
him on the forehead, “what a good heart
you have!”
“No mother; my books don’t tell me that it
is a good heart that gets on in the world; it is
a hard head,” replied Randal, with a rude and
scornful candor. “But I can read no more
just now; come out, Oliver.”
So saying, he slid from his mother’s hand and
left the room.
When Oliver joined him, Randal was already
on the common; and, without seeming to notice
his brother, he continued to walk quickly and
with long strides in profound silence. At length
he paused under the shade of an old oak, that,
too old to be of value save for firewood, had escaped
the ax. The tree stood on a knoll, and
the spot commanded a view of the decayed
house—the old dilapidated church—the dismal,
dreary village.
“Oliver,” said Randal, between his teeth, so
that his voice had the sound of a hiss, “it was
under this tree that I first resolved to—”
He paused.
“What, Randal?”
“Read hard; knowledge is power!”
“But you are so fond of reading.”
“I?” cried Randal. “Do you think, when
Wolsey and Thomas à-Becket became priests,
they were fond of telling their beads and pattering
Aves? I fond of reading!”
Oliver stared; the historical allusions were
beyond his comprehension.
“You know,” continued Randal, “that we
Leslies were not always the beggarly poor gentlemen
we are now. You know that there is a
man who lives in Grosvenor-square, and is very
rich—very. His riches come to him from a
Leslie; that man is my patron, Oliver, and he
is very good to me.”
Randal’s smile was withering as he spoke.
“Come on,” he said, after a pause—”come
on.” Again the walk was quicker, and the
brothers were silent.
They came at length to a little shallow brook,
across which some large stones had been placed
at short intervals, so that the boys walked over
the ford dryshod. “Will you pull me down that
bough, Oliver?” said Randal, abruptly, pointing
to a tree. Oliver obeyed mechanically;
and Randal stripping the leaves, and snapping
off the twigs, left a fork at the end; with this
he began to remove the stepping-stones. “What
are you about, Randal?” asked Oliver, wonderingly.
“We are on the other side of the brook now;
and we shall not come back this way. We
don’t want the stepping-stones any more! away
with them!”
CHAPTER V.
The morning after this visit of Frank Hazeldean’s
to Rood Hall, the Right Honorable Audley
Egerton, member of Parliament, privy councilor,
and minister of a high department in the
state—just below the rank of the cabinet—was
seated in his library, awaiting the delivery of
the post, before he walked down to his office.
In the mean while he sipped his tea, and glanced
over the newspapers with that quick and half-disdainful
eye with which your practical man in
public life is wont to regard the abuse or the
eulogium of the Fourth Estate.
There is very little likeness between Mr.
Egerton and his half-brother; none indeed, except
that they are both of tall stature, and
strong, sinewy, English build. But even in this
last they do not resemble each other; for the
Squire’s athletic shape is already beginning to
expand into that portly embonpoint which seems
the natural development of contented men as
they approach middle life. Audley, on the contrary,
is inclined to be spare; and his figure,
though the muscles are as firm as iron, has
enough of the slender to satisfy metropolitan
ideas of elegance. His dress—his look—his
tout ensemble, are those of the London man. In
the first, there is more attention to fashion than
is usual among the busy members of the House
of Commons; but then Audley Egerton had
always been something more than a mere busy
member of the House of Commons. He had
always been a person of mark in the best
society, and one secret of his success in life has
been his high reputation as a “gentleman.”
As he now bends over the journals, there is
an air of distinction in the turn of the well-shaped
head, with the dark brown hair—dark
in spite of a reddish tinge—cut close behind,
and worn away a little toward the crown, so as
to give additional height to a commanding forehead.
His profile is very handsome, and of that
kind of beauty which imposes on men if it pleases
women; and is therefore, unlike that of your
mere pretty fellows, a positive advantage in
public life. It is a profile with large features
clearly cut, masculine, and somewhat severe.
The expression of his face is not open like the
Squire’s; nor has it the cold closeness which
accompanies the intellectual character of young
Leslie’s; but it is reserved and dignified, and
significant of self-control, as should be the physiognomy
of a man accustomed to think before he
speaks. When you look at him, you are not
surprised to learn that he is not a florid orator
nor a smart debater—he is a “weighty speaker.”
He is fairly read, but without any great range
either of ornamental scholarship or constitutional
lore. He has not much humor; but he has
that kind of wit which is essential to grave and
serious irony. He has not much imagination,
nor remarkable subtlety in reasoning; but if he
does not dazzle, he does not bore: he is too
much the man of the world for that. He is
considered to have sound sense and accurate
judgment. Withal, as he now lays aside the
journals, and his face relaxes its austerer lines,
you will not be astonished to hear that he is a
man who is said to have been greatly beloved
by women, and still to exercise much influence[Pg 92]
in drawing-rooms and boudoirs. At least no
one was surprised when the great heiress Clementina
Leslie, kinswomen and ward to Lord
Lansmere—a young lady who had refused three
earls and the heir-apparent to a dukedom—was
declared by her dearest friends to be dying of
love for Audley Egerton. It had been the
natural wish of the Lansmeres that this lady
should marry their son, Lord L’Estrange. But
that young gentleman, whose opinions on matrimony
partook of the eccentricity of his general
character, could never be induced to propose,
and had, according to the on dits of town,
been the principal party to make up the match
between Clementina and his friend Audley; for
the match required making-up despite the predilections
of the young heiress. Mr. Egerton
had had scruples of delicacy. He avowed, for
the first time, that his fortune was much less
than had been generally supposed, and he did
not like the idea of owing all to a wife, however
much he might esteem and admire her.
L’Estrange was with his regiment abroad during
the existence of these scruples; but by letters
to his father, and to his cousin Clementina, he
contrived to open and conclude negotiations,
while he argued away Mr. Egerton’s objections;
and, before the year in which Audley
was returned for Lansmere had expired, he
received the hand of the great heiress. The
settlement of her fortune, which was chiefly in
the funds, had been unusually advantageous to
the husband; for though the capital was tied up
so long as both survived—for the benefit of any
children they might have—yet, in the event of
one of the parties dying without issue by the
marriage, the whole passed without limitation to
the survivor. In not only assenting to, but proposing
this clause, Miss Leslie, if she showed a
generous trust in Mr. Egerton, inflicted no positive
wrong on her relations; for she had none
sufficiently near to her to warrant their claim to
the succession. Her nearest kinsman, and therefore
her natural heir, was Harley L’Estrange;
and if he was contented, no one had a right to
complain. The tie of blood between herself
and the Leslies of Rood Hall was, as we shall
see presently, extremely distant.
It was not till after his marriage that Mr.
Egerton took an active part in the business of
the House of Commons. He was then at the
most advantageous starting-point for the career
of ambition. His words on the state of the
country took importance from his stake in it.
His talents found accessories in the opulence of
Grosvenor-square, the dignity of a princely establishment,
the respectability of one firmly settled
in life, the reputation of a fortune in reality
very large, and which was magnified by popular
report into the revenues of a Crœsus. Audley
Egerton succeeded in Parliament beyond the
early expectations formed of him. He took, at
first, that station in the House which it requires
tact to establish, and great knowledge of the
world to free from the charge of impracticability
and crotchet, but which, once established, is peculiarly
imposing from the rarity of its independence;
that is to say, the station of the moderate
man who belongs sufficiently to a party to obtain
its support, but is yet sufficiently disengaged
from a party to make his vote and word, on certain
questions, matter of anxiety and speculation.
Professing Toryism (the word Conservative,
which would have suited him better, was not
then known), he separated himself from the
country party, and always avowed great respect
for the opinions of the large towns. The epithet
given to the views of Audley Egerton was “enlightened.”
Never too much in advance of the
passion of the day, yet never behind its movement,
he had that shrewd calculation of odds
which a consummate mastery of the world sometimes
bestows upon politicians—perceived the
chances for and against a certain question being
carried within a certain time, and nicked the
question between wind and water. He was so
good a barometer of that changeful weather
called Public Opinion that he might have had a
hand in the Times newspaper. He soon quarreled,
and purposely, with his Lansmere constituents—nor
had he ever revisited that borough,
perhaps because it was associated with unpleasant
reminiscences in the shape of the Squire’s
epistolary trimmer, and in that of his own effigies
which his agricultural constituents had burned
in the corn-market. But the speeches which
produced such indignation at Lansmere, had delighted
one of the greatest of our commercial
towns, which at the next general election honored
him with its representation. In those days,
before the Reform Bill, great commercial towns
chose men of high mark for their members; and
a proud station it was for him who was delegated
to speak the voice of the princely merchants
of England.
Mrs. Egerton survived her marriage but a
few years; she left no children; two had been
born, but died in their first infancy. The property
of the wife, therefore, passed without control
or limit to the husband.
Whatever might have been the grief of the
widower, he disdained to betray it to the world.
Indeed, Audley Egerton was a man who had
early taught himself to conceal emotion. He
buried himself in the country, none knew where,
for some months: when he returned, there was
a deep wrinkle on his brow; but no change in
his habits and avocations, except that, shortly
afterward, he accepted office, and thus became
more busy than ever.
Mr. Egerton had always been lavish and
magnificent in money matters. A rich man in
public life has many claims on his fortune, and
no one yielded to those claims with an air so
regal as Audley Egerton. But among his many
liberal actions, there was none which seemed
more worthy of panegyric, than the generous
favor he extended to the son of his wife’s poor
and distant kinsfolks, the Leslies of Rood Hall.
Some four generations back, there had lived a[Pg 93]
certain Squire Leslie, a man of large acres and
active mind. He had cause to be displeased
with his elder son, and though he did not disinherit
him, he left half his property to a younger.
The younger had capacity and spirit, which
justified the paternal provision. He increased
his fortune; lifted himself into notice and consideration,
by public services and a noble alliance.
His descendants followed his example, and took
rank among the first commoners in England, till
the last male, dying, left his sole heiress and representative
in one daughter, Clementina, afterward
married to Mr. Egerton.
Meanwhile the elder son of the fore-mentioned
squire had muddled and sotted away much of
his share in the Leslie property; and, by low
habits and mean society, lowered in repute his
representation of the name.
His successors imitated him, till nothing was
left to Randal’s father, Mr. Maunder Slugge
Leslie, but the decayed house which was what
the Germans call the stamm schloss, or “stem
hall” of the race, and the wretched lands immediately
around it.
Still, though all intercourse between the two
branches of the family had ceased, the younger
had always felt a respect for the elder, as the
head of the house. And it was supposed that,
on her death bed, Mrs. Egerton had recommended
her impoverished namesakes and kindred to
the care of her husband. For, when he returned
to town after Mrs. Egerton’s death, Audley had
sent to Mr. Maunder Slugge Leslie the sum of
£5000, which he said his wife, leaving no written
will, had orally bequeathed as a legacy to
that gentleman; and he requested permission to
charge himself with the education of the eldest
son.
Mr. Maunder Slugge Leslie might have done
great things for his little property with those
£5000, or even (kept in the three-per-cents) the
interest would have afforded a material addition
to his comforts. But a neighboring solicitor
having caught scent of the legacy, hunted it
down into his own hands, on pretense of having
found a capital investment in a canal. And
when the solicitor had got possession of the
£5000, he went off with them to America.
Meanwhile Randal, placed by Mr. Egerton at
an excellent preparatory school, at first gave
no signs of industry or talent; but just before he
left it, there came to the school, as classical
tutor, an ambitious young Oxford man; and his
zeal, for he was a capital teacher, produced a
great effect generally on the pupils, and especially
on Randal Leslie. He talked to them
much in private on the advantages of learning,
and shortly afterward he exhibited those advantages
in his own person; for, having edited a
Greek play with much subtle scholarship, his
college, which some slight irregularities of his
had displeased, recalled him to its venerable
bosom by the presentation of a fellowship. After
this he took orders, became a college tutor, distinguished
himself yet more by a treatise on the
Greek accent, got a capital living, and was considered
on the high road to a bishopric. This
young man, then, communicated to Randal the
thirst for knowledge; and when the boy went
afterward to Eton, he applied with such earnestness
and resolve that his fame soon reached the
ears of Audley; and that person, who had the
sympathy for talent, and yet more for purpose,
which often characterizes ambitious men, went
to Eton to see him. From that time, Audley
evinced great and almost fatherly interest in the
brilliant Etonian; and Randal always spent with
him some days in each vacation.
I have said that Egerton’s conduct, with respect
to this boy, was more praiseworthy than
most of those generous actions for which he
was renowned, since to this the world gave no
applause. What a man does within the range
of his family connections, does not carry with it
that éclat which invests a munificence exhibited
on public occasions. Either people care nothing
about it, or tacitly suppose it to be but his
duty. It was true, too, as the Squire had observed,
that Randal Leslie was even less distantly
related to the Hazeldeans than to Mrs.
Egerton, since Randal’s grandfather had actually
married a Miss Hazeldean (the highest
worldly connection that branch of the family
had formed since the great split I have commemorated).
But Audley Egerton never appeared
aware of that fact. As he was not himself
descended from the Hazeldeans, he never
troubled himself about their genealogy; and he
took care to impress it upon the Leslies, that
his generosity on their behalf, was solely to be
ascribed to his respect for his wife’s memory
and kindred. Still the Squire had felt as if his
“distant brother” implied a rebuke on his own
neglect of these poor Leslies, by the liberality
Audley evinced toward them; and this had
made him doubly sore when the name of Randal
Leslie was mentioned. But the fact really
was, that the Leslies of Rood, had so shrunk
out of all notice that the Squire had actually
forgotten their existence, until Randal became
thus indebted to his brother; and then he felt a
pang of remorse that any one, save himself, the
head of the Hazeldeans, should lend a helping
hand to the grandson of a Hazeldean.
But having thus, somewhat too tediously, explained
the position of Audley Egerton, whether
in the world, or in relation to his young protégé,
I may now permit him to receive and to read
his letters.
CHAPTER VI.
Mr. Egerton glanced over the pile of letters
placed beside him, and first he tore up some,
scarcely read, and threw them into the waste-basket.
Public men have such odd out-of-the-way
letters, that their waste-baskets are never
empty: letters from amateur financiers proposing
new ways to pay off the national debt; letters
from America (never free!) asking for[Pg 94]
autographs; letters from fond mothers in country
villages, recommending some miracle of a
son for a place in the king’s service; letters
from freethinkers in reproof of bigotry; letters
from bigots in reproof of freethinking; letters
signed Brutus Redivivus, containing the agreeable
information that the writer has a dagger
for tyrants, if the Danish claims are not forthwith
adjusted; letters signed Matilda or Caroline,
stating that Caroline or Matilda has seen
the public man’s portrait at the Exhibition, and
that a heart sensible to its attractions may be
found at No. — Piccadilly; letters from beggars,
impostors, monomaniacs, speculators, jobbers—all
food for the waste-basket.
From the correspondence thus winnowed, Mr.
Egerton first selected those on business, which
he put methodically together in one division of
his pocket-book; and, secondly, those of a private
nature, which he as carefully put into
another. Of these last there were but three—one
from his steward, one from Harley L’Estrange,
one from Randal Leslie. It was his custom to
answer his correspondence at his office; and to
his office, a few minutes afterward, he slowly
took his way. Many a passenger turned back
to look again at the firm figure, which, despite
the hot summer day, was buttoned up to the
throat; and the black frock-coat thus worn,
well became the erect air, and the deep full
chest of the handsome senator. When he entered
Parliament-street, Audley Egerton was
joined by one of his colleagues, also on his way
to the cares of office.
After a few observations on the last debate,
this gentleman said:
“By the way, can you dine with me next
Saturday, to meet Lansmere? He comes up to
town to vote for us on Monday.”
“I had asked some people to dine with me,”
answered Egerton, “but I will put them off. I
see Lord Lansmere too seldom, to miss any
occasion to meet a man whom I respect so
much.”
“So seldom! True, he is very little in town;
but why don’t you go and see him in the country?
Good shooting—pleasant old-fashioned
house.”
“My dear Westbourne, his house is ‘nimium
vicina Cremonæ,’ close to a borough in which I
have been burned in effigy.”
“Ha—ha—yes—I remember you first came
into Parliament for that snug little place; but
Lansmere himself never found fault with your
votes, did he?”
“He behaved very handsomely, and said he
had not presumed to consider me his mouthpiece;
and then, too, I am so intimate with
L’Estrange.”
“Is that queer fellow ever coming back to
England?”
“He comes, generally every year, for a few
days, just to see his father and mother, and then
goes back to the Continent.”
“I never meet him.”
“He comes in September or October, when
you, of course, are not in town, and it is in town
that the Lansmeres meet him.”
“Why does not he go to them?”
“A man in England but once a year, and for
a few days, has so much to do in London, I suppose.”
“Is he as amusing as ever?”
Egerton nodded.
“So distinguished as he might be!” continued
Lord Westbourne.
“So distinguished as he is!” said Egerton,
formally; “an officer selected for praise, even
in such fields as Quatre Bras and Waterloo; a
scholar, too, of the finest taste; and as an accomplished
gentleman, matchless!”
“I like to hear one man praise another so
warmly in these ill-natured days,” answered
Lord Westbourne. “But, still, though L’Estrange
is, doubtless, all you say, don’t you think
he rather wastes his life—living abroad?”
“And trying to be happy, Westbourne? Are
you sure it is not we who waste our lives? But
I can’t stay to hear your answer. Here we are
at the door of my prison.”
“On Saturday, then?”
“On Saturday. Good-day.”
For the next hour, or more, Mr. Egerton was
engaged on the affairs of the state. He then
snatched an interval of leisure (while awaiting
a report, which he had instructed a clerk to
make him), in order to reply to his letters.
Those on public business were soon dispatched;
and throwing his replies aside, to be sealed by
a subordinate hand, he drew out the letters
which he had put apart as private.
He attended first to that of his steward: the
steward’s letter was long; the reply was contained
in three lines. Pitt himself was scarcely
more negligent of his private interests and concerns
than Audley Egerton—yet, withal, Audley
Egerton was said, by his enemies, to be an
egotist.
The next letter he wrote was to Randal, and
that, though longer, was far from prolix: it ran
thus:
“Dear Mr. Leslie—I appreciate your delicacy
in consulting me, whether you should accept
Frank Hazeldean’s invitation to call at the
Hall. Since you are asked, I can see no objection
to it. I should be sorry if you appeared to
force yourself there; and, for the rest, as a general
rule, I think a young man who has his own
way to make in life, had better avoid all intimacy
with those of his own age, who have no kindred
objects, nor congenial pursuits.
“As soon as this visit is paid, I wish you to
come to London. The report I receive of your
progress at Eton, renders it unnecessary, in my
judgment, that you should return there. If
your father has no objection, I propose that you
should go to Oxford, at the ensuing term.
Meanwhile, I have engaged a gentleman, who
is a fellow of Baliol, to read with you; he is of[Pg 95]
opinion, judging only by your high repute at
Eton, that you may at once obtain a scholarship
in that college. If you do so, I shall look upon
your career in life as assured.
sincere well-wisher,
“A.E.”
The reader will remark that, in this letter,
there is a certain tone of formality. Mr. Egerton
does not call his protégé “Dear Randal,” as
would seem natural, but coldly and stiffly, “Dear
Mr. Leslie.” He hints, also, that the boy has
his own way to make in life. Is this meant to
guard against too sanguine notions of inheritance,
which his generosity may have excited?
The letter to Lord L’Estrange was of a very
different kind from the others. It was long, and
full of such little scraps of news and gossip as
may interest friends in a foreign land; it was
written gayly, and as with a wish to cheer his
friend; you could see that it was a reply to a
melancholy letter; and in the whole tone and
spirit there was an affection, even to tenderness,
of which those who most liked Audley Egerton
would have scarcely supposed him capable.
Yet, notwithstanding, there was a kind of constraint
in the letter, which perhaps only the fine
tact of a woman would detect. It had not that
abandon, that hearty self-outpouring, which you
might expect would characterize the letters of
two such friends, who had been boys at school
together, and which did breathe indeed in all
the abrupt rambling sentences of his correspondent.
But where was the evidence of the
constraint? Egerton is off-hand enough where
his pen runs glibly through paragraphs that relate
to others; it is simply that he says nothing
about himself—that he avoids all reference to
the inner world of sentiment and feeling. But
perhaps, after all, the man has no sentiment and
feeling! How can you expect that a steady
personage in practical life, whose mornings are
spent in Downing-street, and whose nights are
consumed in watching Government bills through
a committee, can write in the same style as an
idle dreamer amidst the pines of Ravenna or on
the banks of Como.
Audley had just finished this epistle, such as
it was, when the attendant in waiting announced
the arrival of a deputation from a provincial
trading town, the members of which deputation
he had appointed to meet at two o’clock. There
was no office in London at which deputations
were kept waiting less than at that over which
Mr. Egerton presided.
The deputation entered—some score or so of
middle-aged, comfortable-looking persons, who
nevertheless had their grievance—and considered
their own interests, and those of the country,
menaced by a certain clause in a bill brought in
by Mr. Egerton.
The Mayor of the town was the chief spokesman,
and he spoke well—but in a style to which
the dignified official was not accustomed. It
was a slap-dash style—unceremonious, free, and
easy—an American style. And, indeed, there
was something altogether in the appearance
and bearing of the Mayor which savored of residence
in the Great Republic. He was a very
handsome man, but with a look sharp and domineering—the
look of a man who did not care a
straw for president or monarch, and who enjoyed
the liberty to speak his mind, and “wallop his
own nigger!”
His fellow-burghers evidently regarded him
with great respect; and Mr. Egerton had penetration
enough to perceive that Mr. Mayor
must be a rich man, as well as an eloquent one,
to have overcome those impressions of soreness
or jealousy which his tone was calculated to
create in the self-love of his equals.
Mr. Egerton was far too wise to be easily
offended by mere manner; and, though he stared
somewhat haughtily when he found his observations
actually pooh-poohed, he was not above
being convinced. There was much sense and
much justice in Mr. Mayor’s arguments, and
the statesman civilly promised to take them into
full consideration.
He then bowed out the deputation; but
scarcely had the door closed before it opened
again, and Mr. Mayor presented himself alone,
saying aloud to his companions in the passage,
“I forgot something I had to say to Mr. Egerton;
wait below for me.”
“Well, Mr. Mayor,” said Audley, pointing to
a seat, “what else would you suggest?”
The Mayor looked round to see that the door
was closed; and then, drawing his chair close
to Mr. Egerton’s, laid his forefinger on that
gentleman’s arm, and said, “I think I speak to
a man of the world, sir.”
Mr. Egerton bowed, and made no reply by
word, but he gently removed his arm from the
touch of the forefinger.
Mr. Mayor.—”You observe, sir, that I did
not ask the members whom we return to Parliament
to accompany us. Do better without
’em. You know they are both in Opposition—out-and-outers.”
Mr. Egerton.—”It is a misfortune which
the Government can not remember, when the
question is whether the trade of the town itself
is to be served or injured.”
Mr. Mayor.—”Well, I guess you speak
handsome, sir. But you’d be glad to have two
members to support Ministers after the next
election.”
Mr. Egerton, smiling.—”Unquestionably,
Mr. Mayor.”
Mr. Mayor.—”And I can do it, Mr. Egerton.
I may say I have the town in my pocket;
so I ought, I spend a great deal of money in it.
Now, you see, Mr. Egerton, I have passed a
part of my life in a land of liberty—the United
States—and I come to the point when I speak
to a man of the world. I’m a man of the world
myself, sir. And if so be the Government will
do something for me, why, I’ll do something[Pg 96]
for the Government. Two votes for a free and
independent town like ours—that’s something,
isn’t it?”
Mr. Egerton, taken by surprise.—”Really,
I—”
Mr. Mayor, advancing his chair still nearer,
and interrupting the official.—”No nonsense,
you see, on one side or the other. The fact is,
that I’ve taken it into my head that I should
like to be knighted. You may well look surprised,
Mr. Egerton—trumpery thing enough, I
dare say; still, every man has his weakness,
and I should like to be Sir Richard. Well, if
you can get me made Sir Richard, you may just
name your two members for the next election—that
is, if they belong to your own set, enlightened
men, up to the times. That’s speaking
fair and manful, isn’t it?”
Mr. Egerton, drawing himself up.—”I am
at a loss to guess why you should select me, sir,
for this very extraordinary proposition.”
Mr. Mayor, nodding good-humoredly.—”Why,
you see, I don’t go all along with the
Government; you’re the best of the bunch. And
maybe you’d like to strengthen your own party.
This is quite between you and me, you understand;
honor’s a jewel!”
Mr. Egerton, with great gravity.—”Sir, I
am obliged by your good opinion; but I agree
with my colleagues in all the great questions
that affect the government of the country,
and—”
Mr. Mayor, interrupting him.—”Ah, of
course, you must say so; very right. But I
guess things would go differently if you were
Prime Minister. However, I have another reason
for speaking to you about my little job.
You see you were member for Lansmere once,
and I think you came in but by two majority,
eh?”
Mr. Egerton.—”I know nothing of the particulars
of that election; I was not present.”
Mr. Mayor.—”No; but luckily for you, two
relatives of mine were, and they voted for you.
Two votes, and you came in by two! Since
then, you have got into very snug quarters here,
and I think we have a claim on you—”
Mr. Egerton.—”Sir, I acknowledge no such
claim; I was and am a stranger to Lansmere;
and, if the electors did me the honor to return
me to Parliament, it was in compliment rather
to—”
Mr. Mayor, again interrupting the official.—”Rather
to Lord Lansmere, you were going to
say; unconstitutional doctrine that, I fancy.
Peer of the realm. But, never mind, I know
the world; and I’d ask Lord Lansmere to do
my affair for me, only I hear he is as proud, as
Lucifer.”
Mr. Egerton, in great disgust, and settling
his papers before him.—”Sir, it is not in my
department to recommend to his Majesty candidates
for the honor of knighthood, and it is
still less in my department to make bargains
for seats in Parliament.”
Mr. Mayor.—”Oh, if that’s the case, you’ll
excuse me; I don’t know much of the etiquette
in these matters. But I thought that, if I put
two seats in your hands, for your own friends,
you might contrive to take the affair into your
department, whatever it was. But, since you
say you agree with your colleagues, perhaps it
comes to the same thing. Now, you must not
suppose I want to sell the town, and that I can
change and chop my politics for my own purpose.
No such thing! I don’t like the sitting
members; I’m all for progressing, but they go
too much ahead for me; and, since the Government
is disposed to move a little, why I’d as
lief support them as not. But, in common gratitude,
you see (added the Mayor, coaxingly), I
ought to be knighted! I can keep up the dignity,
and do credit to his Majesty.”
Mr. Egerton, without looking up from his
papers.—”I can only refer you, sir, to the
proper quarter.”
Mr. Mayor, impatiently.—”Proper quarter!
Well, since there is so much humbug in this
old country of ours, that one must go through
all the forms and get at the job regularly, just
tell me whom I ought to go to.”
Mr. Egerton, beginning to be amused as
well as indignant.—”If you want a knighthood,
Mr. Mayor, you must ask the Prime Minister;
if you want to give the Government information
relative to seats in Parliament, you must introduce
yourself to Mr. ——, the Secretary of the
Treasury.”
Mr. Mayor.—”And if I go to the last chap,
what do you think he’ll say.”
Mr. Egerton, the amusement preponderating
over the indignation.—”He will say, I suppose,
that you must not put the thing in the light
in which you have put it to me; that the Government
will be very proud to have the confidence
of yourself and your brother electors;
and that a gentleman like you, in the proud
position of Mayor, may well hope to be knighted
on some fitting occasion. But that you must
not talk about the knighthood just at present,
and must confine yourself to converting the unfortunate
political opinions of the town.”
Mr. Mayor.—”Well, I guess that chap there
would want to do me! Not quite so green, Mr.
Egerton. Perhaps I’d better go at once to the
fountain-head. How d’ye think the Premier
would take it?”
Mr. Egerton, the indignation preponderating
over the amusement.—”Probably just as I am
about to do.”
Mr. Egerton rang the bell; the attendant
appeared.
“Show Mr. Mayor the way out,” said the
Minister.
The Mayor turned round sharply, and his
face was purple. He walked straight to the
door; but, suffering the attendant to precede
him along the corridor, he came back with a
rapid stride, and clenching his hands, and with
a voice thick with passion, cried, “Some day or[Pg 97]
other I will make you smart for this, as sure as
my name’s Dick Avenel!”
“Avenel!” repeated Egerton, recoiling—”Avenel!”
But the Mayor was gone.
Audley fell into a deep and musing reverie,
which seemed gloomy, and lasted till the attendant
announced that the horses were at the
door.
He then looked up, still abstractedly, and saw
his letter to Harley L’Estrange open on the table.
He drew it toward him, and wrote, “A man has
just left me, who calls himself Aven—” in the
middle of the name his pen stopped. “No, no,”
muttered the writer, “what folly to re-open the
old wounds there,” and he carefully erased the
words.
Audley Egerton did not ride in the Park that
day, as was his wont, but dismissed his groom;
and, turning his horse’s head toward Westminster
Bridge, took his solitary way into the country.
He rode at first slowly, as if in thought;
then fast, as if trying to escape from thought.
He was later than usual at the House that evening,
and he looked pale and fatigued. But he
had to speak, and he spoke well.
ANECDOTE OF A DOG.
The Lyons diligence was just going to start
from Geneva. I climbed on the roof, and
chose my place next the postillion: there was
still a vacant seat, and the porter, after closing
the door of the coupé, called “Monsieur Dermann!”
A tall young man, with a German
style of countenance, advanced, holding in his
arms a large black grayhound, which he vainly
tried to place on the roof.
“Monsieur,” said he, addressing me, “will
you have the kindness to take my dog?”
Bending over, I took hold of the animal, and
placed him on the straw at my feet. I observed
that he wore a handsome silver collar, on which
the following words were tastefully engraved:
“Bevis—I belong to Sir Arthur Burnley, given
him by Miss Clary.”
His owner was, therefore, an Englishman;
yet my fellow-traveler, who had now taken his
place by my side, was evidently either a Swiss
or a German, and his name was Dermann.
Trifling as was the mystery, it excited my curiosity,
and, after two or three hours’ pleasant
conversation had established a sort of intimacy
between us, I ventured to ask my companion
for an explanation.
“It does not surprise me,” he answered,
“that this collar should puzzle you; and I
shall have great pleasure in telling you the story
of its wearer. Bevis belongs to me, but it is
not many years since he owned another master
whose name is on his collar. You will see
why he still wears it. Here Bevis! speak to
this gentleman.”
The dog raised his head, opened his bright
eyes, and laying back his long ears, uttered a
sound which might well pass for a salutation.
M. Dermann placed the animal’s head on his
knees, and began to unfasten the collar.
Instantly Bevis drew back his head with a
violent jerk, and darted toward the luggage on
the hinder part of the roof. There, growling
fiercely, he lay down, while his muscles were
stiffened, and his eyes glowing with fury.
“You see, Monsieur, how determined he is to
guard his collar; I should not like to be the
man who would try to rob him of it. Here,
Bevis!” said he, in a soft, caressing tone, “I
won’t touch it again, poor fellow! Come and
make friends!”
The grayhound hesitated, still growling. At
length he returned slowly toward his master,
and began to lick his hands; his muscles gradually
relaxed, and he trembled like a leaf.
“There, boy, there,” said M. Dermann, caressing
him. “We won’t do it again, lie down
now, and be quiet.”
The dog nestled between his master’s feet, and
went to sleep. My fellow-traveler then turning
toward me, began:
“I am a native of Suabia, but I live in a
little village of the Sherland, at the foot of the
Grimsel. My father keeps an inn for the reception
of travelers going to St. Gothard.
“About two years since, there arrived at our
house one evening a young Englishman, with a
pale, sad countenance; he traveled on foot, and
was followed by a large grayhound, this Bevis,
whom you see. He declined taking any refreshment,
and asked to be shown to his sleeping-room.
We gave him one over the common
hall, where we were all seated round the fire.
Presently we heard him pacing rapidly up and
down; from time to time uttering broken words,
addressed no doubt to his dog, for the animal
moaned occasionally as if replying to, and sympathizing
with his master. At length we heard
the Englishman stop, and apparently strike the
dog a violent blow, for the poor beast gave a
loud howl of agony, and seemed as if he ran to
take refuge under the bed. Then his master
groaned aloud. Soon afterward he lay down,
and all was quiet for the night. Early next
morning he came down, looking still more pale
than on the previous evening, and having paid
for his lodging, he took his knapsack and resumed
his journey, followed by the grayhound,
who had eaten nothing since their arrival, and
whose master seemed to take no further notice
of him, than to frown when the creature ventured
to caress him.
“About noon, I happened to be standing at
the door looking toward the direction which the
Englishman had taken when I perceived a dark
object moving slowly along. Presently I heard
howls of distress, proceeding from a wounded dog
that was dragging himself toward me. I ran
to him, and recognized the Englishman’s grayhound.
His head was torn, evidently by a bullet,
and one of his paws broken. I raised him
in my arms, and carried him into the house.
When I crossed the threshold he made evident
efforts to escape; so I placed him on the ground[Pg 98].
Then, in spite of the torture he was suffering,
which caused him to stagger every moment, he
dragged himself up-stairs, and began to scratch
at the door of the room where his master had
slept, moaning at the same time so piteously,
that I could scarce help weeping myself. I
opened the door and with a great effort he got
into the room, looked about, and not finding
whom he sought he fell down motionless.
“I called my father, and, perceiving that the
dog was not dead, we gave him all possible assistance,
taking indeed as much care of him as
though he had been a child, so much did we feel
for him. In two months he was cured, and
showed us much affection; we found it, however,
impossible to take off his collar, even for
the purpose of binding up his wounds. As
soon as he was able to walk, he would often
go toward the mountain and be absent for
hours. The second time this occurred we followed
him. He proceeded as far as a part of
the road where a narrow defile borders a precipice;
there he continued for a long time,
smelling and scratching about. We conjectured
that the Englishman might have been attacked
by robbers on this spot, and his dog wounded in
defending him. However, no event of the kind
had occurred in the country, and, after the
strictest search, no corpse was discovered. Recollecting,
therefore, the manner in which the
traveler had treated his dog, I came to the conclusion
that he had tried to kill the faithful
creature. But wherefore? This was a mystery
which I could not solve.
“Bevis remained with us, testifying the
utmost gratitude for our kindness. His intelligence
and good-humor attracted the strangers
who frequented our inn, while the inscription
on his collar, and the tale we had to tell of
him, failed not to excite their curiosity.
“One morning in autumn, I had been out to
take a walk, accompanied by Bevis. When I
returned, I found seated by the fire, in the
common-hall, a newly-arrived traveler, who
looked round as I entered. As soon as he
perceived Bevis, he started and called him.
The dog immediately darted toward him with
frantic demonstrations of joy. He ran round
him, smelling his clothes and uttering the sort
of salutation with which he honored you just
now, and finally placing his fore-paws on the
traveler’s knees began to lick his face.
“‘Where is your master, Bevis? Where is
Sir Arthur?’ said the stranger, in English.
“The noble dog howled piteously, and lay
down at the traveler’s feet. Then the latter
begged us to explain his presence. I did so;
and as he listened, I saw a tear fall on the
beautiful head of the grayhound, whom he bent
over to caress.
“‘Monsieur,’ said he, addressing me, ‘from
what you tell me, I venture to hope that Sir
Arthur still lives. We have been friends from
childhood. About three years since, he married
a rich heiress, and this dog was presented to
him by her. Bevis was highly cherished for his
fidelity, a quality which unhappily was not
possessed by his mistress. She left her fond
and loving husband, and eloped with another
man. Sir Arthur sued for a divorce and obtained
it; then, having arranged his affairs in
England, he set out for the Continent, followed
only by his dog. His friends knew not whither
he went; but it now appears that he was here
last spring. Doubtless, the presence of Bevis,
evermore recalling the memory of her who had
so cruelly wronged him, must have torn his
heart, and at length impelled him to destroy
the faithful creature. But the shot not having
been mortal, the dog, I imagine, when he recovered
consciousness, was led by instinct to
seek the house where his master had last slept.
Now, Monsieur, he is yours, and I heartily
thank you for the kindness you have shown
him.’
“About ten o’clock the stranger retired to
his room, after having caressed Bevis, who
escorted him to his door, and then returned to
his accustomed place before the fire. My
parents and the servants had retired to rest,
and I prepared to follow their example, my bed
being placed at one end of the common-hall.
While I was undressing, I heard a storm rising
in the mountains. Just then there came a
knocking at the door, and Bevis began to growl.
I asked who was there? A voice replied—’Two
travelers, who want a night’s lodging.’
I opened a small chink of the door to look out,
and perceived two ragged men, each leaning on
a large club. I did not like their look, and
knowing that several robberies had been committed
in the neighborhood, I refused them admission,
telling them that in the next village
they would readily find shelter. They approached
the door, as though they meant to
force their way in; but Bevis made his voice
heard in so formidable a manner, that they
judged it prudent to retire. I bolted the door
and went to bed. Bevis, according to his
custom, lay down near the threshold, but we
neither of us felt inclined to sleep.
“A quarter of an hour passed, when suddenly,
above the wailing of the wind, came the
loud shrill cry of a human being in distress.
Bevis rushed against the door with a fearful
howl; at the same moment came the report of
a gun, followed by another cry. Two minutes
afterward I was on the road, armed with a
carbine, and holding a dark lantern; my father
and the stranger, also armed, accompanied me.
As for Bevis, he had darted out of the house,
and disappeared.
“We approached the defile which I mentioned
before, at the moment when a flash of lightning
illumined the scene. A hundred yards in
advance, we saw Bevis grasping a man by the
throat. We hurried on, but the dog had completed
his work ere we reached him; for two
men, whom I recognized as those who had
sought admittance at our inn, lay dead, strangled
by his powerful jaws. Farther on, we discovered
another man, whose bloody wounds the[Pg 99]
noble dog was licking. The stranger approached
him, and gave a convulsive cry: it was Sir
Arthur, the master of Bevis!”
Here M. Dermann paused; the recollection
seemed to overcome him; and he stooped to
caress the sleeping grayhound, in order to hide
his emotion. After awhile, he finished his
recital in a few words.
“Sir Arthur was mortally wounded, but he
lived long enough to recognize his dog, and to
confess that, in a moment of desperation, he
had tried to kill the faithful creature, who now
avenged his death, by slaying the robbers who
attacked him. He appointed the stranger his
executor, and settled a large pension on Bevis,
to revert to the family of the inn-keeper, wishing
thus to testify his repentant love toward his
dog, and his gratitude to those who had succored
him.
“The grief of Bevis was excessive; he watched
by his master’s couch, covering his dead
body with caresses, and for a long time lay
stretched on his grave, refusing to take nourishment;
and it was not until after the lapse of
many months that the affection of his new
master seemed to console him for the death of
Sir Arthur.”
As my fellow-traveler finished his recital, the
diligence stopped to change horses at the little
town of Mantua. Here M. Dermann’s journey
ended, and having taken down his luggage, he
asked me to assist the descent of his dog. I
shook hands with him cordially, and then called
Bevis, who, seeing me on such good terms with
his master, placed his large paws on my breast,
and uttered a low, friendly bark. Shortly afterward
they both disappeared from my sight, but
not from my memory, as this little narrative
has proved to my readers.
THE DOMESTIC LIFE OF ALEXANDER, EMPEROR OF RUSSIA.
BY ALEXANDRE DUMAS, TRANSLATED BY MISS STRICKLAND.
The tragedy of which Paul I. was the victim,
called Alexander to the throne of all the
Russias in the twenty-fourth year of his age.
He had been carefully educated under the eye
of his grandmother, the able Catharine. Her
choice of a preceptor in La Harpe, a Swiss republican,
who had fraternized with the revolutionists
of France, was a problem the sovereigns
of Europe could not solve; but after all, republicanism
can not be very far removed from despotism,
if we may judge from its consequences,
since history shows us that republics end in
despotic sovereignties. Catharine was doubtless
aware of this fact when she gave La Harpe the
direction of her grandson’s education. It was
prudent to avoid Russian ascendency in a matter
so important to herself, for Catharine was
a foreigner and a usurper, a fact of which a
native instructor might have availed himself to
her disadvantage. In educating her grandsons,
the great empress excluded the fine arts. She
wished to make them rulers, not professors of
music and painting; and she was right; La
Harpe inspired, it is said, his imperial pupil
with lessons of generosity and truth it was no
easy task to eradicate during his eventful life.
The policy of Catharine made her determine to
give wives to her grandsons as soon as they
were marriageable. Her jealousy, or her profound
judgment, made her overlook Paul in the
succession of Russia, by a mental but not a
public exclusion. Alexander was destined by
her to the throne of which she had robbed his
father Constantine, she proudly hoped to place
on one she designed to win from the Sultan, an
ambitious desire which was never realized.
Three German princesses came to the court
of St. Petersburg, in order that Catharine might
make choice of suitable brides for her grandsons.
The empress thoughtfully expected the
arrival of her guests, whose approach she watched
from a window of her palace.
The empress, whose motions were dignified
and graceful, attached great importance to deportment;
she formed her opinions of young
people by that standard. The destinies of these
princesses were decided the instant they alighted
from their traveling carriage. The first
leaped down without availing herself of the
step. The empress shook her head, “She will
never be empress of Russia, she is too precipitate,”
was her internal remark. The second
entangled her feet in her dress, and with difficulty
escaped a fall. “She is not the empress,
for she is too awkward,” and Catharine again
turned her eyes on the carriage with anxious
curiosity. The third princess descended very
gracefully; she was beautiful, majestic, and
grave. “Behold the future Empress of Russia,”
said Catharine. This princess was Louisa
of Baden.
Catharine introduced these ladies to her
grandsons, as the children of the Duchess of
Baden-Durlack, born Princess of Darmstadt, her
early friend, whose education she wished to finish
at her court, since the possession of their country
by the French had left them without a home.
The great dukes saw through this artifice, and
upon their return to their own palace talked
much of Catharine’s élèves.
“I think the eldest very pretty,” said Alexander.
“For my part,” rejoined Constantine, “I
consider them neither pretty nor plain. They
ought to be sent to Riga to the princes of Courland;
they are really quite good enough for
them.”
The Empress Catharine was informed, that
very day, of the opinion of her grandsons. The
admiration of Alexander for Louisa of Baden
sympathized with her intentions. The Grand
Duke Constantine had done the personal attractions
of this young princess great injustice, for
Louisa of Baden, besides the freshness of her
youth, had lovely fair ringlets, hanging in rich
profusion on her magnificent shoulders, a form
light and flexible as that of a fairy, and large[Pg 100]
blue eyes full of sweetness and sensibility. The
following day, the empress brought the princesses
to the palace of Prince Potemkin, which
she had appointed for their residence. While
they were at their toilet, she sent them dresses,
jewels, and the cordon of St. Catharine. After
chatting with them upon the topics she considered
suitable to their age, she asked to see their
wardrobe, which she examined, article by article,
with interest and curiosity. Having finished
her scrutiny, she kissed the princesses, and
remarked, with an emphatic smile,
“My friends, I was not so rich as you when
I came to St. Petersburg.” In fact, Catharine
was very poor when she arrived in Russia, but
she left her adopted country a heritage in Poland
and the Crimea.
The predilection of Alexander for Louisa of
Baden was responded to by that lovely princess.
The grand duke at that time was a charming
young man, full of benevolence and candor,
with the best temper in the world, and the
young German did not attempt to disguise her
tenderness for him. Catharine, in announcing
to them that they were destined for each other,
believed she was rendering them perfectly happy.
The behavior of the bride was admirably
adapted to the circumstances in which she was
placed. She acquired the Russian language
with grace and facility, and accepted a new
name with the tenets of the Greek religion.
She received those of Elizabeth Alexiowena, the
same borne by the imperial daughter of Peter
the Great.
Notwithstanding the fortunate presages of
the Empress Catharine, this early marriage was
not one of happiness. The inconstancy of
Alexander, indeed, withered the nuptial garland
while yet green on the brow of the bride, and
made it for her a crown of thorns.
The tragedy that elevated Alexander to the
throne, restored to the devoted wife the wandering
affections of her husband. His profound
grief made her sympathy necessary to him, and
the young empress, almost a stranger to Paul,
wept for him like a true daughter. The secret
tears of Alexander were shed at night on the
bosom of his consort, whose tender concern for
him consoled him for the restraint he imposed
upon his feelings during the day.
The regretful remembrance of Alexander for
his father, outlasted the reviving affection he
had during that dolorous period felt for his wife.
The empress, still a young woman, was an
old spouse, and the emperor had inherited
the passionate and inconstant temperament of
Catharine. But, gracious and smiling as he
always was with the ladies, or polite and friendly
to the gentlemen, there crossed his brow from
time to time a gloomy shadow, the mute but
terrible memorial of that dreadful night, when
he heard the death struggle of his father, and
was conscious of his agony without the power
to save him. His perpetual smile was the mask
beneath which he disguised the anguish of his
mind, and as he advanced in life, this profound
melancholy threatened to deepen into malady.
He did not yield, however, without maintaining
a warfare with his remorse. He combated
memory with action. His reforms, his long
and laborious journeys, had but one aim. In
the course of his reign, he is supposed to have
traversed fifty thousand leagues. But, however
rapidly he performed these journeys, he never
deviated from the time he fixed for his setting
off or return, even by an hour, and he undertook
them without guards and without an escort.
He, of course, met with many strange
adventures, and was amused with rendering his
personal assistance whenever he met with accidents
or encountered difficulties by the wayside.
In his journey to Finland in company with
Prince Pierre Volkouski, the imperial carriage
in traversing a sandy mountain rolled back, notwithstanding
the efforts of the coachman, upon
which the emperor jumped out, and literally
lent his shoulder to the wheel, leaving his companion
asleep.
The rough motion of the carriage disturbed
the slumbers of the prince, who found himself
at the bottom of the carriage and alone. He
looked about him with astonishment, when he
perceived the emperor, with his brow bedewed
with perspiration, from the effects of his toil in
assisting to drag him and the vehicle to the top
of the mountain, the precise point at which he
had awakened from his sleep.
At another time, while traversing Little Russia,
while the horses were changing at a certain
station, the emperor expressed his determination
to travel on foot for a few miles, ordering his
people not to hasten their arrangements, but to
let him walk forward. Alone, with no mark
of distinction, dressed in a military great-coat,
that gave no clew to the rank of the wearer,
the emperor traversed the town without attracting
attention, till he arrived at two roads, and
found himself obliged to inquire his way of an
individual who was sitting before the door of
the last house smoking a pipe. This personage,
like the emperor wore a military great-coat,
and by his pompous air seemed to entertain no
small opinion of his own consequence.
“My friend, can you tell me which of these
roads will bring me to ——?” asked the emperor.
The man of the pipe scanned him from head
to foot, apparently surprised at the presumption
of a pedestrian, in speaking to such a dignitary
as himself, and between two puffs of smoke he
growled out very disdainfully the ungracious reply,
“The right.”
“Thank you, sir,” said the emperor, raising
his hat with the respect this uncivil personage
seemed by his manner to command. “Will
you permit me to ask you another question?”
“What do you want to know?”
“Your rank in the army, if you please.”
“Guess,” returned he of the pipe.
“Lieutenant, perhaps?”
“Go higher.”
“Captain?” rejoined the emperor.
“Much higher;” and the smoker gave a consequential
puff.
“Major, I presume?”
“Go on,” replied the officer.
“Lieutenant-colonel?”
“Yes, you have guessed it at last, but you
have taken some trouble to discover my rank.”
The low bow of the emperor made the man
with the pipe conclude he was speaking to an
inferior, so, without much ceremony, he said,
“Pray, who are you? for I conclude you are in
the army.”
“Guess,” replied the emperor, much amused
with the adventure.
“Lieutenant?”
“Go on.”
“Captain?”
“Much higher.”
“Major?”
“You must still go on.”
“Lieutenant-colonel?”
“You have not yet arrived at my rank in the
army.”
The officer took his pipe out of his mouth.
“Colonel, I presume.”
“You have not yet reached my grade.”
The officer assumed a more respectful attitude.
“Your Excellency is then Lieutenant-general?”
“You are getting nearer the mark.”
The puzzled lieutenant-colonel kept his helmet
in his hand, and looked stupid and alarmed.
“Then it appears to me that your Highness
is Field-Marshal?”
“Make another attempt, and perhaps you
will discover my real position.”
“His Imperial Majesty!” exclaimed the officer,
trembling with apprehension, and dropping
the pipe upon the ground, which was broken
into twenty pieces.
“The same, at your service,” replied the emperor,
laughing.
The poor lieutenant-colonel dropped upon his
knees, uttering the words in a pitiful tone, “Ah!
sire, pardon me.”
“What pardon do you require?” replied the
emperor. “I asked my way of you, and you
pointed it out, and I thank you for that service.—Good
day.”
The good-tempered prince then took the road
to the right, leaving the surly lieutenant-colonel
ashamed and astonished at the colloquy he had
held with his sovereign.
He gave a proof of intrepidity and presence
of mind during a tempest which befell him on a
lake near Archangel, when, perceiving the pilot
overwhelmed with the responsibility his imperial
rank laid upon him, he said, “My friend, more
than eighteen hundred years have elapsed, since
a Roman general, placed in similar circumstances,
said to his pilot, ‘Fear not, for thou hast
with thee Cæsar and his fortunes.’ I am, however,
less bold than Cæsar; I therefore charge
thee to think no more of the emperor than of
thyself or any other man, and do thy best to
save us both.” The pilot took courage, and relieved
from his burden by the wisdom of his
sovereign, guided the helm with a firm hand,
and brought the tempest-tossed skiff safely to
the shore.
The Emperor Alexander was not always so
fortunate. He met with several dangerous accidents,
and his last journey to the provinces of
the Don nearly cost him his life. A fall from
his droski hurt his leg, and left him incurably
lame. This misfortune was aggravated by his
disregarding the advice of his medical attendant,
who prescribed rest for some days; but Alexander,
who was a strict disciplinarian, did not
choose to delay his return to St. Petersburg an
hour beyond the time he had fixed. Erysipelas
attacked the limb, and the emperor was confined
to his bed for many weeks, and never recovered
his lameness. The sight of his wife, pale and
melancholy, whom his infidelity had injured, increased
his mental despondency. That princess
watched over him with the conjugal tenderness
which no neglect could extinguish, but her fair
face had forever lost the smile which once lighted
up, like a sunbeam, every beautiful feature,
and he felt himself the cause of that secret sorrow
which had banished the bloom from her cheek
and the smile from her lips. Elizabeth had
borne him two daughters, but her children had
not survived their fifth and seventh years. A
childless mother and forsaken wife, Elizabeth
the Empress resembled no longer the bright
Louisa of Baden, the object of Alexander’s first
love, the princess who had shed tears of happiness
when the joyful start and impassioned look
of her lover had assured the Empress Catharine
how willingly he accepted the hand of the princess
she had destined for him. The heart of the
wife had never swerved from her devotion; her
love had increased with time, but she knew not
how to share his affections with a rival.
Alexander was solitary in his habits; repose
was necessary to a man who loved privacy, and
hated those prestiges of power which had surrounded
him from infancy. He had inherited
his imperial grandmother’s love for Tzarsko
Zelo, a palace situated between three and four
leagues from St. Petersburg. This palace stood
upon the site of a cottage formerly belonging to
an old Dutch-woman named Sarah, a person
well known to Peter the Great, with whom that
mighty prince was accustomed to chat and drink
milk.
The fruitful plains covered with grass and
waving corn, lately redeemed by the plow
from their native sterility, pleased the legislator
who was an habitué at the abode of Sarah, and
at the death of the old woman, he presented the
cottage to the Empress Catharine, with the surrounding
lands, as a suitable situation for a
farm-house. Catharine, as simple in her tastes
as her imperial consort, gave her architect proper
directions respecting this grange. He, however,
thought fit to build her a fine mansion. Her
daughter, the Empress Elizabeth, found this
house too costly for a farm-house, and too mean
for an imperial residence. She pulled it down
and built a magnificent palace after the design[Pg 102]
of Count Rastreti. This Russian had the barbarous
taste to gild the building within and
without. The bas-reliefs, statues, caryatides,
roof and basement, glittered with a waste of this
precious metal. The count wished to make this
palace surpass Versailles, and so it did in wealth
undoubtedly. The Empress Elizabeth invited
the French embassador to the fête she gave at
the inauguration of her golden house, which
outshone even the celebrated one built by Nero.
The palace of Tzarsko Zelo, was considered by
the whole court the eighth wonder of the world.
The silence of the Marquis de Chetardie surprised
her majesty, who with some pique requested
his opinion, adding, he appeared to think
something was wanting.
“I am seeking for the case of this jewel,
Madam,” dryly replied the embassador; a bon
mot which ought to have gained him a sitting
in the academy of St. Petersburg, where wit
was a surer passport than learning.
The golden roof of Tzarsko Zelo was ill-calculated
to stand the rigor of a Russian winter. The
noble architect had built it for summer. Cold
had been forgotten in his calculation. The expensive
repairs every spring brought in its course,
compelled Catharine the Great to sacrifice the
gilding. She had scarcely issued her orders, before
a customer appeared for the article she was excluding
from her palace, for which a speculator
offered her an immense sum. The empress
thanked him for a liberal offer none but a Russian
sovereign would have declined, assuring
him with a smile, “that she never sold her old
chattels.”
This empress loved Tzarsko Zelo where she
built the little palace for her grandson Alexander,
and surrounded it with spacious gardens,
which she was aware he loved. Bush, her architect,
could discover no supply from whence
he could obtain water in the immediate neighborhood,
yet he prepared lakes, canals and fish-ponds,
upon the responsibility of the empress,
being sure that his reservoirs would not long be
empty if she ordered water to come. His successor
Baner did not leave the empress to discover
its source. He cast his eyes upon the estate
of Prince Demidoff, who possessed a super-abundant
quantity of the precious fluid the imperial
gardens wanted. He mentioned the aridity
of Tzarsko Zelo, and the courteous subject
dutifully bestowed his superfluous moisture upon
the imperial gardens. In despite of nature,
copious streams rushed forward, and at the bidding
of the architect rose into cascades, ran into
canals, filled fish-ponds, and spread in expansive
lakes. The Empress Consort Elizabeth, upon
beholding these wonders, playfully remarked,
“We may fall out with all Europe, but we
must take care not to quarrel with Prince Demidoff.”
In fact, that obliging noble could have
killed the whole court with thirst, by stopping
the supply of water he allowed to the imperial
family.
Educated at Tzarsko Zelo, Alexander was attached
to a place filled with the recollections of
his infancy. He had learned there to walk; to
speak, to ride, to sail, to row. He had passed
there the brightest and happiest part of his life.
He came with the first fine days, and only left
his favorite residence when the snows of winter
compelled him to take up his abode in the winter
palace.
Even in this luxurious solitude, where the
emperor wished to enjoy the repose which affords
to princes the same pleasure amusement
offers to persons of less exalted rank, Alexander
found his privacy invaded and his attention
claimed by those who had the temerity to break
through the invisible circle with which Russian
etiquette fenced round a despotic sovereign.
A foreigner at St. Petersburg, in the summer
of 1823, ventured to seek the Emperor Alexander
in the delicious gardens of Tzarsko Zelo,
in order to present a petition, with which delicate
commission he had been charged by a
friend. He thus relates his adventure:
“After a bad breakfast at the Hotel de la
Restauration, I entered the park, into which the
sentinels permitted every body to walk without
opposition. Respect alone prevented the Russian
subject from entering the gardens, I knew,
yet I was about to break this boundary and to
intrude myself upon the emperor’s notice. I
was told he passed a great deal of his time in
the shady walks, and I hoped chance would obtain
for me the interview I sought. Wandering
about the grounds, I discovered the Chinese
town, a pretty group of five houses, each of
which had its own ice-house and garden. In
the centre of this town, which is in the form
of a star, whose rays it terminates, stands a
pavillion, which is used either for a ball or
concert-room, which surrounds a green court,
at the four corners of which are placed four
mandarins, the size of life, smoking their pipes.
This Chinese town is inhabited by the aid-de-camps
of the sovereign. Catharine, attended
by her court, was walking in this part of her
garden, when she beheld, to her surprise, the
mandarins puffing forth real smoke, while their
eyes appeared to ogle her, and their heads to
bow in the most familiar manner in the world.
She approached in order to find out the cause
of this sudden animation on the part of these
statues. Immediately the loyal mandarins descended
from their pedestals, and made Chinese
prostrations at her feet, reciting some complimentary
verses to the imperial lady, to please
whom they had transformed themselves into the
images of the men with pig-tails. She smiled,
and quickly recognized them for the Prince de
Ligne, Potemkin, Count Segur, and M. de Cobentzal.
“Leaving the Chinese town, I saw the huts
of the lamas, where these inhabitants of the
south are kept and acclimated to a temperature
very different from that at the foot of the Cordilleras.
These animals were presented to the
emperor by the Viceroy of Mexico, and their
original number of nine has been reduced, by the
rigor of the Russian winters, to five; from[Pg 103]
which, however, a numerous race have succeeded,
who bear the cold much better than the
parent stock.
“In the middle of the French garden stands
a pretty dining-room, containing the celebrated
table of Olympus, imitated from a whim devised
by the Regent Orleans; where the wishes of
the guests are supplied by invisible hands from
beneath. They have only to place a note in
their plate expressive of their desire, when the
plate disappears, and in five minutes after reappears
with the article required. This magic
originates in a forecast which anticipates every
possible want. A beautiful lady finding her
hair out of dress, wished for curling-irons, feeling
assured that such an odd request would
defy even the enchantment of the Olympian
table to procure. She was astonished at finding
her plate return with a dozen pair. I saw
the curious monument raised to commemorate
three favorite greyhounds, pets of the Empress
Catharine. This pyramid, erected by the French
ambassador, Count Segur, contains two epitaphs:
one, by himself, is a sort of burlesque
upon the old eulogistic style so prevalent in the
last century; the other is by Catharine, and
may be literally translated into English:—
Who bit Mr. Rogerson.’
“I visited successively the column of Gregory
Orloff, the pyramid erected in honor of the conqueror
of Tchesma, and the grotto of Pausilippo,
and passed four hours wandering along the
borders of lakes, and traversing the plains and
forests inclosed in these delicious gardens, when
I met an officer in uniform, who courteously
raised his hat. I asked a lad employed in
taking a walk ‘the name of this fine gentleman,’
for such he appeared to me to be. ‘It is
the emperor,’ was his reply. I immediately
took a path which intersected that he had
taken, yet, when I had advanced about twenty
steps, I stopped upon perceiving him near me.
“He divined, apparently, that respect to his
person prevented me from crossing his walk;
he therefore kept on his way, while I awaited
him in the side walk, holding my hat in my
hand. I perceived he limped in his gait from
the wound in his leg, which had lately re-opened;
and I remarked as he advanced the
change that had taken place in his appearance
since I had seen him at Paris, nine years before.
His countenance, then so open and smiling,
bore the expression of that deep and devouring
melancholy which it was said continually
oppressed his mind, yet his sorrowful features
still were impressed with a character of benevolence,
which gave me courage to attempt the
performance of my hazardous commission.
‘Sire,’ said I, advancing a single step toward
him.
“‘Put on your hat, sir,’ was his kind and
gracious reply; ‘the air is too keen for you to
remain uncovered.’
“‘Will your majesty permit—’
“‘Cover your head, sir, then; cover your
head;’ but, perceiving my respect rendered me
disobedient to his commands, he took my hat
from my hand, and with his own imperial one
replaced it on my head. ‘Now,’ said he, ‘what
do you wish to say to me?’
“‘Sire, this petition,’ and I took the paper
from my pocket, but the action disturbed him,
and I saw him frown.
“‘Sir, why do you pursue me here with
petitions? do you know that I have left St.
Petersburg to be free from such annoyances?’
“‘Yes, sire, I am aware of it, nor dare I disguise
the boldness of an attempt for which I
can only expect pardon from your benevolence.
This, however, seems to have some claim to
your majesty’s consideration, since it is franked.’
“‘By whom?’ inquired the emperor, with
some quickness in his manner.
“‘By his Imperial Highness the Grand Duke
Constantine, your majesty’s august brother.’
“‘Ah!’ exclaimed the emperor, putting out
his hand, but as quickly withdrawing it again.
“‘I hope your majesty will for once infringe
your custom, and will deign to accept this supplication.’
“‘No, sir; I will not receive it; for to-morrow,
I shall have a thousand, and shall be
compelled to desert these gardens, where it
seems I can no longer hope to enjoy privacy.’
He perceived my disappointment in my countenance,
and his natural kindness would not
suffer him to dismiss me with a harsh refusal.
Pointing with hand toward the church of St.
Sophia, he said—’Put that petition into the
post-office in the city, and I shall see it to-morrow,
and the day after, you will have an
answer.’
“I expressed my gratitude in animated terms.
“‘Prove it,’ was his quick reply.
“I declared my willingness to do any thing
he required, as the test of that feeling.
“‘Well, tell nobody that you have presented
me a petition and got off with impunity,’ and he
resumed his walk.
“I followed his advice, and posted my paper,
and three days after received a favorable reply
to my petition.”
[From Eliza Cook’s Journal.]
AN EMPTY HOUSE; OR, STRUGGLES OF THE POOR.
Who has not seen at some time an empty
house which has struck them as the picture
of desolation? They may know a hundred uninhabited
tenements, but they look as well kept
and prosperous, as though they would soon be
filled again. They do not impress the senses
in the same way as that peculiar one, which
appears to be condemned, like some outcast, to
perpetual seclusion in the midst of happy neighbors,
who mock, and flout, and taunt it with
their bright windows and clean steps, and fresh
paint and shining door knobs and knockers, just
as Mr. Well-to-do, who is making money, and
dresses well, and lodges luxuriously and feeds[Pg 104]
plentifully, may treat with scorn poor Do-nothing,
who, unable to find employment of any
sort, wears a patched threadbare coat, dwells
in a leaky garret, and does not know where on
earth to look for to-morrow’s dinner. Indeed
there is something more in this comparison than
appears at first sight, for the world of the streets
is apt to treat the empty house much as it does
the poverty-stricken man. The ragged lads who
play about the avenues of streets, and bask
about the sunshiny nooks, draw back and cease
their jokes and are decorous in the presence of
Mr. Trim or Mr. Broadcloth, but they have a
sarcasm or a coarse epithet for poor Patch, and
for poorer Tatter possibly a sly pebble or a dab
of mud.
Some years ago there was an empty house
opposite to mine, which brought such thoughts
as these to my mind. There was a dirty bill
in one of the windows, and the remains of another
upon one of the window shutters, with
directions where to inquire as to rent, &c., but
nobody seemed to dream of any body taking it.
The neighborhood was a respectable one, and
in striking contrast with this one unfortunate
tenement, and happy faces at the windows of
its neighbors seemed to make them crow over
it, as Mrs. Fruitful with her half-dozen of handsome
children triumphs over Mrs. Childless, who
would give her ears to call the half of her friend’s
little flock her own. Not that my empty house
was utterly lonely either, for its door-step was,
in fine weather, the chosen resort of a group of
little specimens of humanity in dirt and rags,
who from the seclusion of some neighboring
alley brought them chalk, and pieces of tiles
and slate, with which they scratched uncouth
figures upon the doors and shutters as high up
as they could reach; and with mud from the
gutter they made their dirt pies, and left the
remnants to accumulate upon the dingy sill.
There was a plentiful supply of stones, too, in
the macadamized road, and a large family of
boys, unable to resist the tempting opportunity
for mischievous “shies,” paid rough attentions
to the empty house with the flints, till the sunshine
which had long been denied admittance,
through the dusty and begrimed panes, found
its way unimpeded through empty and dismantled
sashes. Possibly, too, in consequence of
this, the very sparrows, usually so bold, which
used to build under the eaves and twitter upon
the window sills and house-top, forsook the ill-fated
building and left it to its destiny.
I do not know what it was, but there was
something which powerfully attracted my attention
to the place, and I often sat at my
window and mused upon it. Sometimes I
thought it was in Chancery, for it had just the
look of a house which the lawyers had thoroughly
riddled; and sometimes I thought it had the
reputation of being haunted, for somehow or
other people always give ghosts credit for the
very worst taste, and seem to think them incapable
of choosing any but the most uncomfortable
habitations.
Passers-by would often stop to look at the
house, and not unfrequently some of them would
look over it; and then the owner or his agent
would come with them, bringing the rusty key
which turned with difficulty in the lock, and
setting free the creaking door, which moved so
lazily upon its hinges. This person was such
a human likeness to the house, that I sometimes
wondered he did not, out of pure sympathy,
come and live there himself. He was a little
battered-looking old man, whose rusty dirty suit
of black just matched the doors and shutters,
and I could almost fancy that his very spectacles,
like the windows, were cracked and broken by
boys throwing stones at him.
These inquiries, however, always resulted in
nothing, except the great discomfiture of the
children, who held dominion over the door-step,
and who were always summarily routed and
driven off by peevish exclamations and feeble
cuffs from the rusty little old man. I suppose
most of those who came were merely actuated
by curiosity. I was more than once tempted
by the same motive to go and look at the inside
myself, and those who really had serious designs
of settling there were frightened out of
them by the combined dismalness of the place,
and the warder who had charge of it. At last,
there really was some sign of the empty house
being let. I noticed one evening that a respectable,
quiet-looking young couple, with an
old lady in widow’s weeds, whom I immediately
decided was the widowed mother of either husband
or wife (for of course they were husband
and wife) went to look at the empty house, attended
by the little old man; and from the
fact, that after looking at the premises for a
longer time than visitors usually did, the party
came out, and, contrary to custom, all four
walked away together, I was led to suppose
that I might have opposite neighbors.
The next morning, before I left home for
business, I saw at once that I was right as to
the house having been taken. The little old
man, notwithstanding he looked so rusty, must
have been a diligent, as well as a quaint, old-fashioned
fellow, for there were ladders and
steps, and painters, plumbers, bricklayers, and
laborers all at work upon the house. Some
were upon the top replacing cracked tiles, others
were making the windows weather-proof, and
others again were intent upon counteracting
the ravages of chalk, sharp slates, and dirt upon
the paint of the doors and window shutters.
The group of children came as usual, but they
did not venture to attempt to take up their old
station; the apparition of the old man scared
them from that, and perhaps they were altogether
too much struck with astonishment at
the altered character of the scene to attempt it.
But they were very unwilling to give up their
old sovereignty and abandon the spot. They
lingered doubtfully for some days about the
place, sometimes looking at the tall ladders and
the workmen, and sometimes sitting upon the
heaps of broken tiles and brickbats, watching[Pg 105]
the Irish hodman stirring the mortar about,
with much the same feelings, perhaps, as a red
Indian lingers about the white man’s clearing,
formerly the hunting-ground of his fathers.
Possibly the youngsters thought that all the
men and ladders might be cleared away, and
that they would succeed to the again vacant
door-step, with the added advantages of a newly-painted
door to scratch upon, and these hallucinations
were not thoroughly dispelled for
about a week, when they saw a charwoman
scouring the passage and front steps. That
sufficed to wither all their hopes; repairs they
could have survived, for they remembered something
of the sort once in their own alley, but
scrubbing and washing were entirely unmistakable,
they understood at once that somebody
was “coming in,” and dispersed to seek another
place of resort.
It may be supposed that the diligence of the
little old man, who never left the laborers all
day, soon had the little house fit for the reception
of its new inmates, in spite of occasional
damages in the glass department, till the boys
became reconciled to its new smartness. He
was there the first thing in the morning, sitting
on a three-legged stool which I believe he
brought with him, and he went to the public
house with the men when they had their meals,
so that they should not stay too long. Under
such vigilant superintendence, the last ladder
and pair of steps were taken away in about a
week, and the inmates—the two young folks,
and the old widow lady I have already mentioned,
and their household goods made their
appearance. The furniture showed at a glance
that both the past and the present had contributed
their quotas to the household, for there
were the old-fashioned, large-seated, heavy high-backed
chairs of half-a-century since, with a
heavy, square table, and a quaint, antique cabinet,
matching well with the aged widowed
mother; while the light caned seats and other
modern requisites, represented the young people
just entering upon life. I knew at once what
afterward I found to be the case, that by probably
a hasty marriage two households had been
mingled into one.
I was always a solitary, secluded man, given
to make observations and to pick up information
about those who interested me, but not to
cultivate acquaintances, and so it was from
what I saw from my windows and from hearsay,
that I picked up what I knew of the new
comers. Slight as this source of information
may seem to be, it is wonderful what a deal of
knowledge of a certain kind is obtained in this
manner; indeed, if any one were to examine
the sources of his own knowledge, he would
find that if not the largest, a very large proportion
had been picked up from the chit-chat
of society.
I was peculiarly favorably situated for acquiring
knowledge in this way, for my landlady,
a chatty, good-tempered widow, knew the private
history of most of her neighbors, and was
extremely well versed in the gossip and scandal
of the place; and her extensive knowledge,
added to the equally diversified lore of the fat
old half-laundress, half-charwoman, who had
lived all her life in the vicinity (and was the
very person who had scared the before-mentioned
urchins by scouring the once empty
house), and the tit-bits of sayings and doings,
communicated by the baker, butcher, green-grocer,
and milkman, furnished a stock of history
which, reinforced by my own habits of
observation, fully qualified me for giving the
little narrative which follows; and which I am
tempted to give to the world not so much for
its intrinsic interest, or because it contains any
record of great deeds, but because it shows industry
and perseverance triumphing over the
obstacles of the world, and bearing the burdens
of misplaced benevolence.
To begin then our tale in earnest. The head
of the house opposite was Thomas Winthorpe,
who acted as book-keeper to a large outfitting
house in the city. He was a rather taciturn,
grave young man, and bore these characteristics
upon his face, but he was fond of knowledge,
and had acquired no small portion for a man
in his position. Well-principled, and untiringly
energetic, and industrious, he had risen
from a low station more from the passive habit
of steady good conduct, than the active exercise
of any brilliant qualities, and he felt a
pride in the fact; never hesitating, though he
did not parade it, to utter the truth that he
was first hired to sweep the offices, light the
fires, and do other menial jobs. There was a
striking similarity between him and his little
wife, Kate Winthorpe (who had just changed
her name from Stevens), which you saw in
their faces, for Kate was grave, and habitually
rather silent too. But her gravity had a shade
more of pensiveness in it than Thomas’s, which
might have told the keen observer that it had
not the same origin.
Such indeed was the fact, for what difficulty
and early poverty had done for Thomas, youthful
plenty and after troubles had done for Kate
though the bright smiles which I could now and
then see chasing the shadows over Kate’s comely
but not pretty face, as she bade her husband
good-by in the morning or welcomed him home
at night, told that happiness was bringing back
much of her original character.
The old lady, Mrs. Stevens, Kate’s mother,
was a good sort of old lady, so far as I could
learn, with a respectful tenderness for Thomas,
and a fond affection for Kate, who had been the
prop of her age and the solace of her troubles;
but without any thing remarkable in her character
beyond a meek resignation, which well
supplied the place of a higher philosophy, and
led her cheerfully to accept the present and be
content with the past.
So far as I could glean, Mrs. Stevens was the
widow of a once affluent yeoman in one of the
western counties, who lived in the “good old
English style,” liked his dogs, and gun, and[Pg 106]
horses, was not averse to a run with the hounds—had
a partiality for parish and club dinners,
and was fond of plenty of company at home.
This sort of life might have done tolerably well
in the palmy times of farming, when with war
prices, corn was, as Hood has it, “at the Lord
knows what per quarter;” but when lower
prices came with peace, and more industry and
less expenditure was required, poor Stevens was
one of the first to feel the altered times, and as
he could not give up his old habits, difficulties
began to press upon and thicken around him.
After a few years, creditors became clamorous,
and the landlord urgent for the payment of rent
in arrear, and the result was that he was compelled
to give up his farm and sell his stock, to
save himself from a prison. This left him a
small remnant upon which, if he had been a
prudent, self-denying man, he might have begun
the world afresh, but he took his downfall so
much to heart, that in a few months he died of
his old enemy, the gout.
Mrs. Stevens was thus left a widow with
two children, Kate, a young girl of fifteen or
sixteen, and Charles, a fine young man of three
or four and twenty, who held a small farm in
that neighborhood, and had hitherto depended
more upon his father’s purse than his own industry.
Little as Mrs. Stevens knew of the
world, she felt that it would not do to depend
upon Charles, who was one of those jolly,
good-tempered, careless fellows every body
knows—men who go on tolerably well so long
as all is smooth, but wanting providence and
foresight, are pretty sure to founder upon the
first dangerous rock ahead. To do Charles
justice, however, he would willingly have
shared his home with his mother and sister,
and for a long time managed to remit enough
to them to pay their rent.
When the first grief of widowhood was over,
Mrs. Stevens and her daughter, without any
very definite plan, but drawn by that strange
attraction that impels alike the helpless, the
inexperienced, and the ambitious to the great
centres of population, came up to London with
the small sum of money which, after every
debt had been scrupulously discharged, was left
to her. Beyond that resource she had none,
save the address of a first cousin who, report
said, had grown very rich in trade, and to
whom she hoped she might look for aid and
advice. In this, however, she was speedily
undeceived, for upon calling upon her cousin,
and introducing herself and Kate, she was received
by the withered old miser very curtly, and
told that as he came up to London a poor boy
with five and ninepence in his pocket, and had
managed to get on fairly, she with fifty pounds
in her pocket could do very well without help.
Perhaps if the widow had let Kate plead her suit
she might have fared better, for the old man
patted Kate’s back, and seemed to dip his hand
in his pocket with the half intention of making
her a present, but it was only a half intention,
and the widow went away with a heavy heart,
convinced that she must not look for assistance
in that quarter.
I need not tell what little I know of the
efforts of Mrs. Stevens to find for herself a useful
place in the great, busy, unfriendly, or at
least, coldly-indifferent world of London-life—how
she found thousands as eager and as anxious
as herself—how, although she pinched and
stinted, and denied herself every luxury, she
saw her small stock of money silently wasting
away, and no apparent means of getting more;
all these things are unhappily so every-day
and commonplace, such mere ordinary vulgar
troubles, that every body knows them, and nobody
cares to hear more about them.
At last one day, after a weary walk, under a
scorching sky, in search of employment, the
widow and her daughter saw in the window of
an outfitter’s shop, the welcome announcement
“good shirt hands wanted.” So the widow
and Kate entered, and with some little trembling
saw the person whose business it was to
give work to the needlewomen, and made
known their errand. Mr. Sturt, a sharp, rather
rough man, who had the management of this
department, said, “Yes, they did want ‘hands,’
but they required some one to become security
for the work given out.”
The widow’s chagrin was as great now as her
hopes had been high a few minutes before, and
she said at once that she did not know any
one who would become security, at which Mr.
Sturt was turning coldly away; but suddenly
thinking of her cousin, she said to herself that
he would surely not refuse her this one favor,
and she told Mr. Sturt that she would try and
come again, and timidly gave that gentleman
her address. As soon as the widow’s back was
turned, Mr. Sturt threw the address on the floor,
for he was perfectly sure of having plenty of
applications, and it did not matter to him
whether the widow ever came again or not;
but Thomas Winthorpe, who was employed in
a different department of the business, happened
to be a witness of the scene, had seen the
widow’s hand shake, and lips quiver with hope
and disappointment, and had marked the anxious
look of Kate; and with that sympathy
which past poverty so often begets for the poor,
he picked up the “rejected address,” resolving
that he would inquire, and if Mrs. Stevens and
her daughter deserved it, he would help them
to the work.
It was more than a year since Mrs. Stevens
had seen her rich cousin, and when she hastened
to his house to prefer her humble petition it was
shut up, and all the information she could gain
from the neighbors was, that Mr. Norton had
gone no one knew whither. This was a sad
blow to Mrs. Stevens and Kate; what to do
they knew not, and as they wended their way
back to their now almost destitute home, their
poverty appeared more hopeless than ever; for
disappointment is far harder to bear than mere
trouble, just as the sky never looks so dismal
and threatening as when a bright ray has just[Pg 107]
departed, and the sun has sunk behind a thick,
dark cloud.
Thomas Winthorpe, however, carried his good
intention into effect directly he left business,
and little as he was able to glean in their neighborhood
of their life and past history, he was
convinced that Mrs. Stevens and her daughter
deserved help. How, however, to afford them
assistance without wounding their feelings was
for some time a difficult question; but at last
he determined to become surety for them at the
shop without their knowledge, and then to call,
as if it were a matter of business, and tell them
that they could have work.
The next morning accordingly, he told Mr.
Sturt that he intended to become surety for
Mrs. Stevens, and took no notice of that individual’s
shrugs, and winks, and inuendoes—which
were meant to insinuate a sinister motive
upon the part of Thomas—further than by
looking at him so fixedly and composedly, and
withal with such an expression of contempt,
that Mr. Sturt, although not a very bashful
personage, was fairly confused; and in the
evening Thomas called and introduced himself
to Mrs. Stevens, and told her that, in consequence
of inquiries which had been made, she
might have the work when she pleased. The
widow and Kate, who had not stirred out of
the house that day, and were in the depths of
despair, not knowing which way to turn for
help, looked upon Thomas as a preserving angel,
and could have almost worshiped him for the
unexpected good news of which he was the
bearer; nor was their estimation of him lessened
when the widow, remembering what had been
said about security, questioned him as to how
that obstacle had been overcome; and, after a
few awkward attempts at parrying and equivocation,
Thomas, who was but a poor dissembler,
confessed the kindly part he had acted, and was
overwhelmed with their expressions of gratitude.
From that moment they became intimate, and
before the interview, which was a somewhat
long one, concluded, Thomas saw, partly from
their conversation, partly from the relics of furniture
they had managed to transport to London,
that they had moved in a more comfortable
station, and were simple country folks; and with
a feeling possibly prompted by an unconscious
heart-leaning to the quiet Kate, and a latent
wish to keep her away from the shop, he offered,
as he lived close by, to take their work to
and fro for them, and so to save them the trouble
of going into the city, an offer which Mrs.
Stevens who, in her depressed circumstances,
shrunk from strangers, and had no wish to face
the rough Mr. Sturt, thankfully accepted.
From this time the widow and her daughter
sat down earnestly to work, and though luxuries
are not the lot of those who live by shirt-making,
yet as the house they were employed
by was a respectable one, and paid something
better than slop prices, and as Thomas contrived
that they should have the best description
of work, and Charles Stevens, from time
to time, remitted to them sufficient to pay their
rent, they, with their simple wants, soon began
to feel tolerably comfortable and independent.
Thomas, too, who was an orphan, did not neglect
his opportunities of knowing them better,
and became a close and dear acquaintance,
whose coming every evening was regularly
looked for. At first, of course, he only made
business calls, and now and then sat and chatted
afterward; then he brought a few flowers
for their mantle-piece, or a book, or newspaper,
which he thought might amuse them; and, by-and-by,
he read to them: and, at last, business,
instead of being the primary object of his visits,
was the last thing thought of, and left till he
was going away: occasionally, too, Thomas
thought that they were working too hard, and
that a walk would do them good, and he became
the companion of their little promenades.
Of course the experienced reader will see in
all this that Thomas was in love with Kate;
and so he was, but Thomas was a prudent
man. Kate was young as well as himself; he
had but a small salary, and it was better to
wait till he could offer Kate such a home as he
should like to see her mistress of. And Kate,
what of her? did she love Thomas Winthorpe,
too? Well, we don’t know enough of the
female heart to answer such a question. How
should an old bachelor, indeed, get such knowledge?
But, perhaps, our better informed lady
friends may be enabled to form an opinion,
when they are told that Kate began to dress
herself with more care, and to curl her luxuriant
dark hair more sedulously, and that she
was more fidgety than her mother as the time
for Thomas to call approached, and grew fonder
of reading the books he brought, and the flowers
of his giving. Mrs. Stevens, however, saw
nothing of all this, and Thomas never spoke of
love, and Kate never analyzed her feelings, so
that we suppose if she was in love, she had
glided into it so gently, that she did not know
it herself.
Something like three years had passed away
in this humble, but tranquilly happy state of
existence, during which Thomas had been silently
adding to his stock of furniture, and
quietly saving money out of his small salary,
when a new misfortune fell upon the Stevenses.
The mother had had weak eyes when a child,
but as she grew up to womanhood the defect
had disappeared. Still there was a latent
tendency to disease, which it seemed close application
to needlework in her declining years
had developed. For a long time Mrs. Stevens
had felt this, but concealed it from Kate, till
her eyes became so dim, that she could not go
on any longer, and Kate became aware of the
truth. This was a sad blow, and Kate, who
had come to look instinctively to Thomas for
advice, took the opportunity, when her mother
was out of the room for a few minutes, at his
next visit, to tell him the fact, and her fears
that her mother was going blind. This was
their first confidence, which I have been told[Pg 108]
goes a great way in love affairs, and from that
time they were drawn still closer together.
Thomas advised immediate medical assistance,
and not liking to offer Kate the fee, arranged
to get an hour or two the next day but one,
and accompany them to an eminent oculist.
This was done, and the surgeon, after examining
the widow’s eyes, said that skill could do
nothing for her, but that rest was indispensable,
and that she must not exert her sight.
The whole of the work was now thrown upon
Kate, and unmurmuringly did the noble girl
bend herself to the task of providing for herself
and her nearly blind mother. The first dawn
of light saw her, needle in hand, and Thomas
found her at night stooping over her task.
Their little walks were given up, and she
denied herself almost the bare necessaries of
life, so that her mother might not feel the
change. This could not go long without Kate’s
health suffering, and Thomas saw with grief
the pale cheek, and the thinning figure, and the
red tinge round the eyelids, which spoke of
over-work and failing strength. These changes
did not improve Kate’s good looks, but when
did true love ever think of beauty? He saw
that the poor girl must soon break down, and
then there were but two courses open, either to
offer his hand, which he was sure would be
accepted, or to offer them assistance.
From motives of prudence, Thomas had
rather that the time when he should become a
housekeeper for himself had been longer delayed;
but he did not like to offer her money,
for he felt as though such an obligation would
make her feel dependent, and draw her from
him; and so he resolved at once to make her
his wife, and save her from the fate which
otherwise seemed impending over her.
How the declaration was made, and where,
and whether or not there were many blushes or
smiles, or tears or kisses, I really do not know;
but from Thomas’s practical manner, and
Kate’s earnest, truthful, straightforward mind,
and the length of time they had been as intimate
and confidential as brother and sister, I
should think that there was little of what some
folk choose to call “the sentimental,” although,
perhaps, there was not any the less of
true sentiment. But certain it is, that Thomas
was accepted, the widow did not object, and all
the neighborhood soon knew that Kate Stevens
and Thomas Winthorpe were about to be married.
Of course, as is usual upon such occasions,
there was plenty of comment. A good many
young ladies who had done their best to “set
their caps” at Thomas, intensely pitied poor
Kate for choosing such a quiet stupid sort of
fellow, and not a few old ladies, who would
have jumped at Thomas for a son-in-law, were
“sincerely” glad that it was not their daughter.
And there was a universal chorus of
prophecy, as to the troubles that awaited the
young couple; for what (said the prophets)
could they do with Thomas’s small salary, and
Kate’s old mother, if they came to have a family?
and so forth.
Kate and Thomas knew nothing of all this,
and if they had, it would not have affected
them much, for confident in their quiet earnest
affection for each other, they looked forward to
the future, not as a period of easy enjoyment,
but as one of effortful, though hopeful industry.
The preliminaries were soon arranged; Thomas
had no friends to consult, and Charles Stevens
was glad to hear that his sister was about to
be married—a license was dispensed with, and
the vulgarity of banns resorted to to save expense.
The bride was given away by a young
mechanic, a friend of Thomas’s, whose sister
acted as bridesmaid; there was a quiet dinner
at Thomas’s lodgings, no wedding tour, and the
next day they went into the empty house,
which had been done up for their reception, and
suited their scanty means, and when filled with
the new furniture of Thomas, and the old relics
of the widow, Kate thought, ay, and so did
Thomas too, it made the most comfortable
home they had ever seen. I have purposely
hurried over this part of my story, because it is
so very commonplace. After people have been
deluged with brides in white satin and Brussels
lace vails, supported by a splendid train of
bridesmaids, all deluging their cambric-worked
handkerchiefs in sympathetic tears, what could
I say for a marriage with a bride in plain
white, and Miss Jones, in a dyed silk, for a
bridesmaid, and dry pocket-handkerchiefs, into
the bargain, to make it interesting? Obviously
nothing. Yet for all that, it was, possibly, as
happy a wedding as was ever solemnized at St.
George’s, Hanover-square, and chronicled in the
Morning Post, with half a dozen flourishes of
trumpets.
My readers now know all about the people
who came into the empty house, and made it
look as cheerful as it had before looked miserable.
Of their domestic life I, of course, knew
little: they kept no servant, and Kate was
occasionally to be seen through the windows
dusting and brushing about; but long before
Thomas came home she was neat, and even
smart, and her ready smile as she opened the
door, told me how happy they were. It made
even me half romantic, and if I could have
found just such another Kate, I half thought
that I should have renounced an old bachelor’s
life. Of their pecuniary affairs I, of course,
knew little, but I saw that their baker called
regularly, and that Kate went out with her
market-basket, and if they had run in debt I
was sure that I should have heard of it.
After a little while, though, I began to notice
that Thomas had a habit which gave me
some uneasiness for the future of the young
couple. When he came home he staid for
about an hour, or just long enough to have his
tea, and then went out again for about two
hours. It is true that he did not exhibit any
symptoms of dissipation when he returned, but
I did not like the habit. My mind, however,[Pg 109]
was set at rest by my landlady, who could tell
me all about it. She knew young Jones the
cabinet-maker, who was present at the wedding,
and informed me that Thomas Winthorpe,
who was a good mechanic, employed his spare
time in working with Jones, and that both of
them prudently put by the earnings of their
leisure time as a fund for future contingencies,
so that my mind was set at rest upon this point.
In due time, a little Kate blessed the household
of my opposite neighbors, and next, a little
Thomas, and every thing appeared to go on
as happily as ever; and the old grandmother
who had only partially recovered the use of her
eyes, leading her little grand-daughter, and led
in her turn by Kate, who also carried the baby,
would often go out for a walk, leaving the servant
girl in charge of the house (for Thomas’s
salary having increased, they could afford to
keep a girl now without being extravagant),
and a happier family group it would not be
easy to find.
It was about this time, I observed a new addition
to the family in the shape of a stout,
ruddy young man, who wore a green coat,
with bright buttons, and looked like a country
farmer. I at once guessed that this was Kate’s
brother, of whom I had heard, on a visit to his
sister, and though I was right as to the person,
the other part of my guess was incorrect. It
was Charles Stevens, but he was not there upon
a visit. The fact was, that Charles, whose foresight
never went the length of looking a year
ahead, had been totally ruined by a failure in
the wheat crops of his farm. All his property
had been sold, and he left destitute of every
thing except a few pounds in his pocket, and
without any great stock of energy and intelligence
to fall back upon, had sought the refuge
of his brother-in-law’s roof, which, no doubt,
was at first cheerfully afforded him. But it
was soon evident that Charles was likely to
bear heavily upon the Winthorpes, for he did
not seem disposed to exert himself to gain a
livelihood. He appeared to lounge about the
house all day, and toward the evening, evidently
to Thomas’s chagrin, came out to lean on
the gate and smoke his pipe in the open air,
thus giving the house an air somewhat different
from its former aspect of respectability. I
saw, too, as I sat up late reading (a bad habit of
mine) that a light burned till midnight in the
Winthorpes’ windows, and sometimes hearing
a heavy knocking, I looked out and saw at
their door the bright buttons of Charles Stevens
shining in the light of the gas lamp.
So far as I could learn, Thomas Winthorpe
never visited these offenses of the brother upon
his wife, but for her sake suppressed his indignation
at the careless, thoughtless, lazy habits
of Charles, and bore all in silence; but I heard
that he talked of them to young Jones and
lamented the moral obligation he felt to support
Charles even in idleness. These feelings,
we may be assured, were not lessened when
Kate made a third addition to the family, and
passed through a long and dangerous, and, of
course, expensive illness, and I was told (the
gossips knew all this through Miss Jones, the
bridesmaid) that Thomas had been obliged to
devote the earnings of his overtime to pay the
doctor’s bill, and the quarter’s rent, for which
he had been unable otherwise to provide.
When Kate got up and resumed her family
duties, there were other indications of poverty
in the household, one of which was that the
servant girl was discharged, notwithstanding
that there was more necessity than ever for her
assistance. Kate’s morning walks were given
up—she, as well as her husband, looked more
careworn—the old grandmother acted the part
of housemaid, and Thomas wore a more threadbare
coat than usual. Nobody looked jolly and
comfortable, except the “ne’er do well,” who
was the cause of these uncomfortable changes,
but he looked as ruddy and careless, and smoked
his pipe at the front gate as composedly as ever,
disturbed only by the recollection that he had
once been so much better off, and the knowledge
that he had not so much money to spend as he
used to have; for by this time the cash he had
brought with him from the country, and of
which he had never offered Thomas a penny,
was well-nigh gone.
Still, Thomas, though hard-pressed, worked
on patiently and perseveringly, hoping for better
times, and these fortunately were close at
hand. People say that “Troubles never come
alone,” and I am inclined to think Fortune
also sends her favors in showers. Be that as
it may, just at this time, Charles, who was
getting disgusted at idleness without plenty of
pocket-money, received and accepted an offer to
go out to Australia, with an old farming acquaintance;
and a few days more saw his
chest put into a cab, into which vehicle he followed,
while Kate and his mother (Thomas was
away at business) bade him a tearful farewell;
and within a few days Thomas’s employers,
more than satisfied with his conduct, promoted
him to a post where his salary was doubled.
What a change came over the house and
family! The old servant girl came back, and
seemed so glad and brisk that she was never
tired of work, and made the place look brighter
and neater than ever. The walks, too, were
resumed, and Thomas, justified in ceasing his
evening work, made one of the party after tea.
Kate’s cheek grew round and rosy again, and
Thomas’s eye was brighter, and his old grave
smile came back, as he enjoyed the happiness
and comfort he had so well earned: and to
crown all, I am told that the young Winthorpes
will be very rich, for that little rusty, shabby
old man, who used to show the empty house,
is Mrs. Stevens’s rich cousin, whom Kate had
not recognized, and the old lady was too short-sighted
to notice, and who had left his former
house, and assumed the name of Willis, so that
he might not be found out and worried by his
poor relations. My landlady informs me that
the old man, who knew his relations from the[Pg 110]
first, was struck with Thomas’s punctuality in
always paying the rent on the day it was due,
and by his untiring industry (qualities which
probably found an echo in his own nature), and
that the beautiful children (strange that such a
little, withered old miser should love blooming,
careless children), have completed his liking for
the family. Thomas, however, has refused all
the old man’s offers of assistance, and insists on
continuing to pay the rent for the house; and
the old gentleman, who is now a frequent visitor,
and really does not look half so rusty as he
used, unable in any other way to confer obligations
upon the family, has claimed to stand
godfather for the third child, and has bequeathed
to the youngsters all his large property, so we
may fairly presume that the worst difficulties
of the Winthorpes are over, and that a happy
future is in store for them.
Reader, my little tale, or, without plot as it
is, you may say my long gossip, is at an end.
It began about an empty house, and has run
through the fortunes of a family. How like a
path in life, where the first step ushers us onward
we know not where; or, to compare small
things with great, how like a philosopher picking
up at random a simple stone, and thence
being led on to the comprehension of the physical
history of the world. But plotless tale, or
rambling gossip, whichever it may be, I hope it
has not been without its usefulness, but that it
has served as one more piece of proof that integrity,
charity, industry, and self-denial, if
they do not always command success, give a
man the best possible chance of obtaining it on
the only condition which renders success worth
having, namely, the preservation of self-respect.
[From Tait’s Edinburgh Magazine.]
COLDS AND COLD WATER.
Who has not had a cold? or rather, who has
not had many colds? Who does not know
that malady which commences with slight chilliness,
an uneasy feeling of being unwell, which
does not justify abstinence from the ordinary
business and occupations of the day, but deprives
one of all satisfaction and enjoyment in them, and
takes away all the salt and savor of life, even
as it deprives the natural palate of its proper
office, making all things that should be good to
eat and drink vapid and tasteless? Who does
not know the pain in the head, the stiff neck,
the stuffy nose, the frequent sneeze, the kerchief
which is oftener in the hand than in the pocket?
Such, with a greater or less amount of peevishness,
are the symptoms of the common cold in
the head; which torments its victim for two or
three days, or perhaps as many weeks, and then
departs, and is forgotten. Few people take
much notice of colds; and yet let any one, who
is even moderately liable to their attacks, keep
an account of the number of days in each year
when he has been shut out by a cold from a full
perception of the pleasures and advantages of
life, and he will find that he has lost no inconsiderable
portion of the sum total of happy existence
through their malign influence. How
many speeches in Parliament and at the Bar,
that should have turned a division or won a
cause, have been marred because the orator has
had a cold which has confused his powers,
stifled his voice, and paralyzed all his best
energies! How many pictures have failed in
expressing the full thoughts of the artist, because
he has had a cold at that critical stage of
the work when all his faculties of head and
hand should have been at their best to insure
the fit execution of his design! How many bad
bargains have been made, how many opportunities
lost in business, because a cold has laid its
leaden hand upon them, and converted into its
own dull nature what might have resulted in a
golden harvest! How many poems—but no:
poetry can have nothing in common with a cold.
The Muses fly at the approach of flannel and
water-gruel. It is not poems that are spoiled,
but poets that are rendered of impossible existence
by colds. Can one imagine Homer with a
cold, or Dante? But these were southerns, and
exempt by climate from this scourge of the human
race in Boreal regions. But Milton or Shakspeare,
could they have had colds? Possibly
some parts of “Paradise Regained” may have
been written in a cold. Possibly the use of the
handkerchief in “Othello,” which is banished
as an impropriety by the delicate critics of France
from their version of the Moor of Venice, may
have been suggested by familiarity with that
indispensable accessory in a cold. Colds are
less common in the clear atmosphere of Paris
than in the thick and fog-laden air of London;
and this may account for the difference of national
taste, on this point. It is said of the
great German Mendelssohn, that he always
composed sitting with his feet in a tub of cold
water. This was not the musician, but his
grandfather, the metaphysician, and father of
that happy and contentedly obscure intermediate
Mendelssohn, who used to say, “When I was
young, I was known as the son of the great
Mendelssohn; and now that I am old, I am
known as the father of the great Mendelssohn.”
But who ever was known to compose any thing
while sitting with his feet in a tub of hot
water, and with the composing draught standing
on the table at his side, to remind him that
in the matter of composition he is to be a passive,
and not an active subject? How many
marriages may not have been prevented by
colds? The gentleman is robbed of his courage,
and does not use his opportunity for urging his
suit; or the lady catches a cold, and appears
blowing her nose, and with blanched cheeks
and moist eyes:
Her lips the ruby’s choicest glow disclose;
Her skin is like to fairest pearls I ween;
But ah! the lucid crystal tips her nose.”
And so the coming declaration of love is effectually
nipped in the bud by the unromantic
realities of the present catarrh.
Napoleon, as is well known, lost the battle
of Leipsig in consequence of an indigestion
brought on by eating an ill-dressed piece of
mutton; and Louis Philippe, in February, 1848,
fled ignominiously from the capital of his kingdom
because he had a cold, and could not use
the faculties which at least might have secured
for him as respectable a retreat to the frontier
as was enjoyed by his predecessor Charles the
Tenth. He might have shown fight; he might
have thrown himself upon the army, or upon
the National Guard; he might have done a
hundred things better for his own fame, rather
than get into a hack cab and run away. But it
was not to be: Louis Philippe had the influenza;
and Louis Philippe with the influenza was
not the same man who had shown so much
craft and decision in the many previous emergencies
of his long and eventful life. Louis
Philippe, without a cold, had acquitted himself
creditably in the field of battle, had taught respectably
in schools, had contrived for himself
and his family the succession to a kingdom, had
worked and plotted through all the remarkable
events with which his name is associated, and
by which it will ever be remembered in the romance
of history; but Louis Philippe, with a
cold, subsided at once and ingloriously into
simple John Smith in a scratch-wig.
Of places in which colds are caught it is not
necessary to be particular. For, as a late Justice
of the Court of Queen’s Bench laid it down in
summing up to a jury, in a case of sheep-stealing,
after some time had been wasted in showing
that the stolen sheep had been slaughtered
with a particular knife—any knife will kill a
sheep—so it may be said that a cold may be
caught any where: on the moor or on the loch;
traveling by land or by water; by rail or by
stage; or in a private carriage, or walking in
the streets; or sitting at home or elsewhere, in
a draught, or out of a draught, but more especially
in it. Upon a statistical return of the
places in which colds have been caught, by persons
of both sexes, and under twenty-one years
of age, founded upon the answers of the patients
themselves, it appears that more colds are caught
upon the journey in going to school, and at
church, than at the theatre and in ball-rooms.
Upon a similar return from persons liable to
serve as jurymen in London and Middlesex, it
appears that a majority of colds is caught in
courts of justice; to which statement, perhaps,
more confidence is due than to the former, as it
is not known that Dr. Reid has ventilated any
of the churches or theatres in the metropolis.
Indeed, if the ancient physical philosophers,
who had many disputes upon the first cause of
cold, had enjoyed the advantage of living in our
days and country, they might have satisfied
themselves on this matter, and at the same
time have become practically acquainted with
the working of our system of jurisprudence, by
attending in Westminster Hall, when they
would go away perhaps with some good law,
but most certainly with a very bad cold in their
heads. Upon the returns from ladies with
grown-up daughters and nieces, it appears from
their own statements, that more colds are caught
at evening parties than any where else; which
is in remarkable discrepancy with the statements
of the young ladies themselves, as before mentioned.
The same curious want of agreement
is found to prevail as to the number of colds
caught on water-parties, pic-nics, archery-meetings,
and the like, which, according to one set
of answers, never give rise to colds, but which
would certainly be avoided by all prudent persons
if they gave implicit belief to the other.
Of the remedy for colds something may now
be said. As with other evils, the remedy may
exist either in the shape of prevention or of cure,
and of course should be most sought after, by
prudent people, in the former. Much ancestral
wisdom has descended to us in maxims and
apothegms on the prevention and management
of colds. Like other venerable and traditional
lore which we are in the habit of receiving without
questioning, it contains a large admixture
of error with what is really good and true; and
of the good and true much occasionally meets
with undeserved disparagement and contempt.
Our grandmothers are right when they inculcate
an active avoidance of draughts of air, when
they enjoin warm clothing, and especially woolen
stockings and dry feet. Their recommendation
of bed and slops is generally good, and their
“sentence of water-gruel” in most cases is very
just, and better than any other for which it
could be commuted; but when they lay down
the well-known and authoritative dogma, stuff
a cold and starve a fever, they are no longer to
be trusted. This is a pernicious saying, and
has caused much misery and illness. Certain
lovers of antiquity, in their anxiety to justify
this precept, would have us to take it in an
ironical sense. They say, stuff a cold and
starve a fever: that is, if you commit the absurdity
of employing too generous a diet in the
earlier stages of a cold, you will infallibly bring
on a fever, which you will be compelled to reduce
by the opposite treatment of starvation. This,
however, may be rejected as mere casuistry,
however well it may be intended by zealous
friends of the past. Our British oracles were
not delivered in such terms of Delphic mystery,
but spoke out plain and straightforward; and
even this one permits of some justification with
out doing violence to the obvious meaning of
the words. For every cold is accompanied with
some fever, the symptoms of which are more or
less obvious, and it indicates the presence in the
system of something which ought not to be there,
and which is seeking its escape. Every facility
should be given to this escape which is consistent
with the general safety of the system. We
may reasonably leave a window open, or a door
upon the latch, to favor the retreat of a disagreeable
intruder, but we should not be willing
to break a hole in the wall of the house. All
the remedies of hot water for the feet, warming
the bed, exciting gentle perspiration, are directed[Pg 112]
to this object. Occasionally, the excitement of
an evening passed in society, especially if there
is dancing, and in a room of somewhat elevated
temperature, is sufficient to carry off an incipient
cold. So a cold may be stopped, in limine, by
the use of a few drops of laudanum; and so,
perhaps, the stimulus of some slight excess in
eating or drinking may operate to eject the advancing
cold before it has completely lodged
itself in the system. But this is dangerous
practice, and the same object may be effected
far more safely and surely by the common
nursing and stay-at-home remedies.
Of all prophylactic or precautionary measures
(in addition, of course, to prudent attention to
dress and diet), the best is the constant use of
the cold bath. It is only necessary to glance
at the ironmongers’ shops to see that of late
years the demand for all kinds of washing and
bathing apparatus has much increased, and that
many persons are aware of the importance of
this practice. The exact method of applying
the cold element must depend on the constitution
of the patient. For the very vigorous and
robust, the actual plunge-bath may not be too
much; but few are able to stand this, for the
great abstraction of animal heat by the surrounding
cold fluid taxes the calorific powers
of the system severely; nor is a convenient
swimming or plunge-bath generally attainable.
A late lamented and eminent legal functionary,
who lived near the banks of the Thames, bathed
in the river regularly every morning, summer
and winter, and, it is said, used to have the ice
broken, when necessary, in the latter season.
He continued this practice to a good old age,
and might have sat for the very picture of health.
The shower-bath has the merit of being attainable
by most persons, at any rate when at home,
and is now made in various portable shapes.
The shock communicated by it is not always
safe; but it is powerful in its action, and the
first disagreeable sensation after pulling the fatal
string is succeeded by a delicious feeling of renewed
health and vitality. The dose of water
is generally made too large; and by diminishing
this, and wearing one of the high peaked or extinguisher
caps now in use, to break the fall of
the descending torrent upon the head, the terrors
of the shower-bath may be abated, while all the
beneficial effects are retained. It has, however,
the disadvantage of not being easily carried
about during absence from home, and the want
of it is a great inconvenience to those who are
accustomed to use it. None of the forms which
are really portable are satisfactory, and all occupy
some time and trouble in setting up and
taking down again, unless, indeed, you are reckless
of how and where you fix your hooks, and
of the state of the floor of the room after the
flood has taken place, and perhaps benevolently
wish that the occupants of the room beneath
should participate in the luxury you have been
enjoying. For nearly all purposes the sponge
is sufficient, used with one of the round flat
baths which are now so common. Cold water,
thus applied, gives sufficient stimulus to the
skin, and the length of the bath, and the force
with which the water is applied, are entirely
under command. The sponging-bath, followed
by friction with a rough towel, has cured thousands
of that habitual tendency to catch cold
which is so prevalent in this climate, and made
them useful and happy members of society. The
large tin sponging-bath is itself not sufficiently
portable to be carried as railway luggage, but
there are many substitutes. India-rubber has
been for some time pressed into this service,
either in the shape of a mere sheet to be laid on
the floor, with a margin slightly raised to retain
the water, or in a more expensive form, in which
the bottom consists of a single sheet of the
material, while the side is double, and can be
inflated so as to become erect, in the same manner
as the india-rubber air-cushions. Either
form may be rolled up in a small compass. The
latter give a tolerably deep bath, capable of
holding two or three pails of water; but it is
not very manageable when it has much water
in it, and must be unpopular with the housemaids.
As there is no stiff part about it, it is
difficult, or rather impossible, for one person to
lift it for the purpose of emptying the water;
and the air must be driven out before it can be
packed up again, which occasions a delay which
is inconvenient in rapid traveling. Besides, on
the Continent at least, where the essential element
of water is not to be had, except in small
quantity, the excellence of holding much is
thrown away. Traveling-boxes have lately been
made of that universal substance, gutta-percha,
which serve the double duty of holding clothes
or books on the roads, and of baths in the bed
room. The top can be slipped off in a moment,
and is at once available as a bath; and when
ever the whole box is unpacked, both portions
can be so employed. But the one disadvantage
which prevents gutta-percha from being adopted
for many other purposes tells against it here.
It becomes soft and pliable at a very low temperature,
which unfits it for hot climates, and
for containing hot water in our own temperate
regions. There is also the danger of burning
or becoming injured by the heat, if left incautiously
too near the fire. But for this drawback,
it seems as if there was nothing to prevent
every thing from being made of gutta-percha.
It is almost indestructible, resists almost all
chemical agents, and is easily moulded into any
required form. But like glass, it has its one
fault. Glass is brittle—gutta-percha can not
resist moderate heat; and but for this, these
two materials might divide the world between
them. It is related that a certain inventor appeared
before the Emperor Tiberius with a crystal
vessel, which he dashed on the pavement, and
picked up unhurt; in fact, he had discovered
malleable glass, the philosopher’s stone of the
useful arts. His ingenuity did not meet with
the success it deserved; for the emperor, whether
alarmed at the novelty, and wishing to protect
the interests of the established glass-trade[Pg 113]
or wishing to possess the wonderful vase, and
to transmit it in the imperial treasure-chambers
as an unique specimen of the manufacture, immediately
ordered his head to be cut off, and the
secret perished with him. Any one who rediscovered
it, or could communicate to the rival
vegetable product the quality of resisting heat,
would make his fortune; and although he might
find the patent-office slow and expensive, would
nowadays be better rewarded by a discerning
public than his unfortunate predecessor was by
the Roman tyrant. But to return to our baths:
a very good portable article may be made by
having a wooden traveling-box, lined with thin
sheet zinc. It may be of deal or elm, and
painted outside. The lid may be arranged to
slip on and off, like the rudder of a boat, on
eyes and pintles, or on common sliding hinges;
and there may be a movable tray, three or four
inches deep, to be lined also with zinc, which
serves for holding the immediate dressing-apparatus,
and all that need be taken out for a single
night’s use. This tray, together with the lid laid
side by side on the floor, makes a fair enough
sponging-bath; and if the box itself is placed between
them, and half-filled with water, a most
luxurious bathing-apparatus is at once established.
The zinc lining should be painted, or, what is
still better, japanned; and the lock should open
on the side of the box, and be fitted with a
hinged hasp, which can be turned up, out of the
way, upon the side of the lid, when it is detached
and in use as a bath. The lock should
not open upward in the edge of the box, or the
water might enter it, and damage the wards;
and the hasps sticking up from the edge of the
lid would be in the way. A box on this plan
has been made, and has been in use for some
months with perfect success, and may possibly
be exhibited for the instruction of foreigners in
the Great Exposition of 1851. The only objection
is the increased weight arising from the
metallic lining; and this might be removed by
employing sheet gutta-percha in its place, or by
relying on good workmanship and paint alone
to keep the box water-tight. The gutta-percha
would, in this case, be supported by the wood
of the box, and could not get out of shape; but
it still would be liable to injury if used with
warm water.
Little need be said of sponges. The best
fetch a high price, but are probably most economical
in the end; for a good sponge, used
only with cold water, will last a long time.
There is an inferior kind of sponge, very coarse,
ragged and porous, which formerly was not sold
for toilet use, but which is now to be found in
the shops, and is sold especially for use in the
sponging-bath. It is much cheaper than the
fine sponge; and readily takes up, and as readily
gives out again, a large quantity of water; and
on the whole, may be recommended. Our old
friend, India-rubber, appears again as the best
material of which the sponge-bag can be made.
Oil-skin is efficient while it lasts, but it is very
easily torn; and sponges are apt to be impatiently
rammed into their bags in last moments of
packing.
Armed with his sponge and his portable bath,
a man may go through life, defying some of its
worst evils. Self-dubbed a Knight of the Bath,
he may look down with scorn upon the red ribbons
and glittering baubles of Grand Crosses
and Commanders, and may view with that calm
philosophy to which nothing so much contributes
as a state of high health the chances and changes
of a surrounding world of indigestions and catarrhs.
With his peptic faculties, in that state
of efficiency in which the daily cold effusion
will maintain them, he will enjoy his own dinners;
he will not grudge his richer neighbor his
longer and more varied succession of dishes,
and he will do his best to put his poorer one
in the way to improve his humbler and less
certain repast. With his head and eyes clear
and free from colds, he will think and see for
himself; and will discern and act upon the
truth and the right, disregarding the contemptuous
sneezes of those who would put him down,
and the noisy coughs of those who would drown
his voice when lifted up in the name of humanity
and justice.
SINNERS AND SUFFERERS; OR, THE VILLAINY OF HIGH LIFE.
“Then you believe in the justice of this
world, after the fashion of our old nursery-tales,
in which the good boy always got the
plum-cake, and the bad one was invariably put
in the closet?” said Charles Monroe, addressing
at once Lady Annette Leveson and her temporary
squire, old Judge Naresby, as they paused
in a moral disquisition, on which her ladyship
had employed the greater part of their afternoon’s
stroll through Leveson Park, interrupted
only by an occasional remark from her niece
Emma, a girl just returned from school, who
hung on Charles’s arm, and called the party’s
attention to every woodland prospect and grand
old tree they passed.
Lady Annette had relations in the peerage,
though they were not reckoned among the
wealthiest of that body. Her husband had
been similarly connected, but he was long dead;
and his childless widow’s jointure consisted of
little more than a castellated mansion, a park,
renowned for the antiquity of its oaks, on the
borders of one of the midland counties, and
an old-fashioned house in Park-lane, London.
These possessions were to descend, on her death,
to the orphan daughter of her husband’s brother,
who, having besides a dowery of some five
thousand in the funds, was, by the unanimous
vote of her family, placed under Lady Annette’s
guardianship. In speeding on that orphan girl’s
education from one boarding-school to another,
in dipping a short way into all the popular philosophy
of the age, and taking an easy interest
in all its social improvements, Lady Annette
had spent her limited income and quiet years,
without the usual excitements of either working[Pg 114]
altar-cloths or setting up a Dissenting chapel.
Lady Annette was, of course, a sort of positivist
in her way. She had an almost material faith
in virtue rewarded. Good for good, love for
love, was the substance of her creed regarding
time’s returns; and being somewhat zealous in
the doctrine, she had exerted all her eloquence
to prove it to the satisfaction of the Judge. He
was a man after her own faith and fortunes—well
born, as it is called, and gifted with a cool,
clear head, which, just fitting him for the study
of law, and no more, had calmly raised him
through the intervening steps of his profession
to the bench; but his experience of life had
been far wider, and he had seen certain occurrences
in its course which made him doubt her
ladyship’s philosophy.
The Judge’s opposition had ceased, nevertheless,
and Lady Annette remained mistress of
the field when Charles Monroe volunteered the
above interpretation. Considering that, besides
her title, the lady had full twenty years the
start of him in life’s journey, the attack was
bold; but Charles was known at Leveson Park
as her Scottish cousin, belonging to a poor but
honorable family north of Tweed, and already
named as a rising barrister, though comparatively
young in the profession. He had been
engaged for sundry cases on the circuit which
the Judge had just completed—as concerned
her ladyship’s county, with a maiden assize,
where, after white gloves and congratulations
had been duly presented, the evening was devoted
to a family dinner and chat with Lady
Annette, preparatory to justice and he taking
their way on the morrow to the neighboring
shire.
Lady Annette and the Judge were old acquaintances,
and he had come early enough to
find the three among the old oaks, where it was
pleasant to talk in that bright summer afternoon
till the dinner-hour and the rest of the
party arrived; so they found time for argument.
“Well, Charles,” said Lady Annette, whose
habitually good temper seemed slightly ruffled
by her cousin’s remark, “there are sounder lessons
taught men in the nursery than most of
them practice in after-life; and the teaching of
those tales appears to me a truth verified by
every day’s experience. Do we not see that
industry and good conduct generally bring the
working-classes to comparative wealth, while
the best families are reduced by extravagance
and profligacy? Does not even the popular
mind regard virtue with honor, and vice with
contempt? Surely there is, even in this world,
an unslumbering Providence, which, eventually
rewards the good and punishes the wicked?”
“Sometimes,” said Charles.
“Well, your response is amusing,” said Lady
Annette, smiling; “but let us hear your view
of the subject.”
“I fear it is not very definite,” said her
cousin. “Perhaps I am not clearsighted enough;
but this life has always seemed to me full of
inconsistencies and contradictions; yet, one
thing I believe, that moral goodness does not
always lead to good fortune, nor moral evil to
bad. Sometimes that for which I have no name
but the ancient one of friendly stars, and sometimes
a practical knowledge of men and things
as they are, or the want of these, conducts us
to the one, or leaves us to the other.”
“Oh, Charles, what a pity that pretty girl
should be lame!” whispered Emma, as they
now emerged on a broad walk, which, being the
most direct route to a neighboring village, had
been long open to pedestrians. And a young
girl, evidently of the servant class, who walked
with considerable difficulty, laid down a small
bundle she carried, and leant for rest against a
mossy tree. The girl was not more than eighteen;
her soft dark hair, fine features, and small,
but graceful figure, were singularly attractive,
in spite of a sickly pallor and remarkable lameness;
but the face had such an expression of
fearless honesty and truth as made it truly
noble, and took the whole party’s attention.
“That’s a fine face,” said the Judge, when
they had passed. “There looks something like
goodness there; and, apropos of our controversy,
it somehow reminds me of a case which is to
be tried to-morrow, in which the principal witness
is a young girl, who defended her master’s
house single-handed against two burglars, and
actually detained one of them till he was arrested.”
“Oh, aunt, we must go to hear the case,”
said young Emma, earnestly.
“It certainly will be interesting,” said Lady
Annette. “What a noble girl in her station
too! Charles, I hope you will allow there is
some probability of her being rewarded?”
“Perhaps,” said Charles.
“Oh, never mind him,” interrupted the Judge,
who got very soon tired of moral questions; “he
debated the same subject with Thornley and me
t’other evening, and would have totally routed
us if we had not taken refuge in whist.”
Charles made no reply, for his attention was
once more engaged by the girl, who, with a
flushed cheek, and all the speed she could muster,
passed them at that moment, and the Judge
had succeeded in diverting Lady Annette’s
thoughts to another channel.
“Thornley should be an able antagonist,”
said she, “I am told he is very clever. It was
but t’other day that, in looking over one of his
mother’s old letters from Florence, I recollected
she had mentioned his Italian tutor’s predictions
of the great figure he should make at
Cambridge. By the way, Charles, he was your
class-fellow there. How far were they fulfilled?”
“The only time ever I remember him to
make a figure,” answered Charles, vainly endeavoring
to suppress a smile, “was, when he
refused the challenge of a wild Welsh student,
on whose pranks he had been rather censorious,
saying a duel was contrary to his principles;
and though the Welshman actually insulted him[Pg 115]
in the very streets, he preferred a formal apology
to fighting.”
“What a high-principled young man!” exclaimed
Lady Annette and her niece in the same
breath.
“Yes,” said the Judge, “so much conscientiousness
and moral courage is worth a world
of talent.”
“It must be a comfort,” continued her ladyship
with enthusiasm, “to Mr. Thornley, to find
the pains bestowed on his son’s education so
well repaid. Do you know he would never
allow him to enter a public school, saying, that
knowledge in such places was paid for with
both morals and manners; and Edmund was
educated under his own eye, by some of the best
scholars in Florence.”
“Mr. Thornley had great discernment,” remarked
the Judge; “I wonder he didn’t show
it, more in his pecuniary affairs.”
“Ah, what a falling off was there!” half
sighed Lady Annette. “It vexes me to think
of it, they were such old friends of ours. What
a belle poor Mrs. Thornley was!—they tell me
she has grown very old and dowdy now. And
how he used to sport! and yet one might have
known the estate would go to creditors. But
his misfortunes improved him greatly, they say,
turned his attention entirely to high subjects—Italian
progress, and all that. Do you know,
when they lived in Florence, the Austrian police
had quite an eye upon him, and he was proud of
that, poor man! I wish you had seen his letters.”
Here her ladyship stopped short, for a figure
was seen rapidly approaching, which all the
party know to be that of Edmund Thornley.
The gentleman whose education, character, and
family history had been thus freely discussed,
was a tall, well-proportioned man, with fair
complexion, and curling auburn hair. There
was something almost feminine about his small
mouth and pearly teeth; but his full blue eyes
and smooth white brow had no expression
but those of health and youth, retaining the
latter to an extreme degree, though he was
rather advanced in the twenties. The story of
his parentage and prospects, was already talked
over by the Thornleys’ old friends in Leveson
Park. An only son, born in the ranks of English
gentry, but brought up in Italy, to which pecuniary
embarrassment had early obliged his father
to retire, he had been educated, it was said,
most carefully under the paternal roof, with all
home influences around him—sent first to the
University of Cambridge, and, subsequently, to
the study of English law, partly by way of scope
for his talents, and partly, as the best provision
for the heir of a deeply-mortgaged estate.
Edmund Thornley was a young man for
whom friends did every thing. His parents
and tutors, in Italy, had promised and vowed
great things in his name, to his relatives in
England; and, though they could not believe
the report, for he had, as yet, astonished neither
Cambridge, nor the Temple, it was proper
for them to allow there was talent in him
which must come out some day, and all that
interest and solicitation could do, was done
with the Thornleys’ old acquaintances, to secure
patronage for their son. By that influence
the judge had been induced to make choice
of him for his marshal, as it is legal etiquette
to style a sort of humble companion or assistant,
on the circuit. Hitherto, he had filled the
post to his superior’s entire satisfaction; but
Naresby, who specially understood the art of
making his dependents useful, had that day
left him some letters to write previous to joining
Lady Annette’s party.
The hostess warmly welcomed the son of her
old friends, whose doings she had just canvassed.
Charles received his former class-fellow
with cold civility; and, warned by the
dinner-bell, the company adjourned to Leveson
Hall, in time to meet the rector and his lady, a
quiet country pair, who completed their party.
It was soon manifest what advantage Thornley’s
gentle, attentive manner, gave him in the
eyes of the ladies compared with the sometimes
abrupt, and often careless address of their
Scotch cousin. Emma found him particularly
agreeable; and the subject of the approaching
trial being renewed after dinner, both she and
her aunt were charmed with the enthusiastic
admiration of the young girl’s courage and devotedness,
which he expressed in the warmest
terms; while Charles merely hoped that those
whom she had served so well, would not forget
her poverty.
“Such,” said Lady Annette, in a whispered
dissertation on the contrast of the young men,
while she and the judge sat at whist by themselves,
“Such are the natural effects of a home
education, and a mother’s influence.”
“Oh, yes,” responded Naresby, somewhat
confused by the cards which he was shuffling;
“Thornley is an excellent person, and very accommodating.
He never troubles one with a
view of his own, like other lads.”
On the following day there was a crowded
court-house in the assize town of the neighboring
county. The case to be tried had been the
topic of gossip and wonder there for many a
week, and Lady Annette and her niece were not
the only members of the surrounding gentility
among the audience. Charles Monroe had the
honor of escorting them, for the first time in
their lives, to a court of justice; and all his
explaining powers were put in requisition by
Emma’s whispered inquiries, till, the usual
preliminaries being gone through, the prisoner
was placed at the bar. He was a dark-looking,
muscular fellow, whose way seemed to have
laid through the wild places of low life; but
when he pleaded “Not guilty,” in a strong
Welsh accent, some strange recollections appeared
to strike Charles, and he whispered to
Lady Annette, “That man used to look after
game-dogs for Harry Williams, with whom
Thornley wouldn’t fight at Cambridge; and
they told me Harry had been expelled.”
“Yes,” replied her ladyship, in a low, but[Pg 116]
triumphant tone, as she cast a glance of more
than approbation on the marshal, now occupying
his usual place near the judge; “men are even in
this world rewarded according to their works.”
Charles smiled incredulously, but his smile
changed to a look of surprised recognition, for
the principal witness, who just then stood up
to take the oath, was none other than the girl
they had met in Leveson Park. Many a curious
eye was turned on that fair honest face;
the judge himself seemed to recognize her, and
the marshal to forget his habitual composure,
in astonishment that one so young and pretty,
should be the heroine of such a tale; but, without
either the vanity or the bashfulness nearly
always allied to it, which would have upset
most young people in her position, the girl
told her story modestly and plainly, like one
who felt she had done her duty, and made no
display about it. Her evidence was simply to
the effect that her name was Grace Greenside,
that she was a servant at Daisy Dell—the
local designation of a property occupied by one
of the better class of farmers in the shire—and
had been for two years maid-of-all-work at the
farm-house, which was situated in a solitary
part of the country, and at some distance from
the high road. On the fifth of the previous
month, it being Sunday, and the other three
servants having gone in different directions, her
mistress took their little boy and girl with
them to the parish church, about a mile distant,
leaving her alone in the house, with
strict orders not to quit it, and admit none but
special friends of the family till their return;
on account, as she believed, of a considerable
sum of money which her master had drawn
from the bank but a few days before, for the
purchase of an adjoining farm. Soon after
they were gone, two men, one of whom was
the prisoner, knocked loudly at the front door,
and demanded admission, which, owing to her
orders, and their suspicious appearance, she
refused, when they tried to force an entrance;
but, arming herself with her master’s loaded
gun, she defended the premises, which were
well secured—being built, as the girl described,
in old fighting times—till, by sounding one of
those antiquated horns, kept for similar purposes
in many an old country house, she
alarmed half the parish, and men were seen
coming across the fields, on which the assailants
fled. The prisoner, however, carried with
him a fine vest of her master’s, which, owing
to an accident, had been spread out to dry on
a hedge hard by; and, bitterly blaming herself
for leaving the article within his reach, the girl
pursued him in hopes of recovering it, and actually
overtook, laid hold of, and detained him
till the neighbors came up and completed the
capture, in spite of his blows, by which she
had been so seriously injured as to be confined
to the house till the previous day, when she
walked with great difficulty about two miles to
see her relatives.
Her tale was confirmed by the evidence of
several country people who had assisted in
securing the prisoner, by that of her master, a
hard-looking, worldly man, of her father, a
clownish laborer, and of an ill-tempered, slatternly
woman, who proved to be her stepmother.
Grace dropped a courtesy, and quitted the witness-box,
amid a general murmur of applause.
The jury, without retiring, found a unanimous
verdict of “Guilty;” and, after a lengthy address,
equally divided between eulogy of the
girl’s conduct and reprobation of the criminal’s,
not forgetting some prophetic hints touching
the future destiny of his companion who had
escaped, the judge commanded sentence of death
to be recorded against him, and a small sum of
money to be immediately bestowed on Grace, not
only in testimony of the court’s sense of her
merits, but by way of compensation for the
injuries she had received, as his lordship phrased
it, “in the service of justice and good order.”
“A poor reward, but, perhaps, not unacceptable,”
thought Charles, glancing at her
apparel, which, though clean and neatly worn,
was such as indicated almost the lowest state
of feminine funds, as with a grateful countenance
she stepped out to await the leisure of
the court functionaries in that matter, and another
case came on.
“Let us go now,” said Lady Annette to her
niece, “How very interesting it was, and how
delighted Edmund Thornley seemed!”
“He has just gone out, aunt,” remarked
Emma, who had grown singularly alive to the
marshal’s motions; and Charles, as he resumed
the duties of a cavalier, silently recollected that,
throughout the trial, while Thornley conversed
with the judge or took notes for him, according
to custom, his eye had often wandered toward
Grace Greenside, and he had left the court the
first unobserved moment after she quitted it.
The young barrister was, therefore, not surprised,
on crossing one of the outer divisions, to find
him there by her side, talking in a most animated
manner. They were words of praise he
had been uttering; and there was a glow on
the girl’s cheek, and a light in her eye, which
neither the judge’s encomiums nor the applause
of a crowded court had called forth; yet, at
their approach, a sudden confusion came over
Thornley for an instant, but the next he saluted
the ladies with his usual courtesy, and more
than his usual warmth.
“You find me conversing with the heroine of
Daisy Dell,” said he; and the remnant of his
speech was so low, that Charles could only
catch, “artless simplicity,” and “mind above
her station.” It reached the girl’s ear, nevertheless;
and a wild, waking dream of hope, or
passion, or it might be vanity, passed over that
young face.
“Oh, aunt, let us speak to her,” said Emma,
and fully conscious of the honor and reward
which a few words from her patrician lips must
confer on plebeian merit, Lady Annette stepped
up, and addressed some complimentary inquiries
to Grace.
The gratified girl replied with many a courtesy.
There was an asking-leave look in young
Emma’s face as it turned to her aunt for a
moment, and then, like one determined to venture,
she drew a small turquoise ring from her
finger, and pressed it into the girl’s hand, with
a low whisper, “You have been very good and
honest; take this from me.”
“It is the first ring I ever wore,” said Grace,
endeavoring to force the small circlet on one
finger after another, which hard work had roughened
and expanded; but Emma’s turquoise
could find rest only on the little one. “It is
the lucky finger,” said she, blushing to the
brow; “and a thousand thanks, my lady; but
it is too fine for the like of me.”
“May it be lucky to you, my girl!” half
murmured Charles, emptying his light purse
almost unperceived into her other hand, while
Lady Annette was assuring her that good conduct
always had its reward; and before the
girl had time to thank him, he hurried away
with the delighted Emma, while Thornley conducted
her ladyship to their carriage over the
way.
Scarce had Charles handed in his charge
when one of his clients, who had litigated a
garden-fence for four years past, pounced upon
him with a lately-discovered evidence for his
claim, which occupied some hours in explanation;
and before he returned to the court-house,
Grace Greenside had received her money, and
went her way. The marshal was busy writing
a note for the Judge, and his lordship was
passing sentence on a turnip-stealer.
Next day Charles gained the case touching
the garden-fence, according to the county newspapers,
by a display of legal learning and eloquence
never before equaled in that court-house;
but the same evening a letter brought the hard-working
barrister the joyful intelligence that a
legal appointment in one of the West India
Islands, for which he had canvassed and despaired
till it was refused by some half-dozen
of the better provided, had been conferred upon
him.
It is doubtful if three years can pass over
any spot of this inhabited earth without bringing
many changes, and they had brought its
share to the border of that midland county since
Lady Annette convinced the judge, and vanquished
her Scotch cousin, on a great moral
question, among the old trees of Leveson Park.
Leveson Park and Hall were lonely now in the
summer-time, for another uncle had died, leaving
Emma some additional thousands, and her
aunt removed to the house in Park-lane every
London season, to have her properly brought
out.
In the adjoining shire, trials of still greater interest
(for there was a murder and two breaches
of promise among them) had long superseded in
the popular mind the case of Daisy Dell; but
the neighbors for miles round that solitary
farm-house still talked at intervals of Grace
Greenside, how a fine gentleman who had
spoken to her in court came many a day after
the assizes privately about the fields to see her,
and how she had been seen driving away with
him in a chaise from the end of the green lane
late one evening, when her mistress imagined
she was busy in the diary. The girl’s relatives
said he was nephew to the judge who had been
on the circuit that year, and would soon be a
judge himself; that he had taken Grace to
London, and made a real lady of her; but their
neighbors knew the way of the world too well
to place entire faith in that statement, and the
master of the house she had defended (it was
said gratuitously) gave it as his private judgment
that the girl had been ruined by being
made so much of.
The old house in Park-lane looked as comfortable
as handsome but antiquated furniture could
make it. It was the height of the London
season, and Lady Annette Leveson had given a
dinner-party—as it was understood, by way of
welcome to her cousin, Mr. Monroe, who had
just returned from Barbadoes, with an older
look, a darker complexion, and his footing made
sure in Government employ at home. His residence
was now in London; and his near relationship,
of which Lady Annette had grown
singularly mindful of late, made him an intimate
visitor at her house, where, on the present
occasion, he did the honors to a number of
gentlemen, still conversing over their wine;
while, as British etiquette prescribes, Lady
Annette had led the fairer portion of her company
to small talk and the drawing-room.
Useful as Charles was often pronounced by
her ladyship, and a rising cousin as he had become,
the assiduous attentions and quietly
agreeable manner of Edmund Thornley made
much greater way in the secret favor of both
aunt and niece. Edmund was by this time
called to the bar. He made no great figure there,
but friends were still doing for him, and he had
sundry relations who took care of his interests
in London. The chief of these was a brother-in-law
of his father; but Miss Thornley had
been his first wife, and a second had reigned for
eleven years in her stead. Mr. Crainor was a
barrister of the West-end, who worshiped respectability,
and had no family but two married
daughters. It was through him that all advices
and letters of credit came from Italy, where
Thornley senior still found it convenient to
sojourn; and he was Edmund’s counselor in
all things. Being an acquaintance of Emma’s
last bequeathing uncle, that gentleman had
thought proper to make him one of his executors;
he had, consequently, considerable influence
at the house in Park-lane, and was believed
to use it in favor of his nephew-in-law,
who, shrewd people said, might form an eligible
connection there; but, as yet, rumor went no
further on the subject. There were also those
who thought Charles Monroe might be a successful
rival, as his prospects were now more
promising, and his talents known to be superior;
but Emma’s private opinion of him was,[Pg 118]
that he looked wonderfully old, had no sensibility,
and an almost vulgar way of conducting
himself to ladies. He had left her a school-girl,
not sixteen, and found her a graceful, accomplished
woman of the harmlessly sentimental
school, who shed tears at tragedies, and gave
largely, considering her purse, at charity sermons,
made collections of poetry, and never inquired beyond
the surface of her own circle, except regarding
some very romantic story of real life.
Edmund Thornley sat on an ottoman between
Lady Annette and her niece, turning over
for their edification the leaves and plates of one
of those richly got up annuals so dear to London
drawing-rooms at a period within most people’s
memory. He never lingered long with the gentlemen,
at least, in Park-lane.
“Oh, what a lovely picture!” said Emma, as
a Swiss scene turned up. “And that figure,”
she continued, pointing to one at a cottage
door, “how much it reminds of the girl—I forget
her name—who defended the farm-house
against robbers. Don’t you remember, Mr.
Thornley, how you called her the heroine of
Daisy Dell?”
“Oh, yes,” said Edmund, after a trial of recollection.
“It is like her, but I think she was
not quite so pretty.”
“Certainly not so tastefully dressed,” said
Lady Annette; “these Swiss have so much the
advantage of our peasantry; but she was a
most interesting creature. And yet, Mr. Thornley,”
added her ladyship, who retained the taste
for morality, “I fear the transaction did not
turn out to her benefit. They had strange reports
in that part of the country, and my niece
and I have often observed her since we came
to London.”
“Oh, aunt!” interposed Emma, “but she
dressed and looked so—so—very properly. I
am sure she has married some person of her
choice, and lives happily. It would just complete
her story.”
The mention of a story after dinner, in the
height of the London season, is sufficient to
wake up any drawing-room, and had its natural
effect on Lady Annette’s.
“Oh, pray what was it?” demanded half a
dozen voices; and Emma was of course obliged
to relate the tale, with frequent applications for
assistance to Mr. Thornley, whose replies, though
always brief, were satisfactory, as he turned
over the annual, apparently the least interested
person in the room. When they had
marveled sufficiently over her narrative, Lady
Annette, being a little proud of Miss Leveson’s
sentiments, felt bound to acquaint them with
the episode of the ring, which she had just
finished when the first of the dining-room deserters
straggled in.
“The last time I saw her she looked sickly
and careworn—far worse than that day we met
her in the Park. You recollect it, Charles. We
are speaking of Grace Greenside,” said Emma,
addressing her aunt’s cousin, as he took the
nearest seat.
“What of her now?” said Charles, bending
eagerly forward; but here Mr. Crainor interposed,
with a petition that Emma would sing them
that charming song with which she enchanted
Lady Wharton’s party, as he, and in fact the
whole company, was dying to hear it. In less
than five minutes, which were consumed in
general pressing, Emma was conducted to the
piano by Mr. Thornley. There was a deal of
music, tea, chit-chat, and a breaking-up, but
no more talk of Grace Greenside.
“My dear boy,” said Mr. Crainor, taking his
nephew’s arm with something of the warmth
of wine in his manner, when they were fairly
in the streets, it being eleven o’clock on a calm
summer’s night, and part of their way the same.
“My dear boy, you are not aware of what injury
you are doing to your best interests, as
one may say, by keeping that girl so long about
you. She has been notorious; and notorious
people—women, I mean—are always dangerous.
Weren’t they talking of her at Lady
Annette’s to-night? Depend on it, the story
will ooze out, you are so well known, and so
much visited now. Then people will call you
dissipated, and I can’t tell what. Such tales
always spoil a man’s chances with advantageous
ladies.”
“I was thinking of that myself,” said Edmund;
“but it’s a delicate point, and one
wouldn’t like a scene, you know.”
“True,” responded his adviser; “but a little
management will prevent that. Captain
Lancer is your man, if you want to get clear
off. Just introduce him, and the whole business
is done.”
“Do you really think so?” said Edmund,
with a languid smile.
“I’ll stake ten to one on it,” replied Crainor;
“Lancer has tenfold your attractions for any
woman, irresistible as you think yourself—a
fine, forward-looking military man, who has
fought half a dozen duels, not to speak of his
experience. Don’t you know the captain is
married, though he passes for a bachelor here?
married an old ebony, with a whole sugar-plantation
in Jamaica, five years ago! That’s what
he sports upon; while rum, they say, consoles
the lady for his absence. He told me the other
day he was in want of some occupation, and I
advise you to give him one; but good night,”
added the sage counselor, for by this time they
were near Edmund’s lodgings; and even through
the gaslight a pale face might be seen at the
front window, looking anxiously out for him.
Sadly indeed was Grace Greenside altered
since the day when the four passed her in the
walk through Leveson Park. The lameness
was long gone—her naturally good constitution
had shaken off the effects of that fearful struggle;
her dress was of somewhat better materials
and a neater cut. She herself had something
of a town look about her, as one whom three
years’ residence had made familiar with the
noisy streets of London; but in the thin face
and sunken eyes there were lines of care, and[Pg 119]
weary look, which told of lonely winter evenings
and pining summer days. For three long
years the girl had shared Edmund Thornley’s
apartments, in the strangely-blended capacities
of mistress and valet. That a maid-of-all-work
in a solitary farm-house, who was eighteen,
could scarcely read, and had a cross stepmother,
should have been induced to enter on such a
course by a man so far her superior in fortune
and education, not to speak of eight years’ seniority,
must be matter of marvel to those only
whose wisdom and virtue are of the untried
sort. But so it was; and farm-servant as she
had been, it was wonderful how little poor Grace
was spoiled by her change of position. It might
be that the girl was by nature too simple or
too honest to take its ordinary advantages, such
as they are; perhaps it was not fine things and
nothing to do alone that she expected in London
with Edmund, when leaving behind her
good name and country summers—the only
good things that life had given her; at all
events, she lived humble and retired days, aiming
only to take care of Thornley’s domestic
interest to the utmost of her power, and make
herself generally useful to him in sickness and
health. There was a suitability in that conduct
to the peculiar tastes of the gentleman.
Like most selfish people, he was a great admirer
of self-devotedness in others; and, long
after the days of first fancy and flattery were
over, continued to value Grace as a contributor
to his comfort, in the fashion of an easy chair
or a good fire. Did not she keep every thing in
order for his comings and goings, which, with
Edmund Thornley, were as regular as the clock
on the mantle-piece, for he was a most quiet
bachelor, and never forgot himself; but now the
convenience might cost him too dear, and must
be parted with, according to his uncle’s counsel.
So, with it on his mind, and the usual
calm smile on his face, he received her kindly
greeting, heard and repeated the intelligence
of the day over a nice supper, and retired to
rest.
Next day, Mr. Crainor introduced Captain
Lancer to his nephew, at a coffee-house; and
Thornley brought him home to dine, and introduced
him to Grace, after which, as his servant
remarked, “it was hextonishing how often that
ansum capting called, and how many messages
the master sent him home with to Miss Greenside;
till one day he eard her speak monstrous
loud up stairs, and there was a door slammed,
and the Capting came down looking all of a
eap.”
The servant might also have observed that,
during the day, Grace looked impatiently for
his master; but Edmund did not come, for
he and Captain Lancer dined together at a
tavern.
The nights were growing long, and the harvest
moon could be seen at intervals through
the fog and smoke of London. Grace thought
how it shone on corn-fields and laden orchards
far away, and how long it was since she left
them; but other and more troubled thoughts
passed through her mind as she sat waiting for
Thornley. It was not yet eight, but that was
his knock, and in another minute he stepped
into the room.
“Edmund, dear,” said the girl, eager to unburden
her mind, “I have a strange story for
you to-night. That Captain Lancer is a bad,
bad man. Would you believe it, Edmund, he
told all sorts of stories on you this day, and
asked me to go with him to France, the villain!”
“Indeed!” said Thornley, seating himself,
with a look of prepared resolution. “That was
a good offer, Grace. The captain is very rich,
and might marry you.”
Grace stared upon him in blank astonishment.
“You see,” continued the unmoved
Edmund, “you and I can live together no longer;
my character would suffer, and my prospects
too, Grace. You would not injure my
prospects? Besides, you want country air; it
would be good for you to go home a little time,
and I would give you something handsome,
and see you off on the Middlesex coach.”
The amazement had passed from the girl’s
face now; for all that she had half suspected,
and tried not to believe so long, was proved
true to her.
“Is it Emma Leveson you are going to
marry?” she said, growing deadly pale.
“Perhaps,” said Thornley. “But, dear me,
what is the matter?” as Grace looked down
for an instant at the ring on her little finger,
then sunk down on a chair, and covered her
face with her hands.
“Here,” continued Edmund, pulling out his
pocket-book, which contained the only consolation
known to him, “I have not much to myself,
but here are two hundred pounds; it will
make you live like a lady among them;” and
he laid the notes in her lap.
Grace never looked at him or them; she sat
for about a minute stiff and silent, then rose,
letting the bank-paper scatter on the carpet,
and walked quickly out. Edmund heard her
go up stairs, and come down again; there was
a sound of the hall-door shutting quietly, and
when he inquired after it the servant told him
Miss Greenside had gone without saying any
thing. Edmund gathered up the notes, and
locked them in his desk, smoked a cigar, read
the Court Journal; but Grace did not come
back, nor did she ever again cross the threshold.
When Thornley told Mr. Crainor, on the earliest
opportunity, that gentleman averred that the
girl had looked out for herself before Captain
Lancer came, and Edmund said, “It was wonderful
that she left the notes behind her, for all
the money she could have was some savings in
a little purse.”
One Sunday, about six weeks after the event
we have related, Charles Monroe, on search of
a short way from the Scotch church to his
chambers, was passing through a poor but decent
street, known as Cowslip-court, though a[Pg 120]
Cowslip had never been seen there within the
memory of man, when his attention was attracted
by an old woman in dingy black, looking
for something on the ground, with a most
rueful countenance.
“What have you lost, my good woman?”
inquired Charles in some curiosity.
“It’s a ring, sir,” said the dame, “was left
me by a poor soul as was buried this morning.
Some people thought it strange to see her so
young by herself, but she wor a decent creature
for all that, and did what she could in honesty.
First she took to sewing, sir; but that didn’t
do, for she was sickly, and got worse, till at
last she died, all alone in my two-pair back.
And I’m sure that ring wor a love-token, or
something of the sort, for she used to cry over
it when no one was by, and once bade me take
it when she was gone, because I minded her in
her sickness; and I was just going to show it
to Mrs. Tillet, when it dropped out of my fingers.
But lauk, sir, there it is!”
“It’s Emma Leveson’s ring,” said Charles,
picking up the little turquoise from among the
dust at his feet. “Was the woman’s name
Grace Greenside?”
“Just the same sir,” said its new owner,
clutching at the ring; “an’ she was—”
“A fool,” added a more than half-intoxicated
soldier, with a long pipe in his mouth,
lolling on the steps of an empty house as if
they had been a sofa. “I tell you she was a
fool; and I was a gentleman once in my day,
but I was unfortunate. They wouldn’t let me
stay at college, though I kept the gamest pack
in Cambridge; and after that I took—to a
variety of business,” said he, with another
puff; “but if that girl had taken me at my word,
I would have stood by her. See the foolishness
of women! She would keep the old house,
and transport Skulking Tom; he partly deserved
it for hitting her so hard, and there’s what’s
come of it.” With a repetition of his last
aphorism, the soldier smoked on, and Charles
after a minute inspection, recognized in the
dirty and prematurely old man his once boisterous
class-fellow, Harry Williams. The time
for remonstrance or improvement was long past
with him, and Charles had grown a stranger to
his memory; so, without word or sign of former
acquaintance, he purchased the ring from
that communicative old woman at about three
times its lawful price, collected what further information
he could regarding the deceased, and
went his way.
“Ay,” said Charles, gazing on the ring
some time after, when the whole particulars of
her story were gathered, “had she been worse
or wiser, poor Grace would have fared better in
this world;” and then he thought of the ring’s
first owner. But, before the period of his musings,
Lady Annette and her niece had gone
with some of their noble relations to spend the
winter in Italy, Edmund Thornley accompanying
them on a visit to his father’s residence;
and, in her latest letter to a confidential cousin,
Emma had mentioned that his fine sense of
propriety, and his enthusiasm for all that was
great and good, made him a most delightful
companion on the Continent.
THE GOLDEN AGE.
Through the clover racing wild;
And then as if he sweetly dream’d,
He half remembers how it seem’d
When he, too, was a reckless rover
Among the bee-beloved clover:
Pure airs, from heavenly places, rise
Breathing the blindness from his eyes,
Until, with rapture, grief, and awe,
He sees again as then he saw.
The heavy-loaded harvest wain,
Hanging tokens of its pride
In the trees on either side;
Daisies, coming out at dawn,
In constellations, on the lawn;
The glory of the daffodil;
The three black windmills on the hill,
Whose magic arms fling wildly by,
With magic shadows on the rye:
In the leafy coppice, lo,
More wealth than miser’s dreams can show,
The blackbird’s warm and woolly brood,
With golden beaks agape for food!
Gipsies, all the summer seen,
Native as poppies to the green;
Winter, with its frosts and thaws,
And opulence of hips and haws;
The mighty marvel of the snow;
The happy, happy ships that go,
Sailing up and sailing down,
Through the fields and by the town;—
All the thousand dear events
That fell when days were incidents.
Oh, what speechless feelings smother
In his heart at thought of her!
What sacred, piercing sorrow mounts,
From new or unremembered founts,
While to thought her ways recur.
He hears the songs she used to sing;
His tears in scalding torrents spring;
Oh, might he hope that ‘twould be given.
Either in this world, or in heaven,
To hear such songs as those again!
Mark yonder hedgerow, here and there
Sprinkled with Spring, but mainly bare;
The wither’d bank beneath, where blows,
In yellow crowds, the fresh primrose:
What skill of color thus could smite
The troubled heart-strings thro’ the sight
What magic of sweet speech express
Their primeval tenderness?
Can these not utter’d be, and can
The day-spring of immortal man?
[Pg 121]
“GIVE WISELY!” AN ANECDOTE.
One evening, a short time since, the curate
of B., a small village in the north of France,
returned much fatigued to his humble dwelling.
He had been visiting a poor family who were
suffering from both want and sickness; and
the worthy old man, besides administering the
consolations of religion, had given them a few
small coins, saved by rigid self-denial from his
scanty income. He walked homewards, leaning
on his stick, and thinking, with sorrow, how
very small were the means he possessed of doing
good and relieving misery.
As he entered the door, he heard an unwonted
clamor of tongues, taking the form of
a by no means harmonious duet—an unknown
male voice growling forth a hoarse bass, which
was completely overscreeched by a remarkably
high and thin treble, easily recognized by the
placid curate as proceeding from the well-practiced
throat of his housekeeper, the shrewish Perpetua
of a gentle Don Abbondio.
“A pretty business this, monsieur!” cried
the dame, when her master appeared, as with
flashing eyes, and left arm a-kimbo, she pointed
with the other to a surly-looking man, dressed
in a blouse, who stood in the hall, holding a
very small box in his hand. “This fellow,”
she continued, “is a messenger from the diligence,
and he wants to get fifteen francs as the price
of the carriage of that little box directed to
you, which I’m sure, no matter what it contains,
can’t be worth half the money.”
“Peace, Nanette,” said her master; and,
taking the box from the man, who at his approach,
civilly doffed his hat, he examined the
direction.
It was extremely heavy, and bore the stamp
of San Francisco, in California, together with
his own address. The curate paid the fifteen
francs, which left him possessed of but a few
sous, and dismissed the messenger.
He then opened the box, and displayed to
the astonished eyes of Nanette an ingot of virgin
gold, and a slip of paper, on which were
written the following words:
“To Monsieur the Curate of B.
“A slight token of eternal gratitude, in remembrance of August 28th, 1848.
“Charles F——.
“Formerly sergeant-major in the —th regiment; now a gold-digger in California.”
On the 28th of August, 1848, the curate
was, on the evening in question, returning from
visiting his poor and sick parishioners. Not far
from his cottage he saw a young soldier with
a haggard countenance and wild bloodshot eyes,
hastening toward the bank of a deep and rapid
river, which ran through the fields. The venerable
priest stopped him, and spoke to him kindly.
At first the young man would not answer,
and tried to break away from his questioner;
but the curate fearing that he meditated suicide,
would not be repulsed, and at length, with
much difficulty, succeeded in leading him to his
house. After some time, softened by the tender
kindness of his host, the soldier confessed
that he had spent in gambling a sum of money
which had been entrusted to him as sergeant-major
of his company. This avowal was made
in words broken by sobs, and the culprit repeated
several times, “My poor mother! my
poor mother! if she only knew—”
The curate waited until the soldier had become
more calm, and then addressed him in
words of reproof and counsel, such as a tender
father might bestow on an erring son. He
finished by giving him a bag containing one
hundred and thirty francs, the amount of the
sum unlawfully dissipated.
“It is nearly all I possess in the world,”
said the old man, “but by the grace of God
you will change your habits, you will work
diligently, and some day, my friend, you will
return me this money, which indeed belongs
more to the poor than to me.”
It would be impossible to describe the young
soldier’s joy and astonishment. He pressed
convulsively his benefactor’s hand, and after a
pause, said,
“Monsieur, in three months my military engagement
will be ended. I solemnly promise
that, with the assistance of God, from that time
I will work diligently.” So he departed, bearing
with him the money and the blessing of the
good man.
Much to the sorrow and indignation of
Nanette, her master continued to wear through
the ensuing winter, his old threadbare suit,
which he had intended to replace by warm garments;
and his dinner frequently consisted of
bread and soupe maigre.
“And all this,” said the dame, “for the sake
of a worthless stroller, whom we shall never
see or hear of again!”
“Nanette,” said her master, with tears in
his eyes, as he showed her the massive ingot,
whose value was three thousand francs, “never
judge hardly of a repentant sinner. It was the
weeping Magdalen who poured precious ointment
on her Master’s feet; it was the outlawed
Samaritan leper who returned to give Him
thanks. Our poor guest has nobly kept his
word. Next winter my sick people will want
neither food nor medicine; and you must lay
in plenty of flannel and frieze for our old men
and women, Nanette!”
MONTHLY RECORD OF CURRENT EVENTS.
POLITICAL AND GENERAL NEWS.
UNITED STATES.
In Politics the past month has been distinguished
by the occurrence of elections in several of the
States, and by a general agitation, in every section
of the Union, of questions connected with the subject
of slavery. The discussions through the press
and before public audiences, have been marked by
great excitement and bitterness, and have thus
induced a state of public feeling in the highest degree
unfavorable to that calm and judicious legislation
which the critical condition of the country
requires. We recorded at the proper time, the
passage by Congress of the several measures generally
known as the “peace measures” of the session—the
last of which was the bill making more
effectual provision for the recovery of fugitive
slaves. Congress had no sooner adjourned than
these measures, and especially the last, became
the theme of violent public controversy. In the
Northern States, several attempts to regain possession
of fugitives from slavery in New York,
Boston, Philadelphia, Pittsburgh, and other places,
were resisted with great clamor, and served to
inflame public feeling to a very unhealthy extent.
In our last number we mentioned some of the incidents
by which this agitation was marked. It
influenced greatly the elections in New York,
Massachusetts, and other states, where nominations
for Congress and state officers were made
with special reference to these questions. The
result of these elections is now to be recorded.
In our last number we mentioned the action of
the Whig State Convention at Syracuse, the secession
of forty members in consequence of the adoption
of a resolution approving the course of Senator
Seward, and their subsequent meeting at Utica,
and renomination of the same ticket. Mr. Hunt,
the Whig candidate for Governor, wrote a letter
expressing acquiescence in the peace measures of
Congress, but adding that the Fugitive Slave Law
contained many unjust provisions, and ought to
receive essential modifications. A convention representing
the Anti-Renters of the state afterward
assembled, and nominated Mr. Hunt as their candidate
for Governor. On the 22d of October he
wrote a letter to the Committee declining to recognize
the action of any organization except that of
the Whig party from which he had first received
his nomination, and adding that, if elected, his
“Constitutional duties could not be changed, nor
his conduct in the discharge of them influenced, by
the course taken in the election by any particular
class of our citizens or any organization other than
the party to which he belonged.” Under all circumstances,
he said, it would be his highest aim to
execute his official trust with firmness and impartiality.
He would “be actuated by an honest desire
to promote justice, to uphold the supremacy of the
law, to facilitate all useful reforms, to second legitimate
endeavors for the redress of public grievances,
and to protect the rights and advance the welfare
of the whole people.”
In the City of New York, meantime, there had
been a growing feeling of apprehension at the tone
of current political discussions and at the opposition
everywhere manifested at the North to the Fugitive
Slave Law, and on the 30th of October a very
large public meeting was held at Castle Garden of
those who were in favor of sustaining all the peace
measures of Congress, and of taking such measures
as would prevent any further agitation of the question
of slavery. Mr. George Wood, an eminent
member of the New York Bar, presided. A letter
was read from Mr. Webster, to whom the resolutions
intended to be brought forward had been sent,
with an invitation to attend the meeting. The invitation
was declined, but Mr. Webster expressed
the most cordial approbation of the meeting, and of
its proposed action. He concurred in “all the
political principles contained in the resolutions, and
stood pledged to support them, publicly and privately,
now and always, to the full extent of his
influence, and by the exertion of every faculty
which he possessed.” The Fugitive Slave Law
he said, was not such a one as he had proposed,
and should have supported if he had been in the
Senate. But it is now “the law of the land, and as
such is to be respected and obeyed by all good
citizens. I have heard,” he adds, “no man, whose
opinion is worth regarding, deny its constitutionality;
and those who counsel violent resistance to
it, counsel that, which, if it take place, is sure to
lead to bloodshed, and to the commission of capital
offenses. It remains to be seen how far the deluded
and the deluders will go in this career of
faction, folly, and crime. No man is at liberty to
set up, or to affect to set up, his own conscience as
above the law, in a matter which respects the
rights of others, and the obligations, civil, social,
and political, due to others from him. Such a pretense
saps the foundation of all government, and is
of itself a perfect absurdity; and while all are
bound to yield obedience to the laws, wise and
well-disposed citizens will forbear from renewing
past agitation, and rekindling the names of useless
and dangerous controversy. If we would continue
one people, we must acquiesce in the will of the
majority, constitutionally expressed; and he that
does not mean to do that, means to disturb the public
peace, and to do what he can to overturn the
Government.” The resolutions adopted at the
meeting, declared the purpose “to sustain the
Fugitive Slave Law and its execution by all lawful
means:” and that those represented at the
meeting would “support no candidate at the ensuing
or any other election, for state officers, or for
members of Congress or of the Legislature, who is
known or believed to be hostile to the peace measures
recently adopted by Congress, or any of them,
or in favor of re-opening the questions involved in
them, for renewed agitation.”
This meeting was followed by the nomination of
a ticket, intended to represent these views, and
those candidates only were selected, from both the
party nominees, who were known or believed to
entertain them. Mr. Seymour (Dem.) was nominated
for Governor; Mr. Cornell (Whig) for
Lieutenant Governor; Mr. Mather (Dem.) for
Canal Commissioner; and Mr. Smith (Whig) for
Clerk of the Court of Appeals. This movement in[Pg 123]
New York City in favor of these candidates, caused
a reaction in favor of the others in the country districts
of the state. The election occurred on the
5th of November, and resulted as follows:
| Whigs. | Democrats. | ||||
| Gov. | Hunt | 214,353 | Seymour | 214,095 | |
| Lieut. Gov. | Cornell | 210,721 | Church | 217,935 | |
| Canal Com. | Blakely | 213,762 | Mather | 214,818 | |
| Prison Ins. | Baker | 207,696 | Angel | 217,720 | |
| Clerk | Smith | 210,926 | Benton | 217,840 |
From this it will be seen that Mr. Hunt was
elected Governor, and all the rest of the Democratic
ticket was successful. Thirty-four members of
Congress were also elected, there being 17 of
each political party. The Legislature is decidedly
Whig. In the Senate, which holds over from last
year, there is a Whig majority of 2; and of the
newly elected members of Assembly, 81 are Whigs,
and 47 Democrats. This result derives special importance
from the fact that a U.S. Senator is to be
chosen to succeed Hon. D.S. Dickinson, whose
term expires on the 4th of March, 1851. The vote
on the Repeal of the Free School Law was as
follows:
| Against repeal | 203,501 |
| For repeal | 168,284 |
| ———— | |
| Majority against repeal | 35,217 |
In New Jersey a state election also occurred on
the 5th of November. The candidates for Governor
were Dr. Fort, Democrat, and Hon. John
Runk, Whig. The result of the canvass was as
follows:
| Fort | 39,726 |
| Runk | 34,054 |
| ——— | |
| Fort’s majority | 5,672 |
Five members of Congress were also elected, 4 of
whom were Democrats, and 1 Whig.
In Ohio the election occurred in October, with
the following result:
| Wood, Democrat | 133,092 | Majority | 11,997. |
| Johnston, Whig | 121,095 | ||
| Smith, Abolitionist | 13,826 |
Twenty-one members of Congress were elected, of
whom 8 were Whigs, and 13 Democrats.
In Massachusetts the election took place on the
12th of November, with the following result for Governor—there
being, of course, no election, as a majority
of all the votes cast is requisite to a choice:
| Briggs, Whig | 55,351 |
| Boutwell, Democrat | 36,245 |
| Phillips, Free Soil | 27,811 |
Of 9 Congressmen, 3 Whigs are chosen, and in 6
districts no choice was effected. Hon. Horace
Mann, the Free Soil candidate, succeeded against
both the opposing candidates. To the State Senate
13 Whigs and 27 of the Opposition were chosen;
and to the House of Representatives 169 Whigs,
179 Opposition, and in 79 districts there was no
choice. The vacancies were to be filled by an election
on the 25th of November. A U.S. Senator
from this State is also to be chosen, to succeed Hon.
R.C. Winthrop, who was appointed by the Governor
to supply the vacancy caused by Mr. Webster‘s
resignation.
No more elections for Members of Congress will
be held in any of the States (except to fill vacancies)
until after March 4th, 1851. The terms of 21
Senators expire on that day—of whom 8 are Whigs,
and 13 Democrats. Judging from the State elections
already held there will be 6 Whigs and 15
Democrats chosen to fill their places. The U.S.
Senate will then stand thus:
| Holding over | 18 | Whigs | 23 | Democrats. |
| New Senators | 6 | “ | 15 | “ |
| — | — | |||
| Total | 24 | 38 |
The House of Representatives comprises 233 members,
of whom 127 have already been chosen, politically
divided as follows—compared with the delegations
from each State in the present Congress:
| 1850. | 1848. | |||
| Whig. | Dem. | Whig. | Dem. | |
| Missouri | 3 | 2 | 5 | |
| Iowa | 2 | 1 | 1 | |
| Vermont | 3 | 1 | 3 | 1 |
| Florida | 1 | 1 | ||
| Maine | 2 | 5 | 2 | 5 |
| South Carolina | 7 | 7 | ||
| Pennsylvania | 9 | 15 | 15 | 9 |
| Ohio | 8 | 13 | 10 | 11 |
| New York | 17 | 17 | 32 | 2 |
| New Jersey | 1 | 4 | 4 | 1 |
| Wisconsin | 3 | 1 | 2 | |
| Michigan | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 |
| Massachusetts[11] | 3 | 3 | ||
| Illinois | 1 | 6 | 1 | 6 |
| Delaware | 1 | 1 | ||
| — | — | — | — | |
| 50 | 77 | 75 | 52 | |
Should the remaining 16 States be represented in
the next Congress politically as at present, the
Democratic majority would be about 30. In reference
to the contingency of the next presidential
election devolving upon the House, for lack of a
choice by the people, 9 of the above States would
go Democratic, five of them Whig, and one (the
State of New York), would have no vote, its delegation
being equally divided. The delegations of
the same States in the present Congress are as follows,
viz., 7 Whig, 7 Democratic, and one (Iowa)
equally divided.
While such have been the results of the elections
in the Northern States, and such the tone of public
feeling there, a still warmer canvass has been going
on throughout the South. We can only indicate the
most prominent features of this excitement, as
shown in the different Southern States.
In Georgia a State Convention of delegates is
to assemble, by call of the Executive, under an act
of the Legislature, at Milledgeville, on the 10th of
December: and delegates are to be elected. The
line of division is resistance, or submission, to the
Federal Government. A very large public meeting
was held at Macon, at which resolutions were
adopted, declaring that, if the North would adhere
to the terms of the late Compromise—if they would
insure a faithful execution of the Fugitive Slave
Bill, and put down all future agitation of the slavery
question—then the people of the South will continue
to live in the bonds of brotherhood, and unite
in all proper legislative action for the preservation
and perpetuity of our glorious Union. Hon. Howell
Cobb, Speaker of the House of Representatives,
made a speech in support of these resolutions.
Hon. A.H. Stephens, R. Toombs, Senator
Berrien, and other distinguished gentlemen of
both parties, have made efforts in the same direction,
and public meetings have been held in several
counties, at which similar sentiments were
proclaimed. The general feeling in Georgia seems
to be in favor of acquiescence in the recent legislation
of Congress, provided the North will also acquiesce,
and faithfully carry its acts into execution.
In South Carolina, the whole current of public
feeling seems to be in favor of secession. At a
meeting held at Greenville, on the 4th of November,[Pg 124]
Col. Memminger made a speech, in which he
expressed himself in favor of a Confederation of
the Southern States, and if that could not be accomplished,
then for South Carolina to secede from the
Union, stand upon and defend her rights, and leave
the issue in the hands of Him who ruleth the destinies
of nations. He was answered by General
Waddy Thompson, who depicted forcibly and
eloquently the ruinous results of such a course as
that advised, and repelled the charges of injustice
urged against the Northern States. The meeting,
however, adopted resolutions, almost unanimously,
embodying the sentiments of Col. Memminger.
And the tone of the press throughout the state is
of the same character.
In Alabama public opinion is divided. A portion
of the people are in favor of resistance, and
called upon Gov. Collier to convene a State Convention,
to take the matter into consideration. The
Governor has issued an address upon the subject,
in which he declines to do so, at present, until the
course of other Southern States shall have been indicated.
He says that while all profess to entertain
the purpose to resist aggression by the Federal
Legislature on the great southern institution, public
opinion is certainly not agreed as to the time or
occasion when resistance should be interposed, or
as to the mode or measure of it. He apprehends
renewed efforts for the abolition of slavery in the
District of Columbia, and pertinacious exertions for
the repeal of the Fugitive Slave Law; that California
will be divided into several States, and that the
North will thus acquire power enough so to amend
the Federal Constitution as to take away the right
of representation for the slaves—a result which he,
of course, regards as fatal to the South. He believes
that any State has a right to secede from the
Union, at pleasure, but thinks that a large majority
of the people of Alabama, are strongly disinclined
to withdraw from the confederation, until other
measures have been unsuccessfully tried to resist
further aggression. Under these circumstances,
he recommends the people of the State so to develop
their resources, establish manufactures, schools,
shipping houses, &c., as to become really independent
of the North. This is the policy which, in
his judgment, will prove most effectual in securing
the rights, and protecting the interests of the
South. Hon. Mr. Hilliard has written a letter to
the citizens of Mount Meigs, declaring that, though
opposed to the admission of California, he sees
nothing in the measures of the last session which
would justify the people of the Southern States in
resisting them, or furnish any ground for revolution.
A very large mass meeting of the citizens of Montgomery
county, held on the 20th of October, adopted
resolutions, first reciting that a systematic and
formidable organization is in progress in some of
the Southern States, having for its object some form
of violent resistance to the Compromise measures
passed by Congress at its last session; and that if
this resistance is carried out according to the plans
of a portion of the citizens of the Southern States, it
must, inevitably, lead to a dissolution of the Union;
and that the Montgomery meeting, though they
do not approve of them all, do not consider these
measures as furnishing any sufficient and just
cause for resistance; and then declaring, 1. That
they will rally under the flag of the Union. 2. That
they will support no man for any office, who is in
favor of disunion, or secession, on account of any
existing law or act of Congress. 3. That they
acquiesce in the recent action of Congress. And,
4. That if the Compromise should be disturbed,
they will unite with the South in such measures of
resistance as the emergency may demand.
In Mississippi the contest is no less animated.
It was brought on by the issuing of a proclamation
by Gov. Quitman, calling a State Convention, for
the purpose of taking measures of redress. A private
letter, written by Gov. Quitman, has also
been published, in which he avows himself in favor
of secession. On the last Saturday in October, a
mass meeting was held at Raymond, at which Col.
Jefferson Davis was present, and made a speech.
He was strongly in favor of resistance, but was not
clear that it should be by force. He thought it
possible to maintain the rights of the South in the
Union. He was willing, however, to leave the
mode of resistance entirely to the people, while he
should follow their dictates implicitly. Mr. Anderson
replied to him, and insisted that the Federal
Government had committed no unconstitutional
aggression upon the rights of the South, and that
they ought, therefore, to acquiesce in the recent
legislation of Congress. Senator Foote is actively
engaged in canvassing the state, urging the same
views. He meets very violent opposition in various
sections.
In Louisiana indications of public sentiment are
to be found in the position of the two United States
Senators. Mr. Downs, in his public addresses,
takes the ground that the South might as well
secede because Illinois and Indiana are free States
as because California is. He admits that California
is a large State, but he says she is not half so
large as Texas, a slave State, brought into the
Union five years ago. Mr. Soulé, the other Senator,
having expressed no opinion upon the subject,
was addressed in a friendly note of inquiry first by
Hon. C.N. Stanton, asking whether he was in
favor of a dissolution of the Union, of the establishment
of a Southern Confederacy, or of the secession
of Louisiana, because of the late action of
Congress. Mr. Soulé, in his reply, complains bitterly
of the “vile abuse” heaped upon him, charges
his correspondent with seeking his political destruction,
and refers him to his speeches in the
Senate for his sentiments upon these questions. A
large number of the members of his own party then
addressed to Mr. Soulé the same inquiries, saying
that they did it from no feeling of unkindness, but
merely to have a fair and proper comprehension of
his opinions upon a most important public question.
Mr. S., under date of Oct. 30, replies, refusing
to answer their inquiries, and saying that their
only object was to divide and distract the Democratic
party. Senator Downs[Pg 125], in reply to the same
questions, has given a full and explicit answer in
the negative: he is not in favor of disunion or
secession.
A letter written during the last session of Congress,
dated January 7, 1850, from the Members of
Congress from Louisiana, to the Governor of that
State, has recently been published. It calls his attention
to the constant agitation of the subject of
slavery at the North, and to the fact that the legislature
of every Northern State had passed resolutions
deemed aggressive by the South, and urging
the Governor to recommend the Legislature of
Louisiana to join the other Southern States in resisting
this action. The opinion is expressed that
“decisive action on the part of the Southern States
at the present crisis, is not only not dangerous to
the Union, but that it is the best, many think, the
only way of saving it.”
Among the political events of the month is the
publication of a correspondence between Hon. Isaac
Hill, long a leader of the Democratic party in New
Hampshire, and Mr. Webster, in regard to the
efforts of the latter to preserve the peace and harmony
of the Union by allaying agitation on the
subject of slavery. Mr. Hill, under date of April
17, wrote to Mr. Webster expressing his growing
alarm at the progress of ill-feeling between the different
sections of the country, and his conviction
that “all that is of value in the sound discrimination
and good sense of the American people will
declare in favor of Mr. Webster‘s great speech in
the Senate upon that subject. Its author,” he adds,
“may stand upon that alone, and he will best
stand by disregarding any and every imputation
of alleged inconsistency and discrepancy of opinion
and practice, in a public career of nearly half a
century.” Mr. Webster, in acknowledging the
letter, speaks of it as “an extraordinary and gratifying
incident in his life,” coming as it did from one
who had long “belonged to an opposite political
party, espoused opposite measures, and supported
for high office men of very different political opinions.”
They had not differed, however, in their
devotion to the Union; and now, that its harmony
is threatened, it was gratifying to see that both
concurred in the measures necessary for its preservation.
His effort, he says, had been and would
be to cause the billows of useless and dangerous
controversy to sleep and be still. He was ready
to meet all the consequences which are likely to
follow the attempt to moderate public feeling in
highly excited times, and he cheerfully left the
speech to which Mr. Hill had alluded, “with the
principles and sentiments which it avows, to the
judgment of posterity.”
A public dinner was given to the Hon. John M.
Clayton on the 16th of November, by the Whigs
of Delaware, at Wilmington, at which Mr. C. made
a long and eloquent speech in vindication of the
policy pursued by the late President Taylor and
his Administration. He paid a very high tribute to
the personal character, moral firmness, patriotism,
and sagacity of the late President, and vindicated his
course from the objections which have been urged
against it. He expressed full confidence in the perpetuity
of the Union, and ridiculed the apprehensions
that have been so widely entertained of its
dissolution. A large number of guests were present,
and letters were read from many distinguished
gentlemen who had been invited but were unable
to attend. Preferences were expressed at the
meeting for Gen. Scott as a candidate for the Presidency
in 1852.
Colonel Richard M. Johnson, Vice President of
the United States for four years from 1836, died at
Frankfort, Ky., on the 19th of November, aged 70.
He has been a member of Congress, and Senator
of the United States from Kentucky, and acquired
distinction under General Harrison in the Indian
war of 1812. At the time of his death he was a
member of the Kentucky Legislature.
GREAT BRITAIN.
The event of the month which has excited most
interest, has been the establishment by the Pope
of Roman Catholic jurisdiction in England. The
Pope has issued an Apostolic Letter, dated September
24th, which begins by reciting the steps
taken hitherto for the promotion of the Catholic
faith in England. Having before his eyes the
efforts made by his predecessors, and desirous of
imitating their zeal, and carrying forward to completion
the work which they commenced, and considering
that every day the obstacles are falling off
which stood in the way of the extension of the
Catholic religion, Pius IX. believes that the time
has come when the form of government should be
resumed in England such as it exists in other
nations. He thinks it no longer necessary that
England should be governed by Vicars Apostolic,
but that she should be furnished with the ordinary
episcopal form of government. Being confirmed in
these thoughts by the desires expressed by the
Vicars Apostolic, the clergy and laity, and the
great body of English Catholics, and, also, by the
advice of the Cardinals forming the Congregation
for Propagating the Faith, the Pope decrees the
re-establishment in England of a hierarchy of bishops,
deriving their titles from their own Sees,
which he constitutes in the various Apostolic districts.
He then proceeds to erect England into
one archiepiscopal province of the Romish church,
and divides that province into thirteen bishoprics.
The promulgation of this letter created throughout
England a feeling of angry surprise, and nearly
the whole of London has teemed with the most
emphatic and earnest condemnation of the measure.
In order somewhat to mitigate the alarm of startled
Protestantism, Dr. Ullathorne, an eminent Catholic
divine, has published a letter to show that the act
is solely between the Pope and his spiritual subjects,
who have been recognized as such by the
English Emancipation Act, and that it does not in
the slightest degree interfere with the laws of England,
in all temporal matters. He shows that the
jurisdiction which the Pope has asserted in England,
is nothing more than has been exercised by
every communion in the land, and that nothing can
be more unfair than to confound this measure,
which is really one of liberality to the Catholics of
England, with ideas of aggression on the English
government and people. In 1688, he says, England
was divided into four vicariates. In 1840, the four
were again divided into eight; and, in 1850, they
are again divided and changed into thirteen. This
has been done in consequence of efforts begun by
the Catholics of England, in 1846, and continued
until the present time. By changing the Vicars
Apostolic into Bishops in ordinary, the Pope has
given up the exercise of a portion of his power, and
transferred it to the bishops. This letter, with
other papers of a similar tenor, has somewhat
modified the feeling of indignation with which the
Pope’s proceeding was at first received, and attention
has been turned to the only fact of real importance
connected with the matter, namely, the rapid
and steady increase of the Roman Catholics, by
conversions from the English Established Church.
The Daily News, in a paper written with marked
ability, charges this increase upon the secret Catholicism
of many of the younger clergy, encouraged
by ecclesiastical superiors, upon the negligent administration
of other clergymen, and upon the exclusive
character of the Universities. Very urgent
demands are made by the press, and by the clergy
of the Established Church, for the interference of
the Government against the Pope’s invasion of the
rights of England; but no indications have yet been
given of any intention on the part of ministers to
take any action upon the subject.
A good deal of attention has been attracted to a
speech made by Lord Stanley, the leader of the
Protectionist party in England, at a public dinner,
Oct. 4th, in which he urged the necessity, on the
part of the agricultural interests of the kingdom, of
adapting themselves to the free-trade policy, instead
of laboring in vain for its repeal. The speech has
been very widely regarded as an abandonment of the[Pg 126]
protective policy by its leading champion, and it is,
of course, considered as a matter of marked importance
with reference to the future policy of Great
Britain upon this subject. The Marquis of Granby,
on the other hand, at the annual meeting of the
Waltham Agricultural Society, held on the 19th of
October, again urged the necessity of returning to
the old system of protection, and exhorted reliance
on a future Parliament for its accomplishment. The
subject of agriculture is attracting an unusual degree
of attention, and the various issues connected
with it, form a standard topic of discussion in the
leading journals.
The Tenant Right question continues to be agitated
with great earnestness and ability in Ireland.
A deputation from the Ulster Tenant Right Provincial
Committee waited on the Earl of Clarendon
during his visit to Belfast to present an address.
The earl declined to receive them, but wrote a letter,
dated Sept. 18, in reply to one inclosing a copy
of the address. He expressed great satisfaction at
the prevalence of order and at the evidence of agricultural
prosperity, and assured them of the wish
of the government to settle the rights of tenants on
a just and satisfactory basis. A great Tenant Right
meeting was held at Meath, October 10th, at which
some 15,000 persons are said to have been present.
The Committee of Prelates appointed by the
Synod of Thurles to carry into execution the project
of establishing a Catholic University in Ireland, on
the model of the Catholic University at Louvain,
have resolved that regular monthly collections, on
the plan of that for the Propagation of the Faith, be
made throughout the kingdom by local committees,
of which the parochial clergy are to be ex-officio
members. They have published a long address to
the Catholics of Ireland, insisting on the grave evils
to faith and morals of separating religion from secular
education, and calling loudly for support to their
projected establishment.
The month has been distinguished in England by
an extraordinary prevalence of crime. Murders,
burglaries, and other offenses against the law have
been frequent beyond all former experience. The
details of these incidents it is not worth while to
give. The Household Narrative gives a chapter,
written after the manner of Ledru Rollin, in which
the state of England during the month of October
is presented in a most unpromising light. The
writer says that, notwithstanding the gloominess
of the picture, every fact stated in it is true, and
every inference is false. There have also been an
unusual number of accidents during the month.
Miss Howard, of York Place, has assigned over
to trustees £45,000, for the erection of twenty-one
houses on her property at Pinner, near Harrow, in
the form of a crescent; the centre-house for the
trustees, the other twenty houses for the use of
twenty widows, who are to occupy them free of
rent and taxes, and also to receive £50 a year clear
of all deductions. The widows of naval men to
have the preference, then those of military men,
and, lastly, those of clergymen. This is justly
chronicled as an act of munificent charity.
The Free Grammar School at Richmond, erected
as a testimonial to the memory of the late Canon
Tate, who was one of the most successful teachers
in England, was opened with much ceremony on
the 3d of October.
A Temperance Festival was held on the 14th, at
the London Tavern. The company, between five
and six hundred, were entertained with tea, speeches,
and temperance melodies. The principal speaker
was Mr. George Cruikshank, the celebrated artist,
who was vehemently applauded.
Negotiations have been entered into with the
Lords of the Admiralty and Government authorities
for the establishment of a Submarine Telegraph
across St. George’s Channel, upon a similar
though much more extensive scale to that now being
undertaken between England and France. From
the extreme western coast of Ireland to Halifax, the
nearest telegraphic station in America, the distance
is 2155 miles; and as this might be accomplished
by the steamers in five or six days, it is apprehended
that England, by means of telegraphic communication,
may be put in possession of intelligence
from America in six days, instead of as now in
twelve or fourteen.
The Queen and Prince Albert have returned
from their visit to Scotland. They remained at
Balmoral till the 10th Oct., on the morning of which
day they departed for the South. They arrived at
Edinburgh about seven in the evening. Preparations
had been made to give a loyal welcome; and
among the features of the demonstration, was a
bonfire piled to the height of forty feet on the summit
of Arthur’s Seat. The blazing mass consisted
of thirty tons of coal, a vast quantity of wood saturated
with oil and turpentine, and a thousand tar-barrels.
It was kindled at five o’clock, and the
flames are said to have been seen by the Queen
for many miles of her route on both sides of the
Forth. The party left Edinburgh next morning,
and arrived in the evening at Buckingham Palace;
and on Saturday, the 12th, they went to Osborne.
Intelligence has been received from the Arctic
Expedition in search of Sir John Franklin. The
North Star, which went out as a tender-ship to the
expedition of Sir John Clark Ross a year and a
half ago, returned unexpectedly to Spithead on the
28th of September, bringing dispatches from the
ships of the four expeditions which went out early
this year. The Prince Albert, a ship dispatched in
July last, under Captain Forsyth, to make a special
search beyond Brentford Bay, returned to Aberdeen
on the 29th ult. Dispatches from Captain
Ommaney, Captain Penny, Sir John Ross, and
Captain Forsyth, have been published by the Admiralty;
but they throw little or no light on the fate
of the missing voyagers.
The British Government has decided to send all
letters and newspapers for the United States by
the first steamer, whether American or English.
Hitherto they have invariably been detained for a
British steamer, unless specially marked for transmission
by the American line.
A Dublin paper states that Dr. Wiseman, who
has been made Archbishop of Westminster by the
Pope, is a native of Seville, where his parents, who
are natives of Waterford, Ireland, resided several
years. His father was a wine-merchant in Andalusia.
The Lord Mayor of York gave a splendid entertainment
to the Lord Mayor of London, on the
25th of October, which was attended by a great
number of the leading men of England. Prince
Albert was present, and made a very sensible and
pertinent extempore speech. Its leading feature
was a marked and impressive eulogy on Sir Robert
Peel. In alluding to the interest taken by Sir
Robert in the great Industrial Exhibition, Prince
Albert took occasion to say that he had assurances
of the most reliable character that the works in
preparation for the great Exhibition were “such
as to dispel all apprehension for the position which
British industry will maintain.”
At the meeting of the Canford Estate Agricultural
Show on the 22d of October, the lady of Sir
John Guest made a brief but most admirable
speech, expressing her regard for the laboring
classes of England, and her earnest desire that
the utmost efforts should be made for their elevation
and improvement. This unusual incident, and
the admirable spirit which it evinced, elicited great
applause.
The Town Council of Manchester are taking
vigorous steps to compel the manufacturers of that
city to consume the smoke of their furnaces, and
thus to rid the city of the dense cloud which has
hung over it hitherto. The process is found to be
perfectly practicable, and decidedly economical.
Some of the heaviest manufacturing establishments
in the city testify to a saving of one-third in coal.
The issue of the experiment will be important.
The rapid increase of burglaries and thefts in
Birmingham has elicited from Mr. D.H. Hill a
suggestion for the suppression of crime, which is
regarded as pertinent and important by the leading
journals. He proposes that whenever a jury is
satisfied that an accused party is addicted to theft,
he shall be compelled to prove a good character, and
to show means of subsistence, on penalty of being
adjudged a thief, and punished accordingly, under
an old statute.
Emigration from Ireland to the United States
continues and increases. A great part of those who
leave are described by the Irish papers as being
farmers of the most respectable class, and considerable
apprehensions are expressed of the injurious
effect of the movement on the prosperity of the
country.
A letter from Brazil, written by Lieut. Bailey
of the royal navy, details some rather prompt proceedings
on his part in the capture of slavers. He
was sent out to the Brazil station, and arrived off
Rio Janeiro June 18th, and in sight of the harbor
captured a vessel engaged in slave-trading, and
sank her the same night. On the 20th, he captured
a second, and sent her to St. Helena for adjudication;
and on the 23d, he seized another, taking her
out of a Brazilian port, which has hitherto been
contrary to law. The affair excited a good deal of
feeling in Brazil, and was likely to lead to a misunderstanding
with the English government. The
effect of such proceedings, in exasperating a government
which might be induced by friendly appeals
to put an end to slave-trading, is forcibly
urged.
The Paris correspondent of the London Times
has developed an alleged secret plot of the Red
Republicans, to revive the revolutionary fever
throughout Europe, and the substance of his statements
is also given in the Paris Patrie—both
accounts being evidently derived from the same
source. It is asserted that the Socialists have
leagued themselves together and that a secret
congress of their chiefs was held in Paris on the
2d of June, where they planned a gigantic conspiracy,
the ramifications of which extend to the
whole of Europe, and even to the heart of Russia,
where it is said to menace a terrible explosion.
The motto which has been adopted is, “Sans pitié
ni merci,” and it has been resolved that all the
chiefs of states shall be assassinated. It is added
that in one of the numerous secret meetings held by
the initiated under the presidency of the principal
agents, the death of the Bonapartists was sworn,
and would be the signal for the destruction of all
the Bourbons, and of all their friends and supporters.
The threat uttered by one of the German
chiefs of the conspiracy was to the effect that “on
the field of battle we shall spare no one, and we
will strike down our dearest friends if they are
not unconditional Communists.” After indicating
the dépôts of arms formed by the Communist conspirators
in all the capitals where it has established
seats, enumerating the means employed to ensnare
the foolish and the ambitious, and, in fact, indicating
all its resources and all its plans, the document informs
us that the object of the conspiracy is to arrive,
by means of general confusion and a sanguinary
combat, at the extermination of all those who
possess a foot of land, or a coupon of rente, and
that it has sworn the oath of Hannibal against all
the monarchies of Europe. Plunder and assassination
form the basis of the plan. The document
terminates thus, “The soil of Europe is undermined,
so as to render a frightful catastrophe imminent.”
The pretended revelation is ridiculed in
nearly all quarters.
On the destruction of the Roman Republic, the
Roman Representatives appointed a National Committee,
of which Mazzini was the head, with extensive
political powers. This committee has just
issued an address, dated at London, calling on all
Italians and all Italian provinces to join their standard,
promising them eventual success. In the
course of the address they declare that they have
effected such an organization of the forces of the
movement as circumstances permit, and insist on
the necessity of Italy becoming an independent
nation.
We have hitherto alluded to the public agitation
started in the British Colony of New South Wales
in favor of independence, by Dr. Lang, who had
organized an association for the purpose of accomplishing
the object which he declared to be so desirable.
The movement has been represented by
the English papers as being unsupported by the
colonists, and as, therefore, of no importance. We
see, however, that Dr. Lang has recently been
elected mayor of the City of Sydney, which shows
that the people there, at least, have confidence in
his character and respect for his views.
FRANCE.
Nothing important has occurred in France during
the month, except a change in the War Department,
growing out of the supposed efforts of the
President to attach the army to his interests. On
the 3d of October the President reviewed a great
body of troops near Versailles. He was accompanied
by the Minister of War, and by General
Roguet, his aid-de-camp. General Changarnier
left Paris an hour before the President. Though
entitled to take the command he did not do so, General
Neumayer acting in his room. After the review
the President gave a collation to the officers
and non-commissioned officers, and ordered 13,000
rations to be distributed to the soldiers. The President
joined the collation given to the general officers,
but General Changarnier declined being present,
and returned to Paris. The frequency of these reviews,
the manner in which the troops were feasted
by the President, the manifestations made by the
soldiers, and the rumor that a difference of opinion
existed between the President and General Changarnier
on the subject, led to an extraordinary meeting
of the Commission of Permanence. The Minister
of War, General Hautpoul, having been called
on to explain the circumstances with reference to
the late reviews, replied that he wished to inform
the Commission that he held no command from the
Assembly, and that, consequently, he could deny[Pg 128]
the right of the Commission to put any questions to
him. He, however, waived these objections; and,
in reply to the question, said that the accounts published
in the papers respecting the reviews were
grossly exaggerated; and that nothing whatever
had occurred there of an unconstitutional or an unmilitary
character. The Minister further observed
that it would be impossible to publish an order of
the day preventing the soldiers from expressing
their feelings of attachment and respect to the chief
of the State, and if it were possible he would not
do so. With respect to the review that was to
take place on the following Thursday, he pledged
himself for the maintenance of the most complete
tranquillity on that occasion. When the Commission
was about to separate, the President again addressed
the Minister of War, and said, “General
Hautpoul, I am desired by the committee to apprise
you that in case General Changarnier be removed
from his command, or that any other steps be taken
against him, we are determined to convoke, forthwith,
the Legislative Assembly.” To this the Minister
made no reply, and the Commission adjourned.
On Thursday the 10th, the review referred to by
the Minister of War took place. There were 25,000
troops, chiefly cavalry. The President was accompanied
by General Hautpoul, the Minister of War,
and several other general officers, besides his usual
brilliant staff. When the defiling of the troops in
front of the President took place, he was loudly
hailed by part of the cavalry, who cried “Vive
l’Empereur!” “Vive Napoleon!” After the troops
had defiled, the usual refreshments were served out
to them, and the President, accompanied by his
staff, paid a visit to the camp, but General Changarnier
left the ground.
The Proces-verbal of the meeting of the Council
of Permanence, held on the 12th, drawn up by M.
Dupin to the President, was to the following effect:
The violation of the promises made by the Minister
of War, and the unconstitutional manifestations,
provoked or tolerated, are severely blamed. The
committee did not think proper to invite the Minister
of War to give further explanations. Deploring
the incidents of the review, it still expressed complete
confidence in the loyalty of the army, and is
satisfied that the cries were not spontaneous on the
part of the soldiers, but instigated by certain officers.
In order to avoid alarming the country in the
absence of imminent peril, it has not deemed proper
to convoke the Assembly; but it deeply disapproves
reviews so frequent, into which habits altogether
unusual and foreign to military traditions have been
so boldly introduced.
As a sequel to these disputes, General Hautpoul
has found it necessary to resign his place in the
government, and has gone to Algeria as governor
of that colony. He is succeeded as Minister of War
by General Schramm. Soon after the accession of
the latter, an official notification appeared in the
Moniteur that General Neumayer had been removed
from the command of the 1st division and
appointed to the 15th. The reason given for this removal
is said to be that General N., at the last review
at Satory, expressly enjoined the troops not to give
utterance to any cry whatever, deeming silence to
be more strictly in accordance with the regulations
of the army, and in conformity, too, with the instructions
he had received from the Commander-in-Chief.
This, it is said, much displeased both Louis Napoleon
and the Minister of War. At all events, General
Changarnier was greatly offended at the removal,
and a complete breach has occurred between
him and the President. He refuses to resign until
the Assembly shall have passed judgment in the
matter.
THE DANISH WAR.
The war between Denmark and the Duchies is
bloody and disastrous. The army of Schleswig-Holstein
has made several attempts to take the
city of Friedrichstadt by storm, none of which have
been successful, and the losses sustained by General
Willisen have been considerable, particularly
in officers. After bombarding part of the town during
the whole of the 4th of October, the town was
in the evening attacked by two battalions of infantry
and a detachment of riflemen. After a desperate
struggle, in which both sides must have
suffered very heavy losses, the Danes gave way a
little, but only to seek the cover of new entrenchments
and barricades thrown up in the middle of
the town. The resistance which they met with
here was so violent and determined, that notwithstanding
the most brilliant bravery, the Schleswig-Holsteiners
were compelled to retire at midnight.
They took up a new position somewhat in advance
of the old, and the conflict was renewed on the following
morning, but with no better success. The
fighting continued till near midnight. Sixteen officers
out of twenty belonging to the 5th battalion
were slain. General Christiansen covered the retreat
with his battery, while the flames of the burning
city cast a ghastly light upon the retiring troops.
After the failure of this desperate assault, General
Willisen withdrew his troops from before Friedrichstadt.
The heavy guns were taken back to
Rendsburg, and the two armies were again in the
same position they occupied before the 29th of September;
the only result having been the almost
total destruction of the unfortunate town, and the
loss of many brave men on both sides.
The Danish journals of the 16th state that orders
have been issued for the return to Copenhagen of
all the Danish ships of war, except the smaller
craft, in consequence of the advanced season of the
year, and its accompanying storms, which render
it nearly impossible for vessels to hold to the coast.
A rumor has obtained currency through the Times
that the aid extended to the Schleswig-Holsteiners
by Prussia, has led to the interference of Russia
and of France, and that these two powers have
jointly proposed to England that the three powers
shall peremptorily require Prussia to fulfill her recent
engagement with Denmark, and withdraw the
support she still continues to give to the Schleswig-Holstein
army. In the event of Prussia hesitating
to comply with this reasonable demand, Russia
and France are prepared to back it, by an invasion
of the Silesian provinces of Prussia on the one side,
and the Rhenish on the other. The British Government,
in reply, it is said, declines to join with
Russia and France in such a note as that described,
but proposes that all three powers shall separately
remonstrate with Prussia on her present
breach of faith with the Danish Government. These
rumors have created a good deal of interest and
anxiety, as threatening the peace of Europe.
INDIA AND CHINA.
The accounts from India are from Bombay to
October 3, and from Calcutta to September 21st.
Great preparations were on foot for the great Industrial
Exhibition at London. The Maharajah
has ordered specimens of every kind of Cashmerian
product to be got ready without delay. The
shawls intended for the purpose are described as
remarkably splendid. The heir to the throne, Rajah[Pg 129]
Runheer Singh, having heard of the distinguished
“success” at London of the Nepaul Envoy,
is anxious to visit England himself; but the
prospect of a disputed succession, in the event of
his father’s death, will probably keep him at home.
The whole of British India was tranquil, but the
petty civil war on the Nizam’s borders still continued.
The native state of Oude seems inclined to rival
the Nizam’s territories in anarchy and misgovernment.
Some months since an English officer was
killed and two guns lost in an attack on the fort of
a refractory vassal of the King of Oude. A second
event of the same nature has occurred. The Rajah
of Esanuggur had shown himself for some time
unwilling to pay the portion of revenue due from
him to the Oude government, and in endeavoring
to obtain these dues from him, Lieut. P. Orr, with
a small party, had a brisk fight, each side losing a
considerable number. Lieut. Orr was forced to
retreat, and took refuge in the districts of a rival
Rajah.
The present aspect of the Punjaub is most encouraging;
the population, now disarmed, have settled
down into their former habits of industry. The
breadth of land under cultivation this season is said
to be unprecedented, and the crops are every where
most promising.
The most important piece of intelligence from
Hong-Kong is the continuation of the fearful mortality
among the British troops. This mortality
was chiefly in the 59th regiment, which had lost
ninety men in about two months. This sickness,
therefore, is ascribed to the unhealthiness of the
barracks and the want of sufficient sanitary precautions.
The mortality, however, had begun to
abate.
A formidable insurrection against the Chinese
government had broken out in the province of
Kwang-si. The leader, who is named Li-ting-pang,
is said to be at the head of 50,000 men. He
has assumed the title borne by the highest Tartar
generals, and threatens to exterminate the present,
and restore the old Chinese dynasty.
In Bombay, the culture of cotton is rapidly extending.
Two years ago, the whole of the land under
cultivation with American cotton in that Presidency,
was under twenty thousand acres. At the
present moment the quantity exceeds one hundred
thousand acres, and there is every certainty of a
rapid increase taking place.
At a court martial held in Bombay, Lieut. Rose
was found guilty of a want of spirit, in applying to
the civil power for an escort of police to protect him
from Mr. Lang, editor of the Mofussilite, with whom
he had a quarrel. He was sentenced to be reprimanded
by Sir Charles Napier, and to lose his staff
appointment.
TURKEY.
The question as to the Hungarian refugees is not
yet arranged. Numerous communications have
taken place on this subject between the Porte and
the Austrian internuncio, and a recent conference
has been held between the British embassador
and General Aupick. The Divan, considering itself
pledged to Austria by its anterior declaration,
is unwilling to break, inconsiderately, an engagement
of this nature, by which its relations with the
Court of Vienna might be gravely compromised.
In order, therefore, to conciliate all parties, the
Porte has written on this subject to its embassador
at Vienna, directing him to confer with the Austrian
Cabinet on the modifications that it may be
possible and desirable to make in the situation of
the refugees. The Russian Minister affects not to
interfere in this affair, but, notwithstanding this, it
is obvious to every one that he is in private communication
with the Austrian internuncio. The
Turkish fleet, which had been for some time cruising
in the Archipelago, has returned to Constantinople.
TUSCANY.
The Representative Constitution and the Liberty
of the Press have been destroyed in Tuscany.
On the 23d Sept. two Decrees were promulgated;
the first announced the dissolution of the Chamber
of Deputies and declared that till a fresh convocation
of the legislature, all power would be exercised
by the Grand Duke in the Council of State.
The second declared that no journal or periodical
should be published without first obtaining the
written authorization of the Minister of the Interior,
to whom the names and other circumstances of the
director and of the proprietor of the printing establishment
are to be communicated.
EASTERN AND SOUTHERN EUROPE.
A frightful calamity has occurred at the place of
pilgrimage called Herrgott, in Austria. At one
of the public-houses the pilgrims (of whom there
were 3000 assembled at Herrgott) were spending
the night in eating and drinking. While baking
the fish the oven took fire. Behind the inn were a
number of stables and barns, in which hundreds of
the pilgrims were reposing, and almost all perished
in the flames. Scarcely half of the pilgrims were
saved, and those who survived have for the most
part been much injured.
From Poland there is a singular account of a
forest on fire. Near Cracow, adjoining the line of
railway, there is a large peat ground, part of which
runs below an immense forest. Some sparks from
a locomotive engine were blown in that direction,
and fell on the peat. A few days after, the ground
in the forest was found to be very warm, and some
rumbling and crackling noises were heard. Several
large trees fell as if cut down by an ax, and
the leaves of others withered. As it was naturally
considered that a subterranean fire must be burning
under the forest, the officers charged with the inspection
of it caused large trenches to be cut. This
conjecture turned out to be well-founded, for the
fire soon afterward burst forth, and still continued
its ravages. The forest presented the appearance
of a vast sea of flame, which was every day extending.
The country round to the extent of six
leagues was perfectly illuminated, and it has been
found impossible to stop the progress of the fire.
The long expected Constitution for Galicia has at
length appeared. That Crown land will have three
districts, Cracow, Lemberg, and Stanislawow—each
with a separate administration. In Cracow
the specific Polish, and in Stanislawow the Ruthennian
element is prevalent. Lemberg, the capital
of Galicia, is the seat of the Provincial Government.
In the Lemberg district the two branches of the
same race (the Sclavonic) are mixed.
The Constitution for the Bukowina has also been
published. This remote Crown land is divided
into six districts or captaincies, which are under
the immediate control of the Stadtholder of the province,
who has still to be appointed. Count Goluchowski
had been sworn in as Stadtholder of
Galicia.
Letters from Ravenna, in the Genoa Gazette,
give appalling accounts of the progress of brigandage[Pg 130]
in the Roman states. Two persons, considered
as spies by the bandits, had been decapitated by
them in the vicinity of the above-mentioned town,
and their heads placed on poles at a cross-road.
The diligence of Imola has lately been stopped
and robbed of 1000 scudi (5500f.) belonging to the
Pope. At Lugo, three individuals carried off 11,000f.
from a bank, and passed triumphantly through the
town with their booty, without any one daring to
stop them.
An extensive conspiracy has recently been discovered
at Teheran. The most influential members
of the clergy were at the head of it, and its object
was to overthrow the present Shah, to replace him
by a descendant of Ali, and to drive all the Turks
out of Persia. Numerous arrests have been made
at Teheran, and in the principal towns. The greater
number of those arrested belong to the body of
Ulemas.
LETTERS, SCIENCE, ART, PUBLIC MEN, Etc.
UNITED STATES.
The past month has not been marked by any
movements of importance in any of these departments.
Our publishers have generally confined
their issues to works especially intended for the
holiday season. Most of our public men have been
recruiting themselves from the fatigues of the late
protracted session of Congress, or preparing, by
taking part in the political canvass, for the session
that is at hand. Mr. Clay was received at Lexington
with abundant demonstrations of enthusiastic
personal and political affection. He has remained
at home during the vacation.
Mr. Webster has been spending some weeks at
his farm in Marshfield, and at his native town,
Franklin, N.H. During his stay at the latter place
a number of his old friends and neighbors paid him
a visit, and sat down to an old-fashioned dinner, at
which friendly greetings were exchanged with
their distinguished host. The occasion was one of
rare enjoyment. Mr. Webster‘s health has been
very sensibly benefited by this greatly needed interval
of relaxation from public duties. In some
remarks made at an informal meeting with some
friends in Boston, Mr. W. said that for six months
during the last session of Congress, he had not slept
two hours any one night.
A public dinner was recently given at Boston
to Amin Bey, the Turkish Envoy to the United
States, by some of the merchants of Boston.
Thomas B. Curtis presided, and a large number
of distinguished guests were present. Amin Bey
replied to a toast complimentary to the Sultan, by
expressing his warm sense of the friendliness with
which he had been received in this country, and
his earnest desire for an extension of commerce
and of mutual kind offices between his own government
and that of the United States. Mr. Webster
made a brief and eloquent response to a toast
thanking him for his efforts in behalf of the Union.
In the course of his remarks he said that “the
slavery question New England could only interfere
with as a meddler: she had no more to do with it
than she had with the municipal government of a
city in the Island of Cuba.” Very eloquent speeches,
breathing similar sentiments, were made by Edward
Everett, Mr. Winthrop, and others and
J.P. Brown Esq., the interpreter of Amin Bey,
responded happily to a toast complimenting Hon.
George P. Marsh the American Minister at Constantinople.
Mr. Brown said that as a diplomatist
and a scholar Mr. Marsh enjoyed, in an eminent
degree, the respect and esteem of the enlightened
young Sultan of Turkey, and all his Ministers.
M. Alexandre Vattemare, who is known as
the founder of the system of International Exchanges,
has taken leave of the United States in a
very warm and eloquent address, expressing his
gratitude for the kindness of his reception, his
brilliant anticipations of the great results which
time will develop from the system to which he has
devoted his life, and commending it to the favor
and aid of the American people. The world has
seen few instances of rarer or more disinterested
devotion to high public objects than this amiable
and enthusiastic gentleman has exhibited.
The statue of John C. Calhoun, made by Powers
for the City of Charleston, and which was lost
by shipwreck off Fire Island, has been recovered,
and sent forward to its destination. The left arm
was broken off at the elbow: with this exception
it was uninjured.
At a recent meeting of the Academy of Design
in New York, it was stated by the president, Mr.
Durand, that the institution had incurred a considerable
debt beyond its resources, and mentioned
a proposition that the artists connected with it
should paint pictures to be disposed of for the benefit
of the Academy. In regard to the mode of disposing
of them a raffle was suggested: but Mr.
Cozzens, the President of the Art-Union, being
present as an honorary member, at once offered to
purchase them at such a price as might be fixed
upon them by the Academy. The proposition was
at once accepted, and has given great and general
satisfaction as an indication of good feeling between
two institutions which have been sometimes represented
as hostile to each other.
Mr. Wm. D. Gallagher, who is very favorably
known as a literary gentleman of ability, has received
the appointment of confidential clerk in the
Treasury Department at Washington.
Mr. William W. Story, son of the late Judge
Story, has recently returned from Italy, where he
has been perfecting himself in the art of sculpture,
for which he abandoned the profession of law a few
years since. He brought with him a number of
very beautiful models made while at Rome. He
has executed a bust of the distinguished jurist, his
father, for the Inner Temple, London. He will return
to Rome in the spring.
We understand that the painting and gilding of
white china, imported from England and France,
is engaging considerable attention in this country,
and that there is one establishment in Boston where
above a hundred persons are constantly employed.
Prof. Filopanti, an Italian scholar of some distinction,
has been delivering a series of lectures in
New York, on the Influence of Secret Societies on
the Revolutions of Ancient and Modern Rome.
Hon. Daniel D. Barnard has sailed for Europe
to enter upon his duties as American Minister at
Berlin. Previous to his departure his fellow citizens
of Albany addressed him a very complimentary
letter, expressing their regret at the loss of
his society, and their admiration of his character.
Mr. B. is one of the most cultivated and scholarly
of American statesmen.
It is stated, though we know not upon what authority,
that Col. Bliss is preparing a History of
the Campaigns of General Taylor. Such a work
would be of great value and interest, historically
and in a literary point of view.
G.P.R. James, Esq., is delivering his lectures[Pg 131]
on the History of Civilization in different northern
cities. He intends to spend the winter at the South.
He has placed one of his sons at Yale College, and
the other in the Law School at New Haven.
Mr. Crawford, the American sculptor, is soon
to commence modeling the statue of Washington,
which our government has commissioned him to
execute. From a granite basement, in the form
of a star of six rays, rises a pedestal, upon which
stands the equestrian statue, in bronze, sixteen
feet in height. The six points of the star are to be
surmounted with six colossal figures. The casting
will be executed either at Paris or Munich.
Steps have been taken to erect a suitable monument
to the memory of General Warren. A
committee of which Mr. Everett was chairman
have reported in favor of a statue to be placed in
Faneuil Hall, Boston.
A bust of Ethan Allen has just been completed
by a Vermont artist, Mr. Kinney. He had a great
deal of difficulty in procuring an accurate likeness;
the grandson of Allen, Colonel Hitchcock of the
army, is said to bear a striking personal resemblance
to the old hero.
The Bulletin of the American Art-Union contains
information concerning American Artists which has
personal interest:—
Durand has not yet removed from his residence
on the Hudson. Kensett and Champney have
been sketching among the White Hills of New
Hampshire. Cropsey is at his country studio, at
Greenwood Lake. Church and Gignoux have returned
from the coast of Maine with their portfolios
well stocked with sketches. Ranney continues to
work upon his picture of Marion, with his Army,
crossing the Pedee, which will soon be completed.
Matteson, now residing at Sherburne, has nearly
finished a picture representing A Trial Scene in the
Backwoods, which, it is said, will advance his reputation.
Jones, a sculptor who has a high reputation
at the West, has removed to New York;
he has already modeled busts of General Taylor,
Lewis Cass, Henry Clay, Thomas Corwin, and other
notabilities, and is now employed on a spirited head
of General Scott, at the order of some friends in Detroit.
Edwin White is diligently pursuing his studies
in Paris. Hall, we believe, has also gone to
Paris from Düsseldorf. Page has arrived in Florence,
which place he intends to make his residence
for several months. He has formed a warm intimacy
with Powers, whose portrait he is painting.
Whitridge and McConkey have lately sent home
several pictures which indicate improvement, although
they are somewhat tinged with the mannerism
of the Düsseldorf school, where these artists
have been studying so long. They propose to leave
Germany very soon, and after visiting Italy and
France, to return home in the spring. Leutze is at
work on his great picture of Washington Crossing
the Delaware. The size of this painting is the same
with that of those in the Rotunda of the Capitol,
twelve feet by eighteen feet. It will probably be
completed in the spring, when the artist intends to
accompany it to this country, from which he has been
absent now about ten years. Upjohn, the architect
was, by the last accounts, in Venice. Glass
has returned to his residence at Kensington, near
London, from the neighborhood of Haddon Hall,
where he has been assiduously engaged in sketching.
He is at work upon a group of paintings, illustrative
of scenes in the wars of the Stuarts. He
is an artist of decided merit and increasing reputation.
GREAT BRITAIN.
In England very few books of special value or
interest have been published or announced. The
most important book of the month is the first part
of a very able and laborious compilation on Commercial
Law by Mr. Leone Levi. The object of
the entire undertaking, is to survey the principles
and administration of all the various commercial
laws of foreign countries, with a view to a direct
comparison with the mercantile law of Great Britain.
Mr. Levi appears to have been engaged for years,
with this object, in correspondence with the merchants
of upward of fifty countries remarkable more
or less for distinct and separate commercial usages;
and to have obtained in every instance the information
he sought. His ultimate object, is the establishment
of a national and international code of commerce
among all civilized countries, rejecting what
is inconvenient or unjust in all, and retaining and
codifying what is best in each.
A life of Wordsworth, by the Rev. Christopher
Wordsworth, is announced as in press. Its appearance
will be awaited with interest.
M. Mazzini has just republished his letters, orations,
and other tracts on Italy, with an eloquent and
earnest appeal to the English people, in a small
volume entitled Royalty and Republicanism in
Italy. M. Mazzini repels in this book the charge
so often brought against him of having distracted
and divided the forces of his native country, at the
time when they ought to have been concentrated
on the paramount duty of driving out the Austrians.
A curious incident connected with American
History is mentioned in the closing volume of
Southey‘s Life, which has just been published in
London. While Jared Sparks was examining
the state papers in the public offices of the British
Government, so much matter was ferreted out that
the government “wished to tell its own story,”
and Southey adds, that his “pulse was felt,” but
he declined writing it on the ground that others
could perform the task as well, and he had other
engagements on hand.
Southey, in 1829, declined a proposal from
Fraser to write a popular history of English literature
in four volumes. It is to be regretted that
he did not write such a work.
In a letter to a friend, speaking of the Foreign
Review, Southey says that of its contributors, he
“only knows that an Edinburgh person, by name
Carlyle, has written the most striking papers on
German literature.” This style of reference to
one who is now one of the most eminent English
writers, strikes a reader as curious. In the same
letter he speaks of Heraud, as “a man of extraordinary
powers, and not less extraordinary industry
and ardor.”
In 1835, Sir Robert Peel wrote to Southey, informing
him that he had advised the king to “adorn
the distinction of the baronetage with a name the
most eminent in literature, and which had claims
to respect and honor which literature alone could
never confer”—that of Southey himself. He accompanied
this with a private letter, begging to
know if there was any way in which the possession
of power would enable him to be of service to Mr.
Southey. The latter replied, in a letter marked
by the utmost propriety, declining the baronetcy,
as he had not the means of supporting it, and asking
for an increase of his pension, which was then
£200. Sir Robert soon after added to this a new
pension of £300, on a public principle, “the recognition
of literary and scientific eminence as a public
claim.” He conferred, at the same time, a similar[Pg 132]
pension on Professor Airey, of Cambridge, Mrs.
Somerville, Sharon Turner, and James Montgomery.
The Athenæum says that an experiment, set on
foot by the liberality of a few humane persons in
the vicinity of London, has proved conclusively
that the number of idiots exceeds that of lunatics,
and that very much may be done, not only to promote
their physical comfort, but to bring the small
germs of intellect which exist even in the most imbecile
minds, into intelligent and useful activity.
Encouraged by this success, they have appealed
to the public for aid in establishing an institution
for the relief of that unfortunate class. They propose
to erect a building suitable for three hundred
patients.
The proprietors of the Marine Telegraph between
England and France propose, instead of laying a
wire like the one which the storm broke recently,
to have new wires inclosed in ropes of four or five
inches in diameter—the first layer being made of
gutta percha, and the outer one of iron wire, all
chemically prepared to resist the action of water
and the attacks of marine animalculæ. In each
cable there will be four lines of communication,
and two cables will be laid down at a distance of
three miles apart, to provide for any accident that
may happen to one of them. The whole, it is said,
will be ready in May next, and a grand inauguration
is proposed, Prince Albert being at one end
of the wire and Louis Napoleon at the other.
A project is on foot to reclaim from the sea, at
Norfolk, 32,000 acres of land, said to be of great
agricultural value. The estimated expense of
doing it is £640,000.
Mr. Halliwell has addressed a letter to the Times,
complaining of an unauthorized republication in
London of an edition of Shakspeare, with introductions
and notes by himself, published with considerable
success in New York.
Miss Martineau has been exciting a good deal of
mirth in England by a published account of having
succeeded in mesmerizing a sick cow.
Dr. Maitland is urging the formation of a society
to bring out new editions of the most celebrated
and least accessible works on Church History. His
plan is received with favor by the literary and religious
journals.
The foundations of several old walls, supposed to
have formed a Roman burial mound, have recently
been discovered in Hertfordshire, and means have
been adopted to give the locality a thorough exploration.
Several human skeletons were found in
the vicinity.
New statues of Newton, Shakspeare, Milton, and
Bacon, are to be set up on the four new pedestals
in the British Museum; models of them have been
made by Sir Richard Westmacott. An elaborate
piece of sculpture has also been prepared for the
tympanum of the pediment, representing the progress
of man from a savage condition up to the
highest state of intellectual advancement.
Mr. Godwin has addressed a letter to the Lord
Mayor elect of London, on the subject of improving
the character of the annual city “show” on the 9th
of November, and urging that some little invention
and taste might be exercised upon it, in lieu of repeating
year after year the same dull and effete
routine. He thinks that so ancient a custom ought
not to be abandoned, and proposes to raise it out
of the monotonous and prosaic routine into which
it has fallen, by the introduction, among other
changes, of emblems and works of art, accordant
with its ancient character, and worthy of the present
time.
The effect of the great Industrial Exhibition
upon the health of London is engaging considerable
attention. It is estimated that not less than
a million of people will pour into the city at that
time, and it is contended by medical men of eminence
that, unless wise and vigorous measures be
adopted, so vast and sudden an influx will create
a pestilence. The remedy proposed is to secure
in some way the daily distribution of the arrivals
over a large area in London, and a series of cheap
trains which would carry off a portion of the pressure
daily, spreading the gathered millions over
thirty or forty miles of movable encampment.
Sundry relics, ropes, canvas, bones, &c., were
recently brought to England by the Prince Albert,
which were found at Cape Riley, in the Arctic
Seas, and were supposed to afford traces of Sir John
Franklin. They were submitted by the Admiralty
to Captain Parry, Sir John Richardson, and others
for examination, and the conclusion arrived at is,
that they were left at Cape Riley by Sir John
Franklin’s expedition about the year 1845. It is
supposed that being stopped by ice, Sir John remained
there for a short time making observations,
&c. The reports are elaborate, and evince careful
and minute investigation. The conclusion at which
they arrive is very generally credited, so that the
first part of Sir John’s adventures in the Arctic
Seas is supposed to be at length known.
The building for the Great Exhibition in London
has been commenced, and the work upon it goes
forward with great rapidity. It is said that the
exhibition will probably have the effect to create
several local museums of great interest and importance.
The advantages of such institutions,
especially to inventors, would be very great.
Delaroche‘s great picture of “Napoleon crossing
the Alps,” has reached London, where it is on
exhibition. It is described as being wonderfully
exact in copying nature, but as lacking elevation
of purpose and the expression of sentiment. An
officer in a French costume, mounted on a mule, is
conducted by a rough peasant through a dangerous
pass, whose traces are scarcely discernible through
the deep-lying snow—and his aid-de-camp is just
visible in a ravine of the towering Alps. These
facts, the Athenæum says, are rendered with a
fidelity that has not omitted the plait of a drapery,
the shaggy texture of the four-footed animal, nor a
detail of the harness on his back. The drifting and
the imbedded snow, the pendent icicle which a
solitary sun-ray in a transient moment has made—all
are given with the utmost truth. But the lofty
and daring genius that led the humble Lieutenant
of Ajaccio to be the ruler and arbiter of the destinies
of the largest part of Europe, will be sought
in vain in the countenance painted by M. Delaroche.
A curious discovery has been made in a collection
of ancient marbles at Marbury Hall, in Cheshire,
formed at Rome in the middle of the last
century. A fragment of the frieze of the Parthenon
has been found, and is unmistakably identified by
its exactly fitting the parent stone in the British
Museum.
The people of Sheffield are subscribing and soliciting
subscriptions in other cities for a monument to
the memory of the poet Ebenezer Elliott. It is
not intended that the monument should be vast or
expensive, but that a neat cenotaph or column, at
a cost of twelve or fifteen hundred pounds, should
be erected and placed in a position suitable to do
honor to the genius whose memory it is to perpetuate.
The statue in honor of Chief Justice Tindal is
nearly completed. The inscription for the pedestal,
contributed by Justice Talfourd, speaks
of the illustrious man in whose honor it is erected,
as “a Judge, whose administration of English law,
directed by serene wisdom, animated by purest
love of justice, endeared by unwearied kindness,
and graced by the most lucid style, will be held by
his country in undying remembrance.”
The Roman Government has ordered the students
of art, before admission to the academies of
the city, to be examined as to the state of their
morals and their opinions on politics. Mr. Hely,
an English sculptor, has been commanded to quit
the Roman territories; the marriage of his sister
to the celebrated Dr. Achilli is supposed to have
been the reason for this command. The London
papers complain that the Americans are the only
people in Rome who are permitted to “exhibit
their political, artistic, and religious heresies with
impunity;” and they cite in proof Powers‘s emblematic
statue of the Republic of America trampling
under its feet the kingly diadem; Crawford‘s
design for the monument to Washington, which
the Athenæum says is original and striking; and
the fact, that the American residents have just obtained
permission to erect a Protestant Church, the
first ever built in the Eternal City.
A good deal of difficulty has been experienced in
deciding on the erection of a bridge at Westminster.
The Athenæum, is reminded, by the investigations,
of a story told of a board of magistrates in
the west of Ireland who met to consider the propriety
of erecting a new jail, when, after a protracted
and bewildering discussion, they formally
passed three resolutions; namely, that a new jail
should be built—that the materials of the old jail
should be used in constructing the new one—and
that the prisoners should be kept as securely as
possible in the old jail until the new one was ready
for their reception!
A new college—with peculiar features which
give it general interest—is about to be established
in Glasgow. It is to consist of two distinct parts;
the school proper and the college. In the first, as
is deemed suitable in a great commercial city,
youths will be grounded in the elements of a sound
commercial education; in the second the senior
students will go through the usual course of preparation
for the Universities. The college is to be
self-supporting, unsectarian, and non-political. The
fees are settled on a scale so low as to make the
trial interesting as an experiment—and the lectures
are to be open to ladies: a library and reading-room
are to form parts of the establishment.
The sanctum of the Duke of Wellington at
Walmer Castle is described as a room of but ordinary
size, destitute of ornament, and with but
scanty furniture, bearing very much the appearance
of the apartment of a petty officer in a garrison.
On the right is an ordinary camp bedstead,
with a single horse-hair mattress, and destitute of
curtains. Over this is a small collection of books,
comprising the best English classical authors,
French memoirs, military reports, official publications,
and Parliamentary papers. In the centre
of the room is an ink-stained mahogany table, at
which the Duke is occupied in writing some two
or three hours each day; and near this is a smaller
portable desk, used for reading or writing while in
bed; besides these, the furniture of the room consists
of some two or three chairs. The window
looks out upon the sea, and a door opens upon the
ramparts where, until recently, the Duke was always
to be found as early as six o’clock, taking his
morning walk.
Gutzlaff, the missionary to China, presents one
of the most striking examples of activity upon
record. He was born in 1803, in Pyritz, a Pomeranian
village, and commenced his missionary labors
at about thirty years of age. He is now on a
journey through Europe, the object of which is to
establish a Christian Union for the evangelization
of China. In person he hardly realizes the usual
romantic idea of a missionary hero. He is short
and stout, with a ruddy face, broad mouth, and
eyelids sleepily closed. His voice is strong and
not pleasant; and he gesticulates violently. It has
been often remarked that persons who have long
resided among the American Indians, become assimilated
to them in personal appearance. A similar
assimilation would seem to have taken place in
the person of Gutzlaff. His features have assumed
an aspect so thoroughly Chinese, that he is usually
taken by them for a fellow countryman.
A correspondent of an English journal furnishes
some personal sketches of the men concerned in
the government of the Sandwich Islands, which have
considerable interest. The king, Tamehameha III.,
according to this writer, is a man of some education,
for a native, and appears to take some interest
in matters of state. He was formerly addicted to
intemperance, but some years since, through the
influence of the missionaries, abandoned the habit;
but is said lately to have returned to it. He receives
an income of $12,000, besides rents from
his estates to the amount of probably $25,000 more.
All the principal departments of government, with
but a single exception, are filled by foreigners.
The Minister of Finance occupies the most important
post, and exercises the most powerful influence.
This is Mr. G.P. Judd, an American, a man of
good education and sound judgment, and undoubtedly
the fittest man in the kingdom for the post.
The Minister of Foreign Affairs is Mr. R.C. Wyllie,
a Scotchman. He was formerly a wealthy
merchant, whom a roving disposition brought into
the Pacific in 1844. He is a clever, social gentleman
of nearly fifty years of age, who fills the office he
holds with decided ability, and resolutely declines
all compensation for his services. The Minister of
the Interior is Mr. John Young, a half-breed, whose
father was an Englishman. He is about thirty-five
years of age, and is said to be the handsomest
man in the Islands. He does no discredit to his
post, although like other half-breeds, he can hardly
be considered as of equal capacity to his European
colleagues. The Minister of Public Instruction is
Rev. B. Armstrong, until some two years ago a
missionary, who is said to be the best scholar in
the Hawaiian language in the islands. He and
Mr. Judd, exercise the real government of the
islands, which could hardly be in better hands.
The salary of the ministers is $3000 per annum.
Lord John Russell has intrusted the execution
of the national Peel Monument to Mr. Gibson at
Rome.
Great complaints are made of injury done to
books, and other valuable works, in the British
Museum.
Among the distinguished men who have died
within the last month, we notice Mr. Watkins,
the son-in-law and biographer of Ebenezer Elliott;
Nikolaus Lenau, a German poet, who died in a
madhouse; C.F. Becker, “the genial,” whose
philological works have gained him a lasting reputation
in the world of letters; Carl Rottman,
painter to the King of Bavaria, one of the first[Pg 134]
artists of the day; Wenzel Johann Tomaschek,
one of the first musical composers of modern times—”the
ancient master of Bohemian music,” as he
was fondly called at Prague.
FRANCE.
M. Taboureau has discovered a method of converting
the mud of the newly macadamized Boulevards
at Paris into bricks; and so confident is the
expectation of thus using it, that the government
has invited bids for the privilege of using it for a
series of years. “Cheap as dirt” has lost its meaning.
A new shell has just been invented by a chemist
named Lagrange, which is said to be capable of
sinking a ship of 120 guns in a few minutes. Some
experiments made with it in the presence of skillful
officers were entirely successful.
An artist named Garnier died lately in Paris,
whose only claim to distinction lay in the incredibly
long time which he spent on incredibly poor
pictures. One of them representing the entrance
of Napoleon and Marie Louise into the Tuileries,
took him thirty-seven years, and when finished was
a wretched daub. A notice of his life was read in
the Academy.
The French papers state, that a number of
workmen are employed in fixing a wire from the
Bastile to the Madeleine, as an experiment for a
new company that has proposed to establish an
electric telegraph throughout Paris for the transmission
of messages.
A Belgian engineer, M. Laveleye, proposes to
connect the Seine and the Rhine by means of a
canal, by constructing which, navigation would be
open from London to the Black Sea and Constantinople,
through the heart of the Continent, and by
means of the great watercourses on or near whose
banks lie the materials of nearly all the internal
and external trade of Europe. The estimated cost
is £1,600,000.
Preparations are in active progress for the grand
exhibition of French pictures and sculpture at the
Palais National, which is to commence on the 15th
of December. The official notification which has
been issued directs artists to send in their works
from the 2d to the 15th of November. The exhibitors
themselves are to choose the jury of selection, each
exhibitor naming any one he may think fit. The
first exhibition of the kind which ever took place in
France was in 1673; and the first time a selecting
jury was formed was in 1745. After the Revolution
of 1848 the jury was abolished, and every body was
allowed to exhibit; but this was found to be impracticable
for the future, and the present system
of the artists electing the jury themselves came
into operation the following year. For upward of
a century, the members of the Academy of Painting
and Sculpture enjoyed the exclusive privilege of
exhibiting.
Although the censorship on theatrical pieces in
Paris has been re-established in even more than
its wonted strictness, the prefect of police does not
think it sufficient. He has recently directed the commissaries
of police (there is one in every theatre
every night) to pay particular attention to every
performance, and to notify him if there be any thing
“in the words, style, play, or costume of the actor,
or in the applause or disapprobation of the public,”
which may appear politically objectionable. This
proceeding of the prefect has caused profound dissatisfaction
in the theatrical circles.
The Paris “Débats” announces two new works
from the pen of M. Guizot, to be published at the
end of this month. The first is entitled “Monk;
Fall of the Republic, and Re-establishment of the
Monarchy in England in 1660.” The second is
“Washington; Foundation of the Republic of the
United States of America.”
An experiment has been made at the arsenal of
Metz, of mortars, hand grenades, and bombs made
of zinc, which has completely succeeded.
A vessel arrived at Bordeaux on the 18th inst.
from Canton, having on board a curious collection
of Chinese arms and costumes for the Museum of
Paris.
Several works concerning Joan of Arc have recently
been published in France. The one which
attracts most attention is devoted to her martial
exploits, and shows that she did not hesitate in
combat to put her foe to death with her own hand.
It is also cited as completely exonerating the English
from the odium of having had any part in her
horrid execution, since it shows that she was tried,
condemned, and executed by the Inquisition—that
the charges against her were purely and wholly
ecclesiastical; that her trial was conducted in the
pure ecclesiastical form, just as those of any other
suspected sorcerer, witch, or heretic; and that in
virtue of ecclesiastical laws she was sentenced and
burned.
An article on Madame de Genlis and the system
of education which she adopted with the late King
Louis Philippe, written by the eminent critic and
academician M. de Saint-Beuve, has excited some
attention. The writer dwells upon the prodigious
memory of Louis Philippe, and says that he knew
a good deal of almost every possible subject, and
had a great faculty of displaying this multifarious
knowledge in conversation.
The members of the Académie des Sciences, at
Paris, have lately been racking their brains and
wearying their tongues, in an attempt to decide
what forms the centre of the earth—whether it be
a globe of fire or a huge furnace, as some say—a
perfect void, as others maintain—a solid substance,
harder than granite, according to some—or a mass
of water according to others: but, as might readily
be anticipated, these discussions have had no practical
or useful result.
The subject which has excited most attention at
the meetings of the Academy has been the inquiry
made in Algiers, by Bernard and Pelouze, upon the
fearful poison called the Woorari. The composition
of this deadly matter has long been kept a mysterious
secret among the priests and sorcerers of
the Rio Negro and the Amazon. It was analyzed
by Humboldt, and the experiments that have now
been made confirm his views. It is a watery extract
from a plant of the genus Strychnos. A
weapon with the smallest point covered with the
matter kills as instantaneously as prussic acid.
Various experiments have been tried upon animals
that show how immediate is its action, and the
singular changes that result in the blood, which in
a moment becomes of a death-black color, and does
not, after death, on exposure to air, recover its usual
redness.
The trials at Algiers have ceased to excite any
attention. There are 66 persons accused of a conspiracy
to seize the Government; the reports come
down to the 13th of September.
We learn from the Paris Siècle that the Academy
of Sciences has at present under consideration a
project of a most extraordinary character, being
neither more nor less than a suspension bridge
between France and England. M. Ferdinand Lemaitre
proposes to establish an aerostatic bridge[Pg 135]
between Calais and Dover. For this purpose he
would construct strong abutments, to which the
platform would be attached. At a distance of
every 100 yards across the channel he would sink
four barges, heavily laden, to which would be fixed
a double iron chain, of peculiar construction. A
formidable apparatus of balloons, of an elliptical
form, and firmly secured, would support in the air
the extremity of these chains, which would be
strongly fastened to the abutments on the shore by
other chains. Each section of 100 yards would
cost about 300,000f., which would make 84,000,000f.
for the whole distance across. These chains, supported
in the air at certain distances, would become
the point of support to this fairy bridge, on
which the inventor proposes to establish an atmospheric
railway. This project has been developed
at great length by the inventor, and seems to be
discussed with great gravity by the Academy.
MM. Barral and Bixio, whose two former
ascents in crazy and ill-fitted balloons we noticed
some time since, are now superintending the construction
of an aerial machine better adapted for
enabling them to pursue a course of studies in the
atmosphere. Its dimensions are to be fifty-four
feet by forty-five, and will be capable of carrying
up twenty persons, if inflated with pure hydrogen;
if with carbonated hydrogen, twelve. We may
now hope that the balloon will be redeemed from
the service of charlatanism, and will contribute to
the advancement of science.
GERMANY, ITALY, Etc.
As a natural result of the disturbances in Germany,
its current literature has to a great extent
assumed the form of political pamphlets and romances.
Among the works of more general interest,
which have recently made their appearance,
we note the following: The Book of Predictions
and Prophecies: a complete collection of all the
writings of all the prominent prophets and seers of
the present and past; to wit, of Ailly, Bishop Müller,
Peter Tarrel, &c., with predictions concerning
Jerusalem, Orval, the End of the World, &c. Popular
History of the Catholic Church, brought down
to the present time, by J. Sporchil. The Present:
an Encyclopædic Representation of Contemporary
History. This, though in some respects, an independent
work, may yet be considered as a supplement
to the celebrated Conversations-Lexicon. It
is published in parts, of which two or three appear
each month, twelve parts forming a volume. The
Parts which have just been published, contain
the history of the German National Congress; the
Hungarian Revolution; the Local and Political
state of Nassau; the Insurrection in Schleswig-Holstein
in 1848; State and town of Frankfort. It
is published by Brockhaus, of Leipzig, who also
announces New Dramatic Poems, by Oehlenschlager.
History of the Heretics of the Middle
Ages, especially of the eleventh, twelfth, and thirteenth
centuries, by C.U. Hahn. Henrietta Herz,
her Life and Reminiscences, edited by J. Furst.
The authoress passed a long life on terms of intimate
friendship with men of science and literature.
Her reminiscences, though written late in
life, present a lively and good-humored picture of
the society of Berlin for a long course of years, embracing
sketches of Mirabeau, Jean Paul, Müller,
the historian, Schleiermacher, Humboldt, Ludwig
Börne, and others.
A bronze statue of the celebrated agriculturist,
Albert Thaer, has just been erected at Leipzig.
The costume is that of a German farmer, slightly
idealized, and wearing a broad mantle. The right
hand is raised as if in the act of teaching; the left
holds a roll, with the inscription, “National Husbandry;”
and upon the marble pedestal is inscribed,
“The German Cultivators to the honored
teacher, Albert Thaer.”
At the royal foundry in Munich preparations are
making for casting in bronze three colossal statues:
that of Gustavus Adolphus, for Göttenburg; that
of the Swedish poet Tegner, for Stockholm; and
that of Walter of Plettenberg, a celebrated Livonian
general, surnamed “The Conqueror of
the Russians.” The last statue was modeled by
Schwanthaler; the others are the works of two
young Swedish sculptors, MM. Fogelberg and
Quarnstroem, both residing in Rome.
An extract of a private letter from Rome states
that the Coliseum is in process of restoration.
Lessing’s great picture—”The Martyrdom of
Huss,” is described at length by a Düsseldorf correspondent
of the Leipzig Grenzboten. It is eighteen
feet by fifteen, and contains some twenty-seven
figures of the size of life; which, contrary to
the practice of the French painters in pictures of
this size, are so carefully finished, that they can
be looked at close at hand. There is not a superfluous
figure in the picture—none introduced to fill a
space, as is too frequently the case in large paintings.
The clearness of the general idea is not
marred by the effect of the separate parts: the
artistic separation of the group suffers the main
figure first to attract the eye. In this picture
Lessing has given proof of his ability in landscape
as well as in figures. The next work upon which
he is to be engaged is a large picture, commissioned
by the King of Prussia, representing the
imprisonment of Pope Paschal by Henry V.
An association has been formed in Jerusalem for
the investigation of subjects connected with the
Holy Land, including history, language, numismatics,
statistics, manufactures, commerce, agriculture,
natural history, and every other subject of
literary and scientific research, with the exception
of religious controversy. From the names of those
engaged in the project, it is hoped that the association
will make large additions to our present stores
of information respecting Palestine.
The Leipzig journals contain notices of the recent
productions of Polish literature, which are not without
interest even in this country. A romance, by
the Countess Ludwica Offolinska, recently published
at Cracow, has excited considerable attention.
It is entitled “The Fate of Sophia,” and is
written with great simplicity, and the deepest religious
feeling. The heroine receives at home a
religious training, and then is thrown out into the
world. She appears in succession as the waiting-maid,
and then the friend of her mistress; then as
maid to a worn-out woman of fashion, and at last
as governess to the children of her first beloved
mistress and friend. The sound principles she had
learned at her father’s house, serve her as a defense
amid all the perils which surround her in her career.
The same authoress has put forth two comedies:
“The Holy Christ,” and “Vespers in the
Country.”
Vincent Pol, a poet, and for a short time Professor
of Geography in the University of Cracow, is
one of the most distinguished geographers of the
day. His “Glance at the Northern Waters of the
Carpathians and their Districts,” is an earnest of
important contributions to geographical science
from the Slavic countries.
F. Antoniewicz, an ecclesiastic, has published[Pg 136]
“A Festival-day Lecture to our People,” written
with great eloquence. Rychcicki, otherwise known
as a historian, has put forth a “History of the celebrated
Chancellor Skarga, and a Description of the
Century in which he lived.”
From the Warsaw press have appeared, among
other works, “A Lexicon of Polish Painters,” comprising
all artists who were born, or lived in Poland,
or whose works refer to that country. It is
by Rastawiecki, contains two volumes, and is
ornamented with portraits. Dorbrski’s “A Few
Words more about the Caucasus,” is a continuation
of a former work.
From Wilna appears the “Athenæum,” by the
prolific Kraszwski. It contains from the pen of
the editor a work of great value, “Lithuania under
Witold,” and a romance. “The Wilna Album”
contains seventy sheets of views of interesting and
remarkable places in that city.
There are now published in Russia 154 periodicals,
of which 108 are in Russian, 29 in German,
8 in French, 5 Polish, 3 Lettish, and 1 Italian. Of
these 64 are published in St. Petersburgh, 20 in the
East-sea German provinces, 13 in Moscow, 5 in
Odessa, and 52 in the remaining parts of the empire.
Brockhaus, the great Leipzig publisher, announces
a translation into German of Ticknor’s
History of Spanish Literature, by Dr. R.H. Julius,
of Hamburg; with the assistance of Ferdinand
Wolf, of Vienna, and other scholars. The German
editor has labored for several years in this department
of literature, and will also avail himself
of Dozy’s learned work on Arabian-Spanish literature,
which appeared in Holland in 1849.
A paragraph in the London Builder states that
a very curious discovery has been made in the
Mosque of St. Sophia, at Constantinople. In the
course of cleansing and repairing the interior, the
original decorations in mosaic have been brought
to light, including, as it is said, a portrait of Constantine.
Drawings have been made, and are on
their way to England. The Sultan, to prevent the
necessity of removing them, as portraits are prohibited
by the Koran, has considerately ordered
them to be covered up again.
A newly invented locomotive steam engine has
been tried at Charleroi, with full success. The inventor,
M. Hector de Callias, a Sardinian engineer,
proposes to increase the speed of locomotives, to
give them an adherence four times greater than
they now have, and to decrease the expense of fuel.
By the pressure of only one atmosphere the wheels
made, in the trial referred to, 300 revolutions a minute,
which would give a speed of 24 leagues an
hour. The Belgian Minister of Public Works has
appointed a committee of engineers to report to
him on the experiments which are to take place
on the government lines, and has ordered every
assistance to be given to the inventor to facilitate
his object.
Meyerbeer is engaged in composing the music
for the choruses of the Eumenides of Æschylus,
which is about to be represented at Berlin, at the
special request of the King of Prussia, who is passionately
fond of the old Greek drama.
Interesting descriptions are given of the Volks-Fest,
or great festival of the Bavarian people, celebrated
at Munich on the first of October, in which
the peasants from all the royal possessions receive
from the king, in presence of the assembled multitude,
prizes for the good results of their labor in
rearing cattle, &c. The week this year opened
with wet weather, which did not, however, prevent
the attendance of an immense number of the people
of all classes and conditions. The King Maximilian,
with his brother Otho, King of Greece, was present,
occupying a splendid pavilion in the centre, around
which were ranged boxes for the gentry and seats
for the people. Three days were devoted to the
exhibition of cattle, grain, and agricultural products
of all kinds, intermingled with various sports and
gymnastic exercises, and the fourth was set apart
for the unvailing of the gigantic statue of Bavaria,
the colossal gift of the Ex-King Ludwig to
his people. This great statue was commenced in
1844, and is now only so far finished as to warrant
the removal of the wooden screens by which it has
been concealed. It is fifty-four feet high, and stands
upon a granite pedestal of thirty feet. It is cast in
bronze, of which not less than 125 tons were consumed,
and is described as a work of imposing
sublimity and profound beauty. It has for the
back-ground a white marble temple, called the
“Hall of Heroes,” of Doric architecture, composed
of a centre and two wings, and forming a semi-circle
behind the figure. To convey some idea of the size
of the statue it is stated that the face is equal to the
height of a man, the body twelve feet in diameter,
the arm five, the index finger six inches, and two
hands can not cover the nail of the great toe. The
grandeur of the features is sanctified by the gracious
sweetness of the expression; the clustering hair
falls on either side from the noble brow, and is entwined
with a circle of oak-leaves, one uplifted arm
holding the fame-wreath of laurel, the other grasping
a sword, beneath which sits the lion. Skins
clothe the vast body to the hips; solemn folds of
massive drapery, passing off the large symmetry
of the limbs to the feet. The material difficulties
attendant upon the casting were very great. The
unvailing of this great work was made the occasion
for a carnival of fun. Men of every trade brought
for display gigantic specimens of their respective
callings, made upon the same scale as the statue,
which were exhibited with great parade and amidst
magnificent music, and processions, &c. After the
multitude had been collected in front, the screen
was suddenly removed, and the colossal statue
stood revealed, and was greeted with shoutings,
and the voice of an immense band of singers. An
oration in honor of the king was then pronounced
by Teichlein the painter, from the steps of the
pedestal, after which the throng dispersed.
The director of the observatory at St. Petersburg,
M. Kuppffer has applied to the French government
to establish a number of stations in different parts
of the country for taking meteorological observations,
with the view of aiding him in the vast
studies he has been for some time past making,
respecting the climates of different countries. In
England and Germany it appears such stations
have been formed, and have proved of great utility.
Before complying with M. Kuppffer’s request, the
government has requested the opinion of the academy
on the subject. It can not but be favorable.
It is pleasant to see the several nations of Europe,
in the midst of their fierce political dissensions and
struggles for supremacy, thus uniting for the promotion
of science.
In this number of the New Monthly will be found
an interesting account of the character and life of
the distinguished German scholar, Kinkel, who is
imprisoned by the Prussian government for his liberal
opinions. Late European papers state that
his friends requested permission for him to continue
a work he had commenced on the Fine Arts among
the Christian nations, but it was peremptorily refused.[Pg 137]
He is not allowed pens and ink, or books of
any kind, and it is said that he is treated with unusual
and cruel rigor.
Artin Bey, late Prime Minister of Egypt, has
not, as was expected, gone on to Constantinople,
but has retired to the mountains of Lebanon, in
Syria, where he awaits the final result of the step
he took in flying from Egypt.
On the 17th Oct. Prince Paskiewitch completed
the fiftieth year of his service in the Russian army.
The emperor held a grand review on that day, and
presented him personally with a Field Marshal’s
baton, in acknowledgment of his fidelity.
M. Freiberg, the director of the opera at Berlin,
has brought an action against Madame Fiorentina,
for a breach of engagement, and against Lumley, of
London, for engaging her; he has laid his damages
at eighty thousand francs.
The Pope has performed a popular act of clemency,
by pardoning, only an hour before the execution
was to have taken place, the three individuals
convicted of complicity in the attempt to assassinate
Col. Nardonic, Chief of the Roman Police,
on the 19th of June last. The attempt having
failed, Pius IX. commuted the pain of death to that
of the hulks for life, without hope of further remission.
It was a political crime, the death of the
odious re-actionist having been decreed in a secret
democratic society.
The commission appointed in Rome to ascertain
and estimate the damage done to the monuments
of Rome, buildings, and ruins, during the siege of
the last year, have concluded their report, and fixed
upon the sums of 508,800 francs, as the total, estimated
in money, of the damage done by the besieging
French forces, and 1,565,275 francs, of that inflicted
by the Romans themselves.
The rise of the Nile this year has been unsatisfactory.
The river has already begun to fall, and
it is feared that a vast extent of land will not have
been sufficiently watered, and that next year’s
crops will be short.
A project has been started to erect a monument
to Columbus, at Palos de Maguer, opposite the
Convent of St. Ann, whence the great discoverer
set sail on his first voyage. The design proposed
is a colossal statue, twenty feet high, surrounded
by groups of figures, forming a base of forty feet in
circumference. The lowest estimate of the expense
is $100,000.
ITEMS OF GENERAL NEWS.
A rather extraordinary contest has arisen between
the manufacturers of embroidered articles
at Nancy and the wholesale merchants in Paris.
The former demand a complete prohibition of the
imports of the articles which they manufacture.
The merchants, on the other hand, defend the principle
of the freedom of commerce, and demand that
the embroidered muslins of Switzerland be admitted
into France. M. Dumas, the Minister of Commerce,
has pronounced in favor of the manufacturers
of Nancy.
During the last two years and a half, the houses
of 1951 families have been leveled in Kilrush,
Ireland, and 408 other families have been unhoused.
The tide of emigration is continued as vigorously
as ever. From Kerry considerable numbers were
proceeding to Cork and Limerick, to embark for
the United States.
Preparations, it is said, are in active progress for
the reorganization of the Dublin Trades Union—a
body which, some years since, possessed considerable
influence in the conduct of political affairs in
the metropolis.
A society has been formed in London for the reform
of abuses in the Court of Chancery.
It is proposed to erect a monument in Edinburgh
to Wallace, the Scottish hero.
More than 2000 members of the Methodist Society
have been expelled at Bristol, because they are
in favor of a reform in the polity of their Society.
A sailors’ home on a large scale is about to be
established at Plymouth.
A great chess match, to be played by amateurs
of all nations during the Exhibition of 1851, is being
arranged for.
Five new whalers are to be added to the whaling
fleet of Peterhead next season.
Large purchases of wine continue to be made in
the Douro, at high prices.
Upwards of five hundred members have already
joined the Liverpool Freehold Land Society.
A mummy brought from Thebes by Sir J.E. Tennent
was unrolled in the Museum at Belfast.
Numerous bales of moss have lately been imported
into London from Cork.
Meyerbeer is at present at Paris, and has attended
several public as well as private concerts.
The library left by Dr. Neander is to be sold by
auction. There are about 4000 volumes; among
them some of the best editions of the old church
Fathers, presented by the theological students to
Neander on his birth-day. An attempt is making
to purchase the library for the use of the theological
students at the University. The total sum demanded
is not more than $4000.
An immense layer of sulphur has been discovered
near Alexandria. It can be obtained in large quantities
so cheaply, that it is expected the price of the
article will be reduced in Europe.
The English population of Madrid increases in a
remarkable degree. The Aranjuez railroad, the
gas works, the mines of Guadalajara, and various
other industrial enterprises, afford employment to
many of them.
A verdict of manslaughter has been returned by
the coroner’s jury against Captain Rowles, of the
bark New Liverpool, lately arrived at Southampton,
in which some Lascar seamen had died from
neglect.
The Madrid aeronaut, when preparing last week
for his aerial voyage over Europe, to convince the
world that a balloon can be guided in any direction,
found a large rent in the silk. The voyage has,
therefore, been delayed for some weeks.
A steam company is on the eve of being formed
at Constantinople for towing vessels through the
Bosphorus and the Dardanelles. The capital is to
be £150,000, in fifteen hundred shares of £100 each.
The Sultan and most of the ministers are on the
list.
A Transylvanian nobleman, writing to a friend in
England, speaks of the pleasure with which he
read of the reception of Haynau in England. He
states that General Count Leiningen, an hour before
his execution, said, “You will see our infamous
murder will excite the greatest sensation in
England, and I recommend Haynau not to venture
on a visit to England, for the people will stone
him.”
The landed interest of the late Sir Robert Peel
was not much under £35,000 a year.
A private in the 56th regiment of the line was
sentenced to death by court-martial in Paris for
having struck a corporal.
The circulation of all the Paris newspapers has[Pg 138]
greatly diminished, under the operation of recent
laws.
About one hundred Mormons passed through
Liverpool lately, on their way to the Salt Lake
Valley, North America.
It is stated that about £70,000 was paid by the
Government of Spain for the steamships Hibernia
and Caledonia.
Louis Napoleon has purchased fifty head of fallow
deer, of Mr. Fuller, of England, with which to
stock the park of St. Cloud.
Leipsig fair, which has just terminated, proved
very satisfactory. Worsted and cotton goods of
English manufacture were in good demand.
A revolt has broken out in Morocco, in consequence
of a decree by the emperor, ordering the
skins of all slaughtered animals to be considered
as his exclusive property.
An iron lighthouse of vast dimensions is about
to be erected on the Fastnett, a solitary rock several
miles out in the Atlantic, off the coast of Cork
and Kerry.
In London, under the patronage of the Lady
Mayoress, a large carpet is in progress of preparation
for the Exhibition. It is to be thirty feet in
length, twenty in width, and to consist of one hundred
and fifty squares.
It is stated upon good authority, that in the articles
of rice and tobacco alone, a mercantile firm in
Liverpool will this year realize £300,000, supposed
to be the largest sum ever made by any mercantile
house in Europe in one year.
The foreign merchants and shippers of London
have agreed to establish a “club for all nations,” to
meet the requirements of the strangers, merchants
and others, who will be in town during the Exhibition
of 1851. The club will be provided, in addition
to the usual accommodations, with interpreters acquainted
with all the languages of the East and of
Europe, guides and commissioners, and departments
for information. A committee of gentlemen,
merchants of London, has been elected to carry
out the undertaking.
About two years ago, the scientific world was
surprised by the announcement that Drs. Krapf
and Rebman, who had been zealously employed in
connection with the Missionary Society in Eastern
and Central Africa, had discovered a mountain or
mountains within one degree of the Equator, and
about two hundred miles distant from the sea,
which were covered with perpetual snow, and
which there was every reason to suppose were no
other than Ptolemy’s “Mountains of the Moon.”
It now appears that there is no doubt of the fact.
A curious exhibition is in course of preparation
for the World’s Fair, by Mr. Wyld, M.P., the
eminent map-engraver. He is constructing a huge
globe, of fifty-six feet in diameter, which will be
provided with a convenient mode of ingress and
egress; the different countries of the world will be
represented upon the inner, and not upon the outer
surface, and the interior will be fitted up with galleries
and staircases, so as to enable the visitor to
make a tour of the world, and visit each of the
countries whose industry or productions will be displayed
in the Great Exhibition.
The wife of Mr. Maclean, late M.P. for Oxford,
has been killed, by being thrown from her carriage
at Castellamare, near Naples.
In many of the provincial towns a strong feeling
prevails in favor of making the Peel monument assume
the shape of useful institutions, such as libraries.
A new monthly magazine, adapted to meet the
wants of the advanced section of the Nonconformists,
has been announced.
The inmates of St. Luke’s Hospital were treated
to the entertainments of music and dancing at a
lunatics’ ball. The success of the experiment will
lead to its repetition.
A new dock, called the Victoria Tidal Harbor,
has been opened at Greenock.
Highway robbery is becoming very prevalent in
the neighborhood of Liverpool.
A movement is in progress for the erection of a
monument at Newcastle to the late George Stephenson,
“the father of railways.”
The great water-works for the supply of Manchester
are rapidly approaching completion.
The Manchester Guardian notices the arrival at
Manchester of a consignment of 250 bales of saw-ginned
cotton from India.
The trade of Paisley continues in a satisfactory
state, and weavers are in great demand.
The tonnage of the port of Liverpool has increased
from 1,223,318 tons, in 1836, to 3,309,746
in 1849.
The subscriptions of the City of London Committee
toward the Great Exhibition amount to
£26,189 18s. 9d.
The South Devon Railway Company lost £364,000
by the atmospheric bubble.
The money sent by the Irish emigrants in America
to their starving relatives at home equals, it is
said, the whole of the Irish poor-rates.
The Prussian Commissioners, on the subject of
the Exhibition of 1851, have issued an address recommending
a hearty co-operation in the design.
The Koh-i-noor diamond, or Mountain of Light,
will, it is said, be placed among the collection of
minerals at the Exhibition in Hyde Park next
year.
The county expenditure for the West Riding of
Yorkshire, was in 1824 £38,860; in 1832 it had risen
to £53,477; and went on increasing until 1847,
when it had risen to £103,561.
A French paper, the Courrier du Nord, says that
the Minister of Agriculture, while recently visiting
the coal mines of the Anzin Company, at Denain,
discovered a rough diamond, fixed in a stone which
had been extracted from the coal.
An Englishman, Col. Daniels, has left his estate
of nearly two millions of dollars to a bookseller in
New Haven, Connecticut, who was kind to him
while sick and without friends in the United States.
Two claimants have appeared for the bequest.
Mr. Levi H. Young and Mr. Charles S. Uhlhorn,
who were in partnership at the time referred to.
The Hungarian exiles at Constantinople, it is
said, are about to issue a journal. The Italians
there have published flying sheets for some time
past.
A correspondent of a Philadelphia paper writes
that caricatures on American subjects abound in
Paris.
Capt. Stansbury, of the Topographical Engineers,
and party, arrived at St. Louis, Nov. 12, on their
return from an exploring expedition to the Great
Salt Lake.
A Paris paper asserts that Guizot refused a
nomination as a candidate for the National Assembly
from the department of the Cher.
LITERARY NOTICES.
John S. Taylor has published the third edition
of The Salamander, the exquisite prose
poem by Mrs. E. Oakes Smith, which found
such a cordial appreciation from the most
genial critical tastes on its first publication.
The present edition has received the title of
Hugo, from one of the principal characters in
the story, though we think that a more appropriate
and suggestive name might have been
The Lost Angel. Under whatever title, however,
the work belongs to a unique and most
difficult branch of literary composition. Essentially
poetical in its conception, it is clothed
in the forms of prose, which the most consummate
artistic skill can hardly mould into an
adequate expression for such bold and lofty
speculations as pervade the whole structure of
this work. The language, which is singularly
beautiful and impressive, is made the vehicle
for an allegory of a very refined and subtle
character, appealing but indirectly to the mass
of human sympathies, and illuminated only by
the dim and fitful light of the supernatural. It
is no wonder that the allegorical mode should
present such potent seductions to genius of the
highest order. It leaves such ample scope to
the imagination, allows such indulgence to the
largest liberty of invention, and is so fruitful
in materials for vivid and effective illustration,
that it offers the most enticing charm to writers
whose consciousness of power is embarrassed
in the usual forms of expression. At the same
time, unless like the allegories of sacred history,
the import is too obvious to be mistaken,
or like those of John Bunyan, it lays open the
secrets of universal experience, this mode of
writing is too far removed from the popular
mind to contain the most powerful elements of
success. Even in the creative hands of Dante
and Spenser, the allegory is regarded rather as
a hindrance than an aid, by the warmest admirers
of their poetry. Hence we consider it
no discredit to the author of “Hugo,” that she
has not entirely conquered the difficulties of
this style of literary art. Her production is
studded with beauties of thought and phrase
that betray a genius of rare vigor and versatility.
She has nobly dared to deviate from the
beaten track, and has thus constructed a work,
which must be regarded as a gem of precious
quality, for its exquisite brilliancy of coloring,
its transparent beauty of texture, and the vivid
and natural truthfulness with which it gives
back the lights of a radiant imagination.
A Pastor’s Sketches, by Rev. Ichabod S.
Spencer (published by M.W. Dodd), is a
unique volume, presenting a highly instructive
record of the experience of the author, during
an active and varied pastoral intercourse. The
sketches, which are all drawn from real life,
describe the mental operations under the influence
of strong religious emotion, in a manner
equally interesting to the psychologist and the
theologian. Most of the instances related occurred
at a period of unusual excitement, but
they are free from any tincture of fanaticism,
and may be studied to advantage by all who
are interested in the moral and religious advancement
of their fellow men. The author
displays a remarkable insight into human
nature, a strong attachment to the doctrines of
the church in which he is a minister, a rare
power of close, consecutive reasoning, which
is used with great effect in disposing of skeptical
objections, a fluency of language and a
variety and aptness of illustration, that must
always make him a master in the work of dealing
with troubled, or erring, or diseased consciences.
His volume can not fail to become
a favorite on the table of the pastor, and, indeed,
of all who are curious in the narratives
of religious experience.
Harper and Brothers have published The
History of Madame Roland, by J.S.C. Abbott,
an agreeable compilation of the principal events
in the life of that extraordinary woman, forming
one of the most readable volumes of the day.
Baker and Scribner have published a second
and revised edition of Sketches of Reforms and
Reformers, by Henry B. Stanton, a work
which has attained a great and deserved popularity.
It is written with vigor, animation,
and impartiality, presenting a lucid, systematic
view of the progress of political reform in Great
Britain, with lively portraitures of the most
eminent men who have been distinguished in
the movement.
Lewis Colby has published The Churches and
Sects of the United States, by Rev. P. Douglass
Gorree, giving a brief account of the origin,
history, doctrines, church-government, mode of
worship, usages, and statistics of the various
denominations in this country. The copious
information which it presents, although reduced
within a narrow compass, will be found to comprise
most of the essential facts concerning the
different topics treated, and from the diligence
and candor evinced by the author, we have no
doubt of its entire reliability.
The same publisher has issued A Cenotaph
to a Woman of the Burman Mission, being a
memoir of Mrs. Helen M. Mason, whose devoted
piety and modest worth eminently entitled her
to this feeling commemoration by her husband.
Tallis, Willoughby, and Co. continue the
serial publication of The Life of Christ, by
John Fleetwood, beautifully illustrated with
steel engravings; and Scripture History for
the Young, by Frederick Banbridge, profusely
embellished with appropriate plates, representing
the most remarkable incidents in the Old
and New Testaments.
Ticknor, Reed, and Fields have published a
new volume of Poems by Grace Greenwood,
consisting of a selection from her contributions
to the Magazines, with several pieces which we[Pg 140]
have not before seen in print. Like all the
productions of that popular authoress, they are
marked with strong traces of individuality,
varying with the mood of the moment, now
expressing a deep and melancholy pathos, and
now gay with exuberant hope and native elasticity
of spirit. A transparent atmosphere of
intellectuality is the medium for the loftiest
flights of her fancy, inspiring confidence even in
her most erratic excursions, and giving a healthy
tone to her glowing effusions of sentiment.
We have also from Ticknor, Reed, and Fields
a new edition of The Grandfather’s Chair, by
Nathaniel Hawthorne, with Biographical
Stories from the lives of Benjamin West, Sir
Isaac Newton, Dr. Johnson, Oliver Cromwell,
Benjamin Franklin, and Queen Christina. Mr.
Hawthorne’s narratives for juvenile reading are
no less original and attractive in their kind,
than the admirable tales and descriptions by
which he is known to the majority of readers.
A cheap edition of the powerful sea-story, The
Green Hand, has been published in one volume
complete, by Harper and Brothers, enabling the
admirers of that racy production to enjoy its flavor
without making “two bites of the cherry.”
The New-Englander, for November (published
at New Haven by J.B. Carrington), is an able
number of this bold and masculine periodical,
discussing various topics of interest with a
healthy grasp of intellect, and a fresh energy
of expression, which show that it has escaped
the incubus of a lifeless religionism, and breathes
a free, independent, and aspiring spirit, equally
removed from presumption and timidity. Among
the articles, is an elaborate and able reply to
Professor Agassiz, on “The Original Unity of
the Human Race,” an admirable Review of
“Tennyson’s In Memoriam,” a paper on California,
with others of no less interest.
The Bibliotheca Sacra, conducted by B.B.
Edwards, and E.A. Park, for November (Andover,
W.I. Draper), abounds in choice and
recondite learning, with a sufficient sprinkling
of popular articles to attract the attention of
general readers. “The Life and Character of
De Wette” gives an instructive account of the
position and influence of that eminent German
theologian. The whole number is highly creditable
to the condition of sacred literature in
this country.
Ticknor, Reed, and Fields, Boston, have published
Lyrics of Spain and Erin, by Edward
Maturin, a neat volume of spirited and graceful
poetry, consisting of Spanish Ballads, Legends
and Superstitions of Ireland, and Miscellaneous
Pieces.
We have also from their press Astræa, A
Phi Beta Kappa Poem, by O.W. Holmes,
gleaming with brilliant flashes of wit, and
playfully scoring some of the prevalent follies
of the day; a volume of Biographical Essays,
by Thomas De Quincey, a work of extraordinary
interest, as presenting the judgment of that bold
and vigorous thinker on such names as Shakspeare,
Pope, Lamb, Goethe, and Schiller; and
Numa Pompilius, translated from the French of
Florian, by J.A. Ferris.
Jamaica in 1850, by John Bigelow (published
by Geo. P. Putnam), is less a book of
travels than a treatise on practical economy,
suggested by a short residence on that island
during a part of last winter. The largest portion
of the volume is devoted to a discussion
of the causes to which the commercial and industrial
decline of Jamaica may be ascribed,
and of the measures which, in the opinion of
the author, would restore that delightful and
fertile island to more than its ancient prosperity.
The root of the evil, according to Mr.
Bigelow, is to be found in the degradation of
labor, the non-residence of the landholders, the
encumbered condition of real estate, and the
monopoly of the soil by a small number of proprietors.
He warmly maintains the importance
of developing the vast industrial resources of
the island, and establishing the laboring classes
in a state of personal independence. His views
are set forth at considerable length, and with a
variety of illustrations. The discussion is often
enlivened by descriptions of local customs and
manners, narratives of personal experience, and
lively sketches of incident and character. Mr.
Bigelow’s style has the fluency, ease, and vivacity,
with the occasional inaccuracies, which naturally
proceed from the habit of perpetual and
rapid composition, inseparable from the profession
of a newspaper editor. Some portions of
this volume have already appeared in the New
York Evening Post, of which Mr. Bigelow is
one of the conductors, where they produced a
very favorable impression. They lose none of
their interest in the present form, and will be
found to present a mass of important information
in an unusually agreeable manner.
Messrs. Tappan, Whittemore, and Mason
have recently published Cantica Laudis; or,
The American Book of Church Music, being
chiefly a selection of chaste and elegant melodies
from the most classic authors, ancient and
modern, with harmony parts; together with
Chants, Anthems, and other set pieces, for
choirs and schools; to which are added, Tunes
for Congregational singing, by Lowell Mason
and George James Webb. Also, by the same
authors, The Melodist, a collection of popular
and social songs, original and selected, harmonized
and arranged for soprano, alto, tenor, and
base voices.
Beranger; Two Hundred of his Lyrical Poems,
done into English verse, by William Young
(published by George P. Putnam), is a selection
from Beranger’s Songs, of which one hundred
have already appeared in a London edition, and
are here reproduced, after careful revision, the
remainder being now printed for the first time.
On many accounts, Beranger is less suited for
representation in a foreign language than most
poets who have gained such wide popularity
among their own countrymen. Many of his
most brilliant effusions have a strong tincture
of licentiousness; they are marked by a freedom[Pg 141]
of delineation and of language which every
decent English translator would wish to avoid;
and their publication in any other land than that
of their origin, would be an ungracious enterprise.
Besides, his productions are singularly idiomatic
in their style; growing out of the current events
of the day; abounding in local and political
allusions; and strongly impressed with the national
characteristics of France. The external
form of these popular lyrics seems to be the
necessary costume of their spirit. You can not
separate one from the other without violating
the integrity of the piece. Its vitality resides
in the light, airy, evanescent structure of the
rhythm. This delicate vase can not be broken
without wasting the precious aromas which it
incloses. With these formidable difficulties in
the way of the translator, we must give Mr.
Young the highest credit for the felicitous manner
in which he has accomplished his task. His
selections are made with an admirable balance
of taste. He has excluded all pieces, that could
justly be condemned on the score of grossness
or a frivolous treatment of sacred things, while
he has not yielded to the suggestions of an
over-fastidious and morbid prudery. The translation
bears the marks of pains-taking diligence
and a scrupulous desire for accuracy. It is the
result of a profound study and a familiar knowledge
of the author. It renders the general outlines
of the original with almost the fidelity of
a daguerreotype. The reader who has no acquaintance
with French poetry may obtain from
it a sufficiently distinct idea of the costume,
the movement, and the verbal harmonies of
Beranger. Nor is this all. Many of the songs
are alive and tremulous with gayety and feeling.
They are written as the author would have
written in English. If the racy and delicious
flavor of the original is not always preserved, it
is no fault of the translator. Literary art has
not yet discovered the secret of retaining the
freshness of inspiration through the process of
transplanting into a foreign tongue. A neat
biographical sketch of Beranger is a welcome
appendage to the volume.
C.S. Francis and Co. have issued a neat edition
of Hans Christian Andersen’s popular
juveniles The Story Teller, The Ugly Duck,
Little Ellie, and other tales, illustrated with
wood-engravings.
The Gem of the Western World, published by
Cornish, Lamport, and Co., is the title of a new
Annual for 1851, edited by Mrs. Mary E.
Hewitt, containing several original articles
from her own pen, with contributions from a
variety of well-known popular writers. The
admirable taste of the editress is a guarantee for
the excellence of the literary matter which she
has admitted into the volume.
D. Appleton and Co. announce a magnificent
collection of Gift-Books for the approaching
holidays, which in the chaste and elevated character
of their contents, and the exquisite beauty
of their embellishments have not been surpassed
by any similar publications in this country.
Our Saviour with Apostles and Prophets, edited
by Rev. Dr. Wainwright, contains a series of
portraits of the sacred personages described in
the text, from designs by Finden and other
artists of acknowledged eminence in England.
They are beautifully engraved on steel, presenting
with great fidelity to character, the ideal
traits of the prophets and martyrs, whose features
they are supposed to represent. Each
plate is accompanied with an original essay,
prepared expressly for this volume, and written
with uniform propriety and good taste. The
writers are among the most distinguished American
divines in their respective denominations.
They have performed the task assigned to them
in the preparation of this elegant work, with
good judgment, fidelity, and eminent success.
Instead of attempting to “gild the refined gold”
of the sacred writers with the thin tinsel of
modern rhetoric, they have preserved the decorum
appropriate to the subject, and expressed
the reflections which it suggests, in grave,
modest, and forcible language. Hence, this
volume possesses an intrinsic value, as a work
on Scripture Biography, which recommends it
to the notice of the religious public, independently
of the beauty and impressive character
of its pictorial illustrations. We are greatly
indebted both to the Editor and the Publishers
for such a valuable addition to the tempting literature
of the holidays.
Another of their illustrated publications, of
a less expensive character, is entitled Sacred
Scenes, describing various passages in the life
of our Saviour by artistic representations, accompanied
with suitable selections from the
works of distinguished English writers.
Evenings at Donaldson Manor is a charming
collection of tales and narratives from the pen
of Maria J. McIntosh, which with Midsummer
Fays, by Susan Pindar, is adapted to the
younger classes of readers, forming beautiful
and appropriate gifts for the season of social
congratulations and the exchanges of friendship
and domestic affection.
The National Cook-Book, by A Lady of Philadelphia,
published by Robert E. Peterson, is a
treatise adapted to American tastes and habits,
and will, of course, be satisfactory to those who
prefer a bill of fare in their own language.
Great attention has been paid to that department
of cookery exclusively adapted to the sick
or convalescent, most of the dishes having been
prepared according to the directions of eminent
physicians of Philadelphia.
The Relation between the Holy Scriptures and
some Parts of Geological Science, is reprinted
by Robert E. Peterson, of Philadelphia, from
the fourth London edition, greatly enlarged by
its veteran author, John Pye Smith, the distinguished
Professor of Divinity in the College
at Homerton. The work, which consists of a
series of Lectures, illustrated by copious notes,
displays extensive and diligent research, uncommon
strength and fairness of argument, and an
animated and impressive style. It has met[Pg 142]
with brilliant success in England, and has
gained a highly favorable reputation in this
country.
Little and Brown, Boston, have issued the
Second Volume of The Works of John Adams,
with a Life of the Author, Notes and Illustrations,
by his Grandson, Charles Francis Adams,
the first volume, which has not yet made its
appearance, being reserved for the Life of President
Adams, announced on the title-page. The
present volume is composed of a Diary, some
portions of an Autobiography, and Notes of the
earlier debates in the Provincial Congress at
Philadelphia. The Diary was commenced in
1755, the year of the author’s graduation at
Harvard College, and continues to 1778, the
period of his first departure for Europe as Envoy
to the Court of Versailles. It presents a
curious picture of the youth and early manhood
of the celebrated statesman, and of the gradual
development of political events till their consummation
in the war of the Revolution. The
sketches which are also given of several of the
Massachusetts politicians, whose names have
since become identified with the history of their
country, derive a peculiar interest from the freedom
and unconsciousness with which they are
drawn, the writer having no idea of publicity,
and intending his record of current events as
merely the pastime of a leisure hour. His
frank and copious details, which are published
without alteration by the Editor, often give an
amusing illustration of the domestic life of
New England, and with a few homely touches,
reveal the spirit of the people which led to resistance
against British aggression. The manner
in which the work has been prepared for
publication is in a high degree creditable to the
fidelity, impartiality, and excellent judgment of
the Editor. He gives all necessary explanations
in cases of doubt or obscurity, but never distracts
the attention of the reader by a superfluity
of comment. With an evident tenderness
for the reputation of his venerable relative, he
allows him to depict himself in genuine colors,
making no attempt to gloss over his infirmities,
or to place his virtues in an exaggerated light.
The volume is issued in a style of great typographical
elegance, with a portrait of President
Adams in his youth, and a very natural sketch
of the primitive old Yankee homestead in Quincy.
The Broken Bracelet and Other Poems (Phil.,
Lindsay and Blakiston), by Mrs. C.H.W. Esling,
is the title of a volume of poems, which,
in another form, have been favorably received
by the public, and are now collected by the suggestion
of the literary friends of the author, formerly
Miss Waterman. They are justly entitled
to the compliment of a reprint, on account of
their true poetic sentiment, their graceful versification,
their delicate appreciation of beauty,
and their pure and healthy sympathies with the
varied aspects of humanity. The poem, from
which the volume takes its name, is a romantic
Italian story, abounding in natural touches of
pathos, and many of the smaller pieces show a
depth of feeling and versatility of expression
that can not fail to make them general favorites.
The Immortal; A Dramatic Romance, and
Other Poems, by James Nack (published by
Stringer and Townsend), is introduced with a
memoir of the author, by George P. Morris,
who gives an interesting description of the circumstances
which, at an early period of life,
decided his future position. Mr. Nack was the
son of a merchant in the city of New York.
He soon displayed a love of study, which gave
promise of future intellectual distinction. His
genius for poetry received a remarkably precocious
development. But he had scarcely attained
his ninth year when he met with a
severe accident, which resulted in the total destruction
of his hearing. He was thus deprived
of the power of articulation to so great a degree,
that he has since confined himself to writing as
the medium of intercourse with others. His
natural energy and perseverance, however, have
enabled him to overcome the obstacles to literary
culture, which, to most persons, would have
been insurmountable. The poetry in the present
volume, in addition to the interest excited by the
situation of the author, possesses the decided
merits of a vivid imagination, great tenderness
and purity of feeling, and usually a chaste and
vigorous diction.
Baker and Scribner have issued an edition of
Milton’s Paradise Lost, in one handsome duodecimo
volume, edited by Professor James R.
Boyd, containing original, explanatory, and critical
notes, with a copious selection from the
commentaries of Newton, Todd, Sir Egerton
Brydges, Stebbing, and others. The edition is
illustrated by engravings from the celebrated
designs of Martin.
A General View of the Fine Arts (published
by G.P. Putnam), is the production of a lady,
who, while devoting her leisure hours to its
composition, was practically engaged with the
pallet and colors. It is intended to diffuse a
taste for the study of the fine arts, by gathering
into a small compass, the information which
was before diffused through many expensive
and often inaccessible volumes. Under the different
heads of Painting, Sculpture, Architecture,
and Music, the author has presented a variety
of historical sketches, discussions of theoretical
principles, anecdotes of celebrated artists, and
descriptions of their most important productions.
Without making any pretensions to entire
originality, the work displays a lucid arrangement,
an extent of information, and a
pleasing vivacity of style, which give a very
favorable idea of the diligence, conscientiousness,
critical judgment, and artistic enthusiasm
of the anonymous author. An appropriate introduction
by Huntington, the distinguished
American painter, accompanies the volume.
G.P. Putnam has published the Artist’s
Chromatic Hand-Book, by John P. Ridner, a
convenient practical treatise on the properties
and uses of the different colors employed in
painting.
Fashions for December.

Fig. 1.—Visiting and Ball Costumes for December
The extremely mild weather which has prevailed
during the autumn, has somewhat
retarded the preparations for winter; yet the
modists have not been unmindful of the passage
of the months, and the fact that December
always promises frosts and snows. From
Paris, the great fountain of taste in dress, elegant
bonnets have been received. Some are of
white, lilac, pink, and green satin, covered with
black lace of rich pattern; others are of black
and colored velvets, trimmed with a small
feather on each side; the inside trimming
composed of velvet flowers and foliage, in tints
harmonizing with the color of the bonnet.
Pardessus, wadded, and of the same material
as the dress, are now generally worn, the patterns
varying but little from those depicted in
our last Number. Dresses, mantelets, and other
articles of costume, are ornamented with braid
and embroidery. Embroidered silks are worn,
of which the gray, shot with white, and ornamented
with embroidered flowers and foliage of
gray silk, the stems and tendrils being white,
are most in vogue. The corsage is low, open[Pg 144]
in front, sleeves demi-long. Another seasonable
material for a plain walking and in-door
dress, is a French fabric called amure, which
consists of a mixture of silk and wool. It is
woven in dress lengths.
The figure on the left in Figure 1, represents
an elegant ball costume. The dress is composed
of white crape, the skirt, which is full, being
handsomely trimmed with white lace and fullings
of crape put on at equal distances; the
upper row of lace, reaching to a little below
the waist. Plain low corsage, the top part
encircled with a double fall of lace, forming a
kind of berthe, and headed with a narrow fulling
of crape, similar to that on the skirt. This
berthe entirely conceals the plain, short sleeve;
the whole is worn over a skirt of white satin.
The hair is simply arranged in a cable twist,
being confined at the back with a gold or silver
comb. The figure on the right represents a
visiting costume. The dress is a rich plaided
silk, composed of a mixture of purple, red, green,
and white. The skirt is made quite plain; low
corsage, trimmed with a double row of white
lace across the front, one row standing up, and
the other drooping over the front. Pardessus
of the same material, trimmed all round with a
quilling of plain purple ribbon. This is repeated
upon the lower part of the pagoda sleeves, and
also serves to attach the pardessus across the
front of the bosom. Under pagoda sleeves are
of white lace. The bonnet is of paille d’Italie,
lined with white silk, and decorated with pink
roses, the exterior having a doubled plaited frill
of white silk, and a beautiful white ostrich
feather.

Fig. 2.—Evening Costume

Fig. 3.—Coiffure for Ball
Fig. 2 represents an evening costume. The
dress is of satin, of a rich deep American primrose
hue, the skirt made quite plain and very
full, en petit train; low pointed corsage, trimmed
with a fulling of satin ribbon, the same
color as the dress, which is put on to form a
kind of shallow cape round the back part, and
descends upon each side of the front, finishing on
either side of the point, and gradually narrowing
from the shoulders. It is trimmed with a fall
of white lace upon the lower edge, a narrower
one forming a beading to the plaiting round the
neck. The centre of the corsage is adorned
with nœuds of the same colored ribbon, placed
at regular distances; the short sleeves finished
with a row of fulled ribbon, similar to that on
the corsage, edged with a very narrow lace.
The coiffure represents the front of the figure on
the left.
Fig. 3 is given chiefly to show an elegant
style of coiffure for a ball or evening party. A
portion of the hair is brought forward in plaits,
and fastened at the parting, at the top of the
forehead, with a rich pearl ornament, forming a
kind of festoon on each side of the head. The
remainder of the front hair is disposed in a
thick curl, which descends to the curve of the
neck. The dress is of lilac satin; the skirt
plain and full. The corsage is low, headed with
white lace, and trimmed on one shoulder, with
fullings of satin ribbon, of the same color as the
dress, and upon the other with puffs and nœuds
of the same. Open short sleeves composed of
two deep falls of white lace. On one side a
fall of lace extends from the centre of the corsage,
and connects with the sleeves.
Fashionable Colors depend entirely upon
the complexion; for example, for ladies who
are brunettes, with a fresh color, light blue,
straw color, pink, and pale green, are most in
favor; while those of a blonde complexion
universally adopt black, red, and very dark
hues
FOOTNOTES:
[1] When honest William Penderel subsequently waited
on Mr. Staunton, and acknowledged the abstraction of
the sheep, offering, at the same time, to pay for it, that
loyal gentleman laughed heartily at the incident, and
said, “He was glad to hear that his majesty had tasted
his mutton, and much good might it do him.”
[2] “Lives of the Queens of Scotland, and English Princesses
connected with the regal succession of Great
Britain.”
[3] See many dispatches from the English envoys resident
in Scotland. State Paper Office, from 1534 to 1536.
[4] “Life of Lord Herries,” edited by Pitcairne, Abbotsford
Club, p. 101.
[5] “Life of James Earl of Morton,” in the “Lives of the
Douglases,” p. 302.
[6] Continuation of the “History of the Houses of Seytoun,
by Alexander, Viscount Kingston. Printed for the
Maitland Club.”
[7] Time is regulated on board a king’s ship by a half-hour
glass, which is placed in the binnacle, in charge of
the quarter-master of the watch on deck, and who when
he turns the glass, passes the word forward to strike the
bell, which, in a man-of-war, is hung to the main-bitts,
just over the main-hatchway, and where it is consequently
heard with facility all over the ship.
[8] Burgoo, or skilligalee, is the sea-term for what in
Scotland is called “parritch,” and in Ireland “stirabout,”
namely, oatmeal boiled in water.
[9] Starosts were Poles of high birth, appointed as bailiffs
or vice-governors of the various districts and provinces.
[10] This sketch is from a portrait of Randolph taken
during his last visit to England. It is said by those who
remember him well, to present an accurate and by no
means caricatured or exaggerated representation of his
singular personal appearance, while walking in the
streets.
[11] Six vacancies.
Transcriber’s Notes:
Obvious punctuation errors have been repaired, other punctuations have
been left as printed in the paper book.
Erroneous page numbers in Table of Content corrected.
Obvious printer’s errors have been repaired, other inconsistent
spellings have been kept, including:
– use of hyphen (e.g. “bag-pipe” and “bagpipe”);
– accents (e.g. “dépôts” and “depôts”);
– proper names (e.g. “Leipzig” and “Leipsig”);
– capitalisation (e.g. “Post-Office” and “Post-office”);
– any other inconsistent spellings (e.g. “ambassador” and “embassador”).
Following corrections are by removal or addition of a word:
– Pg 23, word “of” added (the course of Mary Stuart’s career);
– Pg 60, word “a” added (in a low, guarded voice);
– Pg 73, word “get” removed (could get {get} in);
– Pg 135, word “the” removed (surnamed {the} “The Conqueror).
